The Huddersfield College Magazine: Volume VI (1877/78) by various

The following is the OCR text of a book and will likely contain errors. This page is designed to be indexed by search engines. Click on a page number to view the book in your web browser.

The text is believed to be in the Public Domain.

Page 1

“ FLOREANT PIETAS ET DOCTRINA.”

THE

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE

MAGAZINE.

VOL VI.

FROM OCTOBER, 1877, TO SEPTEMBER, 1878,

Huddersheld :

J. E. WHEATLEY AND CO.,, NEW STREET.

Page 2

SEE PAGE 1.

WORDSWORTH'’S HOUSE,

FRONTISPIECE.

Page 4

1D405 W866 N-G

CONTENTS.

PAGE Andalucia, A Summer in 42, 94, 121, 150, 177, 298 Booth, Dr., Notice of .... .... 225 Brown, Mr., OntheContinent 63

Cannes ... wes tee eee = 819 Chicken, The (from the French) 289

College Recollections 141, 169, » 19,

206, 325

Contemporaries, Our ... 115

Cookery, On ... wee Cricket ... 11, 232, 271, 328 Crimean War, The Causes which led tothe... ... Easter Monday at Harrogate I 234 Editorial Notices 16, 72, 85, 152, 172, 209, 233, 277, 328 English Literature, A Peep at,

PAGE Honours gained by Old Boys 231,

269, 326 Musical Society ... «= 88 Old Boys’ Scholarship 210 Prize Distribution, &c. 254 The Entertainment . 203

John and Sarah ... .. 96 Maiden’s Plaint, The (from th the German)

Microphone, The .. 317 Night of Horror, A A (from 4 the rench) 90 Pensieri Agitati ves 71

Rabbit Shooting in Scotland, A week’s Reminiscences of Cape Town 67, 124, 148, 208, 274 Review :—Class Book of French

ough French Spectacles :— Poetry... ee 34 IV. Progress of Science ... 173 I Rose, The Origin of the 324 Football 12, 35, 59, 114, 145, 176, I Sonnet upon the Sonnet 293 201 I Spring, To... ww. «sw. 288 Fra-Diavolo (from the French) 13, I Spurn Point ... ... 4 8, Telephone, The... . 119 Gift, The best _ 113 {| Theatricals, Our Private .. 86 Hope (from Schiller) 210 I Weebit timeIca’myain, The 40 Huddersfield College: Wordsworth’s House (with an Cricket Club... . 10 Illustration) _... 1 Decorations of the Hall ... 239 Yorkshire, North, A Tour in 294 CHESS. CHESS PROBLEMS. H.C.M. Problem Tourney, Pierce, J. vee tee tee eee 807 set No. 12 17 I Pierce, W. TC .. 26 Do. do. set No. 18 46 Pierce, W. T., and Meyer ... 127 Do. do. set No. 14 73 I Quise ressemble s assemble 278 Do. do. set No. 15 106] Shiel, George vee vee 807 Abbott, J. W. , ... 840 Shinkman, A.. _ 127, 158, 340 Baxter, C. M..... 153, 340 I Slater, G. J .. 158, 221 Blanchard, H...._.... Taylor, J. wee eee «6807 Coates, W. ... ... «.. «.. 221 I Utrum horum mavis accipe 278 Finlinson, J. H. ... ... 158, 221 I Weatherstone, W.... 222 Henderson, J. 222 I Challenge Problem : Loyd, S. ... 26, 127, 137, 337 No. I. by J. A. Miles 52 Martindale, F. W.. 153, 158 » Il. by A. E. Studd 75 Miles, J. A. 1. 222 », III. by A. Townsend 135 Nec male notus eques .. 240 », LV. by J. . A. Miles 190

Page 5

ill.

CHESS GAMES.

SON... see tee Death of Mr. John Cochrane 211 Death of Mr. Alderman Ward 286 English Problem Masters Wo I.—Mr.W. Bone Part V. 22 Do. VI. 80 No, II.—The Rev. H. Bolton

Part I. 191 Do. » il. 241 Do. Ill. 329 Evans Gambit, The 187, 315

Huddersfield Chess Club 80, 223, 224 Huddersfield College Magazine Problem Tourney,

Report of the Judge 132, 154

PAGE Selections from Games played by the Editor. No. I. with G. H. Taylor, Notes by J. Jenkin ... .. ... 19 > II. ,, J. G. Thomas, ” T. Long... ... ... 49 > III. ,, John Rhodes, ” G. H. Selkirk ...... 77 » IV. ,, J. S. Kipping, ” C. E. Ranken... ... 107 > Vv. ,, =%M. E. Werner, W.T. Pierce... ... 128 >> VI. ,, £E. Thorold, ” G. B. Fraser... ... 160 » VIL ,, Do. W. Wayte... ... ... 182 » VIII. ,, Do. W.N. Potter 214 IX. ,, Do. W. Steinitz... 248 X. ,, G. Tegeler, ” E. Thorold .. 282 XI. ,, <A. B. Skipworth, ” W. Mitcheson... 308 », All. ,, Amateur. I. O. H. Taylor ... 332 Dyson v. Millard ...... bee ne nee tee nee ne 287 Pierce, W. T. v. Farrow ... 49 Pierce, W. T. v. Parker ... 315 MISCELLANEOUS. PAGE PAGE British Chess Problem Associa- Huddersfield College Magazine tion 538, 84, 137, 164, 191, 334 Problem Tourney, Chess asan Arbiter... .... 99 Award of the Judge 155, 181 Chess Curiosities ... .... .... 111 I Do. Editorial Remarks... ... 156 Chess in Australia... ... ... 223 I Do. No. II. 159, 185 Do. Canada 52, 241, 286 I Inter-University Chess Match, Do. Glasgow ... .. 137 The ... 20. wee eee Chess Jottings 80, 135, 163, 191, I King’s Kt’s Defence to K B I 223, 251, 286, 834 Opening... 18, 47, 75 Chess Sketch, A . 310 I Paris Tourney, The Chess Story, A . 280 ; The Artof 284 Counties Chess Association ... 335 I Problem Construction and Death of Mr. Rimington Wil- Problem Solving 25, 53, 54, 337 80 I Problem Solving Competition,

The Award... . .. we 159 Problem Tourneys80, 137, 163, 334 Problems reviewed 28, 54, 83, 139, 167, 195, 251, 288, 338 Review : Chess at a Glance... 131 Do. A Chess Century ... 165 Solutions of Problems 16, 19, 28, 54, 74, 83, 112, 134, 138, 159, 167, 189, 195, 217, 220, 252, 288, 316, 339 Sonnet—To Mironand Phania 279 To our Readers... ... ... 128

To our Solvers tee wee wee) (UY West Yorkshire Chess Associa- tion we ee §6245, 287

Page 7

Huddersfield College Magazine.

WORDSWORTH'S HOUSE.

THE picture which forms the frontispiece of this number of the Magazine will, in almost every reader, call up very pleasurable thoughts. Many have made repeated pilgrimages to the sacred spot, whilst others hope some day to see the home of the poet: whilst all, perhaps, through his poems, have formed with it a homelike acquaintanceship. Some nineteen years ago the writer, on a most interesting occasion, visited the Lake district, and among other spots Rydal Mount, the poet’s residence. Walking along the road from Ambleside to Rydal, skirting the park on the right, with its beautiful uplands, and looking towards Loughrigg Fell on the left, catching glimpses of Fox How, once the residence of Dr. Arnold, and passing close by the “ Knoll” where Harriet Martineau lived and died, the road turns to the right past the church to Wordsworth’s house. We readily obtained admission to the garden—a veritable poet’s garden—with its shady nooks, its summer-house lined with fir cones, and its smoothly cut lawn and terraces. The surroundings of mountain and lake, and the outlook on the distant landscape are glorious. The valley of the Rothay is seen to great advantage, with Windermere in the distance ; whilst the peep at Rydal Water is very charming. On a certain Sunday during our visit we attended service at Ambleside Church and heard a sermon from the officiating clergyman. In the afternoon we walked on to Rydal Church and heard the same sermon from the same preacher ; so that surely it must have been impressed upon our memories. But the event of that day was the sight of old Mrs. Wordsworth— and very affecting it was to see her led into the church almost blind. She seemed a relic of a former generation, and the glimpse we had of her served to realise to us more vividly the beautiful incidents in the poet’s family-life. She soon afterwards followed her husband into the “ silent land.”

October, 1877.| B

Page 8

2 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

It is always interesting to visit any place where great and good men have given birth to great thoughts whether in poetry or prose. Wordsworth was possessed of an extreme suscepti- bility to the impressions of outward nature, and his writings abound with wonderful pictures suggested by the scenes amidst which he “lived and moved and had his being.” He dwelt in close and loving communion with the spirit of nature. His ear was open to her faintest whisper as well as to her deeper impulses. ‘¢ Think you mid all this mighty sum Of things for ever speaking, That nothing of itself will come, But we must still be seeking.” Or take those magnificent and well known lines which occur in the poem on revisiting Tintern Abbey. ‘* And I have felt A presence that disturbs me with the joy Of elevated thoughts ; a sense sublime Of something far more deeply interfused, Whose dwelling is the light of setting suns, And the round ocean’and the living air, And the blue sky, and in the mind of man : A motion and a spirit, that impels All thinking things, all objects of all thought, And rolls through all things.” There is a most interesting account in the life of Dr. Channing of his intercourse with Wordsworth when on a visit to England in 1822. I cannot resist the temptation to quote one extract. Writing to his sister Dr. Channing says :— ‘“‘T could not but think of the amusement I should have afforded you, could you have taken a peep at me. I had spent Sunday morning at Grasmere—one of the sweetest and most peace- breathing spots under the skies—and in the afternoon, being unable to attend church, I resolved to visit Mr. Wordsworth, who resides two miles and a half from the inn. Unluckily, Grasmere, whilst it supplied the wants of the imagination and heart most abundantly, could not supply me with any vehicle for the body more easy or dignified than a cart, dragged by a horse which had caught nothing of the grace of the surrounding scene. After an interview of great pleasure and interest, I set out to return, and, unwilling to lose Mr. Wordsworth’s society, I accepted his proposition that we should walk together until I was fatigued. At the end of half a mile my strength began to fail, and finding my companion still earnest in conversation, I invited him to take a seat with me, which he did ; and in this state we entered the delightful valley. Happily the air was mild, and I began to think that Providence, in distributing lots, had not been so severe as one might at first be inclined to feel,

Page 9

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 3

in limiting multitudes to such a mode of conveyance ; for I enjoyed the fine prospect of Rydal and Grasmere as I could not have done in a covered carriage. Mr. Wordsworth’s conversation was free, animated and various. We talked so eagerly as often to interrupt one another. And as I descended into Grasmere near sunset, with the placid lake before me, and Wordsworth talking and reciting poetry with a poet’s spirit by my side, I felt that the combination of circumstances was such as my _ highest hopes could never have anticipated.” On a very recent occasion the writer once more visited the familiar scenery of Ambleside and its neighbourhood. Staying at the “Salutation,” whose real character equals its reputation as a most comfortable hotel, on the Sunday morning we started for Grasmere Church. Here is a hint to all pedestrians who have an eye for glorious views. On reaching Rydal by the high road, turn up the lane leading past Wordsworth’s house, and then take to the left immediately behind, which leads to a magnificent terrace-walk _ along the mountain side, with most charming views of the valley and the hills beyond, with Rydal and Grasmere Lukes. As we strolled along the solitude was only disturbed by the singing of the birds and the sound of ‘church going bells,” which floated up from the valley on the still air. We arrived at the church, joining others who had been attracted like our- selves to the spot. We had the usual service but no sermon ; but no one surely in such a region need be at a loss for themes for high meditation on the best of all days. We lingered for awhile in the church yard which contains Wordsworth’s grave, with a stone having on it a very simple inscription. Beside him lies his daughter, and next to her her husband. Some of Wordsworth’s children are buried near. A little behind the family group is the grave of Hartley Coleridge, whose funeral Wordsworth attended shortly before his own death. ‘“‘ This spot,” says Miss Martineau, “under the yews, beside the gushing Rothay, and encircled by green mountains, is a fitting resting-place for the poet of the region. He chose it himself; and everyone rejoices that he did.” We walked back to Ambleside by Red Bank and High Close, from which spot is to be seen what is reputed the finest view in the district. The valley is shut in to the right by Bowfell; and Langdale Pikes form a prominent object. The river winds through the valley, which expands and contracts taking away anything like tameness. Here and there nestles a farm-stead with cattle—-“ forty feeding like one.” On the opposite side “Alps upon Alps arise.” There is Loughrigg Tarn, and in the distance Windermere with Wray Castle on its height, and the B

Page 10

4 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Lancashire hills close in the view. After feasting our eyes upon the glorious scene we rapidly descended into the valley on the south side of Loughrigg, through the pretty hamlet of Clappers- gate, and in due time reached Ambleside. Our brief trip was concluded on the day following by a walk up to Kirkstone Pass, and, resting awhile at the highest inhabited house in England, the Chess Editor of this Magazine corrected the proof sheets of some literary Chess matter which has since appeared in its pages. The walk down the vale of Troutbeck, with the ever varying scene of mountain, valley, lake and cloud- land was something long to be remembered. These impressions received from nature, and hung up “in the chamber of imagery,” are ever afterwards sources of the purest pleasure, and form a splendid picture gallery of which none can rob us.

SPURN POINT.

In reading over the Examination number of this Magazine I was struck, among other things, by the way prizes are now distributed at the College. In my days, which touched the departing year of Dr. Wright and reached the new order of things under Mr. Hardy, prizes were not so plentiful as they appear to be now, and what few we had were made to do a sort of vicarious duty. At that time a boy who earned three prizes only used to get two awarded, and this was even carried out in the case of medals. Subjects also were lumped together, with the same economic object, I suppose, but with rather a bewilder- ing effect on the pupil; one of these curious groupings was a prize for Geography, History and Scripture, and although I once happened to be successful in obtaining this I am puzzled to this day to think how it was done. Geography was my forte—but I was so weak in History and Scripture that I never for a moment expected to be the prizeman—and no one was more surprised than myself when Dr. Milne called out my name at the great day in our young lives. My fondness for Geography, I think, was owing to the genial manner in which the subject was taught ; all boys of my time will remember old No. 5. I myself can never forget it; the room is now as familiar to me as when I used to go to College. The position of the blackboard and the maps, and the faces of the boys, are all impressed on my mind and will never be effaced. The teacher who was in charge of this room was known to his pupils by a friendly by-name which had its origin in his somewhat swarthy complexion, and it is to him I owe the liking for maps and plans and travels, which has never Icft me since, and appears

Page 11

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 5

to grow stronger with my advancing years. Among the boys who were my contemporaries were Pulteney Mein, a quiet, gentle Scotch lad from Dumfries, and Jack H., always good natured, but impetuous and apt to get into trouble. There used to be a Jack Thornton too, now in Australia, and a Frank Crossley— not the future Baronet, but coming from the same neighbour- hood. As I think of those days, and of those ebullitions of wrath from the master’s chair which occasionally enlivened the scene, wrath which usually spent itself in the harmless breaking of penholders, but occasionally reached the epical height of a fractured pointer, when I think of these days I think them the happiest days of my life. The Geography lessons in No. 5 where my young excellence was obtained, were, as I said before, very agreeable, and since then I have always had a great fond- ness for the subject which when brought to bear on our own county has acquired peculiar strength, and as I used to ponder the map when a boy, I resolved to see as much of it as possible, from Blackstone Edge to the German Ocean, from Mickle Fell to Spurn Point. Most people have been through Yorkshire dales Among the rocks and winding scars Where deep and low the hamlets lie Beneath their little patch of sky And little lot of stars.”’ The less adventurous will have gone by rail to Scarbro’ passing through busy Leeds, through rich corn-fields to York, thence to Whitby or Scarbro’, or Bridlington, but few get below that part of the coast, and it is to this part, where the sea is contin- ually encroaching at a certain inevitable rate—where the land lies flat and where magnificent churches arrest the attention of the archeologist by their proportions, and of the artist by their beauty, it is to Holderness, in short, that I propose to take my readers in this paper. The three places I most wished to see where Hedon, Pat- rington and Spurn Point, but I shall confine myself to the latter. I arranged my first stopping place at Patrington, where I arrived about six o’clock, and stayed at the Hildyard Arms ; after tea I strolled out and walked on to Withernsea, an incho- ate sort of watering place, what Blackpool or Scarbro’ must have been a century ago, but I fear with no such brilliant future before it. There was a short pier, a band of music, one or two flags and a crowd of weary excursionists from Hull, so I went to the station to wait for the train back to Patrington. I was up early in the morning and on the road betimes, and speedily reached Welwick, or “ place of wells,” so called, I sup- pose, in satire, for no trace of water could be seen. The church here is very picturesque, with a low broad nave and stumpy

Page 12

6 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. ey

tower, and grave-stones nearly hidden in the tall rank grass. Leaving Welwick we begin to approach the sea, and from a considerable elevation on the road, say about six feet high—for that is a height in these parts—we may see the ships sailing on the German Ocean, and up the Humber, with the ever present tower at Grimsby to the south. We come next to EHastington, a small village about a mile from the coast, and here we begin to understand the cause of the inroads of the sea about which we have heard so much. The cliffs are only six or eight feet high and composed of rich red earth, and every tide that comes, every storm that blows, takes some portion of this earth away and. hurries it round Spurn Point to deposit it inthe Humber. From Easting- ton down to Kilnsea the sea is banked out for a little, but the ultimate advance is certain and apparently irresistible. There were places where the struggle appeared to be going on at the time of my-visit, a break in the barrier had allowed one or two tides to rush in, and the sand deposited in a corn-field had - nearly obliterated the rows of grain. Unless active steps were taken this advantage would be never lost by the sea, succeeding tides would widen the breach and admit more time, . and thus the land would be lost. The sea looked very bright and pretty, and its waters, coloured a deep red by the earthy matter held in suspension, looked very innocent, but the wreck of a timber ship on the beach showed what it could do when roused. As I mentioned before, the tides take this earth-laden water down the coast and round Spurn up the Humber, where the matter is deposited and forms what is known as Warp-land. There are large farms belonging to the Crown where not very long ago the sea washed over twice evefy day, and which are considered the finest wheat-growing lands in England. One tract in particular, known as the Sunk island, is celebrated for its fine horses—one farmer being named to me who had ten in his stable for which he had refused £1,000. After a short walk down the coast we soon reached Kilnsea, which is nearly at the end of the county. Here begins the long narrow causeway which leads to Spurn—and from where we were we could throw a stone from the German Ocean to Humber. A new church has lately been built here, the old one having been washed away by the sea. The landlord of the little inn where I called to refresh told me that he was married at the old church about 50 years ago, and yet now it is more than 100 yards out at sea, and a few stones of it only to be seen when there is a very low tide. This seemed to bring before me the rapid wasting of the land more vividly than anything else, and as I looked on the waste

Page 13

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 7

of waters it seemed strange to think of the church where this old man was married, where the evening hymn had been sung and anxious prayers said for those in peril on the sea, now for ever lost and gradually becoming covered over with a thick layer of brown sea sand. From Kilnsea the road to Spurn consists of a sort of cause- way of sand varying from 50 to 150 yards in width ; this sand is banked up to about 50 feet high, and is covered with a coarse bent grass. The distance is about four miles, but certainly the longest four miles I ever walked. The path was ill defined, and most of the way my weary feet sank ankle deep into the sand, and the two lighthouses seemed to get further off rather than nearer. But there is an end to everything and at last the lighthouses are reached, and one is found to be much larger than the other. The larger one is where the keeper lives ; the house he occupies, the store-rooms, &c., are built in around the lighthouse, leaving a court-yard in the middle. This is kept scrupulously clean so that the rain-water which falls may be stored, the supply of water on the Point being very deficient. The lighthouse was not on view when I called so I hurried to the extreme end of the Point. And/this is Spurn! This is the Ultima Thule of Yorkshire, her Finfsterre—a long low melan- choly looking stretch of sand with long grass bent by the wind, one or two coastguard men basking in the sun, and an old boat turned into a summer house. As I sat at the end of the Point and smoked a meditative pipe I drew comparisons in my mind between this county of ours and the ways and changes of the world. Whoever has stood at one end of the north-west corngr of Yorkshire on Mickle Fell, its highest point, and surveyed the sea of mountains spread at his feet, one who has seen this and breathed the fresh mountain air, and watched the clouds chasing each other through the bright sky, would never think of the state of affairs at the south-east corner of the county, 130 miles away. He would expect to see some bold promontory standing far out into the sea, the haunt of birds and the dread of mariners, he would never think of the scene as I saw it then, a narrow sandbank quietly burying itself in the Humber mud, old, worn-out and done. I thought of many old school-fellows who had begun well, full of promise which after events had disappointed, some wrong step taken ending in exile in a foreign land—others again, who had been struck down in the march of life leaving no trace behind them— others again who had shewn no remarkable capacity becoming good and useful men, valuable members of society. The end is so often different from what we should have predicated from the beginning. ¢. W. T, B

Page 14

8 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

THE CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE CRIMEAN WAR. (Concluded from page 344, Vol. V.)

In addition to the fact that the ambassadors at the Russian court failed truthfully to indicate the views held by their respective governments, and to foreshadow their course of action in the event of a Russo-Turkish war, it happened that at this - time, there were particular reasons why in one of the European powers there should be found a distinctly warlike tendency. The details of the plan by which the President of the French Republic overthrew the constitution and caused himself to be nominated Emperor do not belong to English history. It will be sufficient for our present purpose to notice that he selected as his associates and instruments men of undoubted ability and of equally undoubted bad character. A speculator not of stain- less reputation, a military adventurer, a perjured prefect— these were the men he made use of as means by which he might ascend to power. Then when he had cast into prison the representatives of the nation, and stained the streets of the capital with that nation’s blood, he found he had gained the end he sought. Power was his and plunder, but the future was dark with fear. When behind him started up the spectres of those slaughtered in prison and on the Boulevards, there came to him perhaps words such as King Henry may have used to his son shortly before his death.

‘* Therefore, my Harry Be it thy course, to busy giddy minds With foreign quarrels, that action hence borne out May waste the memory of the former days.”

At any rate he appears to have percejyed that to secure his own safety and that of his comrades France must enter upon a course of action abroad which would at least make her con- spicuous if it did not involve her in war, and then in order that there might be a probability of success even in case of war, he threw overboard the traditional French policy with regard to Turkey, adopting in its stead that of England, the chief feature of which was the “ preservation of the integrity of the Ottoman empire.” It is not necessary to believe that self-preservation was the only motive that led Napoleon to seek an alliance with England. It may have been that he clearly recognized the value of such an alliance to his country, and on her part England was not slow in responding to the overtures made by him. An alliance was entered into with France on terms which we can only know by conjecture, and although there was concert between the four powers, and their representatives were conferring at Vienna, we made a distinct and separate arrangement with the Emperor of the French, of which official mention was made at the close of the session.

Page 15

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE, = 9

Says Mr. Kinglake, “This speech from the throne may be regarded as marking the point where the roads of policy branched off. By the one road, England, moving in company with the rest of the four powers might insure a peaceful repression of the outrage which was disturbing Europe; by the other, she might also enforce the right, but, joined with the French ‘Emperor, and parted from the rest of the four powers, she would reach it by passing through war.” The French Emperor was not long in inducing the English government to enter upon combined naval action with him. For this purpose the fleet was ordered up to the mouth of the Dardanelles, an act from the peculiar circumstances of the case well calculated to irritate the Russian sovereign. At Constantinople, Lord Stratford was still doing his utmost to bring the dispute (if dispute it can be called, where there exist no real grounds for dispute) to a pacific end, and he suc- ceeded in persuading the Turks to do voluntarily what Russia wished as a concession to herself. This intelligence was intended to be conveyed to Russia in a note which was agreed to by the Porte and the four powers. It was sent to Vienna to be forwarded thence to St. Petersburg. But it never reached the Russian capital. There were those at Vienna who detected too clearly the hand of the English ambassador in this note, and they knew well that this would not escape the eye of the jealous Czar. The Conference at Vienna produced as the result of its labours a diplomatic paper, known as the Vienna note, to which the support of the Emperor of Russia had been previously secured. Lord Stratford was instructed to use all his endeavours to procure its acceptance.,by the Porte. But although as the mouthpiece of the government at home he strove to act accord- ing to his instructions, personally he was averse to its acceptance by the Ottoman government, and the result was that the Porte rejected the note, not, however, without first suggesting such alterations as would make it acceptable to them. The cause of objection was at first sight purely verbal, but it was afterwards seen that the note as it stood involved a concession of the rights for which Russia had all along been striving, a concession which would have been to some extent a surrender of the Sultan’s sovereign power. So, after assuming a hostile attitude, Europe was compelled to admit that the Sultan was in the right. On the 23rd of October, the Porte declared war against the Emperor of Russia, unless there was an immediate cvacuation of the Danubian provinces. This was the beginning of the Crimean war, a war we are accustomed at present to hear spoken of as a “blot on our history.” We must confess that we can not see in what way this war could fairly and honourably have

Page 16

10 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

been avoided. We cannot understand on what ground united Europe could claim the right to force upon Turkey such a document as the Vienna note, and we believe that by no means could peace have been made between the Sultan and a man who declared that he had “recourse to arms, in order to compel the Ottoman government to respect treaties,” and who could close I a proclamation of @ cruel, unjust, and oppressive war, with the hypocritical words “In thee, O Lord, have I trusted; let me never be confounded!” The only possible way in which peace could have been brought about, appears to us to have been by the withdrawal of Lord Stratford from Constantinople and a deliberate sacrifice of our influence there, a course of action neither consistent with our duty as a nation, nor as men. A. W. Barrstow.

ee

THE COLLEGE CRICKET CLUB.

SincE the Midsummer holidays we have had several cricket matches, but have been even more unsuccessful than during the earlier part of the season. In the majority of cases our opponents had a considerable advantage over us in age and size, but this was not so in our worst defeat, that is, by the Crossley Orphanage. The reason of our ill success is that many fellows have the notion that to play cricket it is only necessary to play in matches: and even in matches the majority seem to think that batting is the only important part, and take very little pains with their fielding. To be successful the boys must come up more to the field on other days besides half-holi- days. Next year the Treasurer intends to get what subscriptions he can early in the season, and do as much as possible towards improving the field and providing nets for practice. He has already been promised considerable support from “Old Boys,” if the boys here now will only make an effort for themselves. Of course much cannot be done to our present field, as a new road is designed to pass through it, and it would be useless to spend much on levelling when the ground is liable to be taken from us at any period. The Directors, however, are willing to allow the same rent as at present for another ground if we can find one. Our last match, of which we append the score, was the only successful one; our opponents began by boasting that they would beat us even more easily than in our former match with them, but we managed to win, chiefly by the byes and runs stolen by Fitch.

Page 17

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. il

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE v. HUDDERSFIELD UNITED (3rd).

UNITED. Moulden, c Fitch b Walker Dixon, c Walker b 15 S. H. Storry, c and b 8 Platts, b Storry......... Leena eee ] Howard, b Storry Shaw, not . Bailey, b H. M. Woodhead Sykes, c Fitch b H. M. Woodhead .................. Lilley, b Woodhead ............ FAXtTAS 7 Total 38 THE COLLEGE. Storry, c Moulden b Lilley 3 Denham, b Mouldem Walker, b DixOm ......... 5 A. L. Woodhead, b Moulden 7 H. M. Woodhead, c Dixon b Moulden............... 1 Laycock, c and b Moulden 1 Fitch, B Storry 9 Burrows, Tun OUt 2 Leach, b Storry E. Woodhead, run out 3 Woodcock, mot 1 D>. 45 0) ee 11 Total 42

In our eleven the bowling throughout the season has been the best feature, that of Storry and H. M. Woodhead being decidedly good ; in batting Storry and Walker were the most promising ; in the field F. A. Brooke and F. Wilkinson were perhaps the most steady. In conclusion, now the Cricket season is over, let me urge fellows to take more pains next year in their practice, and to join the Club in greater numbers ; in the meanwhile I hope as many as possible, or rather all, will join the Football Club, and that we may redeem our fallen fortunes in that which is perhaps the more popular game here. F. H. S.

Page 18

12 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

FOOTBALL FIXTURES.

1877. First Fifteen. Where played. Oct. 6.—Halifax Halifax. ” 13.—Lockwood Ist eee eee eee Lockwood. » 20.—Halifax St. Augustine’s Athletic F.C... Huddersfield. 27.—Leeds Athletic 2nd ............. ... _.» Leeds. Nov. 3.—Wakefield Trinity 2nd.................. Wakefield. ” 10.—Ravensthorpe Church Football Club... Huddersfield. » 24,.—Halifax Do. Dec. 15.—Mirfield eee eens Mirfield. 1878. Jan. 12.—Halifax 2nd cee eee Halifax. ” 26.—Halifax St. Do. Feb. 2.—Halifax St. Augustine’s ............... Do. ” 9.—Leeds Athletic 2nd..... Huddersfield. » 16.—Bradford Juniors Do. ” 23.—Lockwood Ist Do. Mar. 2.—Mirfield 2nd Do. ” 9.—Halifax 2nd Do. » 16.—Ravensthorpe Church Union......... Ravensthorpe. » Trinity 2nd.... .. ve Huddersfield. April 2,—Halifax St. Do. 1877. Second Fifteen. Where played. Oct. 13.—Lockwood 2nd Huddersfield. 27.—Crescent Juniors Do. Nov. 3.—Waverley College Ground. ” 7.—Turton Hall College F. C...... Gildersome. » 10.—Cleckheaton 2nd ............... Huddersfield. 17.—Batley Juniors .................. Batley.

24.—Huddersfield Juniors 2nd...... Huddersfield. Dec. 1.—Bradford Grammar School ... Do.

» 8.— Waverley Do. their Ground. 1878. Jan. 26.—Crescent Juniors ............... Huddersfield. Feb. 2.—Cleckheaton 2nd ............... Cleckheaton. ” 9.—Batley Juniors ................4. Huddersfield. 16.—Northumberland St. F.C....... Do. their Ground. 23.—Lockwood 2nd Lockwood.

Mar. 2.—Bradford Grammar School...Bradford. 9.—Huddersfield Juniors 2nd...... Huddersfield. 16.—Northumberland St. F.C...... Do, our Ground. 16.—Turton Hall College ............ Do.

Page 19

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 13

FRA-DIAVOLO. (Translated from the French. )

At the end of the last century there lived in a small village in Calabria a family of the name of Pezza which was composed of nine members; father, mother and seven children. They followed the trade of stocking weaving and the little they earned scarcely sufficed to keep body and soul together. Michael, the hero of our story, was the eldest son ; he was endowed with a hot and impetuous disposition, and his love of adventure early shewed itself. He never willingly obeyed his father’s wishes and was continually complaining of his hard lot. He dreamed often that he had suddenly become rich, and talked incessantly of going into the world in search of a fortune. At the age of sixteen Michael ran away from his father’s house, to which he was destined never to return. Finding himself without the means of subsistence he determined to join the band of Scarpi, a celebrated brigand chief who at this time was committing great depredations in the neighbourhood. Owing to his youth, Michael had great difficulty in prevailing on Scarpi to accept him, but eventually he succeeded in overcoming the objections of the brigand on that score. Michael’s début as a bandit was marked by such coolness and audacity that he at once gained the esteem of his companions. In the convent of Santa Martha there was a figure of the Virgin which was made of solid gold, and being moreover enriched with diamonds was of inestimable value. For a long time Scarpi had wished to possess himself of this statue, and had conned over in his mind how he could best accomplish that object. An expedition of this kind, however, presented great difficulties. The walls of the convent being very high, and the precious relic being watched over night and day, there was not much chance of succeeding except by a ruse, but failing that, Scarpi would not -have hesitated to employ force had not his comrades refused to shed the blood of those who had devoted themselves to a religious life. In spite of the obstacles before mentioned Pezza determined on carrying off the figure. He accordingly dressed himself as a nun, and setting out alone he wended his way towards the convent. Having arrived there Michael knocked at the door, and immediately after his entrance was conducted to a part of the convent where all applicants for admission had to pass three days and nights in prayer and abstinence before being admitted to the presence of the superior. No sooner was the young bandit alone in his cell than his thoughts at once reverted to his mission. At the

Page 20

14 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

end of two days he was still uncertain how to act when an odd circumstance came to his aid. It so happened that it was the period of the year at which the peasants brought to the convent their dues, which they paid in all kinds of agricultural produce. It was the duty of the porter to receive these worthy people and to reckon with them, a work which lasted a whole day, indeed the night was often far advanced before the last of the peasants had left the walls of the convent, and by special favour the church always remained open until their errand was accom- plished. The crops in the particular year to which our story refers had been most abundant, and the amount of produce brought by the peasants was proportionately large. The day havirig at length arrived, numerous carts drawn by buffaloes brought their loads as usual to the convent. In the evening, as soon as it was dark, Pczza glided into the chapel, seized the coveted statue, and after having carefully hid it under some straw in one of the carts belonging to the peasants, he left the convent ; then travelling some distance on the road, he rested until such time as the peasants should overtake him. The latter coming up with Pezza in about an hour’s time, he accosted them and inquired where they came from. They informed him quite innocently that they were from the village of Forma, at which place they would not arrive till the day but one after. Having gained this information Pezza at once left them and went in search of his companions to whom he related his adventure. In the meantime the peasants pursued their way home and they had no sooner arrived at the village of Forma, than Scarpi and his band made their appearance, and as the peasants made no resistance the brigands had no difficulty in carrying off the statue of the Virgin, much to the dismay of the peasants, who saw that they had been the means of assisting the brigands in the accomplishment of their crime. The news of this exploit quickly spread throughout the province and created a general dismay amongst the people, at the same time stamping Scarpi’s band as the most daring which there was in Italy at this period. By the manner in which Pezza acquitted himself in this affair he gained the admiration of his fellow bandits, and three years later—on the death of Scarpi, who was killed in an encounter with the Royal Carabineers—they unanimously elected him as their chief notwithstanding his youth. His band very soon became noted as the worst in the country, and the crimes which they committed so filled the people with terror that Pezza was named Fra-Diavolo, or brother of the devil, which name he was ever after known by. Fra-Diavolo’s deeds of daring increased to such an extent that at last the government of Naples thought it was time to

Page 21

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 15

put an end to them, and for this purpose they put several companies of soldiers on his track, and also offered a reward of 400 ducats to anyone who should capture him. These measures instead of frightening Fra-Diavolo seemed to make him more impudent. He made flying visits into the towns, disguised in a simple manner, and although he must have been recognized no one seems to have dared to lay a hand upon him. One evening as he was returning from Castellamare for the purpose of rejoining his comrades he stopped at a wayside inn. He was dressed in the costume of a Calabrian peasant, had a cloak thrown over his shoulders, and carried a pair of pistols and a dagger at his waist. Having entered the inn and asked to be served with some supper, Fra-Diavolo was conducted into a low room which was lit up by a single smoky lamp that was hung from the ceiling. He had scarcely had time to sit down than there appeared at the door four disreputable looking men whose appearance was not by any means improved by their ragged dress. Entering the room these men sat down at a table placed near to the one at which Fra-Diavolo sat. In a short time they began conversing in a low tone of voice, and as they kept casting furtive glances at Fra-Diavolo he began to be suspicious. For the purpose of finding out whether or not he was the object of their solicitude he wrapped himself in his large cloak and pre- tended to go to sleep. The ruse succeeded admirably, for the men thinking that Fra-Diavolo had really gone to sleep were not long before they raised their voices, and he had no difficulty in finding out that he was recognized by them, and that they intended capturing him either dead or alive in order that they might receive the government reward. One of them proposed to make the attempt at once, but the others thought it would be best to wait until he had retired to rest as he would then be unarmed. In the midst of this discussion the innkeeper entered the room with the supper, and Fra-Diavolo profiting by the noise appeared to awake in a natural manner. He ordered the landlord to prepare a bed for him, and after having eaten some supper, over which he did not waste much time, he left the room and retired to rest. At midnight the four would-be assassins, each carrying a dagger in his hand, entered Fra- Diavolo’s bedroom in as noiseless a manner as it was possible. The one who led the way carried a light in his hand, and advancing towards the bed on which their intended victim lay looked at him fixedly, and being convinced he was asleep he motioned to the others to that effect. At this signal they all approached the bed with their poignards uplifted. At the same moment Fra-Diavolo, who for the second time this evening had feigned sleep, jumped out of bed—never having undressed him-

Page 22

16 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. .

self—and pointing his pistol towards the man who held the light he shot him in the forehead, at the same time shouting, “Wretch! dost thou think that Fra-Diavolo is going to allow himself to be killed like a dog?” Being attacked in this unex- pected and vigorous manner the three comrades of the murdered man at once took to their heels and were outside the house instantaneously. The innkeeper on hearing the shot at once picked up a lamp and ran pale and trembling to Fra-Diavolo’s room, on entering which the brigand addressed him in the following manner: “I am Fra-Diavolo, a price is fixed on my head, tell it everywhere that the fate of this wretch is reserved for all those who dare attempt to lay a hand upon me!” Having thus spoken he disappeared.

(To be continued. )

EDITORIAL.

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to

JOHN Watkinson, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual subscription, 3/6, post free.

A meeting of the Magazine Committee was held on September 6th, when several new members were added and T. E. Taylor was elected Secretary. Mr. Watkinson expressed a wish to be relieved of part of his duties in connection with the Magazine, and at the request of the Committee Mr. Stubbs kindly under- took to give his assistance. For the future, then, Mr. Stubbs will edit the literary portion of the Magazine, whilst Mr. Watkinson will act as Treasurer and Chess Editor. We hope the boys will appreciate the efforts of Mr. Stubbs in this and in other ways, and that they will contribute papers to the Maga- zine more frequently than they have hitherto done.

CHESS.

SOLUTIONS OF PROBLEMS p. 347, Vol. V.

Mr. Loyd’s :—1. Q to K Kt 5 &c. Mr, Shinkman’s :1. Q to Q R7 &c.

Page 23

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 17

Problem Problem elournep. No. 122. Set No. XII. No. 123. Set No. XII. BLACK. BLACK.

YY Vdd 7

YEH as Wy ty 5 ZY ti ty t= 7 Y; ; Ves Y

Y Y lillie Wiis NINE me

af Y iiss Yy

ty YY: Le.

“ty 13 x Vite, YH Uy

WHITE. WHITE. White to play and mate in two moves. White to play and mate in three moves. No. 124. Problem Acournep. Set No. XII. BLACK.

YU

G=Y Vin

Wi) Ti a Uff Y, Vl

4

WY Y Uy Yi Uj Yj ty Yj Uj L Vd, Yy y AU ATL Yy NN veg Y WY Ws

WHITE. White to play and mate in four moves.

Page 24

18 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

THE KING'S DEFENCE TO THE KING'S BISHOP’S OPENING.

Mr. Staunton in his considers the King’s Bishop's Opening the very best the first player can adopt, and after P to K 4 B to B 4 . . 1. PtcK 4 “ Kt to K B3 advises White to play

Kt to KB3 3, —_—_—_——- reducing the opening to a position in the

Petroff’s defence, and on Black’s reply 3. KE takes P

Kt toQB3 Sto QBs as better than 4. Fes recommended in the Handbuch. In his late posthumous work, edited by Wormald, called Chess Theory and Practice, page P to Q 3

advocates the move 4.

115, he says, “I am now disposed to prefer 4.

though I still think White may play 4. Kt to @ B without

disadvantage,” and he endeavours to sustain his opinion by a Kt toQ B3 P takes Kt the following line of play: 4. Kit takes Ki eo Ki 2 ao a K B53 (best) B to K 3% 7 KttoK R4 . Castles P to K B4 ‘Q@toK 2 (best) “ PtoK Kt3 * Ptogs * concluding that White has at least as good a game as Black. This, however, is not satisfactory, as Black can now reply with

9. Siok Ba 38 pointed out in Wormald’s Chess Openings,

page 154. Mr. Gossip in his Chess Manual, pages 659 and 81, recommends the following mode of conducting the attack, Castles 7 R to K sq_ B to K Kt 5 but Qto K 2 (best) ‘* PtoQ3 Cy Du “believes Black ought ultimately to secure the advantage.” It has occurred to me that White may obtain a winning attack after the moves 7. poo ois by boldly sacrificing his R and relying upon his superior position and the rapid develop- ment of all his forces. W. TIMBRELL PIERCE.

(To be continued. )

Page 25

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 19

SoLUTIONS OF PROBLEMS IN “ENGLISH PROBLEM

W.H.S. M., Dublin, points out that 1. Q to Q Kt 5 or Q R 6 stops the solution given p. 296, of No. IX. illustration in the June number. A White P at Q B 5 renders the position perfect.

No. XV. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. lLQtKKté@ 6&QtoK5 11. Qto Kt 8 (ch) 15. R to B 8 (ch) 2. P to Kt 3 7.Q9toKR8 12. K to Q 6 16. Qto Kt 7 (ch) 3. Q to Kt 5 (ch) 8. B to Q 2 13. R to Q 8 17. BtoQ B sq 4. Rto B 8 (ch) 9. Bto B sq 14. K to K 4 5. PtoKt4 10. BtoR$

Black.—17. Q P mates. All Black’s moves are forced. No. XV.—Solved by H. B.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

Since the announcement of this series in our last number we have had grave doubts respecting the wisdom of the decision we then came to. It may certainly appear somewhat presump- tuous to occupy so much space with productions of our own when we have at hand in our Chess library such a collection of magnificent games by all the great Chess masters past and present. A number of our subscribers, however, both here and across the water, having been pleased to express the interest they feel in the proposed republication, we have been stimulated to proceed in the undertaking, and we shall spare no pains to render the selection as entertaining as possible. In the present volume we shall confine ourselves to parties on even terms, and we may then continue the series with a few games at odds. The original notes, by various distinguished players, will, at any rate, give additional interest to the reprints. In the pages of this Magazine it will not be inappropriate to link our name at the outset with a gentleman who was for- merly on the staff of the College as teacher of mathematics. Mr. George Henry Taylor was an enthusiastic Chess-player, a man of large capacity and varied scholarship. Although our acquaintance with him began over the Chess-board it did not end there. The game annexed was, we believe, contested on the evening of our first introduction to him, but for years after- wards we had the privilege of his friendship, which strengthened as time ran its course. In October, 1866, having in the mean- time removed to Kepier Grammar School, near Durham, he departed this life all too soon for his sorrowing family and friends. Many a stiff fight have we had in “auld lang syne”

Page 26

20 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

under his hospitable roof-tree at Carr House, Huddersfield, and in after days in his more northern home by blazing fireside at Christmas time. Talk of Chess being an unsocial game! Some of our most blissful associations cluster round the Chess-board, and to a knowledge of the game we owe many a dear friend. But a truce to these by-gone memories of the past or we shall be led too far astray. After several evenings of hard play on even terms Mr. Taylor asked for odds, and matches were fought at Pawn and move, Pawn and two moves, and subse- quently the Kt. We at last settled down into regular play at the latter odds, and later on we hope to give a specimen of . these games in our pages.

GaME I. Played in 1853 between the Editor and Mr. G. H. Taylor. Waite (Mr. Taytor.) Buack (Mr. Warkinson.) 1. PtoK 4 l PtoK 4 . KttoK B3 2. KttoQB3 3. Kt to QB 3 (a) 3. Bto QB 4 (bd) 4. BtoQ B4(c 4. KttoK B3 5. Q to K 2 (d) 5. PtoQ3 6. PtoK R3 6. QBtoK 3 7. Bto Q Kt 5 (e) 7. Castles 8. B takes Kt 8. P takes B 9. Castles (/) 9. KttoK R4 10. KtoR2 10. Qto K B 3 (g) ll. PtoQ3 1l. KttoK B5 12. B takes Kt 12. Q takes B (ch) 13. PtoK Kt 3 (h) 13. QtoK R3 14. KttoK R4 14. Pto K B 4 (2) 15. P takes P 15. B takes B P 16. Kt takes B 16. R takes Kt 17. KttoK 4 17. BtoQ Kt 3 18. PtoQB4 18. QRto K Bsq 19. PtoQ Kt 4 19. PtoQ4 20. PtoQB5 20. P takes Kt 21. QP takes P 21. KRtoK R4 22. PtoK R4 22. QRto K B5 (k)

23. Rto K Rsq 23. QR takes K R P (ch) 24. P takes R* 24. RB takes P (ch) 25. K to Kt 2 25. Q to K Kt 4 (ch)

* In Mr. Hazeltine’s Brevity and Brilliancy in Chess, (New York, 1866) p. 173, the position at this point is given on a diagram, with the remark annexed that Black can force mate in seven moves. We fail to see this and offer a copy of Bird’s Chess Masterpieces to any of our subscribers who can shorten the method actually adopted in the game. —CuEss EpITor.

Page 27

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 21

Waite (Mr. Buack (Mr. WartkKINsoN.) 26. KtoK B3 26. Qto K Kt 5 (ch) 27. KtoK 3 27. Q takes K P (ch) 28. K toQ 2 28. Q takes Kt P (ch) 29. KtoQ3 29. Q to QB 5 (ch) 30. KtoK 3 30. B takes P (ch) 3l. KtoK B3 31. .QtoK Kt 5 (mate) (/)

NOTES BY MR. J. JENKIN,

Chess Editor of the Glasgow Herald, and the present holder of the Counties Association Champion Cup.

(a) In this game, played nearly a quarter of a century ago, we have a good specimen of a mode of development which has been much favoured by strong players of late years. (6) Black’s best reply here is generally considered to be P to K Kt third. See Staunton’s Theory and Practice, p. 322. (c) White may, instead of this move, play Kt takes K P, in which case Black’s best reply is probably Kt takes Kt, followed by B to Q third. If, however, Black, instead of at once taking the Knight, takes K B P with Bishop (ch), the following is a not unlikely continuation :—

4. Kt takes K P 4, Btakes B P (ch) 5. K takes B 5. Kt takes Kt 6. Pto Q fourth 6. QtoK B 3 (ch) 7. KtoK sq 7. KttoQB3 8 BtoK 3 8 PtcQ3 9 BtoQB4 9 BtoK 3 10. PtoQ5 10. KttoK 4 11. P takes B 11. Kt takes B 12. P takes P (ch) 12. Q takes P

13. B to Q 4, and the positions are pretty equal, These moves are from a game between the Rev. C. E. Ranken and the writer, played at the Glasgow Congress of 1875. (d) This move of the Queen is hardly consistent with the mode of development adopted by White. Even the threatened capture of the K B Pawn could not now be effected with advantage. (e¢) In this form of the Giuoco Piano it seems preferable to retire the Bishop to Q Kt third, as the exchange of the Bishop for the adverse Queen’s Knight only serves to strengthen Black’s centre. (f) Svidently played without due consideration. The correct move was P to Q third, which, indeed, ought to have been played earlier in the game, and might well have taken the place of 5. Q to K second. (g) 1 think Mr. Watkinson ought at once to have played Kt to K B fifth, driving the Queen back to Queen square (best), even were it only to gain the move which it obviously does. (h) K to R square strikes me as preferable. (7) B takes K R P would have been injudicious. Zz. gr 14. B takes K R P

15. K takes B 15. PtoK Kt4 16. QtoK Kt 4 16. KtoRs 17. Kto Kt 2 17. P takes Kt

18. Rto K R square, and Black has rather a ticklish game. (k) Quite characteristic of Mr. Watkinson’s dashing style. The position of the forces at this juncture, which is one of special interest, is shown on the accompanying diagram.

Page 28

22 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. BLACK.

a Be er seat

7 ZG / Ld GC 2 Y/ V7

WHITE. Position after Black’s 22nd move. (If White play 23. P takes R, Black can mate in four moves.)

(1) I have felt both pleasure and regret in annotating this game. Pleasure, at being called upon to inaugurate a series of games by a player whose finished style I have more than once had occasion to comment upon in the columns of the Glasgow Herald: and regret, at not having been placed further down on the chronological scale, where I might have the pleasant work of pointing out the beauties with which some of Mr. Watkinson’s later efforts abound. This game, though a good one, is behind many of Mr. Watkinson’s that I have had the pleasure of going over in recent years. But it must be remembered that it was contested before he had attained to the high reputation he now holds, and it wil] not surprise readers of the College Magazine to learn that he afterwards gave his present opponent the odds of the Knight.

ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS. No. 1. Mr. Wm. Bone. Part V.

(Continued from page 321, vol. v.)

THERE is a strong family likeness between the problems previously quoted in the present series and many other stratagems profusely scattered over the pages of the Bone MSS. We therefore feel the less regret that time and space preclude us from multiplying examples of our author’s skill. In the more practical field of end-games Mr. Bone, however, is as yet

Page 29

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 23

inadequately represented in these articles, although he laboured

as diligently in this as in any

other department of the art.

The following four positions on diagrams will, we think, be interesting to most of our readers, especially those who do not care for problems in many moves or encumbered with excep-

tional conditions.

PrRosBLEM No. XVII. By Bonz.

BLACK.

Gf GLUES Mildly yy, Vg» Uy OS

‘2 Vit YL BL WROD CO 4 7 Zz

“4 \

No. XVIII. sy Bons.

BLACK.

Z j Mei wy yyy) YYW) WA, yf" Wy Vfl Ly Wa WY Ux;

ie Vi Oe

Uy F2

WHITE. WHITE. White to play and draw. White to play and win. PrRoBLEM No. XIX. By Bong. ProspLteM No. XX. By BONE. BLACK. BLACK. Yj, Uy > Uy,

Y

Uy

7/7 ty Wi x 7 YY Z

Y; Wy Y ig Y Va YU Oss Ws yyy, Y Se. Se peal ZY Yitiy

7 7)

WHITE. White to play and win.

WHITE, White to play and win.

Page 30

24 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

The succeeding half dozen positions—unavoidably off dia- grams—form the first instalment of twelve specimens in the composer’s best style which we propose to cull from problems that have been printed many years ago. We hope by these additions to leave nothing unskimmed that really forms the cream of Mr. Bone’s work. Of course, however, we can but present on the whole a limited selection, within the narrow compass of six magazine articles, for it must be remembered that our author was perhaps the most prolific of all English problem composers living or dead ! No. XXI.—White :—K at K B sq, R at Q Kt 4, Kt at K Kt 4, Ps at K B 2 and Q B 2. Black :—K at Q B 8. White to mate with either P in 10 moves (checking on the previous move with the other). No. XXII.—White :—K at Q R sq, Q at K B4, Bat Q Kt 2, Kt at Q B 3, Ps at QR 3, K Kt 4 and 5. Black :—K at K Kt 2, Q at K sq, Rs at Q 2 and K Bagq, B at K B 2, Kt at Q Kt 3, Psat K B 3, K Kt 3, K R 2, Q R 3 and Q Kt 4. White to play and mate in 10 moves, This, though not difficult, is a brilliant piece of play in a very game-like position. No. XXIIJ.—White :—K at Q Kt 7, Rat Q R 2, Kts at Q B 2 and Q Kt sq, P at Q Kt 2. : Black :—K at Q Kt 4, Ps at Q R 3, 4 and 5, Q B 3, 4 and 5. White to mate with his Pawn in 12 moves without taking any Pawn. No. XXIV.—White :—K at Q 2, Rs at K 8 and Q B 8, Kts at Q Bsq and K sq. Black :—K at Q 2. White to mate with either of his Rooks in 14 moves without moving either. Very curious and difficult. No, XXV.—White :—K at Q B 3, Q at K B 6, Rs at Q sq and Q 2, B at K B 4, Kt at K 2, Psat Q 3, K Kt 4 and K Black :—K at Q R 2, Rs at K 6 and K R 7, Bs at K Kt 3 and K R 3, Ps at K 2 and 5. White to play and mate with his Queen’s Pawn in 20 moves without taking the Black Rook at K 6 or compelling it to move. No. XXVI.—White :—K at K B 5, Ps at K 2, K B2 and K Kt 2. Black :—K at K White to mate with a Pawn in 21 moves without queening any Pawn. Of the Pawn mates included in the foregoing, No. XXV. may be especially cited as a masterpiece. Mr. Bone has left it on record that he considered this one of his very best. It is presented in the corrected form given by Mr. Miles in his Chess Gems and approved by the author, the first printed having proved faulty. H. J. C. ANDREWS. (To be continued. )

Page 31

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

tS On

PROBLEM CONSTRUCTION AND PROBLEM SOLVING.

WE haye received several letters commenting on the points raised by Mr. Andrews in our last number, and without, at present, expressing any opinions of our own, we publish as many of the communications as we can find room for, prefacing them with the conditions to be observed by the judge in award- ing the prizes in the American Centennial Problem Tourney, and also quoting Mr. Loyd’s defence of his prize two-mover. We may state here that as a competitor in the H. C. M. Tourney objects to the proposal of Mr. Andrews to limit the number of prizes that can be awarded to any single composer, the original stipulations will be adhered to.

Problems will be compared and judged upon the following points of merit: For ingenuity, or beauty of trick or design, 1 to 15 points. For difficulty of solution, 1 to 10 points. For beauty of con- struction or position, 1 to 5 points. This gives 30 points to a strictly first-class problem, and shows the basis upon which composers may expect their problems to be judged.”—From the American Chess Journal, September, 1876. ‘‘In a two-move problem I consider the question of difficulty of no importance, in fact too absurd to be taken into consideration, for it does not exist. Any experienced problemist can solve a two-move problem the instant his mind has taken in the relative position and bearing of the pieces. If it is a crowded, complicated position, with the pieces scattered all over the board, it may take the eye five seconds more to bring system out of chaos, which extra time is sacrificed, in most cases, to the lack of constructive ability in the composer. In solving 180 little problems for the Lebanon Herald, I averaged less than five seconds each, and I find that any real problemist can solve them almost instantly ; hence the absurdity

. of claiming merit for extra difficulty, because one problem takes fifty-five

seconds to master, while another requires a full minute! The merit of a two-move problem should depend, therefore, on the beauty of idea, neatness of position, and the constructive ability with which the subject has been handled. I built my two-move problem upon the theme of moving a King, surrounded by a series of checks, against which there are no defences, to a position which does not avoid the threatened checks, but from which new stand-point they can be defended. Of course I do not know to what extent Mr. Cook favoured or discounted the problems on account of originality, but my little problem tickled my fancy as being unique, and I entered it in preference to others, which might have stood better chances with a less scientific umpire.”—From the American Chess Journal, August, 1877. ‘© quite agree with Mr. Andrews in his remarks on ‘‘ Problem Construction ” in general, and the Prize Centennial Tourney Problems in particular. I see Mr. Loyd has endeavoured to vindicate the decision of the judge in respect of his prize two-mover. In doing this he is obliged to throw over all merit on account of difficulty in a two-mover. If this dictum were to hold good and be adopted I should say let us at once abandon this kind of composition altogether as unworthy of engrossing our skill and time. I consider it makes all the difference whether a two-mover

Page 32

26

HUDDERSFTELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

can be solved in five seconds or in five or ten minutes by a skilled solver. It is true a skilled solver can generally see through a two-mover as soon as he has grasped the position—but in some rare cases this is by no means the case, and he has to solve the problem almost by a kind of exhaustive analysis ; and moreover these cases betause they are difficult also possess the other necessaries of a fine problem, neatness of construction and beauty

of idea.

As examples of fine and difficult problems I would mention No,

535, by ‘‘J. B., of Bridport,” and No. 565, by J. P. Taylor, in English

Chess Problems.

I conclude these remarks with a two-mover I have just

composed which I believe is difficult, as it took one skilled composer ten minutes and another gave it up as impossible.

By Mr. W. T. Prerce.*

BLACK.

Mr. Loypn’s Prize PROBLEM. Tf

N

SS SS

we

WY iGsG ZF ep, Yfy YY Y yyy} Wi) G1 11011 WY yy Alli VV WW). 290 & “

a YY VN

Yy

Ys Wy Y UY, Uy Us yy Z Gen,

SS

ji 4 WY Yas oy Yy Oe VEG Uj, WHITE.

White to play and mate in two moves.

WHITE,

Y jp.

White to play and mate in two moves.

If Mr. Loyd will allow me 1 should like to dedicate it to him in token of my great admiration of his skill and originality. These lines are written in the most friendly spirit, and with no other desire but that of eliciting some true critical rules for guidance in future contests.”—W. T. PIERCE. was rather surprised, no doubt in common with many of your

readers, to find Mr. 8. Loyd in the American Chess Journal for Au

gust,

arguing in favour of easy two-movers on the ground that the difficulty of any two-mover is too small to be estimated, seeing that a skilled solver can always hit on the solution in a few seconds, or at most in one minute. I see that his own average in solving 180 two-move problems from the

Lebanon Herald was five seconds each !

(In passing, I may submit that

these American problems must have been unusually easy, or Mr. Loyd

* We shall be obliged if our solvers will time themselves in trying this problem, and inform us of the result.—CHeEss Epiror. ‘+ We interpolate this problem as it is so often referred to.—CHESS

EDITOR.

Page 33

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. » 27

must be amazingly skilful in solving such productions.) But even were this ordinarily the case, I fail to see how two-move problems are all of much the same ease or difficulty : for on this very shewing one may be thirty times as difficult as another, as for instance if one takes two seconds and another one minute. But I am sure that the experience of most solvers is that some two-movers take from five to ten minutes, and in that way one problem may be 500 times as difficult as another. Mr. Loyd has made this a question of differences whereas it is a question of ratios: and if the difficulty of a two-mover is a differential quantity, there is an arith- metic of differentials just as much as of larger quantities ; and one may bear to another a very great ratio. The fact isin problems, ‘‘ difficulty ” like beauty, although quite a conceivable idea, is very hard to measure accurately, since it is altogether a relative term, depending on the capacity and bias of the solver as much as on the intrinsic merit of the problem. The fairest way to estimate this particular quality perhaps would be for— say a dozen skilled solvers to time themselves over a given set of problems and take the mean time over each as expressive of its comparative difficulty. This would, I think, represent the most accurate estimate to be arrived at practically, and could easily be PIERCE. ‘¢ Mr. Andrews’s observations in your last number induce me to offer a suggestion on the subject of ‘‘ inactive pieces.” Problems are no longer regarded as end-games, and it is not considered a fatal objection that the position could not occur in actual play. Notwithstanding this it seems to be still considered necessary to place the White King on the board in every problem whether he is intended to take any part in the ensuing checkmate or not ; and this renders it necessary to protect him from checks, for which purpose a number of pieces or Pawns which are otherwise useless must be introduced. Mr. Andrews objects to Mr. Loyd for introducing more of these protecting pieces than is necessary. Something might be said for the American composer on the ground that the difficulty of the problem is thus increased, as the Bishop at least seems likely to beara part in the fight, and the solver may thus be put on a wrong track. But if there is no reason for assimilating a problem to an end-game why introduce the White King, with his gang of protectors, at all? In Mr. Loyd’s problem it is evident at first sight that he is too remote from the scene of action to be of any use in checkmating his adversary, and too well defended to be success- fully assailed, while he cannot be wanted to make a waiting move inasmuch as he has no move to make. How then would the problem—as a problem— be affected by simply removing the five White pieces on the K R and K Kt files ? There are, of course, cases in which the White King must be placed on the board, viz., Ist, when he is intended to take part in the contest, and 2nd, when some part of the difficulty consists in avoiding checks to the White King. But in other cases it seems to me that the introduction of the White King not merely encumbers the board with an inactive piece but necessitates the introduction of a number of additional inactive pieces in order to protect him from the enemy. I cannot see that anything is gained by this process except the assimilation of the problem to an end- game which it seems now to be admitted is unnecessary. I suspect, too, that in such cases the composer originally arranges his board without the King, and then looks about for the best place to put him out of harm’s way. The problem is completed before this is done.”—W. H. S. M. ‘* I am glad Mr. Andrews has arraigned these inactive piece problems. I was quite aghast when I first solved Mr. Loyd’s three- mover. That I had the intended solution was evident, but why the additional White pieces were employed was not so evident, unless it was to make the solution more difficult, which was perfectly needless in this case.”—G. F. O.

Page 34

28 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

‘* With regard to the inactive piece question in problem-making, I would point out that as problems have been said to represent endings of actual games, and as in such games inactive pieces would infallibly occur, there cannot be any hard and fast rule laid down, with fairness, against their presence in a problem, inactive and obstructive pieces adding, at times, so much to the difficulty and beauty of a problem, which might be simplified down to nothing by their G. Our Montreal correspondent writes :—‘‘ Messrs. Henderson and At- kinson endorse Mr. Andrews’s views on subject of Loyd’s and Shinkman’s problems.”

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 119. () WHITE. BLACK. 1 PtoBd WHITE. BLACK. 1. Ktat B8toQ7 1. Any move 2. to B 8 (ch) 2. K toQ5 2. Mates accordingly - mates

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 120. I SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 121.

1QtoKR8 1. B to K 6 (a) 1. Rto K 8 (disch) 1. K to B 3

2,.RtoB4(ch) 2P, K B| 2 KttoKt5 2 Bto 0B sh) takes R, or K I 8. Q takes B 3. Any move

to Q 4 4, Mates accordingly 3. Q mates at K 6, B 3, Q 3, or Q7 (This is the author’s solution, but accordingly the problem can also be solved a 1. K to Q 4 (8) thus :— 2.QtoQ7(ch) 2. K moves 1. RtoK 8(disch) 1. K to B38 3. Q to Q 8 (mate) 2. R takes Kt on Kt 6, &c.)

CoMPETITION.—The following reached us after our last number was in type.—W. S. P., Chelmsford, solved No. 118. ‘*Good. The mate is very pretty when K goes to K 4,” 114, 116, ‘‘ Not so good as 113,” 117, 118 (author’s solution. ) Problem 119.—Solved by G. W., Brighton.—W. S. P., Chelmsford. ‘* Rasy and first move palpable. Just one thought as to whether the other Kt might not be played to Q 7 is necessary.” —W. T. P., Brighton. ‘Poor ; the first move is palpable.”"—P. S. S., London. ‘* Very easy.”— W.H. S. M., Dublin. ‘Rather on the three-legged principle. Black has no move that does not knock away some of his defences.”—G. W. F., Hull. ‘*Too easy for a Tourney problem.”—W. Mc A., Chichester.— J. Y., Glasgow. ‘‘Easy.”—G. F. O., Bradford. first move locks the King in the stable.”—Romping Girl.—J. R. W., Dumfriesshire. — E. H., Huddersfield.—C. E. T., Clifton—A. W., London.—H. G., Guernsey.—W. C., Cheltenham. ‘‘A very obvious commencement, ”’— D.M.L, Leith. ‘* Rather poor.’—R. W. J., Liverpool. Problem 120.—Solved by W. S. P. ‘‘ Easy and first move palpable.” —W. T. P. ‘Neat and pretty, but not difficult."—P. S. 8. The variations arising from Black’s reply 1. B to K 6 are very ingenious, but the White Q being en prise spoils the beauty of the problem, as it evidently shows that the Q must be moved first."—W. Mc A.—J. Y. (a) and (8) omitted.)—G. F. O. ‘* Pretty, but easy.”—Romping Girl—J. R. W.— E. H.—H. G.—A. W.—W. C. Queen being en prise is a drawback to an otherwise good problem.”—D, M. L. (0) omitted.) Not good.”— R. W.J. ‘‘ Very easy.” Problem 121.—Solved by G. W., W. S.P., W. T. B., PS. S., W. H. 8S. M., G. W.F., J. Y., G. F. 0., Romping Girl, A. W., H. G., R. W. J. solution). W. McA., J. R. W., E. H., GC, E. T., D. M. L. (Second solution. )

Page 35

Huddersfield College Hlagazme.

A WEEK’S RABBIT SHOOTING IN SCOTLAND.

SoME persons who rail against shooting, and give it the name of cruelty, do not know the pleasure to be got in that sport, or the amount of information that is gained whilst out on a shooting expedition. I will here quote an extract in its favour: << That the killing of wild birds and animals is necessary is self- evident on the barest examination of the matter. Wild birds and wild animals are intended for man’s food. It was never intended that they should breed merely to feed hawks or pole- cats, or to die a natural death, if these unrelenting foes of theirs would give them a chance...... If therefore we do not collect the wholesome birds and animals we should be wilfully ignoring the provisions of nature, consequently when we shoot birds and animals we simply do our duty......Shooting, in the true sense of the term, is essentially an honest, harmless, invigorating, manly pastime.” * Having received an invitation to go and spend a week with a friend in Wigtonshire, and have some rabbit shooting, I immediately accepted it, and forthwith got ready my gun, etc., and with great expectations set out by the 1-30 a.m. train from Manchester to Stranraer. We arrived at Carlisle in exactly four hours, and after a warm cup of coffee we were off again. When the morning became lighter I took a look out of the window, and in the distance could see the tops of the hills covered with hoar frost which the rising sun was doing his best to melt. ‘* Here’s a glorious day for my arrival,” thought I, and it became finer and finer. Here and there as we passed plantations, the pheasants were taking their morning meal. Presently the train ran down to the pier where the boat was waiting for passengers for Belfast. Here my friend met me and we repaired to an hotel where I had a wash and breakfasted. Feeling none the worse for these comforts I bought some cartridges and took a turn round the town. A storm of rain and snow came down and we had to seek shelter, but at about

* Shooting and fishing trips in England, France, &. By ‘‘ Wildfowler.” November, 1877. I c

Page 36

30 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

2-30 we set out for my friend’s house, which was at a distance of thirteen miles, and having got there fully appreciated the warmth of a fire. After tea we sat and talked over our plans for the morrow. Getting up betimes in the morning I found we were to have a glorious day, so having hastily despatched breakfast we set out to look for the keeper. He, however, expected us and had brought his dogs and ferrets, Having held a council of war we determined to work the back shore, so off we set, and the walk of a mile nicely warmed us up. As we were going along a flock of pigeons flew across our line of march, and the contents of six barrels went after them bringing down only three. Soon we arrived at the back shore, and slipping a couple of ferrets into the holes we stood on the look out. Soon bunny showed his head to see if the coast was clear but quickly returned. Then there was a scampering under foot and two rabbits ran out of separate holes, and being in too great a hurry I missed both shots, but they were disposed of by my friend and the keeper. “This is a bad beginning,” said I, “but I shall no doubt improve in time.” Soon several squeaks were heard and out came a rabbit trying in vain to shake off the ferret. He was soon caught and his neck stretched. Soon the ferrets came out and we walked along the summit of the cliff to another burrow. The sun was now shining warmly on us and tempering the coldness of the breeze. Out at sea we saw several schooners tacking about, while in the far distance the coast of Ireland could be seen. However, we had not much time to look about as the ferrets were in again. Soona rabbit came eut and made for my side ; this time I nailed him and he was transferred to the bag. Scarcely had I reloaded when another favoured me, and missing with the first I broke his hind leg with the second, and with the assistance of “ Brush,” _ the retriever, he was also added to our game. Now the ferrets stuck for some time and gave us an interval to look about, and a very pretty sight we saw. Below us right in the line of fire was a hare comfortably lying in her form but at too great a distance to be shot: what surprised us was her being there after the number of shots that had been fired. Having recovered our ferrets we visited several burrows with various success, and then we rested for lunch: whilst engaged in this a hawk came in search of carrion and after four shots was brought down. Lunch being over we set off on a détour through the fields home, now and then flushing coveys of partridges which, how- ever, were forbidden fruit and so were left untouched. Next we came to a hedgerow and each taking a side we waited for the advent of bunny. Soon several cracks were heard on the

Page 37

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 31

other side of the hedge, and a cry of “ Mark!” made me keep a good look out. Soon I had a chance and took advantage of it. After this hedgerow had been worked we set off home, as we intended to look out for the wild ducks on the moss. The bag altogether came to twenty-two rabbits, three pigeons and a hawk. After tea we set out for the moss, and each appropriating a wicker basket as a seat we planted ourselves at about 100 yards distance, I being in the middle, and just as the sun was setting we saw several ducks flying to the moss. Sitting there without a chance was poor sport but such was our lot. Just at the gloaming I could see several rabbits scudding about on the dark peaty soil and was sorely tempted to fire, but I thought it would spoil a chance at the ducks. Suddenly a bright flash and quickly afterwards a report told me that the keeper was at it. This was followed by a regular stampede of rabbits and then all was quiet, except when the calls of the pheasants in the adjoining plantations and the shrill cry of the plover broke the general stillness. Soon two other shots were heard from the same place and then silence again reigned supreme. Getting tired of this state of inactivity I walked back to where my friend was looking out but he had had no chance. Firing two shots as a recall we were soon joined by Brush, who came jumping about, and then by the keeper, who told us the ducks were numerous where he was, but he had had no chances. A quick walk home, along with the exercise at the beginning of the day, made us quite ready for bed whither we soon retired. The next day was finer and we had better sport. This time we were going elsewhere, and having a three miles’ walk before us we had to set out early. However, with a sharp frosty atmosphere this was very enjoyable. Going over the moss was attended with some difficulty, as the previous rains had made it very sloppy, and every now and then we sank over our ankles in the boggy soil. On our way we flushed a wild duck which got away before we could load and bring our guns to bear. Soon we reached our destination where we found the keeper preparing. This time we went to a few small planta- tions where we got most of the sport. The keeper, stationing my two friends outside, took me inside and put in the ferrets. Soon a cry was heard and out sprang a healthy rabbit who got outside and was disposed of by my friend. Then my turn came, two coming out at once both of which were shot, then a single one which was also, with the aid of the dog, added to our spoil. Then several more were shot, and having got as many out as we could we set off towards the coast. Here on the c3

Page 38

b2 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

summit of a hill we could see the clouds of spray which now and then obscured our view of the rocks as each wave, moun- tains high, broke on the rocky coast. Here we got a little sport and a sharp fusillade was kept up followed by the death of sundry unfortunate rabbits, and then . ‘* All was hush’d Save the wild wind and the remorseless dash Of billows.” The romantic splendour of the scene made us stop to gaze and ponder over the beauties of nature. Out at sea we perceived some ships scudding along before the gale, making all haste to reach a sheltering port, as the murky sky foretold a storm of wind and rain. Leaving this we returned home as it came on raining, and on our way passed a place called “The Devil’s Bridge,” which was simply formed by a rock having fallen over and bridged an inlet in the rocks. The next day we went out shooting in the covers with an addition to our canine companions in the shape of a rough-haired terrier, which was of great service. Soon after entering the wood a series of short barks, following one another in quick succession, told us that Jack was after a rabbit. The cracking of the underwood and the swaying of the dead ferns put us on the qui vive, and soon bunny made a dash across the open, quickly turned a somersault, and with two or three parting kicks lay still and quiet. His advent was quickly followed by that of master Jack, who, seeing the untimely fate of the object of his pursuit, immediately dived into another lot of bracken, and this time put out a couple which my friend disposed of. Then came a lull during which the sight of a woodcock coming towards us brought forth a cry of “ Mark! cock!” from the keeper, and down he came to be added to our bag. Coming to a clear space we had the ferrets in and got pretty good sport. As it was now getting near the time for the wood pigeons to return from feeding in the fields we left off shooting and awaited their coming. Soon a sharp series of shots told me that the guns on the other side of the wood were at work. Then I saw half-a-dozen fly across an opening in the trees, Bang, bang went both barrels, and when I looked to see the. fall of the pigeons, alas! I looked in vain. Then followed a couple of shots from my right, and then I heard the shots pat- tering on the dead leaves of the trees around me. Soon the birds ceased to come so we had to return. After this we had three other days’ shooting, but I will not weary my readers by needless repetition. It is unnecessary to say that the exercise and sport made a great change in my appetite, and that the week’s shooting was much enjoyed by GUYITE.

Page 39

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 33

THE COLLEGE MUSICAL SOCIETY.

AT a meeting of the Magazine Committee held September 6th, it was regretted by one of the members that singing was not cultivated at all in the College, and he suggested that some steps should be taken to alter the state of affairs in that par- ticular. The idea was eagerly taken up by the boys present and by many of the others on the next day when they heard of the suggestion. The result has been the foundation of what promises to be a flourishing class ; and should there be an Entertainment in the College next year, it is hoped that the boys may be of more assistance vocally than they have ever been previously. It would be too ambitious to think yet of giving concerts, but in a year or two, if the Society is successful, it may perhaps venture at least to invite a few friends to show what has been done, and to gain encouragement from their sympathy. This year, at all events, the Society will be self-supporting, for Mr. Binner has volunteered to devote one night a week to its instruction, and from its success at the first two meetings, which were held on Fridays, October 5th and 12th, there is little doubt that the members will appreciate his kindness, and will endeavour to prove it by regular attendance, and attention during the lesson. The latter of these happened to fall on an evening when there was a meeting of Directors in the College, and consequently they were kind enough to pay the Society a visit, and seemed much pleased with it. Mr. Bruce and Mr. Denham gave a few words of encouragement and advice to the members, and we trust they will remember and pay heed to them. At present, of course, the material is raw, but there are some excellent voices, especially among the trebles, and all are anxious to do their best, and with a little practice at home, where that is feasible, that is in nearly every case, surely a good deal may be done before Christmas. One want that will be felt will he that of tenors and basses, but perhaps some “Old Boys” may be willing to join, and doubtless their assistance will be very valuable. However, whether the Society ever gives a concert or assists in an Entertainment, or if it keeps modestly retired, it is quite certain that it will provide a pleasant evening’s amusement and instruction to its members once a week during the winter months, F, H, 8,

Page 40

34 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

We have received the “Class Book of French Poetry for the Young,” compiled by M. Paul Barbier. We are told in the preface that in selecting pieces for the use of children between seven and twelve years of age, M. Barbier has ever had especially in view purity and simplicity in the language. Most of the selections are of a nature calculated to foster in the mind of the learner principles of honesty, truth or gratitude towards God. The great difficulty in making selections of this kind arises from the vast number of pieces which present themselves for admission; there is truly a “luxe de richesses.” The first piece, entitled ‘La Jeune Captive,” by André Chénier, is seldom absent from collections of French poetry, for it has given its author a high place among lyrical poets. We are pleased to see likewise one of Victor Hugo’s sweetest little things, ‘ L’Enfant” ; home joys alone could have inspired the poet to a production so delightful. One of our old favourite fables is also included, “L’Aveugle et le Paralytique,” by Florian, who is reputed the best French Fable-writer since La Fontaine ; it breathes a spirit of true charity. The space at our disposal will not allow us to do more than mention two or three of the extracts in this excellent Class Book of French Poetry, but we cannot conclude without quoting from an amusing piece, “Les Pilules” by Louis Ratisbonne ; the hero, Petit Paul, is “Un gourmand enragé,” he says :— Je voudrais bien savoir ce que ma mére mange.’ Et sa mére sortie, il se dit, ‘Je vais voir.’ I] ouvre aussitét le tiroir, Puis la boite, ‘Oh! Oh! Oh! les ravissantes bulles, C’est comme de l’argent : quels bonbons sont-ce 1a ?’ Il en prit deux qu'il avala. Malheureux ! c’etaient des pilules ! L’aventure le corrigea.”” Although “ Le Corbeau et le Renard,” familiar to all French children, has not been admitted by M. Barbier, still he has not forgotten “ L’inimitable” as La Fontaine has been surnamed, and several of that writer’s best fables have found a place in the collection. Vinet cites “L’Homme et la Cauleuvre” as exemplifying the various elements of the poetic genius of the great fabulist. The “Class Book of French Poetry” has been brought out in a manner worthy of its well-known publishers ; it is well printed on good paper, tastefully bound, is a marvel of cheapness, aud deserves a place in the series of French Educational Works published by the same firm. Cu. FEUGLY.

* **Class Book of French Poetry for the Young,” by Paul Barbier, Librairie Hachette & Cie.

Page 41

HUDD#RSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 395

FOOTBALL. Foorpa.y has now really commenced, and several matches have been already played. The first was on Saturday, Oct. 6th, by the first team against the Halifax Gypsies at Halifax, which was won by the home team, but of which we have received no detailed account. We may mention that the first team consists mostly of “‘ Old Boys,” and the second of present boys. On Saturday, Oct. 13th, the two teams played against the Lockwood club, the first team at Lockwood, the second at Huddersfield. On Oct. 20th, the first team played the Halifax St. Augustine’s at Huddersfield. The following are the accounts we have received of these matches.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE v. Lockwoop (First TEaM.)

The above match came off on Saturday, Oct. 13th, on the ground of the latter. Play commenced at 3-30, and for some time the contest was very even. However the College, playing @ man less than their opponents, and including two substitutes in their team, had to give ground, and up to halftime and for a few minutes afterwards the game was in favour of the Lock- wood men, who gained a try at the extreme end of the touch line, and compelled the College backs to touch down six times, besides scoring a poster by a drop-kick. The College team nevertheless began to exert itself on resuming play, and at the close, with the wind against them, they had forced the ball almost over the opposite goal line. If all who had promised to play for the visiting team had fulfilled their word the result would doubtless have been far different. For the visitors, Armitage (back), B. Hopkinson and J. Denham (three-quarter backs), and A. Tinsley deserve special mention, and for the home team Beaumont and Littlewood.

HUDDERSFIELD CoLLEGE v. Lockwoop (SEcoND TEaq.)

This the opening match of the second team was played in the College field on Saturday, Oct. 13th. The visitors being very late the ball was not kicked off until 3-30. Storry started the ball with a splendid kick and the forwards following well up soon forced Lockwood to touch down, which they had to do several times before half-time, besides letting us obtain three tries, from one of which a goal was kicked. The ball after half- time being kicked off by Lockwood, they followed it up, and obtained a try, but the kick at goal was unsuccessful. (This was the only point scored by Lockwood.) The ball being well run out by H. M. Woodhead was soon again in the Lockwood “twenty-five.” Three more tries were obtained for the Colleg C

Page 42

36 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

before time was called, but the kicks at goal were failures. The College thus won after a not very pleasant game by one goal, kicked by Walker, five tries and five touch-downs to one try. The tries were obtained three by H. M. Woodhead, two by Walker, one by W. Halstead. The playing of these three was very good, and the forwards played well for their first match. The College fifteen were H. M. Woodhead and H. Storry (backs), Walker and W. Halstead (three-quarter backs), Matthewman and B. H. Halstead (half-backs), A. L. Woodhead, Fitch, H. Hirst, Burrows, Laycock, Crowther, C. Haigh, T. Hirst, H. Fitton (forwards).

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE v. St. AUGUSTINE’S ATHLETIC Cuus (First TxEam.)

The above match was played on the College ground, on Saturday, Oct. 20th. Play began shortly after three o’clock. After some good running and kicking on both sides the Halifax team gained a try, but its position being too near the side of the ground, the kick failed. The ball was then returned to the centre of the field, and in a short time was planted behind the visitors’ post by E. Bruce after a fine run. A goal resulted from this. By half-time a poster and a touch-down had been added to the score of the College, and a touch-down to that of St. Augustine’s. On resuming play, two men, who had arrived too late for the commencement, joined the home team, and then both had their full complement. The visitors being somewhat superior in scrimmaging, for a time had the upper hand, com- pelling the College backs to touch down several times, in addition to securing a second try. A disputed try was obtained for the College by B. Hopkinson, by a good run, and just as time was called a third try was scored by the opposing team, though in so bad a place that no kick was attempted. So terminated a pleasant and well contested match in a win for the College, by one goal, a poster, one try, one disputed try, and one touch-down, to three tries and seven touch-downs, and one disputed. Both teams played well, though there was a slight want of unity among the College forwards, which a few more matches will remedy. Teams :—College: back, H. G. Storry ; half-backs, E. Bruce and W. Hall ; quarter-backs, E. A. Armitage and H. M. Woodhead; forwards, Bancroft, J. W. Denham, J. H. Hopkinson, B. Hopkinson, A. Moore, A. R. Wright, A. Smith, A. Jowitt, A. L. Woodhead, and H. C. Walker. Halifax St. Augustine’s A. F. C.: backs, Malwry and Wood ; half-backs, Tetlow and Churnock; quarter-backs, Bateman and Greenwood ; forwards, Walker, Holliday, Clarke, Howarth, Haigh, Smith, Garside, Crabtree and Shillito.

Page 43

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 37

The reason of the defeats of the first team is only too obvious ; it is that members will not turn up to play. We are informed that some who had promised to play against Lockwood not only changed their minds without giving any notice to the captain, but so far from having any real reason for not keeping their word, they were playing elsewhere. By so doing they are only preparing a loss to themselves and discredit to the Club ; for surely no one will care to play with them when there is a prospect of their turning up with only seven or eight players instead of fifteen. It is to be hoped the second team will not follow the example set to them by their seniors so early in the season,

THE MAIDEN’S PLAINT, (From the German of Schiller.)

The two first Stanzas are sung by Thekla in Act 3 Scene 7 of the ‘‘ Piccolomini.”

The clouds are low’ring, the forests roar, The maiden broodeth upon the shore, The waves are breaking with might, with might, And she sighs forth in the darkling night ; Her eyes are heavy and dim with weeping.

‘‘ My heart is dead, the world can give Naught else for which I should care to live. O God! in pity thy child recall, Of earthly joys I have tasted all— I’ve lived, I’ve loved—I would now be sleeping.”

No tears, no sighs shall ever awaken, Ever bring death to the heart forsaken ; But that which can comfort and soothe the breast When love hath vanished, and give it rest, Will ne’er be denied from heaven above.

Let the tears flow on tho’ their course be vain ! Tho’ death may not come at the call of pain ! The sweetest balm for the sorrowing heart, When Love’s delicious pleasures depart, Are ever the pains and complaints of Love !

Wa. FINLAYSON, Valetta, Malta.

Page 44

38 = HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

FRA-DIAVOLO. (Translated from the French.)

(Continued from page 16.)

He visited one day the town of Salerno, and entered a barber’s shop at the moment the barber was going out in order to attend to the toilet of the bishop. The barber apologized for being obliged to go out, and prayed him to await his return which would be very shortly. The brigand entered the shop and had not been there very long before a Captain of Carabineers entered, and taking him to be the proprietor, told him in a very decisive tone of voice to make haste and shave him, and as he said this he sat down to be shaved. Fra-Diavolo, fearing to be discovered if he hesitated, at once turned up his sleeves and began to prepare for his début in his new business. He had already commenced skimming the razor over the gallant Cap- tain’s chin, when the barber re-entered his shop quite out of breath crying, “Captain, Captain, the brigand you are pursuing isin the town!” At this unexpected news the Captain appeared delighted and said, “We have him at last?” “Not yet,” replied Fra-Diavolo, “ for it is he who has you at this moment.” On hearing this remark the poor Captain appeared more dead than alive, he dared not speak and stared in a stupefied manner as a man might be expected to do who was in fear of meeting his death in some manner or other the next moment. Fra- Diavolo amused himself with prolonging the man’s agony, and with laughing at his cowardice ; each movement that he made redoubling the fear of the Captain. At last he made the Cap- tain take off his uniform and then he tied his hands and feet in order that he could not pursue him. This done he likewise

. bound the barber who trembled from head to foot and made no

resistance. Then having clothed himself in the Captain’s uniform Fra-Diavolo mounted his horse and set off at full gallop, congratulating himself, as he rode along, on his cleverness. This feat and many others of a like nature were augmenting the unenviable reputation of Fra-Diavolo from day today. His name alone was spreading terror everywhere. No sooner was it known that he was in any town than the inhabitants fled from their homes, leaving them, with their contents, at his disposal. Since 1795 the government of Naples had its atten- tion so much taken up with other business that it had shewn itself completely indifferent to the depredations of Fra-Diavolo and his band, and had it not been for the jealousy of the other brigand chiefs which caused them to carry on a kind of warfare

Page 45

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 39

with him, Fra-Diavolo would have been absolute master of this part of Italy. However, political events brought to the throne of Naples—in the place of King Ferdinand who had fled to Palermo—Prince Joseph Bonaparte, who in his turn was soon replaced by Murat. These political changes gave to Fra-Diavolo @ new importance ; the government of Murat determined to clear the country of brigands if possible, and for this purpose bodies of soldiers scoured the country in all directions and tracked the bandits into the most inaccessible mountains. Fra- Diavolo, whose capture was specially wished for, was followed from one retreat to another and from cavern to cavern, and with so much energy did the soldiers keep up the pursuit that every day saw his faithful band reduced in numbers through some one or other losing his life in the engagements which took place. In the month of October, 1806, a murderous engage- ment took place between his band and a body of soldiers under the command of Lieutenant-Col. Hugo, in which the former lost 80 killed and 495 prisoners, and Fra-Diavolo himself escaped with great difficulty in company with a few of his most trust- worthy companions. His power from this moment was crushed and the prestige of his name fell with it. At the end of a month’s time, becoming alive to the fact that it would be impossible to escape capture by the French soldiers, he resolved to endeavour to escape to Sicily. With this purpose in view he descended from the mountains of Sarno, accompanied by the remnants of his once powerful band, and proceeded to Torre dell Annunziata where he hoped to be able to get on board a vessel ; but failing in this he wended his way along the coast towards Salerno in the hopes of procuring a boat by which he would be able to get on board some English ship, but in this also he was disappointed. Despairing of escaping in this man- ner he again proceeded into the interior of the country, where he and his small band were attacked by the provincial guard of Montecorvino. After a desperate struggle in which his lieutenant, Vito-Adelizzi, was killed, the remnants of his once powerful band were dispersed, and he himself only succeeded in taking refuge in the mountains of Olevano and Campagna after the greatest fatigue. On the third day he left this last retreat accompanied by a single person, the last who had remained faithful to him, but this one abandoning him to his fate Fra- Diavolo continued on his way towards Eboli and passed through a French detachment without being recognized. He was wounded and could scarcely walk ; his body was covered with rags and he had no shoes on his feet. On leaving Eboli he went to the village of Baromsi, near San-Severino, in order to buy some shoes. The apothecary of the place, who was a corporal

Page 46

40 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

in the civic guard, seeing an unknown person in such a desti- tute state had his suspicions aroused and inquired of him who he was. Fra-Diavolo replied that he was a Calabrian and that he was waiting for some companions with whom he intended going to Naples on business. This reply not being satisfactory to the apothecary he made him enter his own house and very soon afterwards he was arrested by the authorities and taken to Salerno. Having arrived there he was recognized by a sergeant in the Neapolitan infantry, and on the 5th of Novem- ber he was transferred to Naples there to await his trial. The eapture of Fra-Diavolo was an important event insomuch as it put an end to a species of civil war which was desolating a part of the kingdom of the two Sicilies. Several of the most power- ful brigand chiefs had sent in their submission, others had been killed, and now the most redoubtable of them all had been captured. J.C. (To be continued. )

THE WEE BIT TIME I CA’ MY AIN.

When a’ my toil is at an end, An’ I hae leisure time to spend, There is nae joy can ease my pain Like this—the time I ca’ my ain.

Wha wadna gie the warld to live ? Wha wadna gie, gin he could give, The universe to live again, An’ ca’ the hale o’ time his ain ?

The time o’ youth is like a dream O’ what might be—a silent stream, Gane by, an’ swallowed in the main, Na mair the time I ca’ my ain.

Sae change the times frae day to day, What brings the morrow, wha can say 4 Mair varied than the fickle vane, Which rules nae time I ca’ my ain,

Page 47

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

There is a time for every thing, Gin rightly used will pleasure bring ; The wished-for blessing comes like rain— The wee bit time I ca’ my ain.

The bell-bound toiling artizan, Set free on Saturday, the man Gaes hame wi’ a’ his weekly gain, An’ spends the time he ca’s his ain.

But see him in his best attire, A laird o’ land could look na higher ; Eneugh o’ gear to light his lane, O happy then wi’ time his ain !

See yonder gigglin’ hizzies play, Unmindfu’ what the warld may say ; The heedless laugh, the joyous strain, The mirth o’ time they ca’ their ain.

The playfu’ schoolboy jist set free Frae irksome task an’ lessons dree, Loups up an’ yells wi’ might an’ main, An’ gars the maist o’ time his ain.

The senator, the session o’er, Seeks healthy sports upon the muir ; Ten brace o’ birds perhaps are slain To heal the time he ca’s his ain.

The auld mare Meg, returned frae pleugh, Leuks cheerfu’ roun’ as gin she knew Her wark was done ; she shaks her mane, An’ seems to think the time her ain.

And ere I end my uncouth rhyme, May nae rude hand impair my time, Nor blast the hope that gie’s me fain, Nor steal the time I ca’ my ain.

May order be our constant care, Gin nature’s gifts we wish to share ; Without a plan we live in vain, An’ hae nae time to ca’ our ain. S. Tepay.

Page 48

42 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

A SUMMER IN ANDALUCIA. Part VI.

(Continued from page 123, vol. V.)

Havina visited some of the chief towns of the province of Andalucia, we come now to the manners and customs of the Andaluces, or people of Andalucia, and though what we may say will in general apply to all Spain, yet we prefer to confine our remarks to the Andaluces, as some of our readers may possibly have visited other parts of Spain, Catalufia for example, and may have found the manners and customs somewhat different, a thing very probable inasmuch as we know that Spain is a country which has been very much split up at different times, and each province has its own peculiar customs. Andalucia especially bears traces of Moorish occupation, whereas Cataluiia has more of the French style about its people. This difference is especially noticeable when we remember that Catalunia has a language of its own as different from Castilian, or pure Spanish, as Bretonese from Parisian French, and also take into account the fact of the possession of “fueros” or immunities from various taxes and from liability to conscription lately held by the Basque provinces and Aragon, which it is proposed to take away on account of the part they took in the late war. All this we say points to the difference of races and consequently of customs to be found in various parts of Spain, and therefore when we talk of the customs of the Spaniards, we refer particularly to the Andaluces. We trust our readers will pardon this digression and without a further display of the same failing we will plunge at once “in medias res.” Naturally the manners and customs of the Spaniards differ widely from ours. The very constitutions of the two peoples are different. The Englishman is cold and calculating, the Spaniard warm and impulsive. The Englishman is hard to provoke, but when once enraged is not easily calmed ; the Spaniard on the other hand is easily provoked, often takes a rash revenge, and then as quickly his anger disappears and he is all contrition. The Englishman is a hard working, money loving man; the Spaniard lives from hand to mouth. The Spaniard lives only for to-day, the Englishman for to-morrow. The Englishman is fond of his drink, and does not know, or at any rate heed, when he has got on board as much as he can conveniently carry ; the Spaniard rarely oversteps the boundary of moderation, indeed it is considered a disgrace to be seen in a state of intoxication. Would it were so in England! These comparisons show & few of the radical differences between the two races.

Page 49

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 43

The laws of etiquette are also somewhat strange to an English mind. In Spain the gentleman always bows first, while here we are inclined to think it is the ladies’ privilege to cut us or not as they may think proper. Another custom is that of half stopping and making decidedly audible remarks on the beauty of the young ladies as they pass, only be careful that it be a compliment, or you may find yourself brought up short in a manner not particularly pleasant. This would hardly be tolerated by English girls, but by the Spanish Sefioritas is considered a decided compliment, and usually ensures the lucky speaker a half shy look of conscious pleasure, and a glance from those lovely dark eyes under the graceful mantilla. These deeds are by no means confined to the young men, as on the first evening of our arrival in Gibraltar, walking the streets with the Spanish gentleman before referred to, to our amazement he made remarks but half understood by us, but evidently quite appreciated by the young ladies who passed us. At that time we of course knew nothing of the custom, and having heard of the jealousy of the men, we feared an unpleasant “ contre- temps,” but happily our fears were unfounded. Up to our arrival in Puerto, we must say we had been dis- appointed in the beauty of the Spanish Sefioritas of which we had heard so much, but we were fully compensated there for our disappointment in Malaga, for such a galaxy of beauty as we saw during the Ferias of Cadiz and Puerto we have seldom had the fortune to meet with. But let not our fair readers think that we are bewitched by the beauty of their Spanish sisters, and that they so far excel the English ; on the contrary we never felt so struck with the large share of beauty possessed by our fair countrywomen as we have been since our return, and we still think, as we did before we had an opportu- nity of judging, that our English girls are without equal in the world. The two nations cannot be compared as regards beauty, as their features and contour are entirely different, and doubt- less each looks best in her own country. The Spaniards mostly have oval faces, dark brown and certainly most beautiful eyes, which are enough to bewitch one while under their fascination, dark brown hair, and perfect but small figures. It is seldom that one meets even in Andalucia with the coal-black eyes and blue-black hair which one naturally associates, though why we know not, with the name of Spanish beauties ; and they, with as little reason, have got hold of the idea that all English girls are very tall, very thin, have bright blue eyes, and golden hair, and do what we would we could not dispossess them of the notion. The universal head-dress is that most graceful of cos- tumes the mantilla, which is simply a shawl of fine lace, and

Page 50

44 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

which can be put on in thousands of different styles, and always looks charming. Few hats are seen, and those only on young children. By the time the women reach thirty their good looks have in a great measure disappeared, and as they grow older they develop a marvellous propensity for ‘“‘ embonpoint,” and usually turn out very fat old ladies. Upper and lower classes alike are remarkable for small hands and feet, and though their boot-heels are pretty high, still they are not so outrageously so as to injure the foot, like those of many of our ladies of fashion in the present day. In Paris and London we lately saw a perfect monstrosity of a boot, with a heel fully four inches high, and not an inch in diameter. The men as a rule are somewhat shorter than the English, especially the lower class, who from the nature of their work in the fields are usually sturdy, well-made, square-shouldered men, and we think that one reason why they are so much more square-shouldered than the English is that they wear no braces, and so their shoulders are perfectly free from all drag. Rich and poor, all have the stamp of “Caballeros” or gentlemen, in every motion of the body; one sees none of the slouching Hodge type in Spain, all are straight, upright, and look as if they had a purpose in life, which few of them have, unless you call that a purpose which inclines men to get through the world at as little trouble as possible to themselves. Meeting at night out in the country roads, perfect strangers salute one another, be they poor or rich, with the customary phrases “‘Vaya Vd con Dios” or, “Buenas noches.” The poorest man in the town would not hesitate to ask a light from the cigarillo of the richest, and as little would the latter think of refusing, and your cigar is handed back to you by the most ragged beggar with the most perfect grace and bearing. This is not the exaggerated picture it may seem, for we noticed it scores of times, and were much struck by it. The Spaniards are tremendous smokers. All the shopmen smoke in the shops, the waiter smokes when he brings your dinner, and the ladies are so accustomed to it that no one thinks of complaint. Doubtless many of our readers fancy the ladies themselves smoke; and the other day we heard of a Frenchman who, when asked by an Englishman if the French ladies smoked, replied ‘“‘ No, but the Spanish ladies do.” We doubt whether he had ever been to Spain to see, and certainly he must have shut his eyes in his own country, for we saw num- bers of French and German ladies smoking, which did not raise them in our estimation, but not once did we see a Spanish girl with even a cigarette. What they may do in Madrid we know not, but in Andalucia it is not indulged in by the ladies any

Page 51

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 45 I

more than it is in England, and decidedly it is not a feminine habit, fragrant floriline being far more agreeable. The Spaniards are very fond of dancing, but the upper class as a rule only dance the square dances, the mamas mostly objecting to the polka and waltz as unmaidenly. Among the lower class the “ Fandango” obtains. A youth and maiden stand face to face, their hands on each others shoulders, and shuffle their feet to the tinkling of a guitar or banduria, then suddenly pirouette round and commence again ; and this will go on for hours. Very frequently they vary the proceedings by singing some unearthly but by no means heavenly music, or what they are pleased to call such. They improvise the words as they proceed, anything that may strike their eye serving as @ prompter, and the tunes usually bear few marks of compo- sition by any of our known artistes ; any accompaniment will do on the guitar so long as it has discord. We believe this style was introduced by the Gitanos or Gypsies, who have, we suppose, so much music in their lives that they have turned the old saying upside down, and find, doubtless, as much delight and refreshment in discords as we are accustomed to do in our idea of music. Comparatively few people play the guitar besides the Gypsies ; it is a great pity as it is the national instrument, and is very sweet in its tones. The soldiery of Spain are not much to look at, but doubtless their slovenly appearance is to be accounted for in the fact that their dress is so ugly. None of the smartness of the English uniform, but instead they present somewhat the look of English Militia in undress. They wear a jacket somewhat like the English undress jacket and usually as seedy looking ; their trousers, like the coat, are blue with a red stripe down the side, and as all are made of one size to suit all comers, one can imagine the figures they present, some of the tail-end being small enough to get into one leg, and being entirely lost in the whole. Instead of a band, two men precede them playing an execrable tune on two French horns, supposed to represent a march. The first few men look fair, and then they gradually tail off, the last being decidedly out of line and step. The Guardias Civiles, however, are a splendid body of men, splendidly mounted, and with a very handsome dress. They are the de- tectives, and are employed to stop any disturbance, and to hunt up murderers. Mostly old and tried soldiers they are quite incorruptible. They appear to be a cross between mounted police and Yeoman Cavalry. They fulfil all the duties of both, and most of them are gentlemen born. A certain number are quartered in each town, and they are the most reliable men the government have. J. E. Epmrson, (To be continued. )

Page 52

46

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

CHESS. Problem Problem Wilournep. No. 125. Set No. XIII. No. 126. Set No. XIIL BLACK. BLACK. 3 a Po oa a Po

Ky

Yr “a iy

WHITE.

WHITE.

White to play and mate in two moves. White to play and mate in three moves. No. 127. Problem Set No. XIII. BLACK. Ye Yyyyy YY Yj Y a Y

Wp Se = Mk Yj

yy On Uy y

jy fog €

Wii Vj ee, ty YW

ty eae Y/

yy

YG

y Y, a wy WY) Ub Yyy yy Y 7 YG —Y WY) Wa Y a

dl ty

‘aa i

ere:

WHITE, White to play and mate in four moves,

Page 53

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE . MAGAZINE. 47

THE KNIGHT'S DEFENCE TO THE KING'S OPENING.

(Continued from page 18.)

The diagram shows the position at this point.

BLACK.

WHITE. White to play his eighth move and win.

The game will now probably proceed as follows : 8. R takes K P 8. P takes R 9 BtoK Ktd 9 QtoB4

(Black can also play 9. QOS but this is much inferior, e.g. 9.

wo, RtoQsq_ 4, Kt takes P 13, @ 5 (ch) ‘ BtoK 2 °°’ QtoB2(best) ““ PtoQ4or BtakesB P to Kt 3

Kt takes Kt P B takes B Kt takes P 14. —————_— &c., or 12. K takes B 138. &c.)

10. QtoK 2 10. PtoQ4 . P to Q Kt 4 Kt takes K P (10. Pio O33 8 bad because of 11. Oto 12, ———_—_— winning easily: and 10. Bio KG Might be answered by 11. 12, & takes P 13, 2 takes K Kt P 14, Rte K sq Q to Q sq R to K B sq Kt takes P Q to R 5 (ch) ll. takes BorPtoq4 1? &e. )

11. Kt takes P

PtoQ Kt 4 Q to Kt 3 &e., or by

Page 54

48 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Q takes

(11 P (ch) looks strong, but Black appears to escape by

playing 11. ll. Bto K 3 (At this point, Black has two other defences worth noticing, namely,

11. and 11. Soe To the first White may reply by 12, B%2Q3

R to K sq Q to R 5 (ch) Kt takes P or 12, ———— and to the second thus, 12. PtoKt3 18. P takes Kt QtoKt7_, QtoB8(ch)., QtoB7_. RtoKsq

1 °K to Q 2 Kt Q2 17. K toQsq 8. winning : if in this variation Black play 12. KE to Q aq White wins by

Bto K 8 Kt to B 7 (ch) 13. O40 Ra Le ——_ &.)

12. Kt 6

(This seems the only way to continue with success ; if 1 Kt takes P Q takes P (ch) Black escapes thus, 12. p> KES |* P takes

R to K sq Q to Bé6 Q takes R BtoQ 15. 9 t0Q 8 16. Rte K2 1! B takes B® Bi0Q sq &e.)

12. K to Q 2 (This is forced ; Black must manifestly protect his B, and 12. dt 03

Kt takes R or 12. Ra Be would be answered by 18. —————_ &c.)

13. PtoQ Kt 4 13. Q to Kt 3

14, Rto K sq 14. P to B 4

. Kt takes B (ch) Q to K 7 (ch) (If 14, Bto B2 then will follow 15. R takes Kt 16. ————_——_ &c.)

15. B takes P 15. B takes B 16. Q to K 8 (ch) 16. KtoB 2 17. BtoB 4 (ch) 17. BtoQ3 18. Rto K 7 (ch) 18. Kt to Q 2 19. Rtakes Kt (ch) 19. K toB3 20. R takes B (ch) 20. KtoB2 21. Rto QB 6 (mate) Should the above analysis be correctly worked out, it will go far to prove that Staunton’s original estimate of this opening

K and of the strength of the move 4. Rt toQ BS was made with

his usual correct judgment and Chess instinct in discovering the best move in a particular position.

9. Q to R 5 (ch)

Page 55

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 49

It is of course clear that if White can successfully sacrifice his Rook at move 8, Black will have to play differently at move

7; 7. Pt O3 seems to be his best move. Without attempt- ing to analyse the result of this defence I will conclude by giving a game by correspondence played between Mr. G. W.

Farrow and myself in the third round of Mr. Nash’s correspond- ence tourney, and in which this opening and defence was played.

WHITE. BLACK. WHITE. BLACK. (Mr. W. T. Pierce.) (Mr. G. W. Farrow.) I (Mr. W.T. Pierce.) (Mr. G. W. Farrow.) 1.PtoK 4 4 21. Q RtoK Bsq 21. Q to Q 4 2,BtooQB4 2 KttoKB3 22. Q to Kt 4 (ch) 22. K to Q Kt sq 3. KttoK B3 3. Kt takes P 23. BtoK B6 23. Rto K Kt sq 4.KttoQB38 4.KttakesKt I 24. BtoK Kt 2 5. QP takes Kt 5. PtoK B3 25.PtoQB4 25.QtoK 3 6. Castles 6. Q to K 2 26.QtoK R4 26. B takes B 7.K RtoKsq 7. PtoQ3 takes B 27. Qto K 2 8. Kt toQ 4 8. P to K Kt 3 28. P takes P 28. P takes P 9. PtoK B4 9. KttoQB3 29.QtoK B2 29. Q to Q sq 10. BtoQ Kt 5 10. BtoQ 2 30. Q@RtoK B38 30. Rto K Kt 2 11.QtoK B3 11. Kt toQ sq 31. PtoQ Kt 4 31. RtoQ 2 12. PtakesP 12. B P takes P R3 32. RtoQ 5 13. Q to K Kt 3 13. B takes B RtoK3 33. K takes R 14. Bto K Kt 5 14. QtoK Kt2(a) I 34. R takes R 34. Q to Q 2 15. Kt takesB 15. Kt to K 35. Q to K 2 35. Q to K Kt 2 16. B to K 3 16. PtoQR 3 36.PtoQB5 386 PtoQB3 17. KttoQ4 17. Kt takes Kt 37.PtoQR4 37.QtoQB2 18. P takes Kt 18. Castles 38. PtoQR5 38. QtoK Kt2 19. BtoK Kt5 19. RtoKs 39. Q toQ3 39.Q toQ B 2 20.K RtoK 4 20.QtoK B2

(a) Had Black played 14. Q to Q 2 White wins by 15. R takes P (ch) &c.

The game was continued to the 48th move and finally abandoned as a draw by mutual consent. Although not a very accurate specimen of play on either side, it will serve to show one of the possible results of this form of the opening.

W. PIERCE.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

THE Chess Editor of the Newcastle Courant did us the honour of transferring the game with Mr. Taylor which appeared in our last number into his column of Oct. 5th, and appended thereto the following remarks :—

Page 56

50 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

“The game was played with Mr. G. H. Taylor, master of the Kepier Grammar School, who was always a welcome visitor to the Newcastle club in the days when Mr. Duffy was its secretary. We fancy that in the later years of his life Mr. Taylor would have been too strong for Mr. Watkinson if the latter gave him the odds of a Knight.” The extract beneath is from the Courant of Oct. 12th, and speaks for itself :— ‘We stated last week that we had some doubts whether the Editor of the Chess column of the Huddersfield College Magazine could with advantage have accorded the odds of a Knight to Mr. G. H. Taylor. Mr. Watkinson informs us in the most friendly spirit that in our opinion we were wrong. Having kept a record of his games with Mr. Taylor from 1860 to 1866, he is able to affirm that during that period he won at the odds of the Knight 37 games, lost 29, and 2 were drawn.”

Game IT.

Played in 1854 between the Editor and Mr. J. G. Thomas, of the Halifax Chess Club.

Waite (Mr. THomas.)

Buiack (Mr. WarKINson.)

1 PtoK 4 1 PtoK 4 2. KttoK B3 2. KttoQB3 3. BtooQB4 3. BtoQB4 4. Castles 4, PtoQ3 5. PtoK R3 5. BtoK 3 6. B takes B 6. P takes B 7% PtoQB3 7% KttoK B3 8. PtoQ4 8. P takes P 9. P takes P 9 BtoQ Kt 3 10. PtoQ5 (a) 10. P takes P 11. P takes P (0) ll. Q Ktto K 2 12. Ktto K Kt 5 (c) 12. Q to Q 2 (d) 13. Rto K sq 13. Castles (K R) 14. Ktto K 6 14. K RtoK sq 15. BtoK Kt 5 15. Q Kt takes Q P (e) 16. B takes Kt 16. Kt takes B 17. Ktto K Kt 5 17. BR takes R (ch) 18. Q takes R 18. Rto K sq 19. QtoQ2 19. PtoK R3 20. KttoK B3 20. KttoK 5 (ig 21. Q to Q 5 (ch) 21. KtoR sq 22. Q takes Q Kt P 22. 3B takes K B P (ch) 23. KtoR2 23. QtoK B4 24, Kt to Q B3 (A)

Page 57

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. D1

NOTES BY MR. THOMAS LONG, B.A., Author of Key to the Chess Openings, &c.

(a) White owes his rapid defeat to his not developing his Queen’s pieces at this stage. (6) White’s Queen’s Pawn is now isolated and weak. (c) Kt to Q B 3 would have saved the advanced Pawn for a while at all events, and developed his game. (a) To enable him to Castle without running the risk of losing the Exchange. (e) The Pawn is now gone. (7) The key-move to a strong attack. Mr. Watkinson now masses his forces at the proper time, and in the right place. (g) White’s line is now broken. His reserves never entered the field— see the position of his Q Rook. (h) Ending in a pretty species of smothered mate. A diagram of the position is appended. Buack (Mr. WATKINSON.)

Z MU aut Yi Uy

Y wy WY Yj Yj Yj ay Yj

iw 8 oe

YY, WY Uj MM Eh ti Wy Wii

yin © Gy Y

WuiTe (Mr. THoMAs.) Position after White’s 24th move. And Black announced mate in five moves. [I have felt no small amount of diffidence in annotating the game of so strong a player as Mr. Watkinson—but the pleasure I experienced in doing so must plead my excuse. It is most agreeable to me to assist in collecting together specimens of Mr. Watkinson’s powerful play, and recalling them from the past into this Magazine—the Chess columns of which owe, for

so many years, their life and merit to his able editorship. I 3rd Oct., 1877. T. L.

Page 58

52

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

A CHALLENGE TO OUR SOLVERS. PROBLEM BY Mr. J. A. MILEs.

SS

x

ae

YY Mag awd

Oy Yigly

NES

om ris

=e. a. nee

WHITE.

White to play and checkmate with his King’s Knight’s Pawn in twelve moves without taking the Black Queen, or compelling her to move. For the first correct solution of the above received by Mr. Miles within ten days from the date of this number he will present to the solver a copy of “The Book of the First American Chess Congress, 1857.” Solutions to be addressed to Mr. J. A. Miles, Prospect House, Fakenham, Norfolk. The book thus kindly offered by Mr. Miles is a large and very valuable one, containing close on 600 pages of games, problems and literary matter by such masters as Morphy, ‘Paulsen, Bayer, Loyd, Cook, Fiske, &c., &c., and we hope to have the pleasure of publishing the award along with the solution, in our next number.

CHESS IN CANADA.

THE following is the score in the annual Tournament of the Canadian Chess Association held at Quebec in September last. Our Canadian correspondent has furnished us with a lengthy account of the proceedings and a selection of the games played, which we are sorry we cannot find room for. We have distri- buted the games among our contemporaries. H. A. Howe, 8} ;

Page 59

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 53

FE. Sanderson, 8; E. B. Holt, 74; J. White, 64; J. Henderson, 54; J. W. Shaw, 43; E. T. Fletcher, 4; W. H. Hicks,* 33; E. Pope, 34; D. R. MacLeod, 3 ; C. D. Bradley, 4.

BRITISH CHESS PROBLEM ASSOCIATION.

Ir is proposed to form a Society under the above title for the purpose of :— Ist. Holding periodical problem and solution tourneys with adequate prizes. 2nd. The establishment of a problem code for the guidance of all parties in such tourneys. The annual subscription will be 5s. Solvers who do not intend entering for the problem contests will be admitted to the solution competitions at half price. The following composers and problematists have signified their intention of joining the As- sociation :—Messrs. J. W. Abbott, H. J. C. Andrews, C. Callander, J. G. Campbell, W. Coates, J. Crum, P. T. Duffy, G. W. Farrow, J. H. Finlinson, W. Greenwood, W. Grimshaw, R. W. Johnson, H. E. Kidson, J. A. Miles, W. Mitcheson, W. Nash, R. Ormond, W.S. Pavitt, A. C. Pearson, J. Pierce, W. T. Pierce, C. E. Ranken, G. J. Slater, J. P. Taylor, S. H. Thomas, and J. Watkinson. From the above list a working committee of composers and solvers will be formed (in the event of the establishment of the Association) for the purpose of carrying on its business. Intending subscribers are requested to send in their names as soon as possible to Mr. H. J. C. Andrews, The Ferns, Addington Grove, Sydenham, Kent, as in the event of sufficient support being forthcoming within the ensuing month, steps will be taken to hold the first tourney of the Association with as little delay as possible. The Association will be open on the before

mentioned terms to all British born subjects in any part of the world.

PROBLEM SOLVING.

The following is the ‘‘ time-table” of the solvers of Mr. Pierce’s two- mover in our last number—solution, 1. Kt toQ R 5. We give the result in minutes. The average of 23 able solvers is a little over 9 minutes, and as we do not ourselves consider the problem to be one of exceptional difficulty, we think it proves to demonstration that Mr. Loyd’s average of ‘* less than five seconds” is so exceptional, that any argumeut built upon it will not stand ‘‘ five seconds ’’ examination. J. H. F., }.—E. T., 3.—-C. R. P., 14.—J. P., 6.—F. C. C., 15.— Arcanum, 13.—J. A. M., 8.—F. T., 5.—W. H. 8. M. ‘‘ Nearly as long as the 180 two-movers took Mr. Loyd.” (Say 15.)—W. F., 6.—J. R., 7.— J. H. T., 30.—W. R. B., 18.—A. T., 8.—R. W. J., 1.—J. R. W., 44.—

E. H., 14.—T. H., 30.—J. R., 1}.—J. Y., 5.--G. W. S., 5.—J. K., 1.— G. F. 0., 6.

* Mr. Hicks was unable to play six of his games which were conse- quently scored against him.

Page 60

54 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

PROBLEM CONSTRUCTION.

To the Chess Editor of the Huddersfield College Magazine.

Srr,—However much we may decry the employment of ‘inactive pieces” in problems, I fancy the idea of removing the White King, as suggested by your correspondent W. H. 8. M. in your last number, would not be a healthy development of the theory. Although we do not now care for the end-game-like appearance of a problem, it is generally con- sidered necessary that the position should be one that might have occurred in a game, and it is this obligation that prevents ugly and abnormal constructions, and encourages ‘‘ naturalness’ which is justly considered one of the chief charms of a fine problem. I do not of course mean that mere ‘‘ornamental” pieces should be allowed; on the contrary they should be strictly forbidden. But the White King may generally be made a feature in a problem and it would only conduce to slovenliness were it permitted to dismiss him altogether from the board when his presence requires further thought and trouble. Also if such a rule were permitted, his presence would suggest his use and hint at the solution. By all means let us purify the construction by dismissing all superfluous force on either side, but at the same time let us retain our definition of a problem as a position which might have occurred in play where White forces mate in a given number of moves, for’ thus only will our productions possess the chief charms ofa problem by being both natural and artistic.

I an, Sir, yours faithfully, W. TIMBRELL PIERCE.

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 122. ) WHITE. K takes Kk P/ (a 1. K takes b) WHITE. BLACK. 1BtoR4 1. Any move 2. Q to B 6 (ch) 2. K to Q 4 2. Mates accordingly 3. Kt to K 3 (ch) 3. K to K 5 4. Kt to B 5 (mate) SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 123. OM, K 1. K to B5(d) LQtKR2 1BtoQ4(a) I 2QtK3 2K toQ 4(c) 2.QtoQKt2 2. Any move 8.Q to Q 3 (ch) 3. K takes P 3. Q mates at R 8 or Kt 8 ace. 4. Q to Q 7 (mate) (a) 1. Bto B 3 (4) (c) 2. K to Kt 4 2, Q to R 8 (ch) 2. K to Kt 2 8. QtoQB5(ch) 3. K moves 8. Q to Q Kt 8 (mate) 4. Q mates acc. (b) 1. K or P moves (a) 1. K to Q 3 (e) 2. Q takes B 2, Any move 2.Q toQ4(ch) 2. KtoK 2o0r B2 3. Q to R 8 (mate) 3. Q to Q 7 (ch) and mates next move. SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 124. le 1KtoKS5 1. Q takes P 1. KtakesBP(a) I 2. PtoB7 2. K moves 2. Q to Kt 6 (ch) 2. K to Q 4 3. P Queens 3. K to K 5 8. Kt to B 3 (ch)3. KtoB5 4. Q to Q B 4 (mate)

4. Kt to K 5 (mate)

CoMPETITION.—Problem 122.—Solved by J. P., Grimsby. ‘‘ Neat and good.”—W. H.8. M., Dublin. ‘‘I think this a good problem. It took more time to solve than Mr. Pierce’s.”.—J. R., Cleckheaton.—A. T., Newport.—A. W., London.—W. F., Bridge of Allan. ‘*A beautiful, difficult, and perfect little stratagem. It is worthy of remark that there

Page 61

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 55

is a different mate in reply to each of the five moves at Black’s disposal, and the exceeding purity of these mates is something extraordinary. It is indeed a marvel of construction, and the more it is examined the more will it repay examination.”—W. T. P., Brighton. ‘* Neat.”—J. P. T., London. ‘‘ Decidedly difficult considering the few pieces employed, and the purity of some of the mates is remarkable.”—Romping Girl. W.J., Liverpool, ‘*A very pretty problem.”—P. S. S., London. ‘‘A very pretty and ingenious two-mover.”—W. C., Cheltenham. ‘‘ Very pretty— the construction is admirable.”—W. Mc A., Chichester.—J. R. W., H., Huddersfield. ‘‘ Very neat, but easy.”—W. S. P., Chelmsford. ‘‘ A neat little problem.”—C, E. T., Clifton.—J. K., Nor- wich, ‘‘In my opinion a good problem.” —G. F. O., Bradford. —Asaph.— H. G., Guernsey. Problem 123.—Solved by J. P. ‘* Neat, but easy ; it is plain to see that the Queen is the piece to move.”—W. H. 8S. M. ‘‘ This problem is easier than either of the two-movers.”—A. T.—A. W.—W. F. ‘* Though there are some duals, it isa very interesting position.”—W. T. P. (a) omitted.) ‘‘ Excellent.”—Romping Girl.—R. W. J. (a) omitted.) ‘‘ Nicely constructed but not very difficult.”—P. S. S. (a) omitted.) Arranged to such a nicety that it may almost be solved in several other ways, but I think it is scarcely up to the H. C. M. standard in Tourney problems.”—W. ©. (a) omitted.) ‘* Although not difficult, this has considerable beauty—there are duals in reply to 1. B to R 8."—W. Mc A. (a) omitted.)—J. R. W. (a) omitted,)—E. H.—J.R.—J. Y. ‘* Palpable.” —W. S. P.—C. E. T.—J. K.—G. F. O. (a) omitted.)—Asaph. (a) omitted.)—H. G. (a) omitted.) Problem 124.—Solved by W. F. ‘‘In variation (d), 2. Q to B 7 or R 7 and 8. P to Q 3, equally answers.”—W, T. P. (d) omitted.) ‘‘ This four-mover is worthy of a better first move.”—-Romping Girl.—R. W. J. (d) omitted.) ‘If the initial move had not been so clearly pointed out by the symmetry of the position aided by the Black Pawn, this would have been a capital and difficult problem.”—P. 8. 8. (Wrong in variation (d.) ‘* Abounding in rich and copious variations producing splendid exercise for the White Queen. For beauty and difficulty I deem it a first-class problem.”—W.C. (da) omitted.) ‘‘ A good problem—the position of the Knights and the two advanced White Pawns is rather too suggestive that the Queen has not only to commence but also to continue the assault : the capture on the first move would be by some considered W. McA. ‘‘I don’t wish to solve another of this sort; I nearly succumbed to it.”—J. R. W.—A. W. (d) omitted.) ‘‘A most excellent problem, very intricate in play, and most troublesome to detail correctly.”—E. H. ‘‘ Very good and not easy. The mates are pretty and it is certainly the best in the set.”—J. Y. (6) and (ce) omitted.)—W.S. P. (d) omitted.)— H.G. ‘*A very good set but not difficult.’”—One of our most successful solvers says—‘‘I have searched diligently for a solution to this problem and do not believe it is possible to solve it.”

SoLUTIONS OF PROBLEMS IN “ PRopitem Masters.”

No. XVI. Mate with Q B. WHITE. BLAOK. WHITE. BLACK. B7 1. KtoBsq 4.K to B6 4. K to Kt sq 2. KttoQB7 2 K to Kt sq 5.QKttoKé6 5. KtoRsq 3. Kt to K Kt5 3. K

to B sq 6. K to B 7 (dis mate)

Page 62

56 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. Mate with K B. WHITE. — BLACK, WHITE. BLACK. 1. Kt toQ7 1. K to Q sq 8. KttoK B7 8 K to Bsq 2, KttoQB8 2. K moves 9. KtoQ 6 9. K to Kt sq 3. Kt toQ Kt 5 3. KtoQsq (best) I 10. KtoB 5 10. K to B sq 4,.KttoKB6 4. Kto Bsq 11. K to B 6 11, K to Kt sq 5. K toK7 5. K to Kt sq 12. K Kt toQ 6 12. K to R sq 6. Kt to K Kt 4 6. K to B sq 18. K to B 7 (dis mate) 7. Kt toK 5 7. K to Kt sq No. XVII. 1. P Queens 1. BtakesQ (best) I petual check. (The position here is 2. B to R38 (ch) 2. KtoR5 equally ingenious and remarkable.) 3. B to B 2 (ch) and draws by per- No. XVIII. 1.K P 1. KtoKsq(best) I (a) 4, Aught else 2. K to K 6 2. K P one 5. K B P one and Black cannot stop 3. Kt to Q 2 3. P Queens P or Kt from mating. If Black 4. Ktto K 4 4, Q takes Kt (a) I plays differently at move 2nd White 5. P takes Q and mates in 3 more I replies 3. K BP one, with a similar with K BP result. No. XIX. 1.RtoQB4 LKtoB2 4, R to B7 (ch) and wins 2. K to Kt 2 2. Kt to Kt sq If 1. K to Kt 2 8. R to B 7 (ch) and wins RP or Kt I 2. K to Kt 2 2. K to R 8 or, 2. KtoK 2 - 3. K to Kt 8 and Black will lose his 3. R to B6 8. Kt to Kt sq or I Kt and the game, Kt 5 No. XX. 1. P to Kt 6 1. P checks 8. K takes Kt 8. P one 2. K to Kt 2 2. P to Kt 6 9. Kt checks 9. K moves 3. Kt to K 8 3. Kt checks 10. P mates 4, K takes Kt P 4. B P one (ch) This seems Black’s best defence ; 5. KtakesPatB7 5. Kt to Kt 5 (ch) I If he play 2. Kt checks 6. K toB3 6. Kt to Q 4 (ch) I 3. K takes P 8. Kt takes K BP 7. K to Q 4 7. Any P one 4, Kt takes Kt appears effectual. No. XXI. With Q BP 8 RtoK BS 1. Ktto K 3 9. P to K B 3 (ch) 2. R to Kt sq 10. Q B P one (mate) 3. K to K 2 With K BP 4. Rto Kt 5 4. K to B 6 (best) I 1 to 6 as before. 5. K to Q sq 7,.RtoK BS 6. K to Q 2 8. P to Q B 8 (ch) 7 RtoK Kt & 9. K B P one (mate)

©9 bo ee

WHITE. WHITE.

. Q takes P fen 4. Kt to B 6 (ch)

Q to Kt 7 (ch) 5. Kt takes Q (ch)

. KttoQ5(disch)6. Kt to B 6 (ch)

WHITE. WHITE. KttakesR(ch) 9. KttoQ 5(disch) 8. Kt to B 6 (ch) 10. Kt mates Black’s moves forced or obvious.

Page 63

Huddersheld College Magusine.

FRA-DIAVOLO. (Translated from the French. )

(Concluded from page 40.)

On the 10th of November, 1806, Fra-Diavolo was arraigned before a special criminal court which had been formed for the purpose of passing judgment on him. His trial was carried on in the fairest manner, one of the most distinguished advocates in Naples undertaking his defence. Fra-Diavolo soon saw that he was lost and that those who had brought him forward were now leaving him to his wretched fate. He implored his judges to have mercy upon him at the same time admitting the charges which had been brought against him. He declared in the most solemn manner that since his landing at Sperlunga he had only strictly carried out the orders of Sir Sydney Smith, which were that he should lay waste the country with fire and sword, and liberate the criminals from prison on condition that they should foment revolution, infest the highways and do their best to create disorder and anarchy. The brigand beforetime so proud and so powerful, uttered these words in a dejected manner and as there was a certain appearance of truth in them, they pro- duced a favourable impression on the minds of his judges, who all regretted that a man of his capabilities should have taken to highway robbery. His counsel made an able and ingenious speech in his favour, more than once gaining the approbation of the judges and moving them to tears, but it was all in vain as his crimes were too numerous and the evidence of his guilt too strong for one to hope for the least success. The criminal tribunal unanimously declared him guilty and sentenced him to be hung in the public square of Naples. On hearing his sentence he went into paroxysms of despair and refused to have any religious consolation, uttering imprecations against all those whom he considered to be the cause of his misfortune. In the evening a poor old woman was seen to enter Naples by the road from Castellamare ; she appeared worn out with fatigue,

December, 1877.] D

Page 64

58 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

and tears were rolling down her cheeks. Having rested herself for a few moments at the entrance of the city she directed her steps towards the King’s palace. Arrived there she requested to speak to the King, but was told by the guard on duty that he could not be seen at that hour. She replied with tears in her eyes that she was the wife of old Pezza and the mother of Fra- Diavolo, and that she had come to implore the royal clemency. Murat, who, like all brave men was kind hearted, gave orders that she was to be treated in a manner befitting her years and her misfortune, and promised that she should be taken care of. On leaving the palace the poor woman wended her way to the prison in order to see her son, and on being conducted into his presence, although he had not seen her for thirty years he at once recognised her and threw himself into her arms, at the same time sobbing and shedding tears. Hitherto the reasoning of men had not been able to soften his heart, but the simple and touching prayers of his mother awoke him to a true sense of his position, and from that moment he endeavoured to find consolation in religion. His old mother on taking leave of him for ever had the con- solation of knowing that she had been the means.of bringing him to a sense of the crimes he had committed. On the following day, the 11th of November, 1806, the city had an extraordinary appearance. The market place, Toledo street and the adjacent streets were filled with an immense multitude of people who were desirous of seeing the execution of Fra-Diavolo. From daybreak carriages and vehicles of all descriptions had been stationed at the most advantageous places for seeing the con- demned man as he passed on his way to the scaffold, which had been erected in the centre of the market place. In order to shew to the people what importance the government attached to the uprooting of those Calabrian brigands and their chiefs, the entire garrison of Naples in command of General Cavaignac took part in the terrible spectacle. At two o’clock Fra-Diavolo left the prison, guarded by soldiers, and with a firm step he proceeded towards the place of execution. On his right he was attended by a monk who carried in his hand a crucifix. His arrival in the market place was announced by a rolling of drums ; shortly after he appeared on the scaffold, and having ‘embraced the crucifix he gave himself into the hands of the executioner, who speedily performed his duty. Thus lived and died this celebrated brigand chief, whose adventurous life has been dramatised by the fertile imayination of poets and novel writers. J.C.

Page 65

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 59

FOOTBALL.

Ir is much to be regretted that the “Old Boys” who compose the First Team do not turn up in greater numbers at matches ; it is to be feared that there is want of organization among them. If any members are willing to make a fresh effort, and will write to the Treasurer at the College, be will be happy to arrange a meeting to discuss the prospects and arrangements for the remainder of the Football campaign. The Second Team, which is composed mainly of very little boys, have but small chance of being successful, unless they can arrange for more school matches. They are generally completely overweighted and simply run over by their opponents. The following are the matches played since the last account given in the Magazine.

HUDDERSFIELD CoLLEGE (First Tram) v. Leeps ATHLETIC (Szconp TEAM.)

Played on Saturday, October 27th, at Leeds. Of the College team, though a full team had given promise to play, only eight players put in an appearance. It was resolved, however, to play with these, and one substitute, and at a few minutes before four play commenced. The College were outweighted at every point, but played with great spirit and unfailing pluck. It would be unfair to single out any for special praise, but a word of commendation is due to Potter, the substitute from the Leeds side, who, at half-back, was always on the ball, and enabled the College to make a much better fight of it than they otherwise would have done. In the first half of the play, the ball was chiefly in the College ground, and Wright, getting the ball out of a maul, close on the College lines, secured a try for goal, which was not successful. Just before half-time, the Leeds back kicked the ball over the heads of the forwards to Bruce, who was playing back, and who missed his kick, when Wright again got the ball, and passing Bruce, the only player between himself and goal, easily got in. No goal resulted from the try. After changing ends, the College actually penned the Leeds men in their “twenty-five” for some time, but the latter came away with a series of rushes by the forwards, and when on the College line Stead got the ball across, and from the try, though it was a most difficult one, he kicked a goal magnificently. After this the College again penned their opponents, but could not get through their overwhelming number, though by some fine combined play, in which Potter when collared ‘“‘ chucked” to Woodhead, he to Lockwood, and then

Dd 3

Page 66

60 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

some capital dribbling by Woodhead and Hopkinson, the ball was carried past all the Leeds halfs and three-quarters, but here Booth took a long kick instead of continuing the combined I play, which enabled the Leeds back to bring out the ball from behind goal, thus saving the Leeds men from touching down. The result of the game was—Leeds, one goal, two tries, three touch- downs ; College nil. The few College players who turned up, and their useful assistant, Potter, are to be complimented on the plucky manner in which they faced the great odds against them, whilst those who failed to turn up, after faithfully promising to do so, deserve to have their names “ posted.” The teams were :—Leeds: Back, McCaw ; three-quarter-backs, Thompson and Garlick; half-backs, Bradford and Wright ; forwards, Browridge (captain), May, Harrison, Bent, Phillips, Tempest, and Spence. Huddersfield College: Back, E. J. Bruce; three-quarter-back, E. Woodhead ; half-backs, H. Lock- wood and Potter ; forwards, A. R. Wright, G. N. Wilks, B. Hopkinson, J. H. Hopkinson, and Booth.

HUvDDERSFIELD CoLLEGE (SECOND v. CRESCENT J UNIORS.

This exciting match was played on Saturday, Oct. 27th, on the ground of the former, and resulted in a win for the College by one try and one touch-down, to Crescent Juniors six touch-downs, and one touch in goa]. The ball was kicked off by the Crescent captain at half-past three ; being well returned it was kept in neutral ground for about five minutes, then the ball was gradually worked into the College twenty-five, but not to stay long, for H. M. Woodhead getting hold of the ball made a splendid run nearly the length of the field, and secured a touch- down for the College: the try was a failure, but the College made their opponents touch down. Being kicked out again, it was soon in College territory where a ‘‘ maul in goal” ensued ; both players rolled into “ touch in goal,” and the Crescent man was the victor. Soon after half-time was called. After a few minutes’ rest the ball was restarted by the College, but only to be returned : the College backs had plenty to do during this half of the game, as the Crescent Juniors tried their very best to gain the winning point, though to no purpose. They added four touch-downs to their score. Woodhead and Halstead made some very good runs. Matthewman tackled well for the College. Hollingworth for the Crescent played very well as did nearly all of their forwards: they played better together than the College forwards.

Page 67

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 61

WAVERLEY v. COLLEGE (SEcoND Tuam.)

This match was played on Saturday, Nov. 3rd, on the ground of the latter, and resulted in a win for the visitors by one goal, two tries, and three touch-downs to College nil. The Waverley captain won the toss, and elected to play down hill. The ball was kicked off by H. Storry for the College, but was soon returned to the College end by loose play, and they were compelled to touch down in self-defence. The ball, on being brought out the twenty-five yards, was well sent into the middle of the field by H. Storry, but the Waverley forwards gradually forced the ball again down to the College end, when Renshaw getting possession of the ball, obtained a try for the Waverley ; the ball was brought out the usual distance, and a goal tried for by F. H. Smith, but failed, and the forwards following well up, again compelled their opponents to touch down. The ball was brought out by Storry, and well kicked, but by some good loose play was again returned to the College end, when Smith getting possession of the ball, obtained another try for the Visitors, and again the ball was brought out and a goal was tried for, but without success. Soon after this half-time was called. On resuming play the ball was well kicked off by J. S. Hirst for the visitors. At this stage of the game Woodhead and Wilks for the home team played remarkably well. The Waver- ley, however, again compelled the home team to touch down. When the ball was brought out a few good scrimmages ensued, and F. H. Smith, getting possession of the ball, by a splendid drop-kick sent it flying over the cross bar amid loud cheers. Soon after this time was called. F. H. Smith, J. D. Hirst, Kenworthy, and H. Shaw played well for the visitors, and H. Storry, Woodhead, and Wilks for the home team. The follow- ing were the respective teams :—College : Backs, H. M. Wood- head and Wilks ; three-quarter backs, H. Walker (captain) and "E. Matthewman ; half-backs, Storry and Halstead ; forwards, A. L. Woodhead, A. R. Wright, H. Hirst, T. Laycock, G. Burrows, C. Haigh, Pearson, Page, and O. Crowther. Waverley : Backs, A. Hanson (captain), and J. S. Hirst ; three-quarter- backs, F. H. Smith and J. D. Hirst ; half-backs, Kenworthy and Lawton ; forwards, A. Fisher, H. Shaw, A. Blackburn, C. Shaw, Renshaw, L. Shaw, Jowett, Nield, and Ainley.

Turton Haut CoLLEeGE v. HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE (Seconp TEaM.)

This match was played on the ground of the former on Wednesday, Nov. 7th, and after a very pleasant game, resulted in favour of the visitors by one goal, to the home team three

Page 68

62 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

touch-downs. The visitors won the toss. Church kicked off for the home team and landed the ball well into the visitors’ territory, but it was soon run out of danger and the first Scrimmage was in the centre of the field. It soon became evident that the home team were the stronger in tight scrim- mages, and gradually by the good runs of Pollard and Church, and the forwards playing well together, the visitors were forced to touch down. The ball being kicked out again, it was worked to the home team end by the good runs of Woodhead and Wilks, but only to be driven back. Just before half-time the visitors were compelled to touch down again. Soon after half-time was called. After a few minutes’ rest the ball was restarted : after about ten minutes’ play the ball was driven over the home team’s goal line, and one of the backs in trying to kick the ball out again only just touched it. Walker directly dropped on it and secured a try, which he converted into a goal. The ball was kicked off again and was kept mostly in the visitors’ half: the home team tried hard now to equalise matters but at the call of time had only added one more touch-down to their score. For the home team F. Pollard, W. H. Church, Chapman, and Taylor; for the visitors Wilks, Woodhead, Walker, Halstead, and Crowther, played well.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE v. CLECKHEATON (SECOND TEAMS.)

This match was played on Saturday, Nov. 10th, on the ground of the former. The visitors expecting a strong team to play against brought a heavy team including one or two first team men amongst them. On the other hand the College were a very young, ight team, and consequently had to put up with a thrashing. The forwards, however, made a very good stand against the visitors, but of course weight will tell in the end. The score stood at the finish three tries, two disputed tries, and six touch-downs, to nothing. For College, Spedding and Wood- head, back, and Ellis, forward, played splendidly : for Cleck- heaton, L. Stead and most of their forwards played well. The chief feature of the game was the splendid back play of Spedding.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE v. BaTLEY JUNIORS.

This match was played on Saturday, Nov. 17th, on the ground of the former, and after a pleasant and evenly contested game resulted in a win for the visitors by two tries, to the home team three touch-downs. The ball was started by the home team. The first scrimmage being formed, the visitors showed

Page 69

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 63

up a little stronger in the fight, but the home team were about equal in the loose scrimmage. After about ten minutes’ play the visitors were compelled to touch down. Nothing of particu- lar note occurred till just before half-time, when the ball being worked down to the home team’s end, and coming out of scrimmage, was picked up by Wilson who ran in and touched the ball down, but the try was a failure. Soon after half-time was called. After a rest the ball was restarted. During this half the ball was kept more in the centre. Woodhead several times relieved the College by good runs. The visitors secured another run in, but the try was not successful, and the home team compelled them to touch down twice. Woodhead, Jowitt, and Wright played well for the College, and for Batley, Wilson and Carter.

MR. BROWN ON THE CONTINENT.

Mr. Brown was a wealthy London merchant. His greatest fortune, as he himself confessed, was his possessing an exceed- ingly amiable wife, who helped to keep the numerous little Browns in order when they were not under his special supervision. I will not tarry to describe this excellently matched couple ; suffice it to say, that, when at home, they carried on a continual domestic warfare, in which the amiable wife always came off conqueror, for being well read on “‘ Women’s rights,” she knew exactly how to mancuvre her tongue to advantage, protected by a galling fire from her never failing battery, a hot temper. Poor dejected Mr. Brown on such occasions would thrust his hands into his trousers pockets, rattle his keys, and meekly ask her “if she were content.” ‘Content, indeed,” would be the sharp retort, “‘why, I do declare Mr. Brown, you’re enough to drive one mad, I do wish you would go and attend to your own affairs, and leave me to do mine.” Mr. Brown always took the hint. No wonder then, when a certain Mr. Snipes proposed to his esteemed and valued friend Mr. Brown that they should take a short trip on the Continent, that the latter gentleman jumped at the offer. To Mr. Brown this proposal was well timed and welcome, his health having been greatly injured by his constant fretting and harping over the great misfortune of his being linked with such a monster of a—woman. ‘“ You know, my dear Snipes, I must first consult Charlotte on this matter, not that I intend to stay away long, my business affairs do not

pd 7

Page 70

64 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE,

permit of;a long absence, neither do I like leaving my family circle for:.too long a space of time, but [Pll think it over and give you a definite answer to-morrow.” Accordingly ‘my dear Charlotte” was consulted, and thought that nothing would be more advantageous to him than a short trip, in fact she would advise him to stay away at least two months, to allow a reason- able time to recruit his failing health and—spirits. Thus, the next day saw our two adventurers sitting side by side in Mr. Brown’s brougham, speeding away to St. Katherine’s wharf, leaving Mrs. Brown the undisputed head of No. 13, Grosvenor Road, London. Mr. Brown was in the best of spirits ; arrived at the wharf he bustled about in an important way, shook his coachman heartily by the hand, sending his best love to his wife with strict injunctions to keep the children under her eye during his absence, and finally bought the tickets for the steamboat full two hours before it started, and sat down in the waiting room, surrounded with no end of carpet bags, portman- teaus, rugs, etc., a highly contented smile spread all over his round shiny face. In due course of time they were safely berthed on board the steamer “Iris,” bound for Hamburg. Mr. Brown had never been abroad, but Mr. Snipes was an old hand at it. Before it was dark they were fairly out at sea, having passed the light-house at the mouth of the Thames and now steering in a direct line for the mouth of the river Elbe. It was a beautiful night, the moon was shining in the heavens, and all the passengers quietly conversing together or communing with their own thoughts. Mr. Brown, who had strayed away from his friend, sat himself down on a coil of rope and gazed thoughtfully for a long time at the moon and stars. He felt light-hearted and happy, poor soul, and of a poetical turn of mind, so taking out his pencil he gave words to his thoughts in the following lines :— Oh Night ! immortal blessing to all such as me, Whose beauties are heightened by the glittering sea, How gently thou spreadest over us thy veil, (Here he was stopped by the fluttering of a sail) Thy sinister canopy bids us all take rest, We retire to our beds, the birds—to their nest ; To see in thy presence, we use a penny dip, (Another interruption by the lurching of the ship) But those who are troubled with domestic care, Unrelieved by thee, how badly would they fare ;

Queen of the Night! may thou eternally reign, (A tap on the shoulder stopped his poetical vein),

‘How now, Brown,” exclaimed the intruder, “you look very quiet, don’t you feel well?” ‘Don’t trouble about me, my dear Snipes,” he answered, slipping the production of his genius into

Page 71

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 65

his pocket, “I’m as well as a trooper and could stop up on deck all night.” The “all night” was limited, however, till twelve when a fresh breeze springing up, Mr. Brown thought it would be better not to tire himself out too much, and there- fore bid Mr. Snipes “‘a very good-night” and retired. He slept well that night, did Mr. Brown, much to the astonishment of that worthy himself, and awaking greatly refreshed the next morning, sprang out of his berth in high glee, but was astonished to find he could not stand upright. After a great many vain attempts to get up, he contented himself with dressing as he was, sitting on the floor, much to the laughter and enjoyment of Mr. Snipes, who declared he was just like that before he had got his “sea legs.” Having finished his toilette, Mr. Brown thought he would go and look about him a bit, but first desired the steward to give him a cup of warm tea just to put a little circulation into his body, but found on coming on deck that it would have been better not to drink anything warm before breakfast, and consequently was deeply intent on looking over the side of the ship. Yet on going into the cabin he found that the shaking didn’t agree with him, and ordered his break- fast to be brought to him on deck. That day Mr. Snipes didn’t enjoy much of Mr. Brown’s company, who felt a little indisposed. On the morning of the third day the steamer arrived safely at Hamburg, and Mr. Brown, who had felt a little better whilst steaming up the river Elbe, regained all his buoyant spirits on finding himself on terra firma again. Neither of our travellers could speak the German language, and on finding themselves surrounded by a lot of gesticulating foreigners, felt quite out of their depth. However, Mr. Brown, with true business-like forethought, had provided against this emergency by buying for himself an English-German dictionary with a few short phrases at the end of the book, by which means he managed to make himself pretty well understood. His first care was to change his money, and having heaped silver, paper-money and all into his satchel which he slung around his shoulders with a highly contented smile, he betook himself, accompanied by Mr. Snipes, to the railway station. I don’t intend for one moment, reader, to accompany our cockneys on their travels. Messrs. Brown and Snipes were themselves so troubled with their continual blunders, that it would be uncourteous to pester my reader with a detail of them. Suffice it to say that they visited most of the chief sights usu- ally visited by their countrymen, and when at last they found themselves again at Hamburg, they both agreed on one point and that was, that they couldn’t have been more economical even if Mrs. Brown had been there herself. We must not,

Page 72

66 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

however, lose sight of our friends without more minutely describing at least one of their many adventures. Well, as I said before, our homesick and weary travellers found themselves again in Hamburg. Mr. Brown came home one day with the pleasant intelligence that there was to be a public masquerade-ball on the following evening. To procure tickets and costumes caused but short delay to our business-like compatriots. They were in feverish excitement selecting the dresses, and finally Mr. Brown determined to personate Henry VIII. (his figure and mien being highly adapted to his acting out his part to advantage, ) whilst our worthy Mr. Snipes thought that a “fool” would suit him admirably. Mr. Brown thought so too. All being arranged, our adventurers betook themselves to the ball-room with true English punctuality (this being, as Mr. Brown said, the true secret of his success in business.) Mr. Snipes, to get up his spirits, had partaken of a good dose of cognac, and now advanced, playing out his character in the interim, boldly into the masked crowd of Mr. Brown followed warily in his footsteps, and had no sooner entered the room, than a young girl, disguised as Joan of Arc, offered him her arm with mock politeness and a cavalier-like air. Mr. Brown, surprised and bashful, accepted her polite offer. She led him into the dazzling maze of people, drawing his attention now to some droll action of a “fool,” and now to another thing, until at last he seemed to realise his true situation, and desperately determined ‘to enjoy himself,” he plucked up spirit to reverse his position and offer her his arm. He finally became so excited that he forgot all about Snipes, who, after numerous falls, etc., managed to get near a window where the evening zephyr could fan his heated brow. To this spot did Mr. Brown also lead his bewitching partner, and introduced her to his confrére by signs, not being allowed to speak until the masks were removed. At twelve o’clock a bugle was sounded and a proclamation made that the masks should be removed and the dancing commence. Mr. Brown was all excitement to see the face of his bewitching partner, but imagine his astonishment on beholding in her the dumpy cheeks and turned up nose of— HIS WIFE. The following day saw our disconsolate little party, viz. Mrs. and Mr. Brown (Mrs. Brown always would have her name first) and Mr. Snipes, on their return passage to London. The meeting with his family was too tender to be committed to paper, therefore I shall leave the reader to picture it to himself. Mr. Brown informed Mr. Snipes, in confidence, that he didn’t intend to go to the Continent next year. A. WHITE.

Page 73

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 67

REMINISCENCES OF CAPE TOWN.

ENTERING Table Bay at the break of day, the sun soon burst forth on us with all its summer heat as we lay off Amsterdam and Chevonne Batteries, shewing us the splendid Table Moun- tain towering above us tinged with lake, so near that it appeared as if it could fall and crush our ship. On every side lovely and enchanting views opened out to us; the dreams of youth crowding upon us of winning some pretty Dutch girl, and living happy amongst the shady bowers, the fruits, the land covered with beautiful flowering heaths instead of snow. The Lion’s head with its eastern side thrown in shade, the rump and signal staff on it, the wooded slopes, the silver firs with their metallic lustre. Down below lying quietly, Cape Town, with its churches, its very white flat-roofed houses, its regular streets—the Castle with its saluting battery, the morning gun echoing amongst the Kloofs, Tygerberg and Hottentot Holland returning the sound—the jetty with the ships at anchor—the calm mirror-like looking sea, the early fishing boats manned by blacks creeping out to leeward between the lighthouse and Robbin Island, their oars seeming to fall heavily on the smooth water. Blenberg on the opposite side of the Bay (where Sir David Baird landed) with Tygerberg the home until lately of the tiger. On landing our enjoyment was not decreased, on the contrary every sight was strange and pleasing—the Dutch Boers with their white tilted waggons, drawn by from twelve to twenty-two oxen, a slave, Hottentot, or little Bushman (called a fore-looper) walking in front of the leading oxen, holding a leather rein attached to their horns, and such horns, six feet apart at the tips. The Mozambique blacks naked, excepting a piece of canvas round their waists, discharging the cargo boats. Then the parade with its long avenues of firs, the Heerengracht with its fine houses and shady trees, the Kaizer- gracht, Strand Street gently rising towards the signal staff with its high steps, on which the Dutch ladies sat after the fiery sunset. Then the Dutch lodging-houses, George’s Hotel, near the Government gardens, where all kinds of delicacies were provided, fruits and such mulberries, fish unknown to us by name or taste, for breakfast. In the gardens wild beasts, lions, an old royal tiger, and two immense tortoises on whose flat backs four men might sit. In the afternoon a drive to Constantia in well appointed carriages and four, the driver a Malay, with the conical hat of his nation ; passing along avenues of oak by Rondebosh, the slaves jaunting merrily along, their loads slung to a bamboo carried over their shoulders ; laughing

Page 74

68 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

half-caste girls, the very neat and clean Malay girls with jet black hair, the love curl on each temple, the long gilt arrow passed through the back hair, the short skirt hung by a linen strap over each shoulder, the bare feet, the wooden slippers held on by the great and second toe. The well kept country houses on each side, with rural spots like Paradise for shady pic-nics, where many a lady consents to become a wife. The luscious wines of Van Reenan tasted, then the return to town, the dinner, the rainbow ball at night, where young Englishmen danced with the black, the brown, the half-castes and white slave girls—such is youth. The Malays in other parts with their monotonous tom-toms. Oh! what a delight Cape Town was then to India officers on leave with full pay, also to emi- grants to New South Wales or Van Dieman’s Land, how many grieved at having to continue their voyage as they watched the white silvery cloud called the Table Cloth spreading over the mountain, then creeping down its sides in rolls, yet never descending more than 200 feet, leaving Cape Town far, far below it, foretelling a south easter, which is a furious dry wind, generally blowing for three days, caused by the intensely heated sands lying between Cape Town and Bottelary drawing the cold sea air from False Bay, and over it rushes with such force that a waggon load of deals has been blown over. Soon two-thirds of Table Bay is suffering from the terrific gale, whilst the other third near the town is calm. The line between the stormy ruffled sea and the still water is so fine that a boat may lay without motion, and a sailor may put his hand over the boat’s side two feet, and his arm will feel as if being wrenched from his shoulder. When the whole Bay and Cape Town feel the gale you must be young to sleep, the shut- ters rattling so much. Strange tales were told of the south easter blowing an aide-de-camp off the Lion’s bead far, far away to sea, his cocked hat only being found. Also of the baboons carrying off a piper of a Highland regiment whilst playing his bagpipe, and keeping him two days to amuse them. At the S.W. corner of the Parade a Mr. Macdonald, a red-faced man, kept a large mercantile store—he was said to be the piper. An English officer performed an extraordinary feat. Starting from the Parade he climbed up the Lion’s head 1,700 feet (a most difficult ascent,) returned to his starting point, then reached the top of Table Mountain 4,500 feet, returned and ascended and descended the Devil’s head 4,700 feet. I found going up the mountain three days a week heavy work, particularly the descent with my gun. In the early days, Lord Macartney being the governor, a bullying Dutchman, called a Fiscal, was in authority with almost

Page 75

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 69

unlimited power. Caught riding alone outside the lines by some English officers they seized and tied him with his face towards the horse’s tail, and drove both into the sea. The Fiscal got drenched, but what could he do, he had no witnesses and his word against that of five or six officers would be too serious, so he put up with the affront. Eventually the English government wisely did away with the appointment. So detested was his memory, that they called a most useful bird after him, “the fiscal,” its sole occupation is seizing scorpions, young snakes and various small animals, and impaling them one over the other on the long sharp points of the socotrine aloe. The vegetable fly-trap serves insects in the same way. Its leaf is spread out, some attraction draws a fly on it, the leaf closes, the fly is killed, it opens, throws the dead body out, and is ready for another victim. How changed the Cape must be now from what it was in those days, when on purchasing a pound of chops five or six pounds of soup meat would be thrown in— the heads and tongues of the oxen were carted away to Green Point where innumerable dogs lived in a wild state, but their year, when Kaffirs with long by a constable killed every dog they fell in with. The Irish likewise suffered, living with and on black women in idleness, and brandy at one shilling and sixpence per gallon, soon cleared them off the face of the earth. Major Mitchell, the surveyor general, could only find six alive out of thirty-five he had em- ployed the year before ; their church was at a low ebb, almost a ruin, and the priest, a Spaniard, burnt candles for Don Carlos of that day. No wonder the Irish children thus neglected turned Mahometans. Crossing the Salt River you pass over the Flats with its clouds of driving sand, on you ride with led horses (to change every seven miles.) You pass Tygerberg, and in lieu of the leopard you have hyenas, jackals, moussons, porcupines and snakes by the hundred. Approaching night forces you to look out for shelter, the noise of wild beasts being a warning—there being no inns the traveller rides up to a house, generally perched on aslight elevation and surrounded with all kinds of buildings, slave houses, blacksmiths’ shops, and so on—the barking of the dogs brings the master to the door, salutes follow, you dismount, the horses are taken by a slave, you enter a large hall, and once in you may stay as long as you like without payment. A small table is placed, the Boer opposite to you ; casting your eyes about you observe the ceiling is dark coloured, being of teak, or stink-wood. Wine is brought, the news asked ; better to invent than say “ nothing new.” Should a succeeding traveller repudiate all you had said, ‘“‘that the King of Holland

Page 76

70 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

was coming with a large fleet to retake the Cape and live there,” the Boer was not annoyed, on the contrary he had been pleased and looked rather with affection on the traveller in spite of his lies and called him slem (clever.) ' Far up the country scampish English traders used to offer to purchase 100 or 200 sheep, worth three Rex dollars (4s. 6d. each,) the Boer asked five—the trader grumbled, tried to bargain, vowed he was cheated, would mount his horse and ride away ; then purchases. His turn comes and fully revenged he is— gaudy shawls, all kinds of calicoes, ribbons, pills made of bread celebrated for their cures, the rare ingredients coming from Holland, are offered ; calicoes at 2s, 6d. not worth fivepence ; boxes of pills at 4s., dear at a farthing—the dealer says absolute ruin, how can I go back to Cape Town and face Thompson and Watson—Borrodailes or Collinson? 'The women are delighted at the good kind man—money is of no use, there is no shop within three days’ journey. Every conceivable article is pur- chased, both parties are pleased, and well the trader may be, his 200 sheep cost him about 6d. each. The Boer opens his huge Bible with large silver clasps, reads a verse—all sit in the hall, shoes and stockings are taken off, slave girls wash the feet all round—then to supper, the moment it is finished heads nod, then to bed. Early morning you are awoke by a slave girl bringing a cup of coffee, or wheat roasted and ground, which answers the purpose. The Boers are generally very fine men, marry early and seem much attached to their wives. At Louwes the Veld Cornet of Koeberg, a great corn district, I saw strong proof of it, his wife returned from some absence, on alighting he seized, pushed her against a wall and kissed her most furiously ; the slaves grinned, delighted—“ the Bas very fond of his vrow.” The same kind of threshing floor and fan is used as in our Saviour’s time—the former is a large circular space surrounded by a dwarf wall leaning inwards, the ground levelled, cleared of pebbles, is smeared with cow dung and water; then dry sheaves of corn two deep, excepting where the driver stands with his long whip in the centre, are placed ; from 20 to 50 horses are turned in and kept at a canter, their work done, let out. When there is any wind, the wheat and chaff is thrown in the air, the latter being the lightest is carried outside, the light corn falls near the edge of the floor, the heavy close at hand; the fan brushed right and left clears the bits of straw remaining (purges the floor.) Some of the corn-farms are very large. At Blankinbergs 100 loads of wheat, and 50 each of oats and barley were led into the yard. I have seen 100 men, in spans of ten each, at Van Willens, reaping with a small toothed sickle,

Page 77

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 71

who worked for a month under a burning sun, the master on horseback to keep as far as possible from the heat of the land (refraction.) From sunset they dance all night to their uncouth music, as they tire they drop down and sleep, and others rise up and take their places, When all the crop is cut it is carried by night, as the wheat would fall out if lifted by day. W. S. CoKE. (To be continued. )

PENSIERI AGITATI.

I courted Health on every hand, East, west, north, south, lowland and high, For years I searched on foreign land, But Health was shy.

Here on my native soil once more Health still my fond embrace doth fly ; Great hopes were raised, these hopes are o’er, And I must die.

The trees are bursting into leaf, A lark is singing in the sky, All nature breathes content, belief— But 1% I die!

Leaves fade but to spring forth again, The lark to her old nest doth hie, Each year rings out her sweet refrain, But where go I ?

Caissa calls, her call is vain, My sword and shield neglected lie, Her charms can soothe not salve my pain, And I must die.

O God, the cup that Thou dost give Is bitter—fain from it I’d fly ; I am so young, may I not live? Why must I die?

Thy world is 0! so wondrous fair And lovely to my dimming eye ; But without work completed there Why must I die 3

Page 78

72

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

I think that we are not placed here Without some task our strength to try, And yet, what goal have I come near That I should die ?

Lord, Thou hast brought me to this world, Thou knowest best the reason why, But just as my life’s flag’s unfurled, "Tis hard to die !

The harder when young budding life Looks forth from all I can descry, When busy, hopeful sounds are rife To have to die.

In winter when the trees are bare, When leaves all sere and scattered lie, When death, not life, pervades the air, Then would I die.

Great God of Might! All-Just, All-Wise, Make me to bow my will to Thine, If aught offend in these wild cries Forgive, and teach me to resign.

Bridge of Allan.

(These verses were written in a desponding mood during severe illness. It gives us great pleasure to state that the author’s health is now to some

extent re-established. )

Our next number will be published in advance before Christmas, and will chiefly consist of matter appropriate to the season. The Chess department will contain the concluding set of the H. C. M. Tourney Problems, and, among other things, an original

EDITORIAL.

sketch entitled ‘‘ Chess as an Arbiter.”

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders

for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to

JOHN WatTKINSON, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual subscription, 3/6, post free.

Page 79

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 73

CHESS.

Eroblem Problem No. 128. NO XIV. No. 129. SET Ne XIV. BLACK

ral "Gi “El: Bal 7 Oe cou 2a i a ae a

White to play and mate in two mov ves, White to play and mate e in three moves.

No. 130. Problem AWXournep. Ser No. XIV.

LACK.

a an at

Uy Wi

= 1 aoe 2

a. ” "s oe Ay, a, 6

White to play a and mate n four moves.

Page 80

v4 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

SOLUTION OF MILES’S CHALLENGE.

WHITE BLACK. WHITE. BLACK. 1. Bto Q Kt 3 (ch) 1. K to Q 5 8. QtoQ7 (ch) 8. K to B sq 2,RtoQR4(ch) 2. K takes Kt 9. Q to K 7 (ch) 9. K to Kt sq 3. RtoQ B4 (ch) 3. K toQ 4 10. R to K R 4 4.QtoKt7(ch) 4 KtoK 3 (dis ch) 10. K to R sq 5§.QtoBé(ch) 5. KtoK2 11. Q to K 8 (ch)11. B to B sq (dis 6. Ktto B5(ch) 6. K to B sq ch) 7.QtoQ6(ch) 7. K to K sq I 12. P mates (best)

Fakenham, 12th November, 1877. To the Chess Editor of the Huddersfield College Magazine.

Dear Sir,—I have the pleasure to inform you that the winner of the prize for solution of my twelve-move problem is Mr. G. J. Slater, of Bolton, whose letter with solution reached me on the morning of Nov. 2nd. On the 3rd inst. and subse- quently I received solutions in the following order :—Mr. P. S. Shenele, of Chelsea ; Mr. R. W. Jobnson, of Liverpool, whose letter was delayed a day from his having wrongly addressed it ;* Mr. A. E. Studd, of Exeter; Mr. Wm. Finlayson, of Bridge of Allan ; Mr. John Reid, of Wanlockhead ; Mr. Hy. Blanchard, of Dolphinholme ; and Mr. A. Townsend, of Newport. I beg to enclose a prospectus of my second edition of Chess Gems, and if you will be so good as to open up a subscription list for me in your Magazine I shall be much obliged. I am, dear Sir, yours faithfully, J. A. (We willingly fall in with the suggestion of Mr. Miles, and shall be glad to hand over to him the names of any subscribers that may reach us. The work will consist of about 700 Problems on diagrams, with the solutions, and will be a most valuable addition to Problem literature. Chapter I. will contain 50 Problems by the old Masters. Chapter II. 100 of the finest of the late W. Bone’s beautiful stratagems, about 60 of the late Rev. H. Bolton’s, and a selection of the best works of J. B. of Bridport, Smith, Wormald, Grimshaw, Campbell, Healey, Andrews, Turton, Pavitt, Abbott, Duffy, Pierce, and many other English composers ; in all about 400 Problems. Chapter III. A selection from the finest productions of foreign com- posers, including Mendheim, D’Orville, Anderssen, Brede, Petroff, Kling, Bayer, Willmers, &c., in Europe and the East ; and Loyd, Cook, Brown, Potter, &c., in America ; between 200 and 300 Problems. The subscription price will be 12s. 6d. per copy. After publication, 15s—Ep1Tor.)

* We ourselves received Mr. Johnson’s solution in duplicate on the morning of Nov, 2nd.—Epiror.

Page 81

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 75

CHALLENGE TO OUR SOLVERS. No. II.

PRoBLEM BY Mr. A. E.

BLACK.

Ys see ae ae se ey &

7

[x]; may

aoa oi 2

WHITE. White to play and compel Black to mate him in eleven moves.

For the first correct solution of the above received by Mr. Studd within ten days of the date of this number he will present to the solver a copy of Long’s “ Positions in the Chess Openings,” or his ‘“‘ Key to the Chess Openings,” at the option of the win- ner. The volume not chosen by the winner will be given to the second solver. Solutions to be addressed to Mr. A. E. Studd, Oxton House, Exeter.

S\

\ NSS

\\

NY

os ES

AS

THE KING’S KNIGHT’S DEFENCE TO THE KIN@G’S BISHOP’S OPENING.

Mr. Monck has made two valuable suggestions on my article on the King’s Knight’s Defence to the King’s Bishop’s Opening, which I think deserve notice. The first is that Black can safely play 11. P takes B (see diagram on page 47), after

Page 82

76 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

8. R takes K P 8. P takes R 9. Bto K Kt 5 9. Q to B 4 10. Q to K 2 10. P to Q 4

11. Kt takes P leaving White, he says, to do his worst with the discovered check. In answer to this ingenious move it will never do for White to attempt to win the Queen, nor to play 12. Kt to Kt 6 (dis ch), but he can play either 12. Q to R 5 (ch) or 12. Rto K sq.

Firstly, 12. Q to R 5 (ch) 12. P to Kt 3 13. Kt takes P 13. P takes Kt 14. Q takes P (ch) 14. K to Q 2 15. R to Q sq (ch) 15. Q to Q 4 (best) 16. Q to B 7 (ch) 16. K to Q 3 17. R takes Q (ch) 17. P takes R 18. Q to B 6 (ch) and White ought to win. Secondly, 12. R to K sq 12. B to K 2 (a) 13. Q to R 5 (ch) 13. P to Kt 3

(If 13. K to Q sq, 14. Kt to B7 (ch) will win.) 14, Kt takes K Kt P &c. (a) 12. Bto K 3 13. Kt to K B7 (best) 13. QtoQ 4 14. Kt takes R and White will win. Mr. Monck’s second suggestion is perhaps even more im- portant ; he thinks Black may safely play on his 9th move Q to Q 3, and after

10. Q to K 2 10. Bto K 2 1l. R to Q sq exchange the Q for the R, having two Rooks for her Majesty ; thus :— 11. Q takes R (ch) 12. Q takes Q 12. PtoQ 4.

At this point, as Mr. Monck shows, if White reply 13. Kt takes K P, his best move, Black cannot safely take either B on account of 14. Q to R 5 (ch) &c. Black’s best defence is

therefore 13. BtoK B4 Mr. Monck now gives the following continuation :— 14, B takes B 14. K takes B 15. Q to K 2 15. Bto K 3

16. B to Kt 3 or Q 3 and considers the game equal. This may be so; but how if White play 14. Q to K 2? Black cannot now with safety take either B, and his best move apparently is 14. B to K 5, and White can now play 15. B takes B 15. K takes B 16. P to B 3 or BtoQ 3 with greater advantage than in the previous case, although the balance seems pretty even. W. TIMprRELL Pierce.

Page 83

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. (7

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

Game III.

Puayep September 13th, 1856, in a match Leeds against Hud- dersfield, between the Editor and Mr. John Rhodes.

At the time this match was contested Mr. Rhodes had almost entirely withdrawn from practical play on account of ill-health, and was only induced to enter the lists again at the earnest solicitation of the Leeds Club. For years before he had justly been considered the Champion of Yorkshire, and the Chess Players Chronicle for 1854 gave the following estimate of him : ‘* He was at once a sound and a brilliant player ; and as a Chess amateur, occupied a high rank. His forte lay in the Muzio Gambit, but he was fully acquainted with almost every opening, and seldom made any gross oversight. Quick in sight of the board, he was patient and accurate in calculation, cor- rect in judgment, and abounded in many of the qualifications of a good player.” Mr. Rhodes still keeps up his interest in Chess, and that he is a liberal supporter of the game, the Prize lists of the Problem and Solution Tourneys now drawing to a termination in our columns, conclusively show. We extract the game and the accompanying notes from Zhe Book of Chess, by George H. Selkirk, 1868.

Waite (Mr. Buiack (Mr. Watkinson.) 1 PtoK 4 l PtoK 4 2. KttoK B3 2. KttoQB3 3. BtoQ 3. KttoK B3

P toQ R 8 before moving out the Knight is considered the more correct move.

4, PtoQ3

This move is greatly favoured by Herr Anderssen, who almost invari- ably adopts it when playing the attack in this opening. It is, however, much inferior to Castles or P to Q 4, as it permits Black to bring out his Bishop to Q B 4 immediately, with an equal game.

4, BtoQB4 5. Castles An attempt now to win a Pawn would lose the game at once, ¢.g, :-— 5. B takes Q Kt 5. QP takes B 6. Kt takes K P 6. QtoQd

7. KttoK Kt4 To prevent mate by Q takes K B P. 7. B takes Kt, and wins. PtoQ3

Page 84

78 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Protecting the K P, as after White’s castling the above manceuvre is impracticable, owing to the Rook defending the K B P.

6. Bto K Kt5 6. BtoQ2 7. KttoQB3 7 PtoQR3 8 BtoQR4 8. PtoKR3 9 BtoK R4 9. PtoK Kt4

10. Kt takes K Kt P

This sacrifice is essentially unsound ; White’s position is committed by his having castled, Black’s is not, and the only result of giving away the piece is to expose the White King to a furious attack. The proper move was to retreat the Bishop to Kt 3.

10. P takes Kt 11. B takes P ll. Rto K Kt sq 12. PtoK R4 12. R takes B

Correctly played ; Black has a piece in hand, and the removal of the Pawn from the Rook’s file renders his attack immediately irresistible.

13. P takes R 13. Kt to K Kt 5 14. B takes Q Kt 14. Kt P takes B 15. QtoQ 2 White's game is utterly hopeless ; he can do nothing but wait for the finish. 15. K to K 2

Threatening mate in two moves, by Q to K R sq and Q to R 7.

Buiack (Mr. WATKINSON.) Ye Yi,

wy, 7s Wy Wy) WW,

ty My, CY ly Wl, $$ WH, > YMA

XS ~~

f

S XY

U Boa * Y , AES 2 fd 8 YY 8 ES GEL 7/7 ey

WHITE (Mr. Position after Black’s 15th move.

Page 85

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 79

16. PtoK Kt3 Sappose—

16. Rto K sq 16. Kt takes K B P 17. Qto K It ts evident that if the Queen remain on Q 2, or be moved to any other square, she can be won by the Knight discovering check. 17. QtoK Rsq 18. Q takes Kt To prevent Q to R 8, mate. 18. and wins.

(a) 17. Kto Bsq 17. Qto K Raq 18. KtoK2 18. Bto K Kt 5 (ch) 19. KtoBsq 19. QtoR8. Mate.

16. QtoK Rag 17. K to Kt 2 Mate was threatened on the move, 17. KttoK R7

Effectually preventing the escape of the King, and again threatening mate in two moves by Q to R 6 (ch) and Kt to K B 6.

18. PtoK B3 Suppose—

18. Q toK 2 18. Q to R 6 (ch) 19. K to Kt sq

If K to R sq, Kt to B 6 discovers mate, 19. BtoK Kt5

20. Kt to Q 5 (ch) 20. P takes Kt 21. Q takes B (0d) 21. Kt takes Q 22. KR to Q sq 22. QtoR?7 (ch) 23. K to B sq 23. Qtakes BP. Mate. 21. K Rto K sq 21. B takes Q 22, Any move 22. KttoB6. Mate. 18. Q to R 6 (ch) 19. Kto Rsq 19. Kt takes B P (dis ch) 20. QtoR 2 20. Q takes Q Mate.

To Correspondents.

W. C., Jr., Sydney.—Your column in the Town and Country Journal is one of the best we have ever seen. We shall be glad to receive the promised specimens of Australian Chess. J. V., Demerara.—The H. C. M., including postage, will cost you 5d. monthly, so the P.O.O. kindly sent will almost clear you to the end of the present volume. The proffered problems will be most acceptable.

Page 86

80 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

DeatH oF Mr. Rimineton WILson.—We stop the press to announce, with profound regret, the death of Mr. Rimington Wilson, of Sheffield. The sad event took place on Sunday last, the 25th November. . HuppeErsFIELD Cyess CLus.—This club meets every Thurs- day evening at the Queen Hotel. The officers for the year are— President, Mr. John Watkinson; Vice-President, W. Scott, M.D. ; Honorary Secretary, Mr. Wolstenholme. A handicap tourna- ment is in progress which on its completion will be reported in our columns. ProsLemM TourNeys.—The American Chess and Problem Association announces its first Problem Tourney. Five prizes are offered for the best sets of three problems in two, three, or four moves, and an additional one for the best single problem in the tourney. The competition is open to all the world without entrance fee, although a voluntary subscription is requested. We are glad to notice that the entries are limited to one set from each composer. The Secretary is Mr. J. B. Mc Kim, Cleveland, Ohio, and the time for entrance closes March 31st, 1878. The Detroit Free Press also offers two prizes of fifteen and ten dollars for a Tourney, each set to con- sist of three problems in any number of moves from two to four, also special prizes for the best two, three, and four- movers. The tourney will close March 30th, 1878. Mecuanic TourRNEY: AWARD OF THE EXAMINERS.— Prize for best two-mover, Mr. G. Wallis; best three-mover, Mr. J. G. Finch ; best four-mover, Mr. J. P. Taylor ; best set, Mr. J. P. Taylor.

ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS. No. 1. Mr. Wm. Bone. Part VI.

(Continued from page 24. )

In the pages of the Philidorian (1838) Mr. George Walker published his clever and entertaining Chess story ‘“ Vincenzio the Venetian.”* To readers unacquainted with the tale we may briefly say that its plot turns upon an unholy compact between the hero Vincenzio and a certain demon of Chess y’clept Azaroth. By the terms of this contract Vincenzio is endowed with health, wealth, and a century of life. In return he has to play three games of Chess with the demon at intervals of ten

* Afterwards reprinted in Walker’s Chess and Chess Players. — EDITOR.

Page 87

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 81

years and for a stake that may be readily imagined. The weird idea of “ Man playing at Chess for his soul with Satan” had a few years prior to 1838 been immortalized by Retszch in his famous outline so entitled. Mr. Walker carries the theme still further and extricates his hero from an apparently hopeless

dilemma in a very ingenious manner.

All three games termi-

nate, as might be expected, in the announcement of forced mate by Vincenzio’s diabolical antagonist, but upon a declaration being made in the final partie the ungrateful Venetian avails himself of the absence of a time limit and avows his intention to take ten years at least for consideration of the next move, and perhaps after that to finish the game by correspondence at his leisure !...... Azaroth being thus, as it were, unexpectedly check- mated by discovery takes himself off in a most tempestuous rage, and Vincenzio escapes scot free from the dreaded conse-

quences of his rashness.

Mr. Bone composed the various positions that illustrate this

Chess romance. We quote a specimen here.

(See No. XXVII.)

Alexandre has copied this problem into his collection but has left out the Black Queen, an omission opening up a partial

second solution.

Proptem No. XXVII. By Bone. I

BLACK.

No. XXVIII. sy Bons.

BLACK.

14] ak

YY

Y Yj ) 1s WY

YM); Wh YY

Yi Yyy Uj) (ME

We.

WY) ..04 Y Y @

WHITE. White to play and mate in seven moves.

WHITE. White to play and mate in eight moves.

Problems No. XXVIII. to XXXII. are amongst the best stratagems by Bone that have been previously published

elsewhere.

Page 88

I

82 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Prosuem No. XXIX. By Bone. Prosuem No. XXX. By BONE.

BLACK. BLACK. I YW WC; See Y\ \ Yg U4 Y tH

y Wh “WY 'Y WUE aoe wel I gel ~ Z te Oe he

y y LT y UM), im yyy

S

Mile

White to play and mate in twelve moves. White to play and mate in twenty-four moves wit } P without taking the R or K P or compelling either to move, also without interposing anything between Q P and the Black R which attacks it.

No. XXXI. By Bows. ProsptEeM No. XXXII. By BoneE.

BLACK. BLACK.

tw Yy, YY

YM, y

Uf, Wy, Wy Y

Ye Ui Yi

oe Y% Z

/ fey , Y WH) i Z Vo sy Ue Yj WY Wy ea” Wy U WY A py oe yy YY yp" y , We, “ee y Wo @\|) ee eZ

WHITE. WHITE.

‘te to play and mateinthirty-four moves White to play and compel Black to mate with his Without taking the Black Q or him in thirty-five moves. compelling her to move.

Page 89

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 83

Before concluding we would call attention to another talent possessed by our author. Reference to the columns of the Philidorian proves that not only was Bone the most industrious and voluminous Chess problem composer of his day, but he could also use the chequered board most ably in that kindred game which is equally at home on the 64 squares. It may be said of the master literally and without basely insinuating a pun that both in play and in earnest he was alike a skilful draughtsman. In the history of British Chess strategy, Bone’s must ever remain a prominent figure. Not a pioneer of pro- gress certainly was he, but so laborious and indefatigable a worker in the classic fields of art that but little was left for the gleaners that followed closely in his footsteps. Thus the cessa- tion of Bone’s career formed at once a landmark and a point of departure, for from that time forth composers have gradually diverged by strange and intricate paths into quite a new country, whether for better or for worse we leave thee, gentle reader, to determine. H. J. C. ANDREWS.

(To be continued. )

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 125. 4) WHITE. LP es WHITE. BLACK. ( 1.QtoKk5_ 1. Any move 2KtoK2 2 Any move 2. Mates accordingly 3. Q, Kt, or B mates accordingly

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 126. 1.KtoKBsq 1. P to K 6(a) SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 127,

2.QtoQ4(ch) 2. K takes Q or} 1. BtoQ5 1. KtoK

moves 2. Q to Kt 4 2. PtoK B 3. B or Q mates accordingly 3. QtoK B4(ch) 3. Any move (a) 1. K to Q 5 (b) 4, Kt or Q mates accordingly 2QtoK Kt3 2. PtoK6 (6) 2.Q to Q 5 3. B mates I 3. Q takes Q (ch) 3. K to B 4 (b) 1. K to Q 3 (c) 4. Q to K 4 (mate) 2QtoKB5 2 PtoK6o0rQ5 I (a) 1.QtoQ5 3. Q or Kt mates accordingly 2. Q to Kt 4(ch) 2. K to K 4 (c) 1. P to Q 5 (d) 3. Q takes Q (ch) 3. K to B 4 2. Q takes P (ch) 2. K moves 4, Q to K 4 (mate)

3. B mates

CoMPETITION.—Problem 125.—Solved by W. T. P., Brighton. ‘‘ Very neat.”—W. C., Cheltenham. merit—lacks variety.”—W. F., I Bridge of Allan. ‘* A very good problem, but there is a terrible sameness about it. After the opening move, iJ cavallo bianco del re has all the active work to do.”—J. P. 'f., London. ‘‘ Good, and not easy, but many of the pieces might well he dispensed W. J., Liverpool. ‘‘An excellent two-mover.”—J. P., Grimsby. ‘‘ Neither pretty nor easy.”—P. S. S., London. ‘‘The key-move appears utterly useless, without motive and to no purpose. It reminds one of actual play when after pondering a consid- erable time, in despair you move to an out-of-the-way square which turns

Page 90

84 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

out to be the emblem of purity and really sublime. The best problem of the set.”—W. S. P., Chelmsford.—A. W., London.—J. R. W., Dumfries- shire. —G. W. F., Hull. ‘‘ Very good.”—H. G., Guernsey.—W. H. S. M., Dublin. ‘‘A remarkably good two-mover, I had almost given it up.”— Romping Girl.—C. E. T., Clifton.—E. H., Huddersfield—W. Mc A., Chichester.—J. R., Cleckheaton. Problem 126.—Solved by W. T. P. ‘‘ Very ingenious."-—W.C. ‘I consider this very good, although it did not give much trouble.”—W. F. is also a good and almost immaculate position. The principal idea, the sacrifice of the Queen, is ably conceived and carried out.”—R. W. J. ‘*Well constructed and rich in variations, with very many plausible attacks which will almost succeed.”—J. P. ‘‘A correct and difficult problem— every piece has its task to perform.”—P. S. S. ‘‘ Merely waiting or lving in ambush for the advance of the enemy, in which I fail to see much diffi- S. P.—J. R. W.—H. G.—Romping Girl.—C. E. T. (Main variation and (c) omitted.—E. H. ‘‘The best of the W. (ce) omitted.) ‘‘The most difficult and best problem I have ever met with. I believed it impossible or that some error had been made in the diagram.”’ —W. Mc A.—J. R. A beautiful problem.” Problem 127.—Solved by W. T. P. (a) omitted.) ‘* Not so easy as it looks ; the third move in main play is unexpected, as the more natural move Kt to Q 3 (ch) so nearly does it. On the whole I consider it very C. ‘‘The main variation is interesting, the others being very weak.”—W. F. (a) omitted.) ‘* Embodies the same idea as No. 126, but I prefer the manner in which it is presented in the three-mover.”—-R. W. J. ‘©With a less obvious first move would have been an excellent problem.”— P.S. 8S. ‘* Contains one good idea, but the overcrowding of the position by the formidable and unnecessary Black pieces spoils the problem.”— W.S. P.—J.R. W.—G. W. F. (a) and (6) omitted.) ‘‘A very fair problem. White mates with force."—H. G. ‘‘I consider this a very good set indeed and entitled to stand in the front rank.”—Romping Girl. (a) omitted.)—C. E. T. (Main variation omitted—wrong in (a)—E. H. (Wrong in main variation.)—W. Mc A. (a) omitted..—A. W. (Main variation omitted. )

THE BRITISH PROBLEM ASSOCIATION PROGRAMME,

1. A problem tourney will be held during 1878, limited to the British subscribers or members of the Society. 2. Each competitor to send in one set consisting of three problems in from two to four moves at his option. 3. Each set to be designated by a motto ; the author’s name and motto to be sent in a sealed envelope, which will be only opened after the award has been made. 4. The sets must be sent in on or before the 30th April, addressed to Mr. J. P. Tayior, Hon. Sec. pro tem, 63, Malvern Road, Dalston, London, E. Composers resident abroad will be allowed until the Ist June. 65. The First prize shall be 30 per cent. of the receipts ; Second prize 20 per cent. ; the remainder to be divided equally for the best two, three, and four-movers not included in either of the prize sets. Besides these prizes there will be a special Press prize not yet determined. 6. The judges will be selected from the general committee and the names given in the January number of the Huddersfield College Magazine. Memorandum.—Subscriptions of 5s. due on the Ist January, 1878, constitute membership for the year and must be sent in as soon as possible to Mr. W. T. Pierce, 42, Park Crescent, Brighton, who has consented to act as Treasurer, pro tem.

Page 91

Huddersheld College

EDITORIAL.

Tue day on which this number gets into the hands of the boys will be the last of this year that-we shall all meet at the College, and we may well look back with varied feelings on its numerous events and changes. Since last Christmas we have lost several Masters, one, much loved and lamented, the late Principal, having been taken from us by death. We have also lost Mr. Miller, for many years the Mathematical Master, Mr. Clough, Mr. Turner, and Mr. Blanchflower, who is now on his way to a school in Australia. We will only allude to our success in the last Cambridge Local Examination by expressing a hope that we may do as well this year. All the events of our great day, when the prizes were dis- tributed, have been already chronicled in this Magazine, and also the “Old Boys” triennial dinner. We will only mention that A. R. Wright, the first winner of the “Old Boys” Scholarship, is now a student at Owens College, Manchester. Also with regret we add that the support to the Magazine, literary, not financial, promised on that day from the boys has not been forthcoming. The less said of our Cricket the better, but our Football has so far been somewhat more successful. In our games, we imagine we could get good financial assistance from Old Boys, provided we could find a more suitable field. At Michaelmas we started a Musical Society, and considering our original lack of vocal training we have made very fair pro- gress under the kind and painstaking tuition of Mr. Binner. In conclusion we wish all, both Old and Present Boys, a merry Christmas and a happy New Year, hoping that those who are now leaving us may be successful in their future lives and carry away a happy and grateful recollection of their school- days, and that those who remain will return with renewed vigour both for work and play.

January, 1878.]

Page 92

86 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

OUR PRIVATE THEATRICALS.

Two or three years ago Tom Maitland proposed that we should get up some private theatricals. This the rest of us agreed to, and then came the discussion as to what we should play. As it wanted but three weeks to Christmas there was little enough time for all our preparations. However Tom Maitland, Bob Robertson, and Bertie Simms were appointed a committee to see after everything, I, as the most literary of the party, was to write the play, which was to be a tragi-comedy, and various sisters, cousins, and other feminine relations of the members of committee were instructed to prepare various articles of dress, which I had to work into my play, and my youngest brother, Donald, was made supremely happy by the promise of a part in which he could use a sword. Needless is it to recount all that intervened between the decision and the eventful Christmas Eve. How each member of the committee would rush up and interrupt me in the very midst of a most telling passage, with their “Oh! I say, an awful good idea has just struck me. Make Aldotrubus go mad! Eh! you must put that in,” or ‘Don’t forget to make Perinoculus give that other fellow plenty of lip, for you know, I’m Perinoculus, and won’t I give it with some go. Oh, no, not at all.” Nor need I say how many con- sultations the development of the plot necessitated between me and Tom Maitland, nor how many it did not necessitate between me and his sister Alice, which nevertheless I generally contrived to bring about on some trivial point or other. Neither need I mention all that was said of me by Sophie Simpson, a young lady of an enthusiastic turn of mind, whose comments on my “noble brow” and “inspired rapture” did not have the effect that I, with characteristic vanity, thought was intended. Enough be it that Christmas Eve came all too soon, and I was as eager and yet as despondent as juvenile authors in general are on the production of their first play. The stage was in that portion of the Maitlands’ drawing room which was shut off from the rest by folding doors. Our arrangements were of the completest, and our audience one of the most distinguished that could be gathered from the whole country side. We had two sirs and their ladies, two honourables, and all the leading gentry in the neighbourhood. At last the hour came, and the bell rang for the curtain to rise. The hum of conversation was immediately hushed, and all turned eagerly towards the scene of action. The two honourables adjusted their eye-glasses, and deaf old Mrs. Roxeter drew out her telescope ear-trumpet. But the curtain did not rise. After waiting a few moments in breath-

Page 93

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 87

less trepidation, I, whose appearance was not necessary until later, was stepping across the stage to remove the obstruction, when suddenly the difficulty was overcome, and as the curtain went up with extra rapidity, I was left near the footlights, with one boot on, coat and waistcoat off, and a large cork, whose purpose was the manufacture of moustaches and other hirsute appendages, in a remarkably grimy hand. The audience, thinking this part of the play, began to applaud, and I, deter- mining to put a bold face on the matter, struck an attitude, and said ** What ho! Aldotrubus! ’Tis now an hour

Or more when thou didst appoint to meet Me here beneath the spreading beeches’ shade.”

Here one honourable whispered audibly to the other, “ He might have come dressed.” Then I turned to depart, but as I reached the left wing I came full tilt upon Imogena, who was rushing in to meet her lover under the same beeches whose protecting shelter I wished to gain. Instinctively putting out my hand to break the force of the collision, the burnt cork was brought in contact with that maiden’s fair cheek, and that the one which would be chiefly turned to the audience. The hon- ourables stared, those misses who envied Alice her beauty and grace tittered, and all wondered what could be coming next, Then Aldotrubus, who had entered on the right, commenced

‘* Queen of the morn, upon whose pearly cheek ” Here the audience laughed, whilst he continued

‘* The balmy breeze has called the blushing rose, And there I print a kiss, that gods would vie Amongst themselves to be at least permit To kiss the other cheek—”’ Here one of the honourables broke in “I'll be hanged if I would, though,” whereupon the envious young ladies tittered still louder. However, the scene came to an end at last, and I, trembling though armed with spear and shield and nodding plume, proceeded to beg pardon. But the only answer I got terrified me, “‘Go away, you clumsy fellow. I shall not act any more tonight.” And off our Imogena, the chief female character or leading lady, I suppose I should say, swept to her room. “Here’s a pretty go,” says Tom, who was the Aldotrubus, “But Dll go and try to persuade her to go on with the thing.” Then Perinoculus and Tremiodorus (myself) commenced our little settlement of an unspecified difficulty. Perin : **’Tis now some twenty years or more that thou Hast been my direst enemy, and now

We meet, and ere we part, or thou or I Will lie, a corpse, within this dark wood’s

E 3

Page 94

88 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

This apostrophe he delivered in a monotonous undertone, and instead of an involuntary shiver, as I intended, a visible smile went the round of the audience, and old Mrs. Roxeter, who requested that every word might be shouted through a trumpet, was regaled by my brother Fred, who was debarred from any part in the performance, with the following version of the scene. “The youth with the red nose says he'll cut the other man’s head off with a paper-knife.” However, I thought that by my own proficiency I might restore the character of the thing and began, with awful emphasis, I ‘¢ Perinoculus, beware! Not thus will I

Endure that thou shouldst speak to me As to a hireling ”

Here my helmet came down over my mouth, whilst Fred shouted imto that dreadful trumpet, “‘ He says ‘keep your breath to blow your porridge with.’” Recovering myself, however, I

proceeded, ** Unsay those words Or by my father’s sword, which now doth hang Upon my hip, I swear that thoul’t die this day, Before the sun again do reach the bourne.”

“Says he'll do for him in the twinkling of a bed-post,” yelled that brute of a Fred, to which Mrs. Roxeter responded ‘“‘ How horribly vulgar!” Then, after a great passage of arms in which both were wounded, the curtain fell at the end of Act I. Then rose a murmur of tongues, in which were mingled the voices of the two sirs and their ladies, as they congratulated indiscrimi- nately all the elderly people within reach on the excellence of their son’s or daughter’s acting, the haw-hawing of the two honourables at the “awfully funny look of the thing, you know,” and the grumbling of old Mrs, Roxeter because the end had come without any marriage taking place. But all this came to a stop as the rising of the curtain disclosed the fair but unhappy [mogena fleeing from the hatred of her step-mother and sisters, who are jealous of her charms. At last she sinks down, as utterly wearied, and calling to her young brother Flavienus (my yellow-haired brother Donald), she bids him return and leave her to perish, for she welcomes death, which will put a period to her miseries. He, however, in a speech originally some nineteen Pentameters in length, but cut down by him to an emphatic “ Sha’n’t,” starts off to seek assistance, but returns when he hears the minions of his step-mother in the distance. As Perinoculus and Tremiodorus (who have settled their little difficulty), and several henchmen come on the scene, the valiant Flavienus waves his sword around his head and shouts at the top of his voice, and as his own imagi-

Page 95

_ HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 89

nation prompts, “ You'd better go back, or else I'll chop your heads off,” and, without waiting for Imogena to exert her influence with her pursuers, whom she should prevail upon to return and represent themselves as unsuccessful, he lays about him with an energy of which the memory is perpetuated by our shins for some time after, and a huddled and disgraceful flight is the result, leaving master Ronald master of the situation, upon which he improves the occasion by remarking to the almost powerless heroine, who is shaking with laughter, “I guess I made them holler, I vote we go on again now,” which they accordingly did, and my beautiful scene, over which I had expended at least four evenings, was got through in as many minutes. However, the audience was much more highly amused by this than they possibly might have been had the whole been given. Mrs. Roxeter, who had needed but little translation this time, queried complainingly, “‘ Why didn’t he marry her when those others ran away?” No answer being volunteered, she was absorbed for some time in the contemplation of her ear- trumpet, after which opportunity for reflection and the evolution of new ideas she exclaimed ‘“ But he ought to have married her, oughtn’t he?” Then the curtain ascended on Act III, disclosing the jealous step-sisters making violent love, the one to Aldotrubus, who was exceeding rich and handsome, and the other to his friend Sempronius. They respond but feebly to their blandishments, Aldotrubus more particularly, as he yet mourned the lost Imogena, whom they represented as dead. Just as he, worn out with hope deferred, was going to offer his hand and heart to Cocotina (Sophie Simpson) the elder of the two step-sisters, one of the planks of which the stage was formed was pulled away by that rascally Fred, whose mysterious absence I mistrusted, and the two lovers were thrown violently against each other, so that Miss Sophie’s forehead came bang against Tom Maitland’s nose, and a copious stream of ruby hue gushed forth through his fingers and over his Roman tunic to the floor, and as he rushed out at the right-hand door, in came his Imogena at the left-hand door, and, not understanding the reason of his departure, she rushed after him and tripping at the fatal niche in the floor was precipitated into the arms of the second sister, who proved unequal to the emergency, and both sank gracefully to the ground. Seeing that it would be impossible to continue the play I told the boy to lower the cur- tain, but that impish Fred had tied that up, and the only result of our united pulling at the cord was to bring the roller down on our heads, whilst the audience laughed, and even the two sirs and their ladies could not conceal their audible smiles, Old Mrs. Roxeter exclaimed, “I never saw such a play in my

Page 96

90 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

life. Bloody noses and smutty faces is all ¢hey think about, and £ go rolling about a stage, not if it was in a hun- dred plays.” The two honourables and their chorus even got up a hiss, whilst tears of mortification streamed down the two unfortunate actresses’ faces, whilst I am not ashamed to confess that I likewise retired to a corner and wept tears of bitter disappointment. As I wept, however, a light hand was placed on my shoulder, and turning round I saw close to me poor Imogena with watery smile, and woman-like she began to try to comfort me. “It was too bad, but it was not your fault. The play itself is very capitally done. If you could not com- mand success you well deserved it,” and then, her thoughts reverting to her own share in it, she went on without further heeding me, “‘ He used to say he thought very highly of me, but I heard him hi-hi-hi-hiss—” after which she went off into a passion of tears, which rendered it absolutely necessary that I should do my best to console her. What I said concerns none of my readers, but whatever it was, it brought about such a state of things that made it patent to the world at large that, contrary to the general run of things, although my first play had been a failure, I was yet anything but A AUTHOR.

A NIGHT OF HORROR.

I was not yet 22 years old when I had to make a tolerably long journey into Bohemia. The roads there being bad and unsafe it was necessary to hire a conveyance with two horses, and in addition to the driver I was accompanied by two other hired men. I was also advised to be well provided with fire- arms, and to hold myself in readiness to use them on the first signal. It was in the month of September that we arrived in the middle of this wild country. One morning I set out with the object of reaching a village about ten leagues distant. Our way lay through one of the immense forests with which Bohemia is covered, but the road being little better than a track, and quagmires following in quick succession, the horses were only able to travel very slowly. Before we had accomplished two- thirds of the distance we were overtaken by darkness, then a storm arose, the lightning being most vivid, and the claps of thunder following in such quick succession as to be almost continuous. ‘J’he rain came down in torrents quickly wetting

Page 97

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 91

us to the skin, and in the distance we could hear distinctly the howling of the wolves, which at this season of the year leave the mountains and descend into the plains. To crown our mis- fortunes one of the horses took fright, and the carriage being dragged out of the beaten track was quickly broken. In this difficult position what was I to do? Abandon the carriage I could not for it was full of important papers and other valuable things. To pass the night in this frightful solitude, in the company of wolves, was not either to my taste. At last I determined that we had better go in search of a habi- tation, and if we were successful there to await daybreak. One of the horses having being unyoked our coachman set out with the object of finding some place of refuge for the night. After weary waiting he at last returned with the welcome news that he had found an inn at a very short distance. Leaving my coachman and attendants, assisted by some persons sent by the innkeeper, to bring on the conveyance I at once made my way to the inn, which I found to be a low building of a most wretched appearance, resembling in fact a thieves’ den more than an inn. However it was not a time for either choosing or hesitating. I entered a low room which was full of smoke and made uncom- fortably hot by a large stove which was burning, around which I saw a large number of men, some smoking, others getting sup- per, and some laid down on the ground wrapped in their cloaks and trying to sleep. The suspicious and repulsive looks of these men, who were all armed, did not at all reassure me. The room being full of an abominable oduur which nearly choked me I at once asked if I could have a bed-room. The innkeeper replied that that was the only room they had and I should be obliged to pass the night there. Thoroughly fatigued, wet to the skin, and discouraged by the ill-luck which had befallen me, I said in an eager manner that I would willingly give a louis for a room and a bed. No sooner had I made the remark than [ repented of it. I saw astonished looks fixed on me, and persons who appeared asleep turn round towards me. I saw the master of the house smile in a sinister manner which presaged nothing good ; and one of my attendants who knew the country came and whispered in my ear that I had done a most foolish thing in offering such # large sum of money for a night’s lodgings. A short time after a servant entered the room and said to me in a low tone that if I really wished to pay for a bed she would find me one. I at once followed her, feeling a great weight taken off my mind. She conducted me across a yard to a low building which was separated from the main block, and opening a door very cautiously said that there was my bed and E

Page 98

92 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

she hoped I should sleep well and in the morning fulfil the promise I had made. After having given me the candlestick which she had in her hand, and in which there remained only @ very small bit of candle, she wished me good night. Everything seemed suspicious about the house. It seemed to me that the servant had smiled and tittered when she hoped that I should rest well in that bed. And then, strange to say— I was becoming suspicious of everything !—it seemed to me that she had locked the door on going out! It is impossible, said I. However, let me see! I can easily assure myself that I am mistaken !.........It is childishness on my part......... Iam suspecting people who probably are honest. Filled with feelings of both hope and fear I go to the door and raise the latch...... It was fastened outside! I was taken as in a mouse-trap. I run to the only window in the room to find it guarded by thick bars of iron. I return to the door, which is made of solid oak, and I try in vain to move it. I examine the lock; impossible to shoot the bolt, it is too strong. Finding my suspicions realised I became very uneasy. I am not a timid person, but after my adventure in the forest to find myself in such a situation as this, in an unknown country far from all succour, to be imprisoned in a den, persuaded that I was in danger, and ignorant from which point the attack would come, was, I affirm without fear of contradiction, much more cruel than danger which I could see, even though death was almost certain. I examined the room minutely—I sounded the walls ; on three sides was solid stone masonry, on the fourth was a wooden partition. I sought in vain for an opening or a false door. I listened, at first I heard a confused murmur, then I distinguished voices speaking in a low tone, but I was not able to distinguish anything that was said, and besides I knew very little of the language of the country. I then explored all the corners of the apartment and even examined the furniture ; at last I looked under the bed...... There I beheld a man hidden. Although startled I felt a sort of joy, for I should at least have one of my enemies face to face. I ordered him to come out but he took no notice ; I again repeated my injunction in a louder voice, but still receiving no reply I seized the man by the hair and with all my strength pulled him from his hiding- place...... Judge of my stupefaction...... It was a dead body !.... The fate which was in store for me became quite clear—this man had been assassinated. I was to be assassinated in my turn. The horror which crept over me I cannot describe; my head burned ; a kind of buzzing noise just then coming from the other side of the partition still further increased my fright :

Page 99

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 93

outside, the storm was raging more furiously than ever ; and at this moment—O horror !—my candle flickered and finally went out. I was in darkness, having for company a dead body made startlingly visible at intervals by the vivid flashes of lightning. I tried to cry out but I could not utter a word...... A dizziness came over me...... I fell on the floor unconscious. There I lay until morning and when I came to my senses it was broad day- light. The knowledge of what had passed returned to me painfully. I found myself on the floor wet and cold, all my limbs were cramped and my head was racked with pain. I thought at first that I had had the night-mare—but the dead body by my side soon brought to my mind the terrible reality. I got up and went to the window which looked into the yard, where I saw my attendants busy repairing the carriage. Presently the scoundrel of a servant who had introduced me to this infernal hole softly opened the door, and as I slowly walked out she asked me for the louis I had promised her, for which she made me a beautiful courtesy, accompanied with her mocking smile of the previous evening. I was so much confused that I gave her the coin without saying a word, and hastened to quit the horrible den. Many of the travellers started at the same time as myself. My attendants and the coachman, however, looked at me in an astonished manner, and at last one of them said that my hair had turned quite white ! Being still impressed with my fright I said nething until we were in sight of the small town to which I was going, and then in presence of several of the persons who had passed the night at the inn I related what had happened to me. One of the travellers affirmed that he had known the house for a long time, that the host was an honest man, and that there must be some extraordinary mistake. A magistrate was informed of the circumstances and we all returned with him to the suspected house, and this is what we learnt. In the chamber in which I was to sleep a Jew hawker had died. His friends and relations were holding a wake and pray- ing in the adjoining room. It was from there that the sound of voices and murmurings came which I had heard. One of the servants hearing a louis mentioned for a bed, hit on the idea of utilising the one occupied by the corpse. She placed the body under the bed, and in order to lessen the chances of discovery she gave me the partly burned candle, and with the same object locked the door on the outside. You can easily understand why the rogue smiled.

(From the French. )

Page 100

94 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

A SUMMER IN ANDALUCIA. Part VII.—D1as FIssta.

(Continued from page 45.)

WE now propose to describe a few of the feasts we were for- tunate enough to see. The “ Carnaval,” which commences three days before Ash Wednesday, lasts several days, during which time all go about masked, and mirth reigns supreme. Dances and all the fashion till Lent, when the scene suddenly changes, all becomes serious and grave, and few visits are paid. Their Easter commences on Wednesday night, and after that time till Saturday all is quiet, no bells ring, the Church clocks do not strike, pianos remain untouched, no amusements whatever are allowed. God is supposed to be dead, and all is sorrowful. On Thursday night the Churches are all thrown open, and it is customary to go round to all in turn, saying Aves and Paternosters, and worshipping at the various shrines, In all we find a cross with Christ crucified, sometimes upright, and sometimes reclining on a bed of roses, while on either side stand Mary Magdalene and, we suppose, Peter. On Good Friday there is preaching from 12 p.m. till 3 p.m., and the Churches are crowded. On Saturday morning the service commences at 9 a.m. for one hour, when as the clock chimes the hour 10, with the sound of firing of cannon, the veil hiding the altar from our view is rent in twain, and the altar is disclosed. At the same time the organ peals forth a magnificent Gloria which, however, is half drowned by the tinkling of bells innumerable. In the Iglesia Mayor, through some hitch behind the scenes, the veil was rent before the guns representing the thunder from heaven could be brought to bear on it. The Saints’ days are far more important than Sundays in Spain, as shops are closed by Government order, and a heavy penalty is incurred by those infringing it, while on Sundays many are open just as on ordinary days. The day of Corpus Christi is a grand day in Andalucia. In Cadiz there is a grand procession which issues from the Cathedral at 12 o’clock, the streets through which it passes are covered with sand some inches deep, and fastened to the roofs overhead are awnings stretching from side to side. Under these are festoons of coloured muslin and flowers, and every yard or two a handsome chandelier for oil lamps or candles. At night these are all lighted, and the effect is very pretty. The pro- cession soon passed : first came several female figures supposed to represent the Virgin in some of her numerous characters, richly dressed, but in a style more befitting a ballet girl at the

Page 101

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 95

theatre than that of the mother of our Lord. Then followed various small miniature temples, which are kept in the Cathedral, all richly ornamented with silver. Finally came the largest temple, magnificent in design, ornamented with solid silver, and hung with lamps and festoons of flowers and grapes. Behind came the Priests, and gentlemen belonging to various Societies. Last of all came a band and eight soldiers to keep off the crowd which pressed, and surged, and jostled, and shouted in a manner truly English. All the beauty of Cadiz turns out to see the show, and after it is over a paseo or promenade takes place in the favoured streets through which it has passed, and to crown all, in the afternoon a bull-fight is held. In Puerto in the evening we saw another procession which after parading the principal streets entered the Iglesia Mayor about 8 o’clock. First came a lot of children with candles, and-they diverted themselves by singeing each others hair, blowing their candles out, and causing the extinction of others in trying to light their own again. In other respects the procession was similar to that of Cadiz. The next important feast falls on the 24th of June, and is called San Juan, or St. John the Baptist, and festivities go on till the 29th which is the feast of San Pedro. On the vispera or eve of San Juan, the Vergel (a public promenade in Puerto) was brilliantly lighted by electric light from 9 to 11 p.m., during which time the place was crowded by rich and poor alike, In the afternoon of that day a boat-race took place by rival crews of Puerto, Cadiz, and Xeres. Puerto carried off the palm by many lengths, and this demonstrates the fact most clearly that our Eng- lish long stroke and quick return has a great advantage over the Spanish short one, for the Cadiz crew rowed very short and very quick, and though they had been in practice weeks more than our crew had, the first heat they were tailed a long way, and the second they came in dead beat, while our crew were rowing quite easily. During the interval between the races, the Cucajias was held. This is a very amusing sport to witness, and is similar to our greasy May-pole, with the exception that in this case it isa greased bowsprit that has to be overcome, A barge is placed in the middle of the river, and at the end of the bowsprit are placed two flags as a bait, and usually a very hard bait to swallow it proves. No end of amusement and shouts of laughter were caused, as each competitor slipped one by one into the place of his fallen companion, stepping dubiously forward, some- times getting halfway when the foot slipping, he totters, wavers a second and falls, tippling somersaults till he reaches the water. Only one man ultimately got both flags, and that after many failures. (To be continued. ) J. E, EpMInson,

Page 102

Y6 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

JOHN AND SARAH, OR WORTHY SPECIMENS OF A DISAPPEARING RACE.

In this paper I shall endeavour to sketch a few of the sayings, and chief characteristics of a man whom I have known all my life, and whom Sir Walter Scott would have painted in living colours. The class to which he belongs is gradually disappear- ing before the advance of education and social changes. I will call him John. John, who is now an old man, has remained in the service of one family for above 40 years. When some 30 years of age, he felt the need of a wife to keep his house, so he looked out for what he considered to be “a likely woman.” At last he found a thrifty help-meet, whose christian name was Sarah. He was not married there and then, but was engaged for a period of 10 years. At last when the auspicious day arrived, John and Sarah walked to Almondbury Church, a distance of 11 miles. When asked by the clergyman “ wilt thou take this woman to be thy wedded wife?” John replied ‘Ah to be sure I will, that’s what I coom (came) for!” After the ceremony the couple returned home the same way they had come, namely, on foot. One time he was ordered by his master to pull up the docks which were in the garden. These are weeds which bear a large green leaf. At the end of his day’s labours John went to his master, and said “Si thee (see thee) maister, what fine docks I’ve getten (have got).” He had pulled up unknowingly all the rhubarb of which his master had a large quantity. Another time when it was very wet, he was sent by his mistress with an umbrella for his master. John carried the umbrella under his coat, and when asked by “ th’ maister” why he had not put it up, he said “I were feared to get it weat (wet).” John’s duties principally were to look after and attend to the cows. If they happened to be unusually frisky, he would describe them as being “‘ fair malancholly.” Doubtless he had heard the word used by some one and he would think that such a long word ought to do for anything and everything. John was once sent by his mistress on an errand to a lady friend. She gave him a basket and told him to give it to her with her compliments. As John did not offer to go he was told he had nothing else to wait for ; he replied “ Yoih (yes) oi (I) have, yo’ han’t geen (you have not given) me th’ compli- ments.” Not having the remotest idea what was the meaning of “compliments” he would probably judge from the length of the word, that they would be either ponderous instruments or something of great value to put into the basket.

Page 103

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 97

It may appear strange, but it is none the less true, that John was accustomed to moralise. His master once bought a very large and powerful horse, and it was as idle as it was big and strong, which is saying a deal. John not knowing that he was heard thus commented upon the brute’s failing ; ‘‘ Ah tha’ loikes (thou likes) wark that tha’ does, tha’ loikes wark (work) but tha’ loikes it a far way off,’ and this remark will apply to a great many members of the more intelligent part of the animal kingdom. One beautiful Christmas-day, while the snow was lying on the ground, and the frost was very sharp, I went to see John who had been unwell for a week or two. He was astonished at the great cleverness of his landlord who had been the day before, who could ‘‘wroite so fast yo’ (you) could hardly see his hend goa (hand go),” and who could “read th’ newspapper as weel as th’ parson.” Sarah, John’s wife, did not like the frost and snow because as she said “ yo’ mun’ (you must) understand I’m troubled varry ill (very much) with th’ rhumatiz in my feet, and can’t walk so varry weel (very well).” She told me with a sorrowful countenance that a woman who lived near, and who “regillated th’ weather,” said there would be keen frost for eight or ten weeks. In addition to his duties as farmer’s man, John when in active service used to drive an old fashioned cab, in which his master went to and from his place of business. It was a peculiarly constructed vehicle very different from modern cabs. The door was not on one side but at the opposite end to the driver, who sat in front. One night during the winter, while John was waiting for his master at the office door, some naughty boys determined to have a lark. They opened the door of the cab, and shut it with a bang. One of them then shouted out ‘‘all right” in imitation of the master’s voice, and John drove home. When he arrived at his journey’s end he jumped off the seat and opened the door. No one coming out he peered inside and his astonishment may be better imagined than described, when he found the cab empty. In his bewilderment he looked under the seats and took up the cushions, at last in despair, he shouted out “ Maister, maister, wheriver an yo’ getten to?” For some time after this incident he used to mount the box with fear and trembling lest he himself should mysteri- ously disappear, for he was convinced that his ‘maister” did get in. ‘ Dost ta (thou) think,” he said, “oi should a’ (have) been sich a foile (such a fool) as to coom away ba’at (without) him, not oi indeed, oi should a’ thought tha’ would a’ had more wit (sense) nor to think oi should.”

Page 104

98 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

When bicycles became the rage some years since, they were very clumsy compared with modern machines. A young man who lived in the same village as “yar Sarah” had one, and doubtless thought that he was greatly in advance of his neigh- bours. One day he passed by John’s house pushing his machine, as the road was too steep for him toride. Just then Sarah happened to be looking, and saw this strange apparition ; she meditated for a short time, at length light dawned upon her, and delighted at her discovery she exclaimed to her sister, “Si thee Betty, si thee, betheft if there isn’t a scitthors grinder.” When the bicyclist heard this, he was filled with wrath, but like a wise man he held his peace. John and Sarah are still living. Neither of them can either read or write. John is now very feeble, and a short time since has retired from work. It used to be a treat to see him dressed up for state occasions. He would wear yellow corduroy trousers ; his coat and waistcoat were a dark blue and the buttons brass. They were the same in which he was married, so the cut, as may be imagined, was rather old-fashioned ; he had also a tall white hat, with a black band. John was and is very proud of this hat, as his master gave it him years ago when he had worn it, as he considered, shabby. Many times at a general election he has been canvassed for his vote by both parties, but always turned a deaf ear to their arguments, and completely silenced them by saying “I shall voate as th’ maister does, so yo’ (you) moight as weel hold yor din (might as well hold your noise).” I have endeavoured to sketch a few of the sayings and oddities of a man and his wife representing a primitive class which is dying out. With all his peculiarities John has been a faithful and hard-working servant, careful of his master’s interests, and anxious to promote, in his humble way, the wel- fare of those whom he served. These traits I am afraid are difficult to find in modern servants. Education has done much good in many ways, and is, I believe, absolutely necessary for the future prosperity and well-being of the country ; but as yet the working classes have not been educated to that standard to know that the interests of the employers are also the interests of the employed. I hope and believe that when the minds of the latter have been enlightened on this point, the relationships existing between masters and men will be more friendly in the future than they have been in the past, and that mutual depend- ence will be combined with good feeling and mutual esteem. A. RoBINson.

Page 105

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 99

CHESS AS AN ARBITER.

I was young, and in love. Who that is young is not in love ? Is not youth the season when the tender passion usurps dominion over us all? At all events, I was in love. I was poor, but who that is in love counts the cost as he folds the loved one to his heart and sips the nectar from her willing lips? The object of my passion was my cousin Alice, a tall and graceful girl of nineteen. Her father was the proprietor of a large and valuable estate in shire ; and though this was the largest in the county, he was anxious to increase it by uniting his daughter in marriage to the wealthy proprietor of the adjoining estate, an old bachelor of more than forty winters, who, though not polished in his language or manners, was a man of good principles. He had already shown some attentions to my cousin, and it was on these that my uncle built his hopes. My uncle knew of my passion for his daughter, and strongly suspected that it was returned by the latter ; but he always pretended to treat our love affair as a good joke, and declared that he had in view for his daughter a husband more suited to her station in life and her future position in society. Alice, however, protested that she did not wish to marry, and would not leave her father as long as he would permit her to cheer his declining years. As she was an only child, and her mother was dead, she had hitherto managed to have her own way in this matter; but her father had been lately talking very seriously to her about his desire to see her settled in life before he should be taken away. Now we young people had broken a ring between us, and made corresponding promises and vows ; and this avowal of her father’s wishes troubled us greatly. But when did the course of true love run smooth ? My uncle was an enthusiastic lover of Chess, and devoted several hours a day to the study of his favourite game. He had long ago taught it his daughter, and she was nearly as skilful a player as himself. Many were the evenings they passed in mimic battle on the chequered field. One evening, when my uncle was more than usually fortunate in his play, he announced to us the startling intelligence that Mr. Bayard, our wealthy neighbour, had formally asked for permission to pay his addresses to my cousin. This announce- ment caused such a tempest in our usually quiet circle that my uncle, to create a diversion, made the following curious propo- sition to us. He said, “I challenge you both to a game of Chess, in which I, having the move, conduct the attack against your defence, in which you play the moves alternately, neither consulting over the game, nor intimating by word or sign, your

Page 106

100 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

intentions to your partner. In case you win, Mr. Bayard—this béte noir of yours—shall receive his congé ; but if you lose, he shall have my consent and my approval! I was about to pro- test against this as a very unfair contest, in which all the advantages were on my uncle’s side, but Alice promptly accepted the challenge ; and after cautioning me to be very careful, and to play as much as possible on the defensive, the game began as follows—my cousin playing the moves one, three, five, seven, &c.—and I the even moves, two, four, six, eight, &c., though some of my moves may appear rather odd to the reader.

Wuits (My UNcLE.) Brack (THE ALLIES.) l PtoK 4 l. PtoK 4 2, PtoK B4 2. P takes P 3 BtoQB4 3. PtoQ4 4. B takes P 4. QtoR 5 (ch) 5. K to Bsq 5. Pto K Kt 4 6. KttoQB3 6 PtcQB3 7 BtoB4 7 BtoK Kt 2 8 PtoQ4 8. Ktto K 2 9. KttoK B3 9. QtoR 4 10. PtoK R4 10. PtoK R3 ll. K to Kt sq ll. Qto Kt3 12. KttoK 5 12. B takes Kt 13. P takes B 13. Qto Kt 2 14. QtoR5 14. Ktto K Kt 3 15. P takes Kt P 15. Q takes K P 16. BtoQ3 16. Q to B 4 (ch)

I ought to have checked at Q 5, which would have won a Rook, or else Queen for a Rook. 17.

K to B sq 17. P takes Kt P 18. Q takes R (ch) 18. Kt takes Q 19. R takes Kt (ch) 19. KtoQ 2 20. Bto Q 2 20. PtoQ Kt 4 21. RtoK sq 21. Qto K 4 22. RtoR7 22. KtoK 3 23. Kt to Q sq 23. Kt to Q 2 24. BtoQB3 24. QtoQB4 25. Rto K R 6 (ch) 25. K to K 2 26. PtoQR3 26. PtoQR 4 27. PtoQ Kt 4 27. Qto Kt3 28. PtoK 5 28. K B sq 29. P takes R P 29. QtoB2 30. Bto Kt 4 (ch) 30. PtoB4 31. KttoB3 31. BtoK 3 32. Kt takes Kt P 32. QtoB 3

33. BtoQB3 33. PtoQB5

Page 107

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 101

Here my partner, who was somewhat nervous at the turn the game had taken, made an oversight which cost us the exchange.

34. BtoK 4 34. Q takes Kt 35. B takes R 30. Ktto Kt 3 36. Bto Kt 4 (ch) 36. K to Q 2 37. R to Q sq (ch) 37. K to B sq 38. BtoQB3 38. Kt takes K P 39. R to R 8 (ch) 39. K to B 2 40. Bto Kt 4 40. P to Q B 6 (dis ch)

I made this move merely to gain time; in this critical position I sought to throw the move on my partner.

41. K to Kt sq 41, KttoQB5d 42. RtoQ3 42. QtoR 3 43. BtakesQ BP 43. Q to R 2 (ch) 44. K to R sq 44. QtoK B7 45. BtoK 4 45. Q to B 8 (ch) 46. KtoR2

Here I was about to move Kt to K 6, thinking to get a fatal check at K Kt 5, but as my hand approached the Knight to move him, an involuntary exclamation from Alice arrested me, and glancing at her I perceived that she was very pale and much agitated. Somewhat startled, I looked at the Chess-board again, and then I saw, what had escaped my notice before, that if the Kt was moved we were instantly mated by B to K 5! And now it was my nervous system that was out of order ; but I was young and hopeful, and soon recovered myself. After much cogitation I discovered that 46. P to K Kt 5 was both safe and effective.

46. Pto Kt5 47. Pto Kt 3 47. PtoBé6 48. Bto K 5 (ch) 48. Kt takes B 49. RtoQ2 49. PtoK B7

And White resigned.

At the conclusion of the game there was an awkward silence for a few moments. Neither Alice nor I ventured to speak lest we should betray too much exultation ; while my uncle was evidently disappointed at the result of the game. At length he said, “‘ Well, I made the proposal and I will adhere to its terms, Mr. Bayard shall receive his congé this very evening ; I will write him a letter, and ” “No need for that,” said a gruff voice, and Mr. Bayard walked into the room unannounced. “‘T am here,” continued he, “and you can give me my congé now ; but I promise you I shall be-hard to get rid of for all

Page 108

102 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

that ;” and he actually laughed at what he seemed to consider a good joke! My uncle was somewhat taken aback for a moment, while Alice looked very demure ; but I laughed outright, knowing that my uncle was just in the mood to dismiss Mr. “ Be-hard” with but scant ceremony. To our surprise, however, his mood changed in a moment, and extending his hand to his visitor, he said, laughingly, “No, no! I will write you a letter, which shall be delivered to you as you leave; and as I have several other letters to write [ hope you will excuse me this evening. Would you like to play a game of Chess with my daughter? We have just been playing a few games, and everything is ready. There is some of your favourite sherry on the side- board, in discussing which my nephew will doubtless join you ; and may victory perch on your banner ;” and the old gentleman skipped out of the room like one who has had a load of doubts and anxieties removed from his mind; for it seems, after all, that he had not been altogether pleased with the idea of sacrificing his daughter at the shrine of Mr. Bayard’s wealth. : . After a few minutes’ conversation on indifferent subjects, I set up the pieces on the Chess-board, and having cast lots for the first move, it fell to my cousin, and the game began as follows :—

Waite (ALICE.) Buack (Mr. Bayarp.) l PtoK 4 PtoQ Kt 3 2. PtoQ4 2, BtoQ Kt 2 3. BtoQ 3 3. PtoK 3 4, KttoK B3 4, PtoQ4 5. PtoK 5 5. PtoQB4 6 PtoQB3 6. P takes P 7. P takes P 7. Ktto K 2 8. BtoK Kt 5 8 QtoQB 2 9. Castles 9. Kt to Kt 3 10. KttoQR3 10. B takes Kt 11. Qto R 4 (ch) ll. Kt to Q 2 12. Q takes B 12, PtoKR3 13. QRtoQBsq 13. Q to Q Kt sq 14. BtoK R4 14. Kt takes B 15. Kt takes Kt 15. Q to Q sq 16. Ktto K Kt 6 16. Rto K Kt sq 17. RtoQB7 17. Rtp Q Kt sq 18. R takes Kt 18. Q takes R

19. Bto Kt 5 and Black resigned.

Page 109

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 103

At the conclusion of this game Mr. Bayard looked rather crest-fallen ; but he soon rallied, and, laughing scornfully, declared that my cousin’s game had played itself; that he was not fairly beaten, and that he was ready to try again. I was indignant, and boldly stated my belief that my cousin could give him the odds of a Kt and beat him ; whereupon, without a word, this audacious girl coolly removed her Queen’s Knight, and played 1.PtoK 4. Mr. Bayard responded with 1. P to K 4, and the game had advanced five or six moves on each side before Mr. Bayard fully realised the fact that he had accepted the odds. It was now too late to retreat, and he continued the game with an expression of mortification and humiliation that in no way added to his personal attractiveness. The game went on as below, my cousin playing, as it seemed to me, with the utmost recklessness ; while Mr. Bayard became very careful, and tried to change off pieces as much as possible.

Remove White’s Queen’s Knight.

WHITE (ALICE.) Buiack (Mr. l PtoK 4 l PtoK 4 2 PtoK B4 2. P takes P 3. KttoK B3 3. Pto K Kt 4 4. PtooK R4 4. PtoK Kt5 5. Ktto K 5 5. PtoK R4 6 BtoQB4 6 RtoK R 2 7. PtoQ4 7. PtoQ3 8. Kt takes B P 8. R takes Kt 9. B takes R (ch) 9. K takes B 10. B takes BP 10. BtoR3 11. Castles 11. B 12. R takes B (ch) 12. K to K sq 13. QtoQ3 13. KttoQB3 14. QRto K Bsq 14. Q takes R P 15. R to B 8 (ch) 15. K toQ 2 16. R takes Kt 16. Ktto K 2 17. RtoK Kt7 17. KtoQB3 18. Q to QB 4 (ch) 18. K to Kt 3 19. R takes Kt 19. PtoK Kt6 20. Q takes B P (ch) 20. KtoR3

And Alice announced mate in six moves.

“ Pooh! Pooh! Nonsense ;” said Mr. Bayard, on hearing this, ‘ you can have a few checks, which I can parry by advan- cing my Queen’s Knight’s Pawn, and then I must win in a few moves.” But Alice played on and mated him in six moves as announced. Mr. Bayard was evidently much mortified, but tried

Page 110

104 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

to make light of his defeat, saying, “Ah! yes, indeed. Quite simple,.I wonder I didn’t see it,” é&c., &c. ; and, having apparently no relish for another trial of skill with so clever an adversary, he began to speak of problems, and asked my cousin if she was in the habit of solving these ‘‘ Chess-gems,” as he called them. On her replying in the negative, and pleading the difficulty of the task as her reason for neglecting them, he appeared to take courage, and descanted at length on his solving abilities, con- cluding by saying, “I seldom take more than ten or fifteen minutes to solve a four-move problem, and from two to three minutes for a three-mover. As for two-movers, my average time is less than five seconds, and in some cases I have solved them the instant that my mind has taken in the relative position and bearing of the pieces.” Alice politely expressed the proper and conventional degree of surprise and admiration at the mention of such transcendental ability ; but I determined to put our friend to the test, and asking him if he would be so kind as to solve a two-move problem for me which I had tried for several days without success, I set up the position, and placed it before him with the remark that I would fill our wine-glasses while he was solving the problem, and we would afterwards drink to the

health of the composer.

BLACK. Wh, WEG

4 S Seas A

See

WHITE.

Mr. Bayard applied himself to the task I set him, while I filled our glasses, and after a minute or so I drank my wine and refilled the glass, but as yet there was no opportunity to toast the composer. Five minutes passed away and still Mr. Bayard seemed puzzled. At length I said,

Page 111

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 105

‘Well! your five seconds have extended themselves into five minutes, and yet the problem refuses to give up its secret. How is this?” ‘ Why George,” exclaimed Alice, archly, “ you do not suppose that Mr. Bayard is trying to solve the problem yet ; he is merely ‘taking in the relative position and bearing of the pieces ;’ when he has accomplished that, the solution will, of course, follow in a few seconds.” This was said apologetically, but with a slight touch of sarcasm ; and Mr. Bayard winced under the lash, though so gently applied. ‘“‘ This is rather a complicated position,” said he, “and it takes some time to ‘bring system out of chaos,’ as Mr. Loyd says, but I think I have at length got the latitude and longitude of all the pieces. And now for the solution ;”—and then almost instantly he added, “Ah! I have it! Yes, very pretty.” He then proceeded to show me the various defences at Black’s command, with White’s proper reply. This occupied two or three minutes more, and extended the time spent on the problem to ten minutes. “Why!” exclaimed Alice, with well-affected astonishment and delight, ‘“‘Mr. Bayard, you were scarcely a second in solving it—that is, after you had taken in the position, and ‘brought system out of chaos.’ At this rate you could solve 50 problems in a minute. You excel the great Samuel Loyd, who (this was said contemptuously) actually took 15 minutes to solve 180 problems !” Mr. Bayard was half-pleased, but more than half-puzzled as to her real meaning, and so I hastened to make things more clear. “It is true,” I said, “ Mr. Bayard required 74 minutes to ‘take in the position,’ and 24 more to point out all the variations. This raises the time to fen minutes; so that 50 problems would take Mr. Bayard 8 hours and 20 minutes to solve ;” adding drily, “ but I suppose the extra time required to ‘take in the position’ is not counted by problem-solvers, otherwise Mr. Loyd must have taken several days, working 10 hours per day, to do his 180 little problems for the Lebanon Herald.” Mr. Bayard now appeared “to take in the situation” pretty accurately, and showed a strong desire to escape from his tor- mentors ; probably that he might endeavour to “ bring system out of the chaos ” of feelings which raged within his distracted breast. But he was not to escape without a parting shot from Alice.—Reader, did you ever know a woman fail to have the last word ? “Oh! Mr. Bayard!” she exclaimed, with an attempt to look serious, “‘ you must excuse my cousin ; it was very wrong

Page 112

106 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

of him to make such remarks, after you were so kind as to solve that problem for him ; but I really believe he envies you the marvellous powers of solving which you possess, and ” here she broke down completely, and sank into a chair in a fit of laughter. I was not slow to follow her example, while our laughter was echoed from the door-way, where my uncle had been an unobserved spectator of the problem-solving scene. Poor Mr. Bayard, whose mortification seemed to give way to a sense of the ridiculous position in which he found himself, concluded to make the best of the situation, and burst into a roar of laughter that would have done credit to a hyena. His good humour was completely restored ; and when my uncle proposed that we should all drink to the health of the composer of that problem, no one was more hearty in his praises of the problematist than Mr. Bayard. He soon after took his leave, refusing, however, to receive that letter, remarking, with a sly wink at my uncle, that he was quite able to “take in the position ” of affairs in this little problem, but thought the parson was the better qualified to effect the mate. Need I say that he was right 1

CHESS.

Problem BWeourney. Problem No. 131. Set No. XV. No. 132. I Set No. XV. BLACK. BLACK.

wi a

7

ly i Ye Yb YLYL YW) 4 /, oy a Z I WM YZ FY

S14. My I Bn ly Yay Yj

‘a “o oF a ‘a

WHITE. WHITE. White to play and mate in two moves, White to play and mate in three moves.

Page 113

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 107

No. 133. Problem Dlourney. Set No. XV. BLACK.

UY wy pa

WA SW

N X \ XS

Uy Yi jy PUA, 7 I YHy YY Bite Vita vy Wi

‘fo Ye Yb 7 7 8

WHITE. White to play and mate in four moves,

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

GAME IV.

PuaYepD at the third annual meeting of the West Yorkshire Chess Association held at Halifax, May 22nd, 1858, between the Editor and Mr. J. S. Kipping.

We preface the game with an extract from the Halifax Guardian of May 29th, 1858. “During the evening some really admirable games were engaged in, one or two of which are worthy of mention. The first was a game played by Mr. Thomas, of Halifax, against Mr. Pindar, of Manchester, developing great powers of mind on the part of both gentlemen, the former proving successful. Mr. Pindar, after another strong contest, was again defeated, by Mr. Wormald, of York. The game of the day, however, was one played between Mr. Kipping, of Manchester, and Mr. Watkinson,

Page 114

108 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

of Huddersfield. During the playing of this game the chances of success apparently alternated several times, and the large group of eager lookers-on would first imagine that the White had the best ground to expect winning, and anon the Black. After a long and certainly a very severe struggle, Mr. Watkinson was obliged to surrender ; nevertheless, the powers of the two gentlemen, judging from their playing on Saturday, may be

regarded as about equal.”

Waite (Mr. WarkInson.)

Buiack (Mr. KIpPtna.)

1 PtoK 4 l PtoK 4 2. KttoK B3 2. KttoQB3 3. PtoQ4 3. P takes P 4. BtooQB4 4. BtoQB4 5 PtoQB3 5. PtoQs3 6. P takes P 6. BtoQ Kt 3 7. Castles (a) 7. BtoK 8 BtoK 3 8 QtoK B3 9. Kt to Q B83 (bd) 9. B takes Kt 10. Q takes B 10. Q takes Q ll. P takes Q ll. Q Kt takes Q P (c) 12. QKttoQ5 12. QKttoK 3 13. B 13. RP takes B 14. QRtoQ Bsq 14. QR to QB gq (d) 15. KR to Q sq 15. K Kt to K 2 16. BtoQ Kt 5 (ch) 16. K to Q sq (e) 17. Kt takes Q Kt P 17. QRto Q Kt gq (f) 18. P to K 5 (g) 18. KKttoK B4 19. Kt to Q B 4 (h) 19. K KttoQ 5 20. P takes P 20. K Kt takes B (7) 21. P takes P (dou ch) 21. K takes P 22. Kt to K 5 (dis ch) 22. KtoQ Kt 3 23. Kt to Q7 (ch) 23. KtoQR 2 24. QRtoQB4 24. K KttoQ B2 25. QRtoQR4 (ch) 25. K KttoQR3 26. Kt takes R (js) 26. K takes Kt 27. QRtoQB4 27. PtoK R 4 28. PtoK B4 28. RtoK R3 29. PtoK B5d 29. QKtto K Kt4 30. PtoK B4 30. Q Kt to K B 6 (ch) 31. KtoR sq 3l. RtoK B 3 32. K R to Q 8 (ch) 32. KtoQR2 338. K Rto K Kt 8 33. R to Q 3 (k) 34. Kto Kt 2 34. Q Kt to K R 5 (ch) 35. K to Kt 3 35. Q Kt takes P (ch) 36. KtoB3 36. Pto K Kt 3

Page 115

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 109

37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66.

move.

20°90 OA ya i

cH png OUT fe

m 2

oo O S

mere Site ae SS

S So mA oe OR Rc

Go re

SESSSSCRSSSSS SAS OAS SS ct > CO py A ~ ct os

ce °° & x ct 00

Dr RS et

R takes P (ch) (é) K to K B 2

37. 38. 39.

40.

41. 42.

43. 44, 45, 46.

47. 48

51. 52. 53.

54.

55. 56.

57. 58. 59.

60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66.

49, 50.

oe OW O9 a 3S = &

2 (ch) 8 K

OQOonry

K Kt takes P takes P Rto KB 3

t P(n)

K toQB7 K takes R K toQB 6

And in a few moves White surrendered. Duration three hours.

NOTES BY THE REV. C. E. RANKEN,

Editor of the Chess Chronicle. (2) Kt to Q B 8 at this point is the usual, and, we believe, the better

Q Kt 5, or B to K 3. (6) This should involve the loss of a valuable Pawn ; B to Q Kt 5 is the correct play. (c) Taking with the wrong piece, which speedily gives White the superior position.

(2)

PtoQB 3 and RtoR 4. (ec) K to B sq would be answered by B toQ 7. White plays all this

part of the

e with great judgm

If then Black play B to Kt 5, White can reply with either B to

e would have done better to have given up the Pawn at once by

(f) It is clear that he could not take-the Kt without being mated at

once,

Page 116

110 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

(g) A natural but by no means a good move, since it lets in the adverse Kt. The following appears to be the proper course :

18. KttoB4 18. Kt to QB sq (best) 19. PtoK B4 19. Kt takes P (or *) 20. Kt to K 5 with a winning position.

*19. K to K 2 (best) 20. PtoK 5 Black has now four lines of play, which we will examine in order.

In the first place, 20. Kt takes P

23. P takes P (ch) 21. P takes P 22. Kt takes P 22. Kt takes Kt 23. Rto B7 (ch 23. KtoK 3 24. BtoQ7 (ch 24. KtoK 4 25. B 5 (ch) recovering the Kt with the best game. Secondly, 20. P takes P 21. R to Q 7 (ch) 21. KtoB3 22. Kt takes P, &c. Thirdly, 20. PtoQB3 21. P takes P (ch) 21. K to Q sq, B 3, or B sq 22. KttoK 5, &c. Fourthly, 20. K RtoQ sq 21. PtoBd 21. Kt to Kt 4. 22. Ktto R65, and however Black plays, White will have the advantage.

To facilitate reference, we give a diagram of the position before White’s 18th move.

mie a oe

Ware (Mr. Position after Black’s 17th move.

N

=

Page 117

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 111

K This loses a piece or two Pawns; he shonld have played the t to . (i) If, instead of capturing the Bishop, Black had checked at K 7, White would have won easily, ¢.g. 20. Kt to K 7 (ch)

21. K to B sq 21. Kt takes Q R 22. P BP (douch) 22. K takes P 23. R to Q7 (ch) 23. K to Q B sq 24. Kt mates

(7) It does not appear that an attempt to keep up the pressure by P to Q Kt 4 would have been of any use, e.g.

26. Pto Kt 4 26. PtoQ Kt 4 27. RtoR5S 27. K RtoQ sq 28. RtoQ6 28. Kt to B 2, &c.

_ (k) Well played, if White now take the P, he is mated in three moves. (2) R to Q 7 must have won the K R P, and was in every way a much better move. (m) Owing to the distance to which Black has removed his Kts he cannot now exchange Rooks and win the P without losing the Pawns on his King’s side. (2) Kt to K B 3 would gain nothing here for Black. (0) Forcing the exchange of Rooks, which certainly gives White the only chance of playing for a draw. (p) The best move. Black would have found it very hard to win had he taken the P. (7) An error ; he should have played his Q Kt to Kt 5, e.g. 54,

Q Kt to Kt 5 55. Rto K Kt7 55. Kt takes P 56. R takes P 56. Q Kt to Kt 5 57. Rto Kt 5 57. Q Kt toQ6 58. P 58. Pto Kt 5

and wins, because Black can always prevent White from giving up his R for the P. (r) P to K R 4 or K to B 2 look like stronger play. (s) Here again P to K R 4 appears to be the proper move. (t) An unhappy termination. Mr. Watkinson should have played K to B 2, which would have gained all-important time, and given him an easy draw, ¢.g. 65.

K to B 2 65. P Queens 66. R takes Q 66. K takes R 67. KtoB3 67. Kt to K 3 (best) 68. K to K 4 68. Kt to Kt 2 (best) 69. KtoK 5 69. KtoB7 70. KtoBé 70. KtoQ6

71. K takes Kt, &c.

CHESS CURIOSITIES.

No. I

White :—K at Q 4; Qat K Kt 6; R atQR8. Black :—K at K 2. White to move his K only and mate in six moves.

Page 118

112 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

No. II.—By Mr. D. R. MacLEop, oF QUEBEC.

Place on the board White K, two White Rooks, and Black K, so that White can mate in two moves, but on substituting White Q for one of the Rooks it will require three moves to mate in the same position.

SoLUTIONS OF PROBLEMS IN “ ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS.”

No. XXIII.

WHITE. WHITE. WHITE. 1. Kt at Bato 4 B to Raq 8. KttoQ B2(ch) 11. Kt to QR 2 R 3 (ch) 5. R to Q Kt 8q 9. Kttod Req(ch) som) 2. Kt to B3 6. Rto K R sq 10. R to P mates 3. K to Kt 6 7,.RtoK R2 Black's moves forced. No. XXIV. I With K R 11. KtoKt2 13. K KttoK 3 1.QKttoQ3 3 12. Q KttoK B214. Kt to K B sq 2. Q Kt to 5 7 Kt to Kt 5 (ch) (dis mate) 8. Kt to 8. & to In XXIV. if mate is given with 4. K Kt to Kt 2 9. K KttoK B5 gi 5. KtoKsq 10. QKttoK 4 (ch) the Q R the foregoing play is sym-

metrically reversed.

No. XXV.

toR2(ch) 6. BtoR5 (ch) 11. RtoR8(ch) 16. Q to B 7 (ch) toQ Ktsq(ch) 7. Bto Kt 4(ch) I 12. Qto Kt7 (ch) 17. KttoK B4(ch) to Q B 6 (ch) 8. B to R 3 (ch) I 13. R to R 6 (ch) 18. Q to B 6 (ch) toB7(ch) 9. BtoKt2(ch) I 14. Q to Kt 6(ch)19. K to B 4 (ch) to Kt 6 (ch) 10. QtoQKt6(ch) I 15. QtoQB6(ch) 20. P mates

No. XXVI. WHITE. BLACK WHITE. BLACK. 1. K to B6 1. K to Kt sq 18. P to K 6 2. K to K 7 2. K to Kt 2 14. K to Kt 6 3. P to Kt 4 3. K to Kt 3 15. Pto K 7 4,.PtoB4 4. K to Kt 2 16. K to R 5 16. K to R 2 5.PtoB5 5. K to R 3 17, P checks 17. K to Kt sq 6. K to B 6 6. K to R 2 18. K to Kt 5 7. P to Kt & 7. K to Kt sq 19. KtoR 6 8. K to K7 8. K to Kt 2 20. P checks 9. P to K 4 9. K to Kt sq 21. P mates 10. P to B6 10. K to R 2 This is the main play. Minor 11. KtoB7 variations are left to the ingenuity 12, PtoK 5 of solvers.

*.* The author of Problem 127 does not seem to have been aware that if Black play 1. Q to Q 5 mate ensues in three moves by 2. P takes Q. Those solvers, therefore, who omitted variation (a) in their solutions did so in accordance with the rules of the competition, and will not be subject to any drawback in connection therewith.

Page 119

Huddersfield College Magazine.

THE BEST GIFT.

(The following lines, by an “Old Boy,” appeared in Harper’s Monthly Magazine for November of last year ; we have much pleasure in reproducing them in our columns.)

Arounp the cradle that thy childhood bare Came God’s own angels, with their pitying eyes, And gazed upon thee in a still surprise To see beyond heaven’s portal aught so fair. They brought thee precious gifts. One gave to thee The gift of beauty for thy body’s grace, Deep smiling eyes to light a dreamy face, And perfect limbs, as young Apollo’s be. One set the crown of genius on thy head, And one bestowed a heart like woman’s own— Strong as the sea, and trembling at a breath. Last, a veiled figure bent above the bed And said : “I give thee everything in one, In Heaven J am named Love: men call me Death.”

“So shalt thou never tread the weary ways That lead men up the dusty slopes of life, Nor feel the fierceness of the noonday strife Knowing alone the morning of thy days. For thee the dew shall linger on the flower, ‘The light that never was on land or sea’ Shall have no momentary gleam for thee, But brighten into love’s immortal hour. Thy beauty’s grace shall never know decay, Nor sorrow lay her hand upon thy heart ; Neither shall chill mistrust thy spirit slay, But, like a star, thy life shall pass away, Its light still shining, though itself depart, Until all stars are lost in one eternal day.”

February, 1878. I F

Page 120

114 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

FOOTBALL.

HUDDERSFIELD CoLLEGE (SECOND TEAM) v. WELLHOTSE ACADEMY.

THIs match was played on the Mirfield ground, on Wednesday, November 28th, and resulted in a victory for College by two goals, seven touch-downs, and one dead ball, to nil. The College kicked off, and the game was carried on mostly in the Wellhouse territory. Just before half-time, Halstead, by a good dodgy run, secured a touch-down which Walker converted into a goal. Ends were changed and Wellhouse had to act on the defensive for some time. J. H. Walker and C. W. Porter relieved their goal several times by good runs but only to be returned. About ten minutes before call of time Storry kicked a splendid goal from the field. No other point being gained, a pleasant and agreeable game was brought to a conclusion. For Wellhouse, J. H. Walker, Porter, Reynolds, and Moore played very well. For College, Woodhead, Wilks, Halstead, and Storry also played well.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE (SEcoND TEAM) v. WAVERLEY (First TEAM.)

The above match was played on Saturday, December 8th, on the ground of the latter. Waverley kicked off, the ball was returned, and for a while kept in neutral ground. After a series of scrimmages it was driven behind the goal line of the home team, but declared by the umpires dead. Being brought out more scrimmaging took place, varied by an occasional run, which was much impeded by the state of the ground, and half- time was called before another point was scored. After a few minutes the ball was again started for the College by Storry, and returned for Waverley. The scrimmaging now went rather in favour of the home team, who succeeded in gaining a disputed try. Play then went on without a decided advantage to either, till the ball again crossing the home line, a touch-down was put to the credit of the College. After this Waverley compelled the visitors to touch down. The ball was then in loose play for some time, now in the Waverley ground, now in that of the College. A touch-down was added to the score of the former, and time was called just as the ball had passed all the Waverley backs and the goal line, with the College forwards in close pur- suit. The match thus ended in a draw in favour of Waverley by a disputed try and two touch-downs, to one touch-down and a dead ball.

Page 121

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 115

ON COOKERY.

rubbish is the fellow going to give us now?” some of you may ask on seeing the title. If you, as boys, take no interest in the subject, I crave your indulgence for the present, feeling assured that in years to come, when your appetites are not quite so keen, but far more difficult to manage, I won't say satisfy, than at present, then will be the time of my triumph, for triumph it will be, if I can only get you to acknowledge that there must be a germ of truth in what I now venture to put before you. Rubbish and trifle it may seem now but wait till you get nearer the end of the feast, and if you don’t then agree with me I promise to eat fare of my own cooking. Will that please you? As civilisation advances, cookery, as one of the Fine Arts, puts forward its claims more and more, nay, it now, with a pertinacity which must have a considerable show of reason to back it up, stands out for a place amongst the sciences. The commercial prosperity of a country, they say, is gauged by its chemical knowledge. A kindred proposition is that the intellectual status of a community may be measured by its skill ia cookery. If we begin with North American Indians and their roast buffalo, and then turn to the Australian squatter with his billy of tea and damper, whose only change, as we used to learn at school, is damper and a billy of tea, and place the different nationalities in a scale which we suppose culminates in the French, we shall, as I before said, find civilisation to be in direct proportion to the degree of perfection to which the culinary art is carried. Of course to bear out the parallel, we must find (as we may do) that the character of the cookery varies with the varying intellectual traits of the people. Is their wit bright and sparkling, then will their food be ditto; their conversation and writing dull and ponderous, then their fare heavy and indigestible, and so on through the whole chapter of qualities. Here, however, let me say once and for all that by cookery I do not merely include the preparation of food, but, so far as possible the whole gastronomical science. In your searches for a cook you will find a huudred men or women quite adepts in the preparation of food, but only one will it be your good fortune to come across who can send you up such a combination of dishes, that your appetite or taste will not fail till the feast of reason is ended. First, what are we to consider as essential to wholesome cookery? Doctors discoursing to you on the subject will enter into a long rigmarole about the breaking down of F 3

Page 122

116 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

fibrine by the gastric juice or the acid in it; of the conversion of albuminoids into peptones and metapeptones ; the trans- formation of starch into saccharine matter and the like. No doubt there is a good deal in what they say, but we, amongst the uninitiated, are about as wise when they have done as we were to begin with. However, to understand what is necessary before we can get at a true conception of the first prin- ciples of cookery, we must enter a little into the above details of the doctors. When we boil a piece of flesh meat what end is to be arrived at? It is found that continued heat and moisture break down the fibre of the flesh and so allow it to be more readily masticated. That being the case half the digestive process is completed, for were it not done in this way the process of breaking down would have to go on in the stomach. Then again, why do we boil or bake our farinaceous food? We are told by physiologists and chemists that by warmth and moisture the starchy matter of potatoes, grain, etc., is converted into sugar in which form only can this matter be taken up from the alimentary canal. This being partially done there is less work for the saliva to do, so that we have an actual gain to the body as less energy is needed to prepare the food for nutrient purposes. Then again, we may by appropriate stewing with sugar convert unripe fruit into the true ripened wholesome article, agreeable to the taste and profitable to the system. We might take examples almost innumerable illustrative of the above statements, but as we are writing merely for our fellow ignoramuses, those adduced will amply serve our purpose. Having thus given merely the general principles upon which cookery is based we leave the kitchen, to be followed in due course by the dishes prepared by our chef, who must send them up in the order we desire ; who must prepare only such as we order; and who must pay the strictest attention to our slightest hint. What a barbarous custom it is having soup to begin with ! Were this dish made a kind of preparatory business, say an hour before the real work comes on, we could perceive the advantage of it ; but to deluge the stomach with such a watery compound, as is at present the custom, is simply absurd and accounts in great measure for much of the dyspepsia of the present age. Were there only soup to be digested, all well and good. But when solid food follows in its wake so soon, the gastric juice in its diluted state can accomplish digestion but very imperfectly until the fluid is mostly passed into the blood, and thus much good time is wasted ; the dinner is heavy, and indigestion is the result. Well then, having got rid of the soup, we must think of what is to follow, and before we take this up

Page 123

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 117

we cannot do better than study the Turkish menu— sweets and meats alternately. They have hit on the right trail. Our nerves of taste like our nerves of sight get accustomed to one thing, or should we say become exhausted. The eye soon becomes weary of looking at one colour, or a distaste even may be developed. What is most grateful to it is a change or a combination such that all the functions may be separately and successively, or it may be simultaneously exercised. Then can no weariness come on as each set of nerves in turn is rested, so that when its opportunity for work comes, it is fresh and strong and can fully appreciate all the beauties and excellences which it is intended it should observe. Similarly with the sense of taste. It may be that there are different nerve filaments for perceiving the different tastes, but however that may be, it is found to be a fact, and a demonstrated fact to every one who has a sense of taste, that one article of diet soon loses its special flavour, or only gives it out to us in a minor degree, after a certain quantity has been consumed. Such being the cage we must so arrange our bill of fare that each set of taste organs may be in succession brought into action. And not that only, but we must at the beginning of our feast present to our guests dishes of delicate flavour and subtle aroma. As the appetite fails and the gout palls we may come to more stimulating fare and then is the time for the curry and cheese to be properly appreciated, and not, as we sometimes get our curry, early in the fray, for after it we are unable to taste anything but sweets for the remainder of that meal. A good dinner, like a good picture, should have strong lights and shades, gradually, however, toned down into one another ; outline beld, but the minor sketching pleasant and so done as to relieve all bareness and to please the sense. This igs much the principle on which we used as children to have a clove given to us to chew before taking our cod-liver oil, when the sense of taste was so generally stimulated, excited and exhausted, that no other taste could be perceived for some time after. Of course it is for each one to arrange and modify as best he or she may, but we strongly recommend these few hints to all who wish to give a dinner which will do them credit, and by which they will earn the gratitude of their friends and visitors. It should also be remembered that the sense of smell is intimately connected with that of taste. In fact it would be difficult to tell where one ends and the other begins. This is always remembered by our perfect chef, who seeks to impart to his dishes delicate flavours and aromata which would scarcely appeal to the taste alone, bnt which, in the estimation of con- noisseurs, constitute the real excellences of well cooked food..

Page 124

118 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

This delicate flavour, known as “the bouquet” in wine, does not appeal to the taste but it most certainly does to the sense of smell. This must be sought after and can only be obtained by most delicate means. Here must be no gross rule of thumb. Here can be no guess work, but all must be weighed and measured with the most scientific exactness. The chef's reputation rests on a pinch of salt—this he knows and acts accordingly. The master of this art is a person of the most exemplary cleanliness and spruceness. His pans and pots are never out of place; his larder, though not extravagantly stocked, is complete in its way. Out of the most common-place articles, absolute ‘‘ Pharaoh’s serpents” of luxuries arise under the influence of his magic knife and spoon. A pinch here, a pinch there, or an ounce of this, a drachm of that, and so on, until the most delicious dishes are the result. It makes one’s mouth water simply to think of it, for I am yet a schoolboy in a sense. To such a Master, be it of either sex, we heartily recommend all our lady friends to go for instruction. In whatever station of life they may be placed they must be benefited. Their husbands, sons, and brothers will take a leaf out of Sancho Panza’s book and bless the man who first invented cookery, and not only that man, but the one who took the trouble to teach the mysteries of the art. If we mistake not, too, the Wives, sisters, and mothers who take pains to master the details will come in for their share of the blessing. Before closing what we have to say on the subject we would heartily recommend all men, young and old, to attempt to cook some article of food—and then attempt to eat it. He will in future have more tolerance for any shortcomings in the family fare. This is the only method by which a man can be brought to his senses, and so far as we see at present it is a most effectual one. Then let him attend some cookery class, and when he sees the deft and methodical way in which everything is done, he will begin to doubt his own abilities. Let him try the first experiment again and he will immediately pack off all his female relatives to a course of lessons on cookery, and will in all time to come thank his stars that he ever did so. The last piece of advice I have to offer to my young male friends is, “ Do not marry any girl who does not beforehand prove that she is complete mistress of this, amongst her other accomplishments.” And if you make this well known, there will be scarcely a girl in the town who will not be eager to attend a cookery class. CREDE EXPERTO.

Page 125

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 119

THE TELEPHONE.

It is but a short time ago that the generally developed impression was dispelled that we had reached the end of great inventions, that the steam engine and telegraph crowned the labours of human ingenuity, and that it only remained to perfect those in order to reach the limit of man’s influence over the natural powers of the world. The production of the telephone, the greatest of modern inventions, has surprised us with evidence of the possibility of the existence of a far more extended field of power for humanity to exercise in the universe. . With our iron nine-league boots we can spurn the ground with a speed totally incredible to our immediate predecessors. We can transmit messages to any part of our globe limited only in velocity by the delays of reception and delivery by human agency. But we can do more: we can defy space by speaking with our own voices to friends at any distance. We no longer need the intervention of telegraph clerks for our messages. To the telegraph may be committed the trans- mission of the dry bones of conversation, business despatches ; whilst we talk freely, using uncurtailed sentences, to a friend far off. It may be useful to describe briefly and in as plain language as possible the essential parts of the telephone, whose inventor is Professor Graham Bell. The agent of transmission is electricity as in telegraphy. But instead of a motion at one end being reproduced by a corresponding sign in the movement of a needle at the other, the agitation of the air causing a sound is reproduced by a corresponding motion of the air at the receiving station. Hence the words produced by a voice causing a particular movement of the air are re-uttered at the receiving station. Of what electricity is we know nothing. By its effects alone we recognise it. And we know that if we have a magnet, one pole of which is surrounded by an insulated wire coil which forms a complete circuit through some remote place, and the condition of its magnetism be suddenly altered, as by the rapid approach of a piece of iron, a temporary current of electricity will be set up in the wire. On this fact is founded the most recent construction of the telephone. The speaking piece and the listening piece are of exactly the same construction, so that a conversation can be kept up by alternately applying the same piece to the mouth and ear. One pole of a permanent bar magnet is surrounded by an insu- lated coil of wire, one end of which passes immediately to the F

Page 126

120 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

ground, whilst the other crosses to the receiving station, forms a coil there, and passes thence to the earth. In front of this pole a thin iron diaphragm is fixed so as to be directly between the orifice into which a message is spoken and the coil. The agitation of the air whence sound is produced com- municates vibration to the diaphragm. In other words, the iron plate is bent backwards and forwards through a very small space by the impulses of the air. A similar effect may be felt by the hands, if a sheet of paper be held in front of the face as tight as is consistent with its strength and a rough sound of the voice be made before it. The iron thus successively approaching and receding from the magnet, sets up the temporary currents through the wire, which have their effect at the receiving station of producing corresponding changes in the magnetism of the bar there. These changes in the magnet agitate the diaphragm in front of it ; and thus the air receives the same pulsations, and consequently produces the same sounds, as those communicated at the transmitting station. This is the most recent form of the instrument. It can be used at the same time by as many persons as have each a speaking piece attached to the connecting wire. The older form rested on rather a different principle. The pulsations of a thin diaphragm were made successively to connect and to disconnect the circuit of wire, there being an arrangement, as in the telegraph, to produce a current whenever the circuit was complete. The intensity of the sound reproduced by the instrument described is rather small, though its distinctness is considerable. The effect seems to be as good through a distance of fifty miles as between two buildings separated by a distance of, say, fifty yards. Already it may be used universally. And there is no doubt that in a little time, when the efficiency of the apparatus has been more fully developed, it will not be necessary for each individual to apply the ear to it, but it will be able to reproduce, for example, the music from a concert hall to an assembly anywhere. It will be sufficient only to mention that the latest inform- ation respecting this invention is that a recording apparatus has been designed whereby the motions of the diaphragm are 80 indicated on paper, that the same sound can be re-transmitted by any person having the paper. For example, a sentence spoken by some individual could be sent back to him in the same tone and with the same accentuation as he originated it. Who can say we do not live in an age of invention and discovery ? Worlds are being opened out in Canada and Africa. The Congo has been traced from the middle of Africa to its

Page 127

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 121

mouth on the West. And that triumph of scientific invention, the telephone, has only to be recognised to find a continual employment in every-day life: for its use is not encumbered with the necessity for technical instruction as in the telegraph, to employ which there must be the knowledge of what certain signs of the needle are to represent. A. H. H.

A SUMMER IN ANDALUCIA.

(Continued from page 95.) AFTER the Paseo at 11 p.m. the Encierro of the bulls took place. This is a very pretty sight ; the bulls are brought from the country by men on horseback, and as they near the Plaza, they come tearing along, the doors are opened, and the bulls come rushing through the ring, through the opposite door into the little stockade where they stay till the morrow. About 12-30 a.m. the Gallumbo took place. This is a senseless but yet some- what exciting sport. A bull is let loose from the ring with a long rope rvund his horns; fires are lighted in the chief streets to scare and enrage him, and now away he comes chasing first one way and then another, and whichever way he wishes to go the men always pull him another by means of the rope. Enraged at this, away he comes after them, and a stampede ensues. All the windows are open to avoid being smashed, and up the iron bars which protect them, and appear to be put for this purpose, rush the people. As a rule nothing worse occurs than a few people being sent head over heels. But be very careful not to take refuge in a Casapuerta or porch, as occasionally the bull takes it into his head to do the same, and should you be unfor- tunate enough to have ensconced yourself in the one he fancies, the consequences might be serious, the least thing which could happen being your summary ejection in his favour, in a way decidedly more forcible than polite. In spite of living in such polite society these bulls are as uncivilised as ever. Having being warned of this we followed the majority and went rushing up the window of the Casino with praiseworthy agility. The next morning at 7 a.m. the Corrida del Toro.de Aguar- diente took place, admission one real (24d.) to all parts, with two or three prizes by lot at the close. The Toro de Aguardiente or brandy bull as it is called, is one of the most amusing things we witnessed. The bull is not harmed in the least, beyond an occasional banderilla* being put into his.shoulder. It is called

iece of stick 24 feet long, ornamented with coloured paper and with sharp point.

Page 128

122 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

the brandy bull because any one may take part in it, and most get more than they ought beforehand, as an infallible method of getting spirits up is by putting spirits down. Those who take part in it are all of the lower class, and this is one of the rare occasions on which Spaniards overstep the boundary of moderation, At 7 a.m. the ring is crowded with men and boys laughing and shouting. As we are novices in this noble sport we will take our places out of harm’s way and watch what happens. Suddenly a door creaks, and with wild shouts of “ El Toro, el Toro,” the bull, the bull, away over the barrier rush nine- tenths of the crowd. But it was only a door creaking after all, the bull is still invisible, and a part of them venture back, while others remain sitting on the barrier afraid to venture. But now the door opens wide and discloses the animal. He will not do much damage, as his horns are far apart and blunt, but away he comes, chasing here and there, now at one, now at another, and the crowd disperses and scatters over the barrier at his mighty rush. One man in his excitement, having no cloak, hastily unwinds his faja or sash from his waist, at some risk to the position of his unmentionables. But now his pluck is gone as the bull looks at him. He would like to shrink into his shoes but they are too small, so he cuts and runs. And he’s a fair sample of the rest. There is a man behind the bull, some twenty yards from his tail, shouting and throwing his arms about like a maniac; he fancies he’s bull-fighting, and thinks or rather wishes us to believe he wants to attract the bull’s attention, whereas nothing is further from his wish. But ha! the bull has turned, and our friend gives up his acrobatic performances and also turns—away from the bull ; he tries to run but cannot ; his legs which are long enough refuse to support his lean person ; and the wished for barrier seems a mile away to his longing gaze, and now the bull is upon him, up go his arms in the air, followed in about two seconds by his valorous person; down he comes and the bull manages very cleverly to catch him again between his horns, and up he goes again, performing the rédle of shuttlecock evidently much to his discomfort. This time he comes to the ground, and the bull contents himself with smelling at him to see whether he wants any more, gives him a parting poke in the ribs by way of saying adieu, and goes off to seek his fortune elsewhere. The man is not killed, but he’s had all the bull-fighting knocked out of him for some time to come. And here comes another of the same breed, with a long sharp-pointed banderilla, which it is his ambition to stick into the bull, anywhere, he’s not particular, so long as he can boast (to those who have not seen his perfor-

Page 129

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 123

mance) of his prowess in the noble sport of bull-fighting. And he, mindful of his neighbour’s mishaps, ventures very little from the barra or barrier, but waits there till the bull comes round. Here he comes at last, straight to the place, but where’s our man ? he’s inside the barra, and nothing can be seen of him but his head above and his stick at one side. But lo! some- thing has diverted the bull’s attention; he turns his back; now, my valiant friend, now’s your time ; out rushes our noble hero, quite as sharp to see his chance as we, and before the bull can turn he has placed his banderilla fairly (?) in the bull’s tail, amid rounds of applause that have a decided resemblance to laughter and hisses. The bull roars with rage at being thus unworthily treated, and turns upon—the man ?—by no means, the barra, for the man has already hid his diminished head in ‘mortal terror at the row the bull is making, and no more will be seen of him till we meet him perhaps in some vinatero (wine shop) holding forth to a select and admiring group of listeners. The bull usually singles out some one who bullies him, and then gives him his “ coup de grace,” or as it might perhaps more aptly be termed, his “coup de arena,” one fall being almost always sufficient to extract all the false pluck induced by copious bibations of brandy or sherry. After about forty minutes the trumpets sound, the doors open, and in come several men with long ropes, which they ultimately manage to throw over the bull’s horns, when, rushing to the open door, they begin to pull the bull towards them. Resenting such treatment, he charging first one side and then the other, and catching one man as a last “coup de horn,” presently disappears in the direction of the corral where they are kept, and so ends the Corrida del Toro de Aguardiente. The next feast of any note is the Fiesta de Santa Ana, towards the close of July. Great preparations were made for this feast in Puerto; a fountain was erected in the “ Esquina” of the streets Larga and Luna, and in the evening the streets were hung with Chinese lanterns of all shapes and sizes. Look- ing from the casino or club the effect was very pretty, crowds of fashionably dressed people seated or walking up and down, flowers and shrubs all around; above, the lamps, and in the distance, the fountain chameleon-like, changing colour constantly by means of electric lights thrown upon it from the neighbouring roofs. The usual bull-fight took place although it was Sunday, and except the procession it was similar to the others. In the evening there was a display of very elaborate fireworks, which we have never seen equalled in England, not even at the Crystal Palace. J. E. EpMInson. (To be continued. )

Page 130

124 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

8 a

REMINISCENCES OF CAPE TOWN.

(Continued from page 71.)

At the pretty Dutch village of the Paarl with its detached gabled houses, its gardens, vineyards, mountain, and river, I fell in with Sir John, Lady, and Miss Franklin, all en route to Van Dieman’s Land, he as Governor. Being a stout, heavy man of a gouty habit, he was little suited to take charge of his last expedition to the Arctic Seas, where he eventually ended his days, and his bones lie frozen there. Lady Franklin was a chatty, active little woman ; she ascended the Paarl Mountain before breakfast to see the immense block of granite, and by chance a herd of baboons, as they often are to be seen about noon stealing grapes in the vineyards; great powerful creatures as they are, they never move after dark. Having the best bed- room in the small inn I gave it up to her Ladyship, on which that wild enthusiast, Captain MacConochie, R.N., tried to do me out of the bed she vacated. Not succeeding, he had to sleep on the hall table, possibly dreaming of turning the twice transported convicts into meek and polite gentlemen. Miserably he failed, and had to escape from Norfolk Island to save his life. Being a stranger to New South Wales, he knew little of men who for eight or ten weeks’ holiday congregated in a ring, cast lots who should be the murdered man, who the murderer, who the witness. The deed done, the wretches were shipped off to Sydney, there tried in the Criminal Court, and the mur- derer’s fate and execution soon decided by seven of us officers in uniform. I procured for Sir John Franklin two casks of sweet pontae, which, although not half the price of that purchased at Van Reenan’s (Constantia), he preferred to it. On Sunday it was a pleasant sight to see thirty or forty black Christians driving to church or chapel from Waggon Miilders Vlei (famous for its orange groves) and del Josephat. This reminds me whilst at Elsjes Kraal, Tygerberg, keeping a pack of hounds with Colonel Havelock, who was killed commanding the 14th Hussars at Chilliangwallah, a black man asked for passing hospitality for himself and horse, which I granted, but on my ordering him to be attended to, he said, I am a Christian, my heart is good although my face is black, the Dutch always allow me to eat at table, so I said walk in, giving him lunch in the dining-hall, and delighted he was. The Boers on no consideration will allow a Mahometan to sit at the same table as themselves, he must eat alone. In their idea, the impression often used in Europe,

Page 131

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 125

“he is a good Christian,” is a folly. All are followers of Christ and so Christians, the day of judgment will decide as to the difference of goodness. I had an opportunity of attending a wild religious gathering of Mahometan Malays, on account of my allowing them to bury their dead on some land I had pur- chased. On entering I found myself in a very dimly lighted place, amongst a lot of mad men (made so by smoking the wild hemp) naked to the waist and smeared with blood, brandishing their knives and creases, and cutting themselves. Not fancying they would kill me, I remained quiet, only wishing, now and then, that they would not come so close to me. At midnight the Priest, a very handsome man (owner of five wives), of great repute, from Mecca, fainted away ; whoever caught him ere he fell to the ground was saved. After parting with Sir John Franklin, etc., I crossed the river, and walked to Gilkins’s of Kleine Drakenstein, a rechter Hollander, consequently much esteemed. Whilst walking up to his house through a long avenue of trees, two large wolf dogs pounced upon me, one on each side—their look was not amiable. What could I do? If I tried to shoot one the other would have pulled me down, so on I walked with my guards— luckily, before long, I was seen, met, and welcomed, being comforted with the assurance they would not hurt a Christian, but they had killed lately two black men in the night. At our meals, as usual, we were fanned by slave girls, who always watched their opportunity of talking to an Englishman. One informed me that they were not usually dressed so well as I then saw them—their best dresses being put on in honour of me. Gilkins’s wife was a very large, good-natured woman, and well she might be, her seven brothers were giants. Henric Byers, the Veld Cornet of Groote Drakenstein, was a kind friend of mine, how he and his family used to fall asleep over his table when supper was finished, and such a well loaded table. Tur- keys, all kinds of game—pheasants abounding on his property. In after days according to his own wish he rode forty-five miles to say adieu, when I was on the point of embarking for England, and to give me much more than my gun was worth, although he had eight quite as good. I accompanied another brother (who lived at Tygerberg), named David Byers to a sale at Laurence Cloetes of Zand Vleet. On arriving, there were Boers innumerable on horseback. Soon an émeute took place, hundreds of men got round Byers, threatening him for having taken out aGovernment slave book. Soon he got on his horse and rode away, holding up his whip in defiance. A friend took his part, and was soon surrounded and bullied as he stood with his arms crossed, so I went up and stood alongside him, saying, do

Page 132

126 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

not strike any of them—mark the most violent—call him out and shoot him. Some Boers said, Mein Herr Coke why do you interfere do not understand the case—your rascally Government wish to force us to commit ourselves and be fined —for instance, if we give a slave forty lashes in lieu of thirty- nine we must enter it—this is not even English law. I could only say I supported a man who wanted support, and it was discreditable to call a sale and make a political meeting of it. Very soon I was invited to sit at the highest table to dine. Sir Laurie Cole was much annoyed, and said had he known what was going on, a company of soldiers should have been there to disperse them. This small affair was the commence- ment of the great Dutch emigration to Natal and the Transvaal. A Boer in Hottentots’ Holland offered me his house with most extensive buildings, and all the land I could see to the most distant mountains, if I would bring him £200 in gold. Another Boer offered £500 if he was assured that Dr. Phillips (the Wesleyan preacher), was alone on the Flats, and he would shoot him. The exasperation against the English and their Govern- ment was very great. A farmer, with a wiser head than the rest, said, why did not the English on getting possession of the Cape change the laws, customs, and the very languages, in lieu of having interpreters in the Courts—then there would have been one great growl and all would soon have softened down, and the people been united. Instead of which, for thirty years the Dutch were irritated year after year by trivial changes. Another brother, Christian Byers, lived at Miilders Vlei—a regular Dutch house, but a most pleasant one to stay at ; he was celebrated for purchasing all the slaves of bad character, and was never known to flog one. Standing with him on his stoep he called a passing man, saying, Jacobus, tell Mein Herr were you not a bad boy—a great rascal—when I purchased you? Yes, Bas, very bad. What are you now? Very good—you feed me well and I work well. Byers added, if you starve your oxen and horses, besides ill-using them, they cannot work—it is the same with men. Poor fellow, I visited him when ill in bed and dying, persuading him to make a will and upset the Dutch custom of the land and everything being sold and divided— he did so, and his eldest son is much respected now. All the agricultural meetings are held on his place, the Governor pre- siding at the dinner he gives, and his health is drunk as the old Bas. W. 8S. Coxe. (To be continued. )

Page 133

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

9

ad

127

CHESS.

PROBLEM 134. By Mr. S. Loyp, America.

PROBLEM 135. By Mr. W. A. SHINKMAN, America.

BLACK. BLACK. tip, YHA. UF. yy wen LA ay bY . Yd, YY Y Vs Gazi YY /// YY Yy YY tify Y; Uy I Vii, Me} We. YM , “i Ubi, UR Yt WU ty YeVy NY Yl, 4 Ui, Wi), Ulla, Yj Yj Uy Yy YY ] ip , yop yyy I iy ti Vf, yy fy Y Yi I SL Yi 4 = 7 4 a a GL; fy Z Up Y tif

WHITE. White to play and mate in three mo

WHITE.

ves. I White to play and mate in three moves.

PROBLEM 136.—By Messrs. W. T. and H. F. L. MEYER.

BLACK.

yy

Wf YY UH) Ulla, lla ili, @ Vil, YG Yy YY Ga GY Yo 07 Ue a; jes el, U7 Yj Till yyy Will py ee Wy Wide I WAR:

WY yyy Uy EM yyy 7248 Y \ YZ wy 8 Yi > YM

Yj

Cy,

“GI Uf Y

WHITE.

White to play and mate in four moves.

Page 134

128 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

TO OUR READERS.

Next month we shall publish the awards in the Problem and solving competitions which have been in progress in our columns since October, 1876. This month we print the first three of a series of 24 original problems by distinguished composers, which will run through the present volume. We shall give two prizes of Chess works, value 7/6 and 5/-, to the most successful solvers. In our present number, also, we publish “ Challenge to our Solvers” No. III, by Mr. A. Townsend, of Newport, the winner of the second prize in the recent sui-mate tourney of La Stratégie, and in the April number another eminent problem- atist will throw down the gauntlet. We have pleasure in announcing that we intend to arrange another Problem Tourney in connection with this magazine, the details of which will be furnished in due time. We may say, however, that the competition will probably consist of three problems in from two to four moves, and that the entries will close September Ist, for the British Isles, and December Ist, for residents abroad. While we shall be glad to receive sets from our friends in this country and on the Continent, we cordially invite the co- operation of American, Canadian, and Australian composers.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

GamME V.

PiaYyep September 15th, 1860, being the first game in a match between the Editor and Mr. M. E. Werner, of Bradford. The winner of the first five games was to have been the victor, but Mr. Werner resigned the match after losing two games.

Waits (Mr. WERNER.) Buack (Mr. WarTKkInsov.) 1 PtoK 4 l PtoK 4 2. PtoK B4 2. P takes P 3. Ktto K B 3 3. PtoK Kt 4 4, BtoQB4 4, PtoK Kt 5 5. Castles (a) 5. P takes Kt 6. Q takes P 6 QtoKB 3 7% PtoK 5 7. Q takes P 8. PtoQ3 8 BtoK R 3

Page 135

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 129

9 BtoQ2 9. Ktto K 2 10. KttoQB3 10. PtoQ B3(d) 1l. K gq (c) 11. Qto QB 4 (ch) 12. K to R sq (a) 12. PtoQ 4 13. QtoK R5 13. QtoQ3 14. BtoQ Kt 3 (e) 14. K Rto Kt sq (/) 15. B takes Q P (g) 15. P takes B 16. Kt takes P (h) 16. Rto K Kt 4 17. R takes Kt (ch) 17. Q takes R 18. Q takes B 18. RK takes Kt 19. Q takes R P 19. BtoK 3 20. Rto K sq 20. Kt toQ 2 21. Q to Kt 8 (ch) 21. Kt to K B sq (J) 22. Btakes K BP 22. QRto Q Baq 23. Rto K 2 23. QtoQ Kt5 24. Qto 24. RtoK B4 25. PtoQB4 25. Q to Q 3 (k) 26. BtoK 3 26. Q takes Q

And White resigned.

NOTES BY MR. W. TIMBRELL PIERCE.

(a) When this game was played, the sacrifice of the Kt was con- sidered to lead to an overwhelming attack; it is now thought more prudent to play 5. Kt to K 5 (the Salvio Gambit.) (6) 10. Kt to Q B 8 is the best defence, followed by 11. Q R to K sq, 11. Q to K B 4 (best). This is known as Paulsen’s defence, and was not discovered in 1860. (c) If 11. Kt to K 4, Black gets the advantage thus : 11. to Q 4

12. BtoB3 12. P takes Kt 13. B takes Q 13. P takes Q 14. Btakes R 14. P takes P 15. K takes P 15. BtoK 3

(ad) Staunton prefers 12. R to B 2 but gives no analysis. .(e) Up to this point both sides have opened the game almost per- fectly ; here, however, White misses his opportunity, he should have played 14. B takes Q P, then if

14. P takes B 15. Kt takes P 15. QKttoB$ 16. B to B 3 (best) 16. BtoQ2 17. Btakes R 17. Castles 18, Kt takes Kt 18. Kt takes Kt 19. Q takes P 19. R takes B 20. R takes Kt 20. BtoB: 21. Q to K 6 (ch) 21. Q takes Q 22. K takes Q 22. BtoK Kt4 23. PtoK R4 23. K B takes P 24. RK takes P 24. Bto Kt6 25. RtoK 25. BtoQ2 26. KR to B 4 (ch) 26. K to Q sq 27. RtoK 8 27. Rto Kt sq 28. PtoQ 4, with an equal game.

Page 136

130 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

(f) We

Il played : 14. Q to Kt 3 would have been answered by 15. R takes Kt (ch) &c. (g) A move too late.

to K 4 would be met by 15. Q to K Kt 3. (h) The following line of play is also worth study :

16. R takes Kt (ch) 16. K takes R (best) 17. Kt takes P (ch) 17. K to Q sq (best) 18. Bto Kt 4 18. QtoK Kt3 19. QtoK 2 19. KttoQB3 20. Bto K7 (ch) 20. K to Q 2 (best) 21. Kt to B 6 (ch) 21. KtoB 2 22. Kt to Q 5 (ch) 22. K to Kt sq (best)

23

Kt to B 6, and White’s attack is not yet exhausted.

(i) White’s game is now quite hopeless.

(j) Evidently if 21. Q covers, White wins a piece by 22. R takes

B (ch), &c.

(k) Avery pretty ending ; the diagram below gives the position of

the forces after Black’s 25th move.

BuAck (Mr. WATKINSON.)

4, S/d Af

i

ty GY

WY Y

Uy Wy UY WA

Y Y,

Se

WSS

SAN Rwy SOS SNS SS ~ SSS \

~

S \

MYL, ) Yy Up / Yi Witte, YSLMI WELLL

tsi dpe, “UU bp Afi hip Ms ty ES / fag, Maygyy yt yyy} hip WE MD YHyy UL, Ui, © Wd Ctl Y

Y, Oy Ue: 4 hf,

wy, Y (hb) lise VM Y

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications ess department, as well as subscriptions or orders

for the Ch

WuiTE (Mr. WERNER.) Position after Black’s 25th move.

EDITORIAL.

for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to JoHN WATKINSON, Fairfield, Huddersfield.

Annual subscription, 3/6, post free.

Still it seems the best resource left, 15. Kt .

Page 137

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 131

CHESS AT A GLANCE.*

THis pleasant little brochure indicates—as its title imports— at a glance the way to play a game of Chess. A diagram after every move shows the mutations of the game, which, by this means, can be read off the pages with the greatest possible ease. It only proves what can be done by the extensive use of diagrams “ without the trouble of setting up the men,” as over and over again propounded by Mr. T. Long of Dublin, who, in an article signed Lambda, contributed by him in 1870 to the Westminster Papers, Vol. II., p. 187, entitled ‘Chess without the Chess-board, but not blindfold Chess, ” first advocated the printing of Chess games by a series of diagrams i in each game, so as to enable it to be read off by simply turning over the pages. Mr. Long in his Key to the Chess Openings, 1871, largely introduced the principle of diagrams, and in his Positions, 1874, [W. W. Morgan, 67, Barbican, London] there is a diagram on every page. We have also recently seen two MSS. works by Mr. Long on the diagram plan, one a collection of games by most of the best Chess-players in the world from La Bourdonnais to the present time, with a diagram on each page after every three or four moves ; and the other, the games in the great Chess match in 1876 between those fine players Messrs. Steinitz and Blackburne. f Mr. Long has informed us that although his games of Chess Masters are completed, comprising some 500 or 600 pages, he will not himself bring the work out, but will be happy to present it—for the cause of Chess—to any respectable Publisher who would issue it during the course of this year. Mr. Wigley’s little book is an extension of Mr. Long’s plan, having a diagram after every move. So far so good, and the pleasanter for the reader as the game is easier to follow, but, with a diagram after each move, a large volume even would contain but very few games. We prefer the modern diagrams to those adopted by Mr. Wigley—and prose to poetry. We, however, heartily recommend Mr. Wigley’s interesting little pamphlet : we only wish that it had been larger, and con- tained a number of games in place of but one, and that a short one.

*Chess Typically ; or, The Game at a glance. By H. J. Wigle eye Sold by all Booksellers, and at T. Sherwin’s Game Repository, 527, Oxford Street, London. Price One Shilling. + This latter unique volume is now on our shelves, a valued present from Mr. Long.—EpDITorR.

Page 138

132 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE TOURNEY.

To the Editor of the Huddersfield College Magazine.

Dear Sir,—Before entering into the particulars of my award as judge in the above tourney, permit me to congratulate all concerned upon the general quality of the competing positions. Among the 45 problems sent in not only are there some of great merit, but I find on the other hand few sets however comparatively weak that do not contain one or more redeeming features, justifying the authors in hoping for “ better luck next time ” ! At your own suggestion, Sir, I propose making a detailed report upon the merits and claims of the best stratagems in this contest. To criticise all the sets at length would be an unnecessary encroachment on your prescribed space and the patience of my readers. I proceed therefore to clear the ground by eliminating from further consideration Sets Nos. I., VI., X. and XI. because they contain problems (Nos. 91, 106, 117, 118 and 121) that have been proved fatally erroneous. Sets III, VIII. and XIV. I may dismiss as clearly outshone by their eight remaining rivals. None of the sets thus far enumerated contain in my opinion any single problems equal in merit to others I find elsewhere. In XIII. the first two problems are meritorious, especially No. 126 which I reserve for further consideration as one of the best three-movers in the tourney. This set is, however, partly marred by unsoundness in No. 127, as the sole variation there given by the author on the first move of his solution can be done in a shorter way than that indicated. It will be seen from the foregoing remarks that sets II., IV., V., VII., IX., XII. and XV. remain in and challenge particular attention. I proceed therefore to consider in regular order the problems they contain. Set II., Problem 92. <A two-mover upon the best principle, z.e. allowing the Black King as much freedom as possible. Here he has three moves at the outset and four after White has played. The resulting mates though not numerous are cleverly contrived, the construction is accurate, and the chief drawback appears to lie in the comparative easiness of the solution. No. 93. This three-mover is pleasing and unhackneyed in style, but neither deep nor difficult, affording in this respect a great contrast to its successor. No. 94 (in four.) I consider this the hardest nut in the tourney. The main play is notably puzzling, all the more deceptive in fact from the absence of especial brilliancy. The usual pretty sacrifices are not there

Page 139

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 133

to afford the accustomed clues. If there be nothing absolutely novel in No. 94 it is yet, perhaps, the most uncommon problem in the competition. There are, however, some regrettable duals in the first variation on the main play, 7.e.— 1 QtoQR7 l. Ktto K 2 2. Kt to QB 4 (ch) 2. K to B 4 (if) either Q takes P (ch) or Kt P checks, &c., will do here, or 2 KtoK 3 3. R takes Kt (ch) 3. KtoB4 and White can mate in no less than six different ways. Never- theless this problem and set stand high in my esteem. Set IV. Both the two and four-movers contain some good points, but the three-mover, No. 99, is the gem of this set, being subtly designed and ably carried out. Set V. Nos. 101 and 102 are notable for elaborate yet careful workmanship, also for the variety of pleasing checkmates they contain. The drawback to both is that the first moves are too readily suggested by the positions. No. 103 (in four) affords a complete contrast to its companions, being rather difficult to solve, but perhaps somewhat dry into the bargain ! Set VII, No. 107 (in two.) Not a complete “block” as Black threatens to play 1. B to K 6 with impunity. Stopping this gap leads naturally to the author’s intention, yet the solu- tion is not so easy as is usually the case with two-movers made on the “block” principle. So far as variety and constructive finish are concerned No. 107 is a first-rate specimen of its kind. No. 108 (in three) is elaborate and difficult. The author has here contrived a perfect protest against the “inactive piece ” theory, for no less than three elsewhere useful pieces slumber during the main play. Duals are present in the latter more strikingly than in any minor variation, for after l. KttoK B2 2. KttoK 5 2. Bto B7 (if) (a partially defensive move) 3. Q to B 3 or Kt takes P mates. In reply to many other idle moves White can mate with the Kt in two places, a fact only worth notice as occurring in the main solution. No. 109 (in four.) Also contains a number of ingenious variations ; not so difficult as 108 but more pleasing in point of construction. This set certainly seems to be worthy of high consideration. Set IX., No. 113 (in two.) I consider this highly satisfac- tory in most respects, but not in all. In ‘‘block” two-movers we often see White and Black pieces told off in pairs to watch one another, and it is perhaps in keeping with the principle if some of these are employed merely to pile up the agony! In No. 113 the case is different. This position is not a “ block,”

Page 140

134 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

and there is variety enough in plenty without introducing extraneous pieces such as the two Knights on Q R file and the Black R P appear to be. Apart from this constructive redundancy and a not very abstruse first move, No. 113 isa beautiful little problem. No. 114 (in three.) A tourney position containing twenty-six pieces and pawns should be of extraordin- ary merit to justify such a concourse. To my mind 114 is ugly, artificial, and easy to solve into the bargain. No. 115 on the contrary is a four-mover of exceptional merit. Its main play is remarkable for the purity of the mate position, all eight squares around the Black King being singly guarded or stopped. The problem is not easy to solve there being several plausible methods of attack and a narrow escape from a second solution. Were the three-mover of anything like equal merit this set would stand high and be hard to beat. H. J. C. ANDREWs.

(To be continued. )

SOLUTION OF STUDD’S CHALLENGE.

WHITE. - BLACK. WHITE. BLACK. 1, Q to K 1. K to R2 7.QtoB7 (ch) 7.QtoB3 2. Rto B7 (ch) 2. K to R38 8. K takes P 8. Q takes Q 3. R to Kt 6 (ch) 3. K to R 4 9. Rto B5 (ch) 9. Q to Q 4 R6 (dis 10. Bto Ktsq 10. QtoK 4 (best) ch) 4, K to Kt : 11. R to Q 5 11. Q takes R 5. Kt to B 3 (ch) 5. K to B (mate) 6. Bto B2(ch) 6. Rto K

Exeter, 12th December, 1877. To the Editor of the Huddersfield College Magazine.

Dear Sir,—I have the pleasure to inform you that the winners of the prizes for solution of my eleven-move sui-mate are Mr. J. A. Miles and Mr. G. J. Slater, whose letters arrived simultaneously on Dec. 3rd. On the 5th instant I received solutions from Mr. Wm. Finlayson, Mr. A. Townsend, and Mr. Hy. Blanchard. Yours faithfully, A. E. Stupp.

SOLUTIONS OF CHESS CURIOSITIES, p. 111.

IL—1l. KtoB5d5 2. K to Kt 6 3. Kto Kt 7 4. Kto Kt 8 5. KtoB8 6. K to Q7 (mate)

II.—Place White K at K sq, White Rs at K B sq and K B 2, and Black K at K R6. After mating with Rs by 1. R to Kt sq, &c., replace them and substitute Q for R at K B 2, when it will require an additional move to mate owing to the danger of stalemate. 1. Q to K B 4, &c.

Page 141

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 135

CHALLENGE TO OUR SOLVERS. No. III.

to LAF m, Wash, Eisq., of St.

By A. TowNSEND.

BLACK.

one rt 1

a = an Lo _ 7

WHITE. White to play and compel Black to mate him in fifteen moves,

For the first correct solution of the above received by the author within ten days of the date of this number he will pre- sent to the solver a subscription order for a copy of Mr. Gossip’s forthcoming work ‘Theory of the Chess Openings.” Solutions to be addressed to Mr. A. Townsend, Conway Villa, Clifford Crescent, Newport, (Mon.)

Chess Pottings.

Sui-MaTEs.—One of our contributors furnishes the following remarks :—In the Chess column of an American paper you courteously sent me a day or two ago, I came across the follow- ing effusion from the pen of the Chess magnate, Loyd ;—“ Every suicidal or conditional monstrosity that a composer perpetrates

Page 142

136 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

is a blot upon his escutcheon, and it is an injury to the cause of Chess to encourage such nonsense by the offering of prizes.” Verily, the blotchy condition of his own escutcheon thereby stands confessed! You have only to examine the pages of American Chess Nuts to discover a number of his own “ perpe- trations ;” and Chess organs of a later date will also prove him “guilty, my lord.” So the “error of his ways” has only recently been revealed! Suicidal problems are no innovation—we have them from the Sanscrit down—all ages and climes have fur- nished them—and it cannot be denied that such compositions are susceptible of illustrating ideas in beautiful and intricate combinations. There is also a great amount of interest exhibi- ted in these productions, as witness the continued tourneys in the American papers. Take a more notable example, the international tourney promoted by the proprietors of La Stratégie, and which has lately been brought to a successful termination. This competition drew together the “suicidal” productions (problemes inverses ) of a host of authors from various parts of the world, and veteran composers like Paul Loquin (since deceased), Schoumoff, Grosdemange, and Conrad Bayer (whose motto was, singularly enough, Vive la beauté /) took a pleasure in entering the lists, thereby countenancing such interesting compositions as that other veteran—Loyd—now chooses to stig- matise as ‘ monstrosities ” ! ANOTHER CHESS PRoBLEM AssociaTION.—1. With a view to preserving the best problems composed from time to time, and also of amalgamating the several national Problem Associations recently organised, it is proposed to form a Society, consisting of English and Foreign Problem Composers, called ‘“‘ The inter- national Chess Problem Association,” its sole object being to publish every ten years, Problems selected by the Members. 2. To meet the expenses of publication each contributor of 25 problems would be required to pay £6 to the Treasurer, elected by vote : the charge, in fact, would be at the rate of five shillings a problem ; and as many or as few may be sent as desired. The balance, if any, will be returned to each member at the close of the first year, together with his share of the proceeds, which would be apportioned at the same rate every year. 3. There would be three Editors, and one Treasurer, elected by vote. 4, And such Editors would have the power of advertising, pub- lishing, and of rejecting problems sent in. 5. Each Editor shall be allowed to insert six extra problems without further payment. 6. Those gentlemen, at home or abroad, wishing to join, are requested to send their names to Mr. J. Pierce, Copthill House, Bedford, England.

Page 143

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 137

CueEss In Griascow.—The fifth annual Handicap of the Glasgow Central Club, 34, Trongate, has just been brought to a close after a spirited contest of five weeks’ duration. Twenty- three competitors entered, who were handicapped into five classes, first class giving Pawn and move to second class, Pawn and two to third, Knight to fourth, and Rook to fifth, and the other classes giving and receiving proportionate odds. The fol- lowing gentlemen have been successful in securing places in the prize list :— First Prize...... J. Class I. Second ,, ...... J. » IIL. Third ,, ...... W. T. Me Culloch... ,, IIL. The Central Club has been in existence during the last thirteen years, and is attended in large numbers by the industrial classes of the city. It has for long been looked upon as the head- quarters of Draught-playing in Scotland, and its annual Draughts Tournaments secure from 80 to 100 entries. Within recent years, also, the game of Chess has taken firm root in the Institution, and any evening during the week a good many enthusiastic votaries of Caissa may be found busily engaged at their favourite pastime. Any of the Chess-playing readers of this Journal who may chance to find themselves in Glasgow and at leisure for a game, are heartily invited to give the Central a visit. Tue Dersy Cuess Cotumn.—Mr. Thompson has transferred his excellent and original Chess column from the Gazette to the Derbyshire Advertiser. The change took place on the 3rd of January. Apropos of the article on the Telephone in our present number, Mr. Thompson informs us of his intention to play a game at Chess by Telephone, the Messrs. Strutt having courteously placed the three miles of wire connecting their Mills at Belper and Milford at his disposal. CLEVELAND VoIcE ProBpLem TournEy.—The award in this important tourney has recently been given by Mr. G. E. Car- penter. The first prize is won by Mr. F. W. Martindale, the second by Mr. S. Loyd, and the third by Mr. W. A. Shinkman. These problems, as well as others which obtain honourable mention, are of a very high order, and we give the one by Mr. Loyd, which, perhaps, takes our fancy the most, as a specimen. White.—K at K Kt 8; Q at Q2; Rat K Kt2;KtatK B3; P at Q B 2. Black.—K at K 5; Kt at K R 8; Psat K B4 and K BR 3. White to play and mate in three moves. British Curess AssociaTion.—Messrs. Andrews, Abbott, and W. T. Pierce have been appointed the Judges, and Mr. Duffy the Umpire, for the first Tourney, of which we gave particulars in our December number.

Page 144

138.

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 128.

WHITE. BLACK. 1.QtoQB3_ 1. Any move 2 Mates accordingly

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 129.

1.QtoKKtsq 1. K toQ 4 (a) 2.Q toQ4(ch) 2. K takes Q 3. R to Q 3 (mate) (a) 1. K takes Q P (3) 2.Q toQ4(ch) 2. BtoQ 4 3. B to Q R 3 (mate) (5) 1. K takes P at

B 6 (c) 2. R takes P (dis ch) 2. Kt to K 4 3. Kt to Q 7 (mate) (c) 1. K takes P at B 5 (a) o Kt 4 (ch) 2. K takes P takes P (mate) 1. K to B 5 (e) Kt 4 (ch) 2. K to K 4 Q 3 (mate) 1.Bto Q B 3

(ch) (f) 2. R takes B (dis h 2. K to B Sd

ch) 3. R to B 4 (mate) (f) 1. B to Q 4 (9) 2.QtoQ4(ch) 2. K takes Q 3. R takes P (mate) (g) 1. B to any other square (2) 2. Rto B4(disch) 2. K takes P 3. Q mates

) 2. R to B 5 (dou ch)

2. Qt 3. R (2) 2. Q to 8. R to (e

1. Kt moves (7)

2. K moves 3. B mates

(2) 2. R to Q 3 (dis ch) 3. Q to Kt 4 (mate)

1. Q or P moves

©. K moves

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 130.

1, BtoK 5 1. PtoQ 3 2.P toQ 3 2. P takes B (ch) 3. K to K 3 3. P to K 5 4, P takes P (mate)

Hl

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 131.

WHITE. BLACK, 1. KttoQBé6 1. Any move 2. Mates accordingly

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 1382.

1QtoQR7 65 (c) 2. Rto K 2 2. K to K 4 (a) 3. Q to Kt 7 (mate) (a) 2. Kt takes Kt (bd) P takes Kt (dis mate) 2. Any other move Kt to Kt 5 (mate) (c 1, Kt takes Kt (d) 2. Q to Kt 7 (ch) 2. K to B 4 3. R takes R (mate) (d) 1. Kt takes P (e) 2. B takes R(ch) 2. K to B 8 or 5

3. Q or Kt mates accordingly (e) 1. Kt takes B (/) 2. Q to Kt 7 (ch)2. RtoB 3 3. Q takes R (mate) .KtoB3 2. B takes Kt 2 K, Por Rmoves 3. Q or Kt mates accordingly

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 133.

1 PtoK Kt4 1. Kttakes Kt(d) 2. P toQ 6 2. Kt takes R (a) 3. Q to Q B3(ch)3. K takes Q or moves B or Q mates accordingly 2. K takes R (6) 3. Q to K 3 (ch) 3. K to Q 4 4. Q to K 5 (mate) (b 2. B to Q 4 (c) 3. Q to B 3 (ch) and mates next move (c) 2. Bto B 6 or Q or Kt takes P 3. B to Kt sq (ch) 3. K to B6orK 5 4. Q mates accordingly (d) 1, Anyother move 2. R takes P (ch) 2. K takes P (best) 3. Q to K B83 (ch) 3. K takes Por R 4. Kt to B 5 or Q to Q 8 mate accordingly

i

Page 145

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 139

128.—Solved by W. T. P., Brighton. but the construction is perfect and the mates are good and various.” —W. F., Bridge of Allan. poor and weak.”—P. S. S., London. ‘‘ A very good two-mover.”—A. W., London. ‘“ Intricate from the extraordinary number of moves Black can make, but otherwise easy to solve.”—J. K., Norwich. ‘‘A very good problem.”—J. R. W. Dum- friesshire.—W. C., Cheltenham. ‘‘ Although I hit on the first move in a few seconds I cannot say that I solved the problem in less than two minutes, as it required quite that long to examine all the defences and find the proper reply to each.”—R. A., London.—W. 8S. P., Chelmsford.— W. Mc A., Chichester.—G. F. O., Bradford. ‘‘ Neat, and free from R., Cleckheaton.—Romping Girl.—E. H., Huddersfield.— J. Y., Glasgow.—R. W. J., Liverpool. ‘‘ Very good.”—C. E, T., Clifton.

Problem 129.—Solved by W. T. P. (Main variation omitted, wrong in (c.) ‘‘ More curious from the multiplicity of variations than from any inherent difficulty.’—W. F. ‘*Though not specially difficult, this problem has a vast amount of variety. It is decidedly an excellent stratagem, and considering the elaboration it is marvellously free from duals.”—P. S. 8. (Main variation, (d) and (f) omitted.) ‘‘ Subtle, ingenious, and very amusing, with almost innumerable variations and free from duals or faults.” —J.K. (Main variation omitted, wrong in (f.) ‘This is an exceedingly good problem. The variations are excellent—I never saw a three-mover with so many before.”—J. R. W.—W. C. (Wrong in(c.) ‘‘Of almost unprecedented variety but is scarcely of more than average difficulty—the first move is too obvious—it is well constructed, especially as regards the position of the Black Kt and Black Bishop, and its freedom from R. A. ‘‘ A good problem and fairly difficult.”—A. W. (Wrong in main variation, (¢), (f) and (g) omitted.) ‘‘The most voluminous problem I have ever met with, therefore clever, troublesome, and difficult to detect.” —W.S. P. (da) omitted.)—W. Mc A.—G. F. O. (Main variation, (e) and (f) omitted.) ‘‘The first move is too obvious; otherwise it is a beautiful position.”—J. R. (Wrong in main variation, (e) and (g) omitted.) —Romping Girl. (Main variation omitted.)—E. H. (Main variation omitted.) ‘‘A very clever problem.”—H. G. (Wrong in main variation, (f) and (A.)—R. W. J. (Main variation, (c), (d), (e) and (/) omitted, wrong in (a,) ‘‘ Pretty and good.”—C. E. T. (Main variation, (ce), (/), (g), (2) and (z) omitted.) Problem 130.—Solved by W. T. P. ‘A pleasing simple little F. ‘‘Neat enough, but very simple.”—P.8.S. ‘Although void of variations I think it exceedingly pretty and wonderfully displays the power of the stationary Queen. 1 beg to append a few lines as no other piece can be substituted in lieu of her Majesty.

Midst various windings of the Queen In this fine problem may be seen She’s moveless. To test her power I have just been Trying all pieces which I glean Are useless. Hence credit’s due to the Author keen, Whose genius pleases much I

J. K. ‘‘Every move of Black is forced, a contrast to the two previous problems.”—F. V. P.—J. R. W.—W. C. ‘* Neat and pretty.”—R. A. ‘“‘Tolerably S. P.—W. Mc A.—G. F. 0.—Romping Girl.— A. W. from obvious.”—E. H.—J. Y.—R. W. J.—C. T.

Page 146

140 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Problem 131.—Solved by W. F. solution is neat enough, but the ition has a very constrained and unnatural appearance. The first move gives the Black King freedom—always a praiseworthy trait in a two-mover.”’ —W.T. P. ‘‘ This possesses the chief requisite of a two-mover, namely, difficulty."—-A. W. ‘‘The best two-move problem I recollect having met with, from its vast varieties, and from the first move being one in appear- ance not likely to be successful.”—R. A.—J. Y. ‘‘ Difficult.”—J. A. J.R. W.—C. E. T.—J. K.—Romping Girl.—H. G. ‘‘A capital problem.” —E.H. ‘‘A finely constructed problem.”—W.C. ‘‘ An ingenious and well constructed stratagem—R takes R in the defence indicates perhaps a little too plainly that the Knight has to move.”—W. Mc AW. S. P. ‘‘The Knight obviously must move, but, with all due deference to Mr. Loyd, a few moments’ consideration is necessary as to the square.”— R. W. J. ‘One of the best two-movers I have seen for some time.”

Problem 132.—Solved by W. F. ‘‘ The position has more the pretit- ness of a two-mover than the difficulty of a three-mover about it.—W. T. P. ‘* Very subtle and pretty.”—R. A. (c) and (d) omitted.)—A. W. ‘‘ Very clever and rather perplexing.—P. S. S. (Wrong in (c), (f) omitted.) ** Honour to whom honour is due, On receipt of this problem it was my firm impression for some days that it was unsound, or that a misprint had occurred. Consequently I beg to be permitted to express myself in the following manner :—

P erplexed and bewildered, in deep meditation, S eeking solution in gross irritation, 8 cheming and puzzling e’en near desperation, H ang it! I tried every queer variation, E nding in nought but sheer botheration. N ever succumb ! Quoth I, in vexation, E nvying the author with due admiration ; L astly I solved it in great exultation, Enjoying the test with real approbation.” —

J. Y. (Main variation only.) ‘‘ Very A. M. (c), (d) and (e) omitted.) ‘‘ Very fine.”—J. R. W.—J. K. (c) and (d) omitted.)— Romping Girl. (d) omitted.)—H. G. ‘‘ Also capital."—E. H. ‘*The most difficult three-mover I ever solved. The second move in main varia- tion puzzled me very much.”—W. C. (d) omitted.) ‘‘ Very good.”— W. Mc A.—W.S. P. ‘ Not over brilliant.”—R. W. J. says, *‘ If correct this is a most difficult problem (7.e. to me) as I have spent a considerable time on it but can find no solution ; in fact I don’t believe it possible.”

Problem 133.—Solved by W. F. ‘‘Some of the mates are pretty neat, but it is much too easy for a four-mover.”—W.T. P. ‘* Fine and difficult. The set is certainly most excellent.”—R. A. ‘‘This problem I think to be a very good one—some of the variations are very A. W. ‘‘This is a most perplexing problem and very clever.”—J. Y. (Wrong in main variation.) ‘‘ Very difficult—a very good set.”—J. R. W. —C. E. T. (Wrong in main variation.)—J. K. (Wrong in main varia- tion.)—Romping Girl.—H. G. ‘‘ Very pretty.”—E. H. ‘‘ Neat, pretty, and difficult.”—-W. C. ‘‘The first move is somewhat obvious, but the second moves in the two leading variations are good as also are the various mating positions. The problem, however, contains serious duals, Black has seven defences which protract mate to the fourth move, and in reply to four of these there are two distinct solutions.’—W. Mc A.— .S. P. ‘The leading variation is a tough one on second move—the rest are moderately obvious.”"—R. W. J. (Wrong in main variation, (a), (5) and (@) omitted.) capital and most difficult problem.”

Page 147

PHuddersteld College Mlaguzine.

COLLEGE RECOLLECTIONS.

Be it a weakness, it deserves some praise, We love the play-place of our early days. Dear Mr. Epitor, What say you to a few desultory ‘College Recollections ” 1 I have often wondered that no “old boy” has undertaken to tell us at greater length something about the early days of our “ Alma Mater,” and if you yourself could be persuaded to forsake the Chess columns of our Magazine, and to give us a series of papers founded on your own recollections, you would still further increase the obligations under which the “ boys,” both “old” and present, are under to you. But this, I fear, there is little hope of, unless indeed, by making a lame attempt myself, I may goad you into doing something far better. When Huddersfield College first began its existence, I was then agonising under the “ Penny Table Book” and other tortures at a girls’ school in Queen Street, kept by the Misses Broomhead. Two or three other “old,” but then very young boys, were my schoolfellows there, and as the fathers of most of us had taken an interest in the establishment of the College, we even then looked upon ourselves as College boys, and one of our number had already been provided with a College cap. I presume that our general truculency was the cause of our speedy removal from the ladies’ care, but our ambition was not to be gratified at once, for some of us at least were transferred for a short time to the care of a Mr. Greathead,* at the upper end of the town. But this trifling was soon at an end, and well do I remember being taken by an elder brother—already a full blown collegian—to St. Paul’s Street. Many a visit had I already made thither on my own account—climbing the railings in the hope of viewing the awful mysteries enacted within, and now I was to stand before one of the masters, Mr. Poulton— and see a class of College lads for the first time. All that I

*I don’t know that it ever occurred to any Broomhead-Greathead pupils that ‘‘ two heads are better than one.”

March, 1878.] G

Page 148

142 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

recollect of the interview is that whilst my brother was talking to Mr. Poulton, I made my way to the top of the class, and finding there a boy with very red hair, asked him if his name was Bradley. A family with hair of that colour occupied a pew near to my father’s at Highfield Chapel, and had probably attracted my attention, but I think the boy whom I accosted was called Cheesborough. Into this class, however, I was not to be admitted. The class-room for myself and a few others was the garret of the house on the other side of the road. I wonder whether any of the “boys” who were with me there remember the evening when, preparing to leave, we found ourselves lockedin! Manya time after that were more than one of'us “locked up” for sundry crimes and misdemeanours, but on this occasion we had the right (if only the ability) to protest, and this protest was made by a boy still living in the town, who, gaining the roof through the attic window, kicked up such a row as to bring us a deliverer in the shape of Mr. Simpson, whose sympathy for the detention of his colleague (Mr. Ben Robinson) could scarcely—to judge from his subsequently developed faculty for ‘“ keeping-in ”—have been extended to the other prisoners. My recollections of school life in St. Paul’s Street are, however, but meagre. On the first night I fought with the hero of the garret just mentioned, (because he was not yet a College boy and J was,) and further- more in the same pride of heart I assaulted his sisters, for which dire retribution overtook me at home. I remember, also, some severe snowballing matches under St. Paul’s church-yard wall, and also my indignation with no less beings than Enoch Mellor and John Brook Smith (with both of whom I was at the time somewhat of a favourite) upon finding them smashing instead of playing at marbles at the end of the street—and upon their refusal to hand them over to me for a more legitimate ose. The College was rapidly approaching completion during the Christmas holidays, and was naturally an object of interest to those of the boys who lived near to it. Many a scamper have I had, at the risk of broken legs, across the joists of the still unfinished corridors, peering into the class-rooms, and trying to anticipate a College existence. The chairman at the first College dinner spoke of the pride with which the boys marched up to the new building, “which struck them as something grand.” And the impression was not an incorrect one. But before alluding further to it, this seems to be the place to talk about the contrast of its then surroundings to the present. Approach- ing it from the town by the Halifax (now New North) Road, there were no houses from the Catholic Chapel (except York

Page 149

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 143

House) until the terrace of buildings was reached which extends to the College gate. Beyond, and closely adjoining the College, stood old Highfield Chapel, with a shed for carriages, and the chapel keeper’s house. On the opposite side of the Halifax Road, and facing the College, was the College field, at the men- tion of which a thousand associations rush across the mind, but all that shall be recorded of it here shall be the reminder of the cricket grounds, the circus which was once improvised within its boundary, and the tree at the top of the field, although not within it, on the branches of which most of the boys have perched at some time or other.* At one side of the field was the lane, now sadly shorn of its homely beauty, endeared to us by the name of Blagger Lane, and from the College to Edgerton Bar not a house was to be seen. Approaching the College along the lane at the lower side of York House, there were but the two small cottages (still standing) as far as the road leading down to Bath Buildings, one side only of which was partially occupied by houses; then came “ Mallinson’s field,” in which stood some splendid trees, long since gone. ‘Where the lane turns to the College, and on the site of the present Girls’ College, stood the house of the minister of High- field Chapel, the garden of the house extending to the corner of the road leading to—well, in those days it seemed to lead to every place that was beautiful—past fields where now the Cemetery stands, and away into pleasant lanes and field-paths round Birkby, and thence to Fixby with its park and woods. How often, after long absences and’ many wanderings, have I re- visited those dear old haunts of mine and many other “old boys’” school days ! The road to Edgerton and beyond is now flanked by modern villas, the glorious horse-chestnut trees, with their scented blos- soms, are things of the past—the streamlet in the valley below, once so pellucid and attractive, is a filthy watercourse—but away beyond the outstretching and ever lengthening arm of civilisa- tion lie sweet nooks which may happily endure until the generation of “old boys” for whom I write shall have passed away. Who forgets “ Hannah’s pond”? one of three mill ponds lying at the foot of Fixby Hills—or, to take flight in fancy in quite another direction—who has ceased to remember

* Should not the recollections of the College field include a reference to the fifth of November bonfires, made of ‘‘ chumps,” which had often to be sought for and fought for? The last bonfire I remember there was com- posed of the remains of the old hedge—formerly so neatly kept—on the north side of the field, and chopped down for us by Wilson. A plan was once submitted to the Council for the erection of four masters’ houses in the old field, and it was a great pity that this plan could not have been carried out. 5 G

Page 150

144 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

the Lockwood Baths, with their tempting and oft visited garden—or Dungeon Wood, with its caves? beautiful Gled- holt—Castle Hill—or the bathing place at the “Sixth Lock”? But let us now go back to the College itself. When first opened, and for some years afterwards, it was not a mutilated fragment as now, but complete in itself. From the cloisters the stairs led right and left into the corridors, whilst under the right hand staircase was the door at which Ignorance—I beg pardon, the lower schoolboys—entered the dark corridor leading to their quarters. The Lower School occupied the south side of the building, two class-rooms being divided by a long writing room. In these rooms Robinson and Poulton taught the young idea how to shoot, and the latter could do this in a very striking manner when his clenched fist and the ear of some refractory scholar happened to meet. Passing his room along the gloomy passage, the smaller passage was reached which led out into the playground underneath the main A door from this smaller passage opened into a room in which day scholars from a distance might eat their dinners and take additional lessons in mischief, of which latter opportunity they largely availed themselves. From Lindley, Quarmby, and other places there came in early days some exceedingly rough specimens of humanity, and I should think that the masters had a tough job with them, but when it came to a fight, as was at one time the case almost daily, with the National School lads or other out- siders, they were indeed towers of strength. I might well speak of these Recollections as desultory, but let us get on. At the opposite side to Poulton’s class-room was Wilson’s, the College porter’s kitchen. Here a good dinner could be had on payment of a small sum by boys from the town and neighbourhood. Mrs. Wilson, stout and jolly herself, looked well after creature comforts, and from her could also be pur- chased the many toothsome sweets included under the name of ““spice,”. together with gingerbeer, Scotch bread, or short cake. About Wilson himself I must say something further on. Next to Wilson’s room, and facing the Chapel, was the drill room, where our first instructor was Captain Hackett, a mild and unwar- like looking old gentleman, a striking contrast to his respected successor, Sergeant Harry, who, whether trying to lick us into

* The mention of this doorway will remind ‘‘old boys” of the days when, upon the cry of ‘‘a rush!” being raised in the cloisters, every lad betook himself in hot haste by one way or the other to the entrance which separates the playground. There the opposing forces met, and then came the fierce struggle for the mastery—the densely wedged crowd—the frantic pushing and the tumultuous cheers as the victors at last carried all before them! Was it not Mr. Harris who once ventured into our midst through Wilson’s doorway at the very crisis of the struggle ?

Page 151

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 145

shape, or doing duty with the Yeomanry, was “every inch a soldier.” The space between the drill-room and the Lower School, and underneath the hall, consisted of dark cellars, one of which was the dreaded “black hole,” and in which—but I for- bear to dwell upon personal and painful topics, and hasten out into the cloisters. But instead of entering the Upper School from there let us go round and pass through what was then emphatically the Masters’ door—the main entrance. In those days this entrance was sacred to the Masters and Members of the Council, and only on the occasions of the half-yearly distri- bution of prizes were its steps trodden by us, as in eager expectation we marched in procession from the cloisters into the road, and thence through the opened doors and up the stair- case to the hall. On the right hand was the Principal’s room, and, entering the corridor, to the right was the Masters’ room, and to the left the Council room. Whatever the hubbub in the other passages here all was quiet. Even to peep down this sacred corridor was considered by small boys as a courageous act, whilst to dare to scud on tiptoe from one end to the other was to perform a deed of unparalleled audacity. Next to the Council room and over the drill room was No. 1, the writing room—No. 2, at first an occasional class-room—then at the north-east angle No. 3. Nos. 4, 5, and 6 completed the east side. Nos. 7, 8, and 9, on the south side—and over the writing room of the Lower School—were also occasional class-rooms, and these com- pleted the circuit. No. 7 was for some time called, if I remem- ber rightly, the “‘ object room,” and there we had lectures on science, with practical illustrations of electricity and the like. (To be continued.)

FOOTBALL.

CRESCENT JUNIORS v. HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE.

Tus, the return match, took place on Saturday, February 2nd, on the ground of the latter, and resulted in an easy victory for the visitors. The teams were :—College—Backs, H. M. Wood- head and G. H. Wilks ; three-quarter backs, A. Crowther and W. Halstead ; half-backs, B. H. Halstead and H. C. Walker ; forwards, H. Hirst, Coward, H. Kitson, Dyson, A. L. Woodhead, A. Jowitt, J. Haigh, A. R. Wright, and another. Crescent Juniors—Backs, Newton and A. Lockwood ; three-quarter backs, A. Wilkinson and F. Wadge : half-backs, W. Strickland and A. E. Clayton ; forwards, F. Beckwith, W. Sykes, H. Hollingworth, A. Moore, A. Sykes, C. Stork, H. Isherwood, H. Sykes, and A, Thornton. The Crescent captain kicked off against the wind,

Page 152

146 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

and after some loose and packed scrimmages, H. M. Woodhead succeeded in obtaining a try for the College. At half-time the game stood—Crescent Juniors, three touches-down to their opponents one try, and one touch-in-goal. On play being resumed the Juniors scored rapidly, having the game all their own way. A. EK. Clayton gained the first try for the Crescent Juniors, which was converted into a goal by A. Lockwood. The ball was, after having been kicked off, gradually forced into the College goal line, and a try obtained through the medium of C. Stork. A. Wilkinson soon after contrived to kick a goal from the field of play after a good run, a feat which was hailed with loud applause. Beckwith obtained the next try, but the ball being touched down at some distance from the goal, the try failed. Besides this the Crescent scored three touches-down. On no-side being called the game stood as follows :—Crescent Juniors—two goals, two tries, and six touches-down, to one try, and one touch-in-goal. H. M. Woodhead and Walker (captain) played well for the home team, as did Newton, Clayton, and A. Wilkinson for the visitors.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE v. ALMONDBURY GRAMMAR SCHOOL.

This match was played on the ground of the latter on Wed- nesday, February 6th, and resulted in a victory for the visitors by one goal, two tries, one punt out, and two touches-down, to nothing. The ball was started by the home team: being well returned it got into a scrimmage, which was followed by many more during the first half of the game. After about ten minutes’ play, W. Halstead obtained a touch-down by a very good dribble, but the try wes unsuccessful. The ball was well run out of danger and was ultimately worked into neutral ground by good runs by Newton, and there it stopped till half-time. The second half of the game was much more loose, and was carried on for the most part in the Almondbury territory. After a good dribble Walker obtained a try, which he converted into a goal. The ball being restarted was soon taken to the Almondbury end by the good runs of Woodhead and Wilks, assisted by the forwards, who played well together. Newton several times relieved his line, but at length B. Halstead ran in close to the touch line, Walker took the “ place” and nearly succeeded in kicking a goal. After this the College obtained two more touches-down, and a very pleasant game was brought to a con- clusion. The teams were as follow :—Almondbury—Backs, Taylor and Day ; three-quarter backs, KE. Newton (captain) and Brown ; half-backs, Collins and Nowell; forwards, Carter, Wilson, Roberts, Billcliff, Hallas, Dowell, Kaye, A. Newton, and R. Newton. College—Backs, H. M. Woodhead and G. Wilks ;

Page 153

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 147

three-quarter backs, W. Halstead and A. Crowther ; half-backs, H. C. Walker and B. Halstead ; forwards, H. Scholes, A. Wood- head, H. Hirst, J. Haigh, J. Armitage, Dyson, Hodgson, T. Hirst, and W. J. Shaw.

BRADFORD (SecoND TEAM) v. HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE.

This match took place at Huddersfield, February 16th, and resulted in a victory for the visitors by two goals, two tries, and five touch-downs to one touch-down. Huddersfield won the toss and decided to play with the wind. The ball was started by the Juniors at about 3.30, and being well followed up, the forwards prevented it from being returned. The visitors’ forwards now set to work with a will, and soon had the game on the Huddersfield goal line, where Harrison made some desperate efforts to get in, and was only prevented by the good tackling of the Huddersfield back. On the ball being carried over the line, however, Boyes obtained the first try for Bradford, which Longbottom failed to convert into a goal. The game was chiefly within the Huddersfield “25,” until Golden kicked a neat goal from play, when, as a matter of course, the home team kicked off from the centre of the field, but they soon found themselves in their old quarters, where T. Harrison ran in, thus obtaining the second try, which Longbottom placed over the bar. Soon after this half-time was called. On play being resumed, the home team started the ball, but it was re- turned into neutral ground, and gradually driven towards the Huddersfield goal line, the home team being obliged to touch down in self-defence. After the ball had been brought out it was followed up with some very good play on both sides, each trying their utmost to score, and for some time the home team carried the ball before them, and at last forced the Juniors to touch down. This somewhat nettled the visitors, who put on an extra spurt, and soon had the game dangerously near their opponents’ goal, where several more touches-down were added to the score. Just before time was called another try was obtained by the Juniors, but the “ place” proved a failure. The teams were as follows .—Huddersfield Collége—Booth and Woodhead, backs ; Sharpe and Halstead, three-quarter backs ; Clayton and Roberts, half-backs ; Wright, Jowett, Dyson, Halstead, Raynor, Pakle, Atkinson, Walker and Hirst, forwards. Bradford Juniors—E,. Golden and E. Keighley, backs; S. Longbottom, three-quarter back ; T. Harrison and A. Storey, half-backs ; H. Boyes (captain), B. J. Hall, H. Smith, C. Passavant, J. Illing- worth, J. G. Harrison, J. Hammond, J. Shackleton, R. Moxon, S. Parker, forwards. 7 G

Page 154

148 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

REMINISCENCES OF CAPE TOWN.

( Continued from page 126.)

From Kleine Drakenstein, three of us with a black man started on an expedition by du Toits Kloof, which is many miles in length ; generally so narrow that the river takes up the whole space, and it has to be crossed some twenty times—a difficult operation, as your horse is at one moment on the top of a huge boulder, the next soused in a deep hole, here and there is a more open space. On one of these a German Major in our 60th rifles, built his house, planted oranges with other fruit trees, but being unsupported, abandoned it or died. Ascending the mountains to kill a tiger or two, and a quagga, the jungle I was led through was intolerable, bent double without the least chance of raising my gun to fire, luckily we did not find any wild beast. So leaving the jungle we ascended higher and higher, sleeping alongside a huge detached rock of some mineral substance like steel. In the early morn pursuing our way under a burning sun, one of our party knocked up, so I left them, and after a fatiguing walk came to a stand-still before a precipice some hundreds of feet ; below, seeing a likely country, I commenced descending over the alternate rocks and green slopes. Safely down some distance, when holding on by a shrub on a very slippery grassy slope, it gave way, and down I rolled over rock and slope until I reached the bottom; the dogs gave a howl and dashed on, meeting the same fate. It was pitiful to see how the bold hunter and his dogs limped along—half frightened amidst the reeds twelve feet high—the sudden stop, at seeing the fresh foot marks of a tiger—to turn round was no use, there was the preci- pice, so on we sneaked, our courage knocked out of us, and glad I was when I found myself in the open. Walking along the slopes, a Berg slang (mountain adder) made a spring and passed very close to my face. In two hours I fell in with my com- panions, and they commenced pheasant shooting. At dusk we lit a fire by a thickly wooded mountain stream and all slept. Suddenly we were awoke by the sharp bark of the dogs—the fire was stirred, and just above us on a sloping bough was a tiger, I stopped the men from firing, saying, draw your pheasant shot and put in ball, if he springs I will fire in his eyes. Just when all were ready, he backed out into darkness, and we could not find him with torches. Returning by the Franche Hock Pass, we slept out with some oxen. My watch was from twelve to two in the morning. Sauntering up and down before the. fire, I saw, within three yards, a large hyena—lI did not fire, but called my companions,

Page 155

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 149

soon there was such a din, the half laugh, half yell, now and then a roar, as of a lion. All the devils in hell might be sur- rounding us, mountain on mountain re-echoed the noise, indeed there appeared to be hundreds of hyenas around us—a Hottentot, at a distant fire, could not find his bullets, so I had to go over to him. We fired, standing and kneeling, until we fancied we had killed scores. In time all was quiet. Starting to hunt up the slain, Cornelius pointed to his dog, keeping close to his legs ; he then imitated their cry and hundreds answered. When daylight came we could not find a single dead animal, so supposed the living had eaten the dead and wounded. Some young men of French extraction, whose forefathers had been driven out of France by the revocation of the Edict of Nantes, congratulated us on the night we had passed (the hyenas being unusually savage in April). They followed the spoor up the mountains and we heard that they killed six. When more accustomed to hyenas, while riding in the night, we whipped them off with our hunting whips, taking care to go along slowly, their courage increasing the faster you ride. On this return journey I fell in with some German Mission- © aries—forty of whom had been sent to the Cape by the late King of Prussia. In Zwartland staying with different Boers, we visited the Groene Kloof Moravian establishment and were made much of. My companion’s brother, Doctor Leisching, being the medical attendant, although living in Cape Town. In lieu of being put in the lodging house, we had our meals with the establish- ment. Holbach, the Bishop, was an intelligent man- and cheerful; he bad just returned from England, having been examined by a committee of the House of Commons ; the other Missionaries had a depressed look. Father Clements, the principal, was a watchmaker, another a wheelwright, and so on—all worked at a trade—some farming—one had lately received a wife from Germany whom he had never seen pre- viously, no choice being allowed—fancy how delighted he must have been to receive, as a bride, a great gawky woman, with bare skinny arms—he told us he was satisfied—only, he rather preferred Greenland with its snow, to the heat of the Cape. The church service was in very good taste, but men and women separated. I had reason to fancy that if the fathers and mothers were not in all respects true converts, the children really became so. We went to Duckett’s, whose father was sent out to teach the Dutch farming; he failed at first with most crops, but afterwards succeeded by mixing the two systems. The widow was lady-like, the house comfortable and nicely situated. Young Duckett rode on with us to Jacob Van

Page 156

150 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Reenan’s at Ganz Kraal, the blood-horse breeder. Within three hundred yards of his house we saw some of the largest black snakes I had ever seen, disgusting reptiles of great girth. At dinner, Leisching and I had such noisy arguments with our host concerning the English Government, that heaps of slaves entered in amazement—we teazed him until he got into a furious passion, then Leisching, although a Dutch Boer, asked if the insult was for us—no—the Government. In meantime Duckett made love to Miss Van Reenan, a nice girl, and event- ually married her. From thence we rode on to Koetze’s, some miles distant, also a large horse breeder, and slept there. In this trip we shot antelopes and koran. We separated, and as I had no farm to look after I joined some sportsmen, and we amused ourselves about Saldunha and St. Helna Bays—but the heat was so intense that sheets of water half a mile in length and seventeen to twenty-seven feet in depth had evaporated, and I could only get a tumbler of water the colour of pipe clay for myself and horse. The wild turkeys were very fine, there are two sorts, the largest are so fat that they split on falling to the ground and the flesh is quite transparent. The ostriches, although very plentiful, we did not succeed in killing —they are easily approached in a light horse waggon, taking the precaution in making a circuit round them, on the least appearance of alarm, to turn your horses’ heads and drive from them, by constantly decreasing the circle you get within shot. The antelopes are easily caught after rain, as they slip then on the ground, and the dogs do not. There was a large hippopota- mus in one pool. We found with the assistance of a Hottentot woman plenty of ostriches’ eggs, of which omelettes are made. There are lions a long way up the country, and they are killed safely by the Boers in the daytime, as they only feed at night. When seen lying down, the men approach slowly, then get off their horses and twist all the reins round, which one man holds; the horses are backed until within shooting distance, when they halt one man fires between the horses’ legs, if the lion is not killed he springs on the horses’ backs, and instantly has some dozen balls through his head, a horse or two killed is of no consequence. (To be continued. ) W. 8S. Coxs.

A SUMMER IN ANDALUCIA.

(Continued from page 123.) STANDING on the “ muelle” (wharf) in the evening to see a friend off to Cadiz, we witnessed some amusing scenes of the Spanish way of administering justice. The municipales or police had to take a drunken man in charge who was on one of

Page 157

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 151

the steamers, and for this purpose one of them eatered, and by way of introduction, knocked the man’s hat off. One of the by-standers kindly: put it on again, when the act was repeated. This the “ municipal” followed up by smacking the man in the face, and then with the assistance of some present bundled him on to the wharf. Once on the “muelle” the man resisted, when the municipal releasing him began buffeting him again. Then he seized him by the throat, and held him till he was black in the face. Another municipal now came up, out with his sword, and hit him across the back. Meanwhile another drunken fellow was leaning against a post looking on, when the first official caught sight of him, came up and gave him a blow in the face, and another, and another. The man took no notice, but turned away, wiping his nose with his hand apparently not fully com- prehending what had happened. Having accomplished this feat the municipal went back to his first captive, and then ensued another attempt to get him off the wharf in which laudable object they ultimately succeeded. Meantime another scandal took place. Two short stout men, dressed in the uniform of river-police, came rushing up the mole, one armed with a stout stick, and the other with a sword scabbard. Seeing that, we looked round to find out what they were after. At the end of the mole stood a young man, tall, well dressed in the customary black cloth jacket of the “‘majo*” pattern, and to him these officials directed their steps and their sticks. The first notice he had of their friendly intentions was a tremendous whack on the back from the foremost. He turned round, and received another from the sword scabbard. As is always safest in Spain he bolted, instead of defending himself, and followed by the stick and scabbard licking into him in turn, and their bearers crying andate, andate, go, go, escaped from the wharf. What afterwards occurred we could not find out, but we understand he was ultimately caught and taken to the Ayuntamiento, where it was probably proved that he was not the person ‘““wanted.” Altogether the scene was so barbarous and yet so ludicrous that it strongly reminds us of the pantomime in which the police always get hold of and beat the wrong man. It is always best to trust to your heels in Spain, as if you defend yourself you get treated ten times worse, and have no redress though wronged, beyond the empty words of apology (which won’t mend a broken head) for having wrongly appre- hended you, and a recommendation not to do jt again. Seeing that they seemed to be taking up and beating quite indiscriminately,

*The ‘‘majo” style is the old style of dress, stockings, knee-breeches, shoes, a sash, a flowered shirt front, and a short jacket somewhat of the Eton shape.

Page 158

152 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

we cautiously beat a retreat, considering in this case discretion by far the better part of valour. During this feast there was held a Corrida de Novillos or young bulls of three years old, the operators being all gentlemen amateurs, its object being for the benefit of some schools. In one of these Novilladas in Cadiz an amusing incident took place. The performers, twelve in number, determined to have a dinner in the ring, and at its close the bull was to be let -loose, and he who rose first was to have the privilege of paying the piper. The dinner like everything else came to an end, the door opened, and in came Mr. Bull (not John Bull), and in an instant eleven out of the twelve rose and decamped, leaving one solitary individual behind, who, however, got up before the bull reached him. And then ensued a scene. The bull tossed the table and its contents into the air, smashed all the crockery and chairs, and’otherwise conducted itself like the historical bull in the china-shop. The eleven gentlemen had to divide the damage between them, for as eleven rose at one and the same time, they could only decide who rose last. From the 15th August to the 31st, the Feria or Fair is held in the Victoria Plaza, in Puerto. At one end a tienda or saloon is built for the accommodation of those who care to purchase tickets of entrance, and here, every evening from nine till eleven, the chief families of the place and many visitors from Cadiz, Xerez, and even Sevilla meet together for dancing and music, while outside the “vulgo” walk up and down or amusethemselves at the various booths, and all seem happy and gay. The Victoria is brilliantly lighted with artificial lamps, and the effect is very picturesque. The last feast of importance is the Fiesta de la Virgen, which is precisely similar to that of Corpus Cristi; Paseo, music, theatre, bull-fights, and grand mass for a finish on Sunday. J. E. EpMInson. (To be continued. )

EDITORIAL.

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to JoHN Watkinson, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual subscription, 3/6, post free. Those of our subscribers who have hitherto applied in vain for copies of the Magazine for October, 1876, which contained index to Vol. IV., and photographic frontispiece to Vol. V., are informed that a very limited number can now be had, price 1s. each, for which early application is requested.

Page 159

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 153

CHESS. PROBLEM 137. PROBLEM 138. By Mr. F. W. Marrinpaz, America. By Mr. H. Lancaster. BLACK. BLACK.

oon I |e pes pe ei ae oa mo ila ee wo a 2 mB wi Us “Ga 4. Gal 7 ae 2 ae a ne ee “al a 2

WHITE. WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves. § White to play and mate in three moves.

PROBLEM 139.—By Mr. C. M. Baxter, Dundee. BLACK.

al a A. “a "ee a ee a “es me EE me gs ae

WHITE. White to play and mate in four moves.

Sr WC

cs

Page 160

154 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE TOURNEY.

(Continued from page 134. )

Set XII., No. 122 (in two.) Excellent in every way. Here we have the minimum of force combined with the maximum ratio of mating power—nine pieces and pawns, five mates, a large proportion! All four of White’s active pieces are employed to give mate in turn, the White King though passive being thoroughly well utilised. The first move releases the Black King unexpectedly and artistically, and having timed myself over the two-movers I may say that 122 took the longest to solve. Another noticeable point is the great purity of the mates : the same commendation bestowed for this good quality upon No. 115 applies with a slight exception to all the varia- tions in No. 122; everything is in its right place and strictly necessary, while Black’s Pawns are made to work as usefully as ornamentally. No. 123 (in three.) Fair, but decidedly inferior to the bi-move. The gratuitous capture of the Black Bishop in certain cases is not a pleasing feature, there being otherwise so little variety in the solution. No. 124 (in four.) An improvement upon the preceding, and contains some pleasing and well executed work. There is, however, one lame variation wherein White can, on move 2, proceed in three different ways. The first move in this problem might probably have been different but for constructive difficulties, at any rate I deem it rather a drawback. The set is certainly good. Set XV., No. 131 (in two.) In this problem the position at starting is anything but attractive, the pieces being so crowded together ; the solution, however, compensates for this in some measure, having considerable beauty in the mates. It is, how- ever, rather obvious that the Kt at Q 4 should move first, and the triple pin of three Black pieces after 1. K takes Kt is becoming a hackneyed device. It is also much more effectively employed as a subsidiary beauty in the succeeding problem. No. 132 (in three.) Stands at about the top of the tree in its class. 1. R to K 2 looks so tempting and so nearly succeeds that solvers may readily be thrown off the track at starting. There are also several lines of play just stopping short of a second solution, and the author’s intentions when fully unveiled reveal beauties of a kind equally symmetrical and striking. No. 133 (in four.) Very brilliant ; not so difficult, perhaps, as one or two preceding four-movers, but here as in 132 another move—1. P to Q 6—nearly leads to a solution. The successive advance of two Pawns in the main play is a rather unusual feature ; if, however, 2. P to Q 6, 2. K to K 5, White can pro-

Page 161

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 155

ceed either by 3. Q to K B 3 (ch), 4. B mates, or by 3. R to K 5 (ch), 4. Q mates. There are also some duals in other variations ; for instance after 1. P to Kt 7 there are several ways of proceeding. The problem, however, has so many beauties and such variety of action that minor defects are con- siderably discounted. This set must be pronounced excellent.

Having now passed in review the sets that stand highest in my esteem it is necessary before concluding to notice certain points—happily more of coincidence than objection—which affect two of the competing problems. I have been informed that since the publication of No. 122 in this Magazine an almost identical position has appeared in the columns of an American paper with the name of another composer attached. The searching inquiries instituted into this matter having satisfied you, Sir, as to the bona fides of the author of 122, I have felt myself at liberty to ignore the curious incident in question, but it is worthy of remark that had the names of the composers in this contest been as sealed a book to you as to myself, the two-mover referred to would have been inevitably though undeservedly disqualified! My attention has also been drawn to the strong likeness between the last three moves of the main play in No. 109 and the first variation of No. 88 in Pierces’ English Chess Problems. Those three moves are undoubtedly identical, but it must be remarked—in justice to the composer of No. 109—that a considerable amount of excellent work is present in the four which is not to be found in the three-mover. The framework of the two problems differs also in several respects, still, it must be considered some drawback to the merit of 109 that three-fourths of its main play have been so exactly though, I am convinced, accidentally anticipated. Leaving this part of my subject in your own hands, Mr. Editor, I proceed at once to

THE AWARD.

SETS. Ist No. XV. QNd gg No. IL. gg No. VII. PRIZES FOR SINGLE PROBLEMS. Best NO, 122 99 No. 132

Nos. 94 and 115 equal.

Page 162

156 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Of the three prize sets I may remark that XV. strikes me as displaying a combination of excellent qualities somewhat in advance of its rivals. A choice between II. and VII. was more difficult to determine both being very strong sets. The draw- back to No. 109 has turned the scale slightly in favour of II. The high deserts of these three sets are happily sufficient to outweigh the objectionable duals to be found in Nos. 94, 108 and 133 respectively. In very opposite styles Nos. 94 and 115 bid high for honours. Both merit the four-move prize, and I am pleased to be enabled to bracket the pair without disadvan- tage to either, an additional prize of equal value to that originally announced being especially placed at my disposal for this purpose. The sets and single problems that seem most worthy to be honourably mentioned are :—

Sets Nos. IV., V. and XII.

Two-movers :— Nos. 92, 107, and 113. Three-movers :—Nos. 99, 108, and 126. Four-movers :— Nos. 103, 124, and 133.

I wish particularly to commend the three-movers Nos. 99 and 126, both problems of great excellence in every respect that have had hard luck through coming into competition with that gem, No. 132. I am, Dear Sir, Yours faithfully,

H. J. C. ANDREWS.

OUR PROBLEM AND SOLUTION TOURNEYS.

Tue award of Mr. Andrews in our Problem Tourney will be found on another page. The post of a Judge in contests of this description is a very delicate and onerous one. The reputation of Mr. Andrews as a problem critic was assured long before the origination of this Magazine, but the series of papers on Mr. Bone’s problems, and now the elaborate and masterly review of the tourney stratagems, have, if possible, enhanced that reputation. For ourselves we may say that while we differ from Mr. Andrews on one or two minor points, we are quite at one with him in all his decisions for the prizes. We have ourselves been compelled to examine the problems thoroughly ; month after

Page 163

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 157

month the various solutions have passed under our eyes and we have had carefully to note wherein they differed from those of the author, and to find the proper defences to unsound attacks. Every problem in the entire series has thus been indelibly impressed on our memory. It may be stated here that Mr. Andrews has not seen any of the problems in MS., but has made his first acquaintance with them in the monthly issues of the Magazine : the announcement of the names of the competi- tors in our next number will be the first information he will receive of their authorship. On every ground, therefore, we can with the greatest confidence lay the award before our readers, a8 we can vouch for the thorough impartiality and unwearied patience which Mr. Andrews has shown throughout the progress of the Tourney. We take this opportunity of publicly tendering to him our most sincere thanks for the labour he has so cheerfully rendered to our Chess department. With respect to Problem 109 in the Tourney we think it must be laid down as a definite principle that where a marked similarity of idea occurs between a Tourney problem and one previously published, a deduction on the score of originality must be made without necessarily imputing any charge of conscious plagiarism. In the position now referred to we are persuaded the similarity is accidental, but we feel sure the composer will see that the judge had no option but to treat the case in the manner he has done. No. 122 may well take its place among the “ curiosities ” of problem literature. It first saw the light in the H.C. M. for October, 1877. The identical position (with the addition of a Black P on Black’s K 2, which, as it opened up a second solution, was afterwards withdrawn as an “ intruder”) appeared in the Detroit Free Press of October 20th, under the name of Mr. G. E. Carpenter. As the set containing this problem had been for- warded through the Editor of the Free Press, with the name of another composer attached, we naturally supposed that some transposition of names or problems had occurred and at once wrote both to Mr. Carpenter and the Free Press for an explana- tion. The upshot of the matter is that both Mr. Carpenter and the composer of Set XII. claim the authorship of the said two- mover. As the latter can, of course, claim priority of publication, the prize for the best two-mover has legitimately been awarded to him. We reprint the position as well as those which have carried off the honours for the best three and four-movers, and we think our readers will agree with us that the problems are worthy of any composers in any competition.

Page 164

158 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Best Two-MoveEr.

BLACK.

Best THREE-MOVER.

7

Gf Yyy 7

Ny SS SAAN

7. f, Wy

iia 1M

Yi

AM

Y YU ,

I fed I

WHY

Ss \

, = ip, Z q WY oy YS)

Best FouUR-MOVERS.

an man

a a "5

WHITE.

I ae

=

a a “es

4, Abba

S

Ug) A

UI

BLACK. Willy a Wa, a

Yy oo Y yyy ll

OLE,

WHY, WH

Vd YW Yj lj, wa YY Uj Ui 7 Vf

Yi, UY) Lp aA ,,,,,,, WU,

WS MS Ss \ S SS

were SO S Wy

WN

4 SL LL Wy Ce

PROBLEM SOLVING COMPETITION.

It has given us no small satisfaction to witness the keen struggle for supremacy among our solvers. The object we had in view in offering the prizes has been amply attained, and we should indeed be surprised if any unsound positions have run the gauntlet of the severe criticism to which they have been

subjected.

The following is

Page 165

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 159

Toe AWARD.

1. Mr. W. T. Prercs, Brighton.—Solved all—found two solutions of 91, three of 106, and two of 118.—Prize, given by John Rhodes, Esq., Pierces’ English Chess Problems. 2. Mr. J. Rew, Dumfriesshire. (J. R. W.)—Solved all— found two solutions of 106 and two of 118.—Prize, given by the Chess Editor, Chess Problems, by J. and W. T. Pierce. 3. Mr. G.J.Suater, Bolton. (Romping Girl.)—Solved all— found three solutions of 106.—Prize, the Westminster Papers for 12 months. I 4, Sera-Masor W. Mc Artutr, Chichester.—Solved all except 94—found three solutions of 106, and two of 118.— Prize, the Huddersfield College Magazine for 12 months. HonovuraBLeE Mention.—Mr. E. Haigh, Huddersfield ; Mr. W. Coates, Cheltenham ; Mr. R. W. Johnson, Liverpool ; and Mr. W. S. Pavitt, Chelmsford.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE TOURNEY. No. II.

Our next number will contain full particulars and conditions of the second Tourney, along with a Problem Code specially drawn up for the use of competitors by Mr. Andrews. We have great pleasure in announcing thag Mr. Medley, the trustee of the fund left by the late Mr. Lowenthal to be devoted to the interests of Chess, has made a grant of £5 to the prize fund. We have decided to offer this, in the shape of a

SILVER Cup,

for the best set of problems in the tourney. If any of our friends feel inclined to add anything to the prize fund, we shall be glad to hear from them by the 20th inst.

TOWNSEND’S CHALLENGE.

No solution of this problem was received by the composer. Mr. Townsend renews his offer of a prize for the first solution sent to him before March 15th. We hope our solvers will not let themselves be beaten by this confessedly difficult stratagem.

*,* SonuTion oF CHess CuriosiTy No. I., p. 1384.—White’s 3rd and 4th moves should be K to R 7 and K to Kt 7 respectively.

Page 166

160 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

with Mr. THOROLD.

As this match is the most important contest we engaged in during our Chess career perhaps we shall be pardoned if we preface the games we have selected from it by a brief history of the encounter. The match originated in the friendly rivalry of the two clubs of Sheffield and Huddersfield, and their desire to test the relative merits of their leading players. We quote the conditions as we think most of them may profitably be followed in similar contests. 1.—That the match commence at Huddersfield, Feb. 23rd, 1861, and be continued alternately at Shefheld and Hudders- field, at the convenience of the players. 2.—That the winner of the first seven games be the victor in the match. 3.—That the move in each game be taken alternately, drawn games included. 4.—That each player be free to adopt any opening he may please. 5.—That the games played be the property of either player, for publication anywhere. 6.—That in case of either player being hindered from play by illness, or an impor- tant engagement, he shall send information to the other before the day fixed for play. 7.—-That the rules of play be according to those contained in Staunton’s Treatise. The match began on the date stated in the conditions, was continued during the summer, and brought to a close Aug. 3rd, 1861. Mr. Thorold won the first, third, fourth and fifth games, the score then standing :— Mr. Thorold, 4; Mr. Watkinson, 1; and our chance of winning seemed a very forlorn hope indeed. Game by game, however, our score rose, until at the conclusion of the match the result was Mr. Watkinson, 7; Mr. Thorold, 4. We conclude our remarks with the following extract from the Field newspaper, the Chess department being then under. the care of Mr. Boden, and then leave the games to speak for themselves. “With regard to the late match between these two expert amateurs, we may observe that, like several other hard-fought Chess matches of late years, its result was remarkably different from the promise of its earlier stages. The heavy losses sus- tained by Mr. Watkinson in the outset of the match were by him attributed, in some measure, to the games being played in public, with a rather numerous company present; and, although

Page 167

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 161

such disturbing influences did not in the least affect his opponent, they must have been very material, for, from the sixth game (at which Mr. Watkinson requested that the match might be conducted in the quiet of a private room) success lay entirely with the Huddersfield champion, who gained the last six games without a break. As regards the play, both amateurs have evinced a very competent knowledge of the game, and, in the course of the contest, many good things were done on both sides. Mr. Thorold’s play strikes us as the more ingenious and imaginative, but in the more practically telling qualities of steadiness, caution, and sound judgment of position, Mr. Watkinson has it ; in knowledge of the openings and in power of resource, a near equality appears, Mr. Thorold being, we suppose, the quicker player. Finally, we must give to both gentlemen all credit for the spirit with which their match was undertaken (journeying alternately, as their leisure might per- mit, between the two towns, in order to enjoy a fair trial of their relative skill in the most manly of all sedentary sports) as well as for the unbroken friendly rivalry which ran through the whole struggle.” GamE VI.

Played March 2nd, 1861, between the Editor and Mr. Thorold. (Being the second in the Match.)

Waite (Mr. Watkinson.) Buack (Mr. THOROLD.) l PtoK 4 l Ptok 2. KttoK B3 2. KttoQB3 3. BtoQB4 3. BtoQB4 4. PtoQ 4. BtoQ Kt 3 (a) 5. PtoQ (bd) 5. KttoK B3 6 PtoQ4 6. K Kt takes P (c) 7 BtoQd 7 PtoK B4 (d) 8. B takes K Kt 8. P takes B 9. Bto Kt 5 9. Ktto K 2 10. Kt takes P 10. Castles (e) 11. Qto Q Kt 3 (ch) ll. PtoQ4 12. B takes Kt 12. Q takes B 13. Q takes P (ch) 13. BtoK 3 14. Q takes K P (/) 14. QRtoQ sq 15. Castles 15. BtoQ4 16. Qto K Kt 4 16. PtoQB3 17. Q Kt to Q 2 17. BtoK 3 18. QtoK Kt3 18 RtoK B4 19. PtoK B4 19. QRtoK B sq (g) 20. K sq 20. QtoQ3 21. Ktto K 4 21. QtoQB2

Page 168

162 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

(2) This mode of evading the Evans deserves more thorough analysis than it has yet received. Anderssen and Neumann look upon it theo- en with disfavour, but a good deal can be said for it in practical

Though not so aggressive as the usual continuation of 5. P to Q R 4 the move in the text is quite satisfactory, as it resolves the opening into a well known form of the Giuoco Piano, generally supposed to yield a

P toQ R3 (h) 22. BtoQ 4 PtoK R3 23. PtoQR3 K to R 2 24, Qto K 2 K Kt to K Kt 4 (7) 25. K to R sq Q Kt toK B6 26. QtoK B2 Kt takes B 27. P takes Kt Kt to K 5 28. QtoQB2 R to K 3 29. PtoK Kt 4 QRtoK B3 30. P takes P R takes P 31. Rto K Kt sq

Q takes R (ch) (J) 32. K takes Q R takes R and wins.

NOTES BY MR. G. B. FRASER.

slight advantage to the first player. (c) P takes P might also be played without danger.

(da) This almost suicidal reply, of which White takes immediate advantage, is apparently the result of insufficient examination. ought evidently to have retreated to B 3 which appears to nearly equalise

the positions, ¢.g.

7 KttoKB3 8. B takes Kt (a) 8. QP takes B 9. Kt takes K P 9 PtoQR4, &e. or(a) 8. P takes P 8. Kt takes B 9. Q takes Kt 9. KttoK 2 10. QtoQ3 10. PtoQ4 11. P takes P (en passant) 11. Q takes P 12. Q takes Q 12. P takes Q 13. Biok 4 13. Bto K Kt 5 if now 14. B takes Q P 14. KttoK B4 15. BtoKB4 15. B takes Kt 16. P takes B 16. KttoQ5 17. KttoQR3 17. Kt takes B P (ch) &c.

(e) Bad as this undoubtedly is, there is positively nothing better on

the board.

(f) And now with two Pawns ahead and a position perfectly secure,

the game in Mr. Watkinson’s hands becomes a certainty.

(g) Black, I presume, foresaw that nothing favourable would result from the capture of Q P at this juncture.

tinuation would have been the following :

19. R takes Q P P takes R 20. B takes P (ch) K to R sq R R takes B 22. Q takes Q Kt P Q to K 3 23. Q takes P lift the Rook take it, then Kt to Q 3 wins.] Q takes Q 24. RK takes Q

Q Kt to K B 3 and White must ultimately gain the day.

The Kt

In such case the probable con-

*

Page 169

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 163

(h) White may leisurely make everything secure at home, before he adopts more vigorous measures to bring the game to a close.

(i) Threatening to win the Queen. If Black now play 25. B takes Kt then

26. Kt to R 6 (ch) 26. KtoRs 27. Kt takes R 27. RB takes ke 28. Q to K 3 and the Bishop must go. The diagram shows the position after White’s 25th move.

a a He

Y UE Uj bo Y

wf “ra See ce

WuitEe (Mr. WarkInson.) Position after White’s 25th move. (j) <A sacrifice which neatly and unexpectedly terminates the contest.

Chess BPottings.

ProsBLEeM TOURNEYS.—The Westminster Papers announces a Problem Tourney open to composers of all nations. Each com- petitor is to send in three problems in two, three, or four moves with the usual motto and sealed envelope arrangement. April 20th is the time limit for the United Kingdom ; May 20th for the continent of Europe, Canada, and ‘America ; elsewhere August 20th. The judges are Messrs. P. T. Duffy and W. T. Pierce, with Mr. F. H. Lewis as umpire. Three prizes are

Page 170

164 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

offered for sets, viz., First prize £5, Second prize £3, Third prize £2. Mr. A. E. Studd promises £2 for the best two-mover, and a complete set of the Westminster Papers will fall to the lot of the author of the best three-mover. Single problems may compete for these last two prizes. The Forest and Stream (address E. A. Kunkel, P.O. Box 54, Wolcottville, Conn., U.S.) commenced what promises to be a very entertaining Chess column in its issue of January 17th. A prominent feature is the inauguration of a Problem Tourney with the following liberal prizes. For the best set, 25 dollars ; second best, 20 dollars; third best, 10 dollars; best two and three-move problems, 5 dollars each; for the second best two and three-move problems, 2 dollars each ; for the best problem of the tourney, 5 dollars. Each composer is invited to send in a, two-move problem accompanied by his photograph, the author of the winning position to receive as a prize all the photographs. Competition open to all the world, and composers may enter as many sets or single problems as they choose. Unsound positions may be amended by the authors. Entries received until July Ist, 1878. There are also six prizes for solvers. Mr. Chas. A. Gilberg has won the first prize for the two- movers, and also first prize for three-movers, in a tourney recently concluded in the Danbury News. Matcou.—On Saturday, Feb. 16th, the Bradford and -Manchester Athenzeum Chess Clubs met in friendly conflict at the commodious rooms of the former Club at Leuchter’s Restau- rant. Fifteen players represented each club and two games were contested between each couple of competitors. At the conclusion of the play the score gave 14 games to Manchester, 9 to Bradford, and 7 drawn games. This is the first meeting of the two clubs but we are glad to hear that it is not to be the last, as a return has been arranged for Easter-Monday at Man- chester, and in future an annual home-and-home match will be played. The Manchester Club is a very strong one, and it is no discredit to the Bradford Club to come off second best in such an encounter. BritisH AssociaTion.—At a Committee meeting of this Association held on Feb. 15th, Mr. Chas. Tomlinson, ¥F.R.S., and Mr. H. J. C. Andrews, were respectively elected President and Vice-President. Better appointments could not possibly have been made. THe HUDDERSFIELD CoLLEGH MaGazine has now grown to such proportions, in a double sense, that praise, although more deserved than ever, must appear superfluous to English Chess- players.— Westminster Papers for March.

Page 171

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 165

A CHESS CENTURY.+*

The Lebanon Herald deserves great credit for the excellent idea of instituting a two-move problem tourney open to the world, and its great success is proved by the contents of this little volume, containing 105 specimens of two-move strategy by 43 composers. It was an encouragement also for the juve- niles in the problem art, as they generally try their strength in these short flights of fancy before soaring higher. We are pleased to see that difficulty is considered as one of the principal elements in the prize problems. It is, indeed, imperative that a two-mover to be thoroughly good, should be difficult, have variety, no duals and no superfluous force. The chief feature of No. 1, the first prize problem, by W. A. Shinkman, is its great difficulty. This problem has already been criticised in these columns on page 347, vol. v.; the ex- ception is there taken to the existence of the Kt on Q 5 which is not wanted as a Kt, and might just as well be a White Pawn. We do not consider the device of using extra superfluous force (even if it add to the difficulty, which is doubtful in this case) is one to be rewarded with a first prize. In all other respects, however, the problem is most excellent. The second prize is gained by the late R. B. Wormald, and possesses great interest and merit from the variety of the mates and its perfect con- struction ; it will not compare with No. 1 as to difficulty for it is quite evident the Rook on R 2 must move if it is to be of any use. No. 3, also a prize problem, is pretty but rather obvious ; there is certainly more than one other problem in the book which might have taken this one’s place. No. 4 strikes us as very good, Black’s pieces are very free, perhaps the threat- ened check helps to tell the secret. No. 5 is one of those which loudly betray themselves ; the idea is certainly very charming if only it could be better concealed. No. 6 is very neat and very easy ; No. 7 not very original ; No. 8 is very easy ; No. 9 is pleasing, bad duals if B moves to any square but Kt 6. No. 10 by Mr. Kidson is very charming and difficult; No. 11 by J. W. Abbott is a beautiful problem and stands very high in our estimation—had it been more difficult it would probably have taken third place at least. No. 12 is very neat but easy; No. 13 is clever but it is pretty clear the Q moves first ; No. 14 we found puzzling and although not surprising enough to please

* A Chess Century: embracing more than one hundred original problems in two moves, contributed to the Lebanon Herald Prize Tourney. —Lebanon, Tenn., R. L. C. White & Co., Publishers.

Page 172

166 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

much, well merits its honourable place ; No. 15 easier than 14 but more graceful; No. 16 is very fair but the idea is stale and therefore obvious; No. 17 is very ugly, unnatural, and easy ; No. 18 is still worse—this is a good example of what a two- mover should noé be. These are all that have received the distinction of being honourably mentioned ; there are in our Opinion several that deserve it far more than 17 and 18. We hope we have not tasted all the cream yet; we shall, however, now run on rather quicker and only notify those that strike us most for goodness or badness. 19 runs 18 very close indeed for badness, but is perhaps beaten by 20. Nos. 24 and 27 are very fair, but Nos. 22, 26, and 30 all begin with checks and can compare only with the frontispiece problem, which consists of four problems on one diagram all beginning with checks. Although this production is by the greatest of Ameri- can composers we think it a very poor compliment to inscribe it to the victors in this tourney ; it may be viewed as a huge joke or satire, but they will hardly see the point of it. No. 33 is especially vile. We now pass through a very bad vein, 45 again begins with a check. In 47 the White King has to get out of check himself, a novel idea truly! we come to an oasis in this dreary desert of badness and mediocrity in No. 57 by T. G. Hart‘and 59 by C. M. Baxter; the latter is especially good and should have taken honourable rank at least. 60 by the same composer is also brilliant although the motive is seen from the position; it also suffers from duals. The next problem of note is No. 65 by the Rev. A. C. Pearson; it is strikingly beautiful, difficult and original. 66, 67 and 68 are all very pretty. 69 by J. W. Abbott is also very fine in every respect, and 70 by H. Meyer is in this composer’s usual correct and happy style. When one comes to so hideous a deformity as 72 one wonders what monstrosities or simplicities the ex- cluded two-movers could have been; they should have been added as curiosities with this and others or the whole lot excluded together. 78 by Shinkman is pleasing and somewhat like No. 1 in idea. 80 to 92 are all by Faysse, Pére; none please us much except, perhaps, 83 by way of contrast. Againa very poor lot until we reach 101 by H. E. Kidson, which is good but hardly does this gifted composer justice. 102 is pretty. 104 neat but it is obvious the Kt moves. 105 by A. Townsend concludes the book very satisfactorily. On the whole we are forced to the conclusion that this is a very poor collection ; it is hard work to have to wade through so much rubbish to light upon about twenty gems at the most.

W. TimMBRELL

Page 173

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 167

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 134. WHITE. BLACK. WHITE. BLACK. 2. P to Q 4 2. Any move 1. Q to K6 1. K to Kt7 or P I 3, p, B, Kt or R mates accordingly to K 6 (a) (b) 1. P to K 4 2.QtoKB5 2. Any move 2.PtcQB4 2. Any move 3. Q to B square (mate) K 6orP 3. Kt, R or B mates accordingly (a) Atos I SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 136. K to B3 1. B to K sq (a)

2,.QtoQB4 2. Any move 3. Q mates accordingly

S 1 2 o Kt 4 2. BtoQ 2 3 (Duals if Black play 1. K toK 6 I 4 2 3 ( 2

t to R 5 3. Any move or Kt mates accordingly

K K or P to K 6, by 2. Bto K 5 and Kk fay 1. Rto B6(ch) (b) K Q K

to B sq respectively.) o Kt 4 2.BtoB2

t to Q6(ch) 3. B takes Q t to Q 8 (mate) 1. Bto K 4 K to Kt 4 2 BtoQd5 Q takes B 3. Any move Q mates

(a) 1. Q to Kt 4d)

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 135.

oa ee

4. 1BtoKB3 = 1.Qto Kt3 (a) 2. KttoK 4(ch) 2. K toQ 4 3. 3. P to Q B 4 (mate) 4

ComMPETITION.—Problem 134, by S. Loyd.—Solved by W. F., Bridge of Allan. ‘‘Very good and difficult, with great variety considering the number of pieces employed. This style of problem gives (to me, at least) far more trouble than positions of greater elaboration.”—S. H. T., London. ‘‘ The idea embodied in this little stratagem has been so often worked that scarcely more than a glance is required to discover it.”— A. W., London. ‘*A very good problem.”—R. A., London.—H. G., Guernsey. ‘' Kasy.”—J. ¥., Glasgow.—Romping Girl.—G. F. O., Brad- ford. ‘‘ Very easy.”—F. V. P., Manchester. ‘*1 don’t see much in this except the beauty of the construction quite characteristic of the author.”’- - W. ff. S. M., Dublin.—E. H., Huddersfield.—J. R. W., Dumfriesshire.-— W. Mc A., Chichester. ‘‘ Neat.”—J. R., Cleckheaton.—G. W. S., Cov- entry. ‘‘Neat, but easy.”—J. K., Norwich. ‘‘ A good problem.” Problem 135, by W. A. Shinkman.—Solved by W. F. ‘*A curious and carefully constructed position. The manner in which Black Kt and P impede the action of the Q is very ably managed. I grant that K B must throw down the gauntlet, but his reason for taking the stand he does is not understood till one’s grasp of the position is thorough.”—S. H. T. ‘‘More peculiar than pleasing.”—-A. W. (Wrong in main variation, (b) omitted.)—R. A. (Wrong in main variation.)—H. G. ‘* Very good.”— J. Y. (Main variation omitted, wrong in (b).—Romping Girl.—G. F. O. ‘‘ Neat, with a good variety of play.”—F. V. P. ‘‘I like much the drawing back of the B in the first move as it is both defensive (shielding the K from a check) and offensive.” —W. H.S. M. (Wrong in (6).—E. H.—J. R. W.— W. Mc A. (Main variation omitted.) ‘‘ Difficult.”"—J. R.—G. W. S. *‘ Puzzling and pleasing.”—J. K. ‘‘ A very pretty and good problem.” Problem 136, by Pierce and Meyer.—Solved by W. F. ‘‘By no means so difficult to solve as its companions, the first move being almost compul- sory besides pointing out the others. The position is, however, remarkable for the impotence of Black during White King’s march to his safely guarded castle.”—S. H. T. ‘* This is very easy for a four-mover. The idea is so much upon the surface it can be seen at once—the K being out of the way, Q will mate at Kt 4. It is only a question then of where the K shall go. This is at once answered by that betrayer of the secret the White P at B 6,

Page 174

168 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

which seems to say—‘ Come on, your Majesty, I will shield you from the R. Out of the active fray, and our forces must be triumphant !”—A. W. (Main variation, and (0) omitted, (a) imperfect.)—R. A.—H.G. ‘‘ Very good and has some very tough variations.”—J. Y. (Main variation and (6) omitted.)—Romping Girl._—G. F. 0. ‘Solution very evident.”— F. V. P. (Imperfect.) ‘‘ All Black’s pieces are powerless, and the only thing White has to do is to get his K into safe quarters.” —-W. H. S. M.— E. H. (Wrong in (0) ‘‘A serious dual occurs in main. variation by 2. B to B 4 (ch), 2. P takes B (best), 3. K takes B, &.)—J. R. W.— W. Mc A.—J. R.—J. K. .

SOLUTIONS OF PROBLEMS IN “ ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS.”

No. XXVII.—1. Q toQ B 5 (ch), 2. Q to Q Kt 4 (ch), 3. Q to Q 4 (ch), 3. a to 4. B to Kt 4 (ch), 5. B to K sq (dis ch), 6. Q to Kt 4(ch), 7. Q mates.

No. XXVIII.—1. Kt to Q 2, 2. P one, 3. K to B 2, 3. K to R 7 (best), 4. Kt to K 4, 5. Kt to B 5, 5. K to R 7 (best), 6. Kt to Q . Kt to Q B sq, 8. Kt mates.

3, 7 No. XXIX.—1. Q to B 8 (ch), 2. P to K 6 (ch), 3.Q to K B8 3. R covers (best), 4. Q takes R (ch), 5. Q to K B 5 (ch), 6. Q to Q 5 (ch), 7. Q to Q Kt 3 (ch), 8. Qto Q B 4 (ch), 9. Q toQ 5 (ch), 9. K to B 3 (best 10. Q to K B 5 (ch), 11. Q to B7 (ch), 12. Q to B 8 (mate).

No. XXX.—1. Bto B 6 (ch), 2. R to Q R7 (ch), 3. B to Kt 5 (ch), 4.Q to Q 5. Bto Q7 (ch), 6. Bto K Kt 4 (ch), 7. Q to Q 7 (ch), 8. Q to K 7 (ch), 9. B to Qsq (ch), 10. R to K R38 (ch), 11. Q to K R 7 (ch), 12. Q to K Kt 7 (ch), 13. Q to K B 7 (ch), 14. Q to K 7 (ch), 15. R to Q B7 (ch), 16. Q to Q Kt 4 (ch), 17. Rto B 8 (ch), 18. Rto K R 7 (ch), 19. Q to K Kt 7 (ch), 20. R to Q B 5 (ch), 21. K to Q B gq (ch), 22. Q to Q RB 6 (ch), 23. R to Q Kt 7 (ch), 24. P mates.

No. XXXI.—1. Q to K R 5 (ch), 2. Q to Kt 4 (ch), 3. Q to B 3 (ch), 4. Rto K Kt 2 (ch), 5. R to Q 2 (ch), 6. Kt to K 2 (ch), 7. Kt to Q B sq (ch), 8. R to K Kt 2 (ch), 9. R to K 2 (ch), 10. R to K sq (ch), 11. Q to K B 2(ch), 12. R to K Rq (ch), 13. R to R 4 (ch), 14. Q to K B 15. Rto R 6 (ch), 16. Q to K B 6 (ch), 17. Q to K R 8 (ch), 18. Rto K B 6 (ch), 19. Q to K B 8 (ch), 20. R to Q 6 (ch), 21. Q to Q 8 (ch), 22. R to Q Kt 6 (ch), 23. Q to B 7 (ch), 24. Q to B 6 (ch), 25. R to Q Kt 7 (ch), 26. R to Kt 3(ch), 27. Q to B 7 (ch), 27. K to R 8 (best), 28. Q to B 8 (ch), 29. Q to Q Kt 8 (ch), 30. Q to Kt 7 (ch), 31. Q to Kt 6 (ch), 32. R to Q R 3 (ch), 33. Q to Q R 6 (ch), 34. P takes R (mate).

No. XXXII.—1. Q to Q 3 (ch), 2. R to Q B 2 (ch), 8. Q to Q Kt 3 (ch), 4. Q to Q B 8 (ch), 5. R to Q B sq (ch), 6. Q toQ B 2(ch), 7. R toQ R sq (ch), 8. R to R 4 (ch), 9. Q to Q B 4 (ch), 10. R to R6(ch), 11. B to B 8 (ch), 12. R to Q Kt 6 (ch), 12. K to R 7 (best), 13. Q to Q B 7 (ch), 14, Q to B 6 (ch), 15. R to Q Kt 7 (ch), 16. R to Kt 5(ch), 17. Q to B 7 (ch), 18. Bto Kt 7 (ch), 19. B to K Kt 2 (ch), 20. Q to B6 (ch), 21. R to Kt 7 (ch), 22. R to Q B7 (ch), 28. R to B 8 (ch), 24. Q to R 25. R to B 6 (ch), 26. Q to R 6 (ch), 27. R to B 4 (ch), 28. Q to R 4 (ch), 29. R to B 2 (ch), 30. Q to Kt 3 (ch), 31. Q to Q B 8 (ch), 32. R. to Q Kt 2 (ch), 38. Rto K B 2 (ch), 34 Q to Q B 2 (ch), 35. Q to Q sq (ch), 35. Q mates.

a,

Page 175

Pudderstield College

COLLEGE RECOLLECTIONS. (Continued from page 145.)

THE hall had four entrances. At that beneath the clock Wilson performed his tintinnabulations. Round the floor of the hall ran two rows of pipes for warming the building. These were afterwards removed, and well do I remember the first afternoon when the step which covered them at the north entrance to the hall had been taken away : every boy, as he rushed in, stumbling against the nearest form, to the great mirth of those who had already entered and discovered the cause of their involuntary obeisance. I was still such a small boy when the College was opened that I formed one of Mr. Robinson’s class in the Lower School. He was, I suppose, the only Yorkshireman amongst the masters—a self-taught and estimable man. Soon afterwards I was promoted into Mr. Poulton’s class, and left him with the impression that he had no love for any of the lads beyond his own boarders. I do not say that this was by any meansa correct estimate of him, but I do know that he showed town boys short shrift, and perhaps they only got what they deserved. How vividly comes back the recollection of transfer to the Upper School, and our first morning in No. 9 with a card of Latin declensions in our hands! Dr., then Mr. Wright, took charge of the new arrivals for a short time. Was there ever a boy who even dreamt of playing pranks whilst Mr. Wright was present? The jingle of his keys as he came along the corridor, and the rustle of his gown as he entered the class-room, were alone sufficient to check the least noise. Often have I wondered what could have induced such a man to come to such a place as Huddersfield was then. The Chairman at the first College dinner had but little to say of him, feeling probably, that the bare mention of his name was enough to speak his praise, but the eloquent words of Enoch Mellor at

April, 1878.] H

Page 176

170 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

the second dinner must have found an immediate response in the hearts of every one who had had the honour of knowing our first Principal. And may I not mention the name of his son Algernon, then a boy with long golden curls! I have fought for the privilege of carrying him home on my back, when his parents resided at Marsh, and owe him no grudge in that when the prizes were distributed by Viscount Morpeth, the late Earl of Carlisle, at the Philosophical Hall in 1843, and having by some unaccountable means become a prizeman myself, it was my lot to go up for my award (1) at the same time as Algernon, on whom His Lordship at once fixed his eyes, and gave me my book with scarcely a glance at the eclipsed recipient. I Mr., afterwards Dr. Milne, was a man of very different stamp to the Principal. His commanding presence alone, apart from his innate worth, ensured for him the respect of the boys, but his temper, although singularly under control, would some- times show itself in a dangerous form. During his Vice-Princi- palship he would even condescend to bestow upon incorrigible offenders a ‘Scotch kick,” an extremely unpleasant and painful corrective, but when he became Principal all this was at an end, and for the most part we stood too much in awe of him to incur his displeasure. I seem now to hear his admonition to the class: “alittle more work anda little less row would be desirable.” He was on most friendly terms with my father, and the two together used to make long excursions in the holidays avowedly for the purpose of seeking for fresh pupils, but their friendship never caused Mr. Milne to show any favour to me, and I[ used to think that he was rather too fond of writing my name in the “black book.” Still I have always remembered him as a just and courteous man, and as a teacher and gentleman eminently fitted to succeed, if not to replace, his predecessor. No. 3 is associated in my mind with Mr. Faulls. I should be very sorry to attempt to delineate his character. When aggravated by lads who mistook his kindness for weakness, he would break out into what I dare to call the impotence of rage, fling his handkerchief, his keys—once, I remember a slate on an extreme occasion—and also threaten what he would do were his wrists but stronger. As I think of him memory recalls a laughable incident of his unexpected entry into No. 3 one morning, and finding a youngster stowed away under the desk where he sat, he hauled him out and kicked him round the room, but after such a fashion as to cause more laughter than pain. The want of proper respect never extended to his board- ers, of whom I myself was one for some time, and I van safely assert that whether at his first house at Chapel Hill, or after- wards when a large portion of the College became his residence,

Page 177

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 171

no boarders could have been more generously or kindly treated. Often, in College, was I in trouble with Mr. Faulls, but from the very first I conceived for him an affectionate regard, and I have no doubt that my feelings were identical with those of most College boys and certainly of all his boarders. Mr. Simpson, presiding in No. 1 as writing master, is chiefly remembered by me for the unctuous manner in which he repeatedly promised ‘‘cubes” as an imposition to any one on whom his eye fell at a moment of inattention to work, and for the faithful keeping of such promises. In Nos. 4 and 5, I remember Messrs. Oram and Harris, the former best known to me by ‘““Oram’s Arithmetic,” the latter for his facility in turning me out of the class-room by the nape of the neck. Then there was Gibson, a painstaking and very sensitive man, the author of several educational works, and Mr. Morgan, whose anger was as a sudden storm bursting amongst the mountains. His rolling eyes, compressed lips, and movements of the hands as if his desk would be hurled at an offender’s head, were the expressions of a nature in which passion held but a momentary place, and his otherwise overflowing kindness of heart and his grim humour rendered him a universal favourite. One Sunday in 1855, I attended service at the Parish Church of Lee in Kent. When the sermon began, the voice of the clergyman, and the slight though constant clearing of the throat as he spoke, at once attracted my attention. My short- sightedness prevented any recognition, but the answer to my enquiry at the close of the service was just what I expected : ’Arris, sir!” I had not recovered from my astonishment when before me I beheld a gentleman whom, after a moment’s hesitation, I addressed as Mr. Morgan. He it was, and calling me at once by my name, carried me off with him to dinner. Both gentlemen were then masters at Blackheath Proprietary School. I had the pleasure of meeting Mr. Morgan frequently afterwards, and he said to me one day, when speaking of old College times, that no boy in the 5th class was as ignorant of the world as he himself when he first. came to Huddersfield. A list of masters would be incomplete without mention of Bartels, Lafargue, Roy, Sulau, and Chemery. I remember Bartels as an inveterate lover of a cigar, and that he often came up to College in the afternoon, smoking, and surrounded by a party of “monitors,” with the silver thread mixed with the black tassel of their College caps. As for Roy, he comes back to me as a French edition of Dr. Milne, except that when his dignity did give way to temper he was like no one but—himeself. I see that your correspondent in the Magazine for July, 1875, alludes to his ravings about “ black sheep,” but who forgets the H 3

Page 178

172 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

—_—_——.

whirlwind of passion caused by a general noise in the class, when down would come his “ pointer” on the desk with a deafening report accompanied by the agonised ejaculation : “ By Jov., what a devilish row you are macking!” And is his “‘Synoptical Table ” forgotten, or his five be-ringed fingers held up and delicately touched with the forefinger of the right hand whilst declaring the tenses of French verbs—or his incessant : ‘accent grave—ecu—circonflex 1” The Council Room, although so sacred a chamber in those days (for the alterations of the College robbed it of its high estate) was even then a noisy place on Saturday mornings, for there singing lessons were given by Oestreicher (I won’t be responsible for the spelling of the worthy German’s name,) and afterwards by Mr. Bell. Hullah’s system, it will be remem- bered, was in vogue, and from the large sheets of music on the wall we learned to sing such productions as “ Hark! the merry bells are ringing ’—“‘ Come hither and let us behold ”—or “O come ye into the summer woods,” this last to a tune borrowed from the overture to the “Caliph of Bagdad.” I said we learned, but for my part I could never see so far, and when the notes only were to be sung I was altogether at a standstill, but on one such occasion, finding that Mr. Simpson was in dangerous proximity, I thought it advisable to fix my eyes on the sheets and to go “through the motions” with my mouth. My energetic but silent performance was, however, almost immediately disturbed by a tremendous box on the ear from the offended writing-master, who had easily detected my flimsy expedient. (To be continued. )

EDITORIAL.

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to JOHN Watkinson, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual subscription, 3/6, post free. In reply to enquiries we beg to state that we can now supply a very limited number of copies of Vol. V. of the Magazine in monthly parts. Price, including title-page, index and photographic frontispiece, 3/6, post free.

Page 179

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 173

A PEEP AT ENGLISH LITERATURE THROUGH FRENCH SPECTACLES. I

IV. ProaGress or

[Tis article is an abridged translation of a French chapter on our great scientific men. As space will not admit of a complete reproduction of the original, I have here confined myself to the author’s introduction and his remarks on Lubbock, Darwin, Huxley and Tyndall. This course seems best calculated to lead up to the conclusion at which he ultimately arrives—that English literature has been for some years and is still passing through a kind of revolution. I Before glancing at the philosophy of our day we must as a necessary preliminary summarise the physical and natural sciences which are become the groundwork of philosophy, and from which it can no longer dissociate itself. Philosophy is merely a branch of those sciences and blends itself with them. The study of mind and thought forms an integral part of that of matter. What is called philosophy in the special and restricted use of the term is nowadays a detached chapter of comparative physiology and general physics, while, on the contrary, in its wide and absolute sense it dominates and em- braces in its wide compass the whole range of human learning. No longer as heretofore is a fast line drawn between men of letters and philosophers, between literature and science. Just as we have seen poetry tinged with metaphysics in Shelley, Browning and Swinburne, romance with biology in George Eliot, history with geology in Buckle,“ so we observe the literary element filtered through all the sciences in turn by a kind of capillary phenomenon. At no period has scientific speculation been at once so highly exalted by its discoveries, and reduced to such a humble level—so completely made food for the million by its practical results and the simplified form of its teaching. Astronomy soars no more, in mystery and solitude, in the far reaches of the firmament ; she unfolds to the meanest the secrets of the skies, and in popular language treats of the controlling laws of nature. Chemistry and physics no longer bar them- selves up with jealous care in a laboratory not to be entered by common mortals. Natural science ceases to record its researches

* Does not the author here confound Buckle with Buckland? We are not aware that Buckle had any special claims to be considered an authority on geology. —EDITOR.

Page 180

174 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

in the language of the dead, to make them inaccessible to the living, and thus to secure a monopoly of learning in the hands of a few of the initiated. Nor this alone; she grows more bewitching, assumes most lovely and winning looks, eschews entirely a pedantic style in the same way as she has disrobed herself of the odd philosopher’s dress once in vogue; and in short, takes advantage of all the artifices that tend to amuse and charm. Perhaps the day is at hand when she will also give up the last vestige of the past—her strange systems of nomenclature, a cross-bred medley of Greek terms and Latin words—to adopt a terminology borrowed from the native tongue, at once simpler and more rational. Let us now trace the footprints of one or two prominent scientists of the century. That doctrine of aptitudes special to the individual which in France pens up every one in a restricted sphere and debars him from stirring therefrom, is not at all under- stood on the other side of the channel. Therefore, as Michelet once said :—“‘ With us there are only halves and quarters of men ; in England there are fully-developed men.” As a specimen of a scientific factotum I may instance Sir John Lubbock, member for Maidstone. Head of an important London banking house, he has also distinguished himself by his researches in geology, ethnology, zoology, physiology, archeology, and entomology ; and politicians and business men no more dispute his ability as a debater or financier than do philosophers seek to decry his acquaintance with paleontology. He has made himself a name throughout Europe by his works, Pre-historic Times and The origin of civilisation and the primitive condition of Man. More recently, at the end of 1873, he published a remarkable work, The origin and metamorphoses of insects. In an original and curious paper he has completely upset our ideas as to the relation of plants to the animal world, and has demonstrated, contrary to all our previous belief, that the flower is less useful to the insect than the insect to the flower. He shows that in the vegetable creation the bee plays the part of a matrimonial agent, and even something more, that she presides and works at the consummation of floral marriages, bringing pollen to the pistil from the stamens of the same flower or even from plants of other species, and thus by a cross produces those lovely varieties of colour and form which tend to charm the aZze. ° But there are two names of naturalists which dominate all contemporary science, and whose daring researches and startling theories have powerfully reacted on philosophy. Darwin and Huxley will constitute an epoch in the history of human

Page 181

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 175

thought. Their works are too generally known to need recall- ing here. Those of the former have made quite a world-wide stir ; they have aroused bursts of opposition and of enthusiasm equally ardent. Some people have felt scandalised ; others have laughed, as is unfortunately the rule in France when we have to face a serious question. They have either repudiated or ridiculed the unheard-of and humiliating pedigree which the two English naturalists have drawn up for us. To be simply the grandson of a gorilla, who is himself only an improved baboon—what a check for the being who has called himself and been hitherto looked upon as the King of creation! ‘ Man,” says Darwin, “is descended from a hairy quadruped provided with a tail, having pointed ears, and usually living among trees.” And even this would-be ancestor of the human race was infi- nitely superior in energy, activity, intelligence and physical strength to the young millionaire, languid and brainless, who takes his daily canter in the Bois de Boulogne or Rotten Row. Prof. Huxley has been more precise than Darwin, and still more explicit in his work, Hvidence as to man’s place in nature. He did not hesitate to reply to the taunts or insults of his opponents, ‘“‘ If I had to make choice of my ancestors, between a man who employs his mind in making sport of the search after truth and an improvable monkey, I should prefer the monkey.” From Huxley, who has so eminently popularised and interpreted the Darwinian theory, and, in his turn, sought and discovered in Descartes all the propositions and claims of contemporary physiology, and who in spite of his materialism has received numerous marks of distinction, university or otherwise, I pass to John Tyndall. This professor has rendered himself celebrated by his researches in magnetism, the optico-magnetic properties of crystals, and the relation of terrestrial magnetism to mole- cular organisation, and by his works on Glaciers, Sound, and Light, and Heat as a mode of motion. But it was at Belfast, in 1874, that the address of Prof. Tyndall at the meeting of the British Association produced throughout the country an amaze- ment bordering on stupefaction. And why mince the matter} Here were atheism and materialism energetically asserting themselves from England’s foremost scientific tribunal. The illustrious professor, having made a brilliant and rapid historical survey of the ideas of Democritus, who first set afoot the notion of natural selection, and having shown that Aristotle and Plato had clogged and retarded the march of human intellect, next sought to avenge matter for the insults and slights lavished on it for the past 2,000 years. ‘‘ We must,” said he, “either throw the gates wide open to the conception of creative acts, or......

H 7

Page 182

176 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

radically change our ideas about matter. Looking beyond the limits of the testimonies of experience, I am bound to confess that I discover in this matter which our ignorance has covered with reproach, the promise and ability to produce all the forms. and qualities of life.” This memorable meeting of the British Association furnishes the natural conclusion to this subject. For half a century England has been nothing more nor less than a gigantic laboratory of ideas. In science as in philosophy, in poetry as in romance, in history as in political and social economy, England, so cool-headed and matter-of-fact, so practical and shrewd, England, which from 1789 has shewn herself the strongest bulwark in defence of the traditions of the past, and pre-eminently the conservative country, that same England has produced a revolution in literature unparalleled throughout the whole world. . W. T. ALEXANDER.

FOOTBALL.

TuRTON HaLu CoLuLEGe v. HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE.

THs match was played March 20th, on the ground of the latter, and resulted in a victory for the home team by two goals, two tries, twelve touches-down and three touches in goal to nil. The visitors arriving early the game commenced by them kick- ing off at 2-20, but the ball was soon returned into their territory, and not long after H. Woodhead obtained a try, but the place was a failure. Soon after Crowther dropped a goal from the field, the score at halftime being one goal, one try, and eight touches-down. The second half of the game was much the same, the visitors being kept in their own territory. Their goal line was relieved several times by Church and Taylor with good runs, but notwithstanding this, G. Walker was enabled to drop a goal from the field and to obtain a try which brought a pleasant game to a conclusion. College team :—Backs, H. M. Woodhead and G. Wilks; three-quarter backs, G. Walker and A. Crowther ; half-backs, W. Halstead, and H. C. Walker ; for- wards, A. Woodhead, F. A. Brooke, H. Hirst, H. Scholes, T. Leach, A. Watkinson, W. Dyson, W. E. Johnston and R. Rhodes.

Page 183

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 177

A SUMMER IN ANDALUCIA.

(Continued from page 152.)

Part VIII. &c.

The way in which funeral rites are performed will be new and perhaps not uninteresting to most of our readers. Every- body is invited to them who cares to go. Cards are sent to the clubs and hotels ; there is no need to be a friend of the bereaved family, or to put on a black suit. The house is thrown open, and on entering the first thing that strikes one is the number of gentlemen in the patio, talking and not looking particularly sorrowful. It has the appearance of a small exchange. Pro- ceeding up-stairs into the Sala we find a number of gentlemen and a priest or two, but no ladies, sitting round the room conversing in whispers. On entering, all rise, make a profound salute, and sit down. After remaining half a minute we rise, and go down making another salute on our exit. In the patio we wait till the time for starting. Suddenly there is a stir in the doorway and in come all the reverend functionaries, and the procession forms. First go a number of decrepit old men carrying lamps to light the dead on his way to purgatory, their heads bare, and very grotesquely dressed to say the least. Next comes the priests, chanting a dirgelike tune not specially remarkable for classic power of composition, and while the poor fellows are taking breath, a man plays on an instrument that gives forth a sound strongly suggestive of the bray of a donkey. At a certain point the procession stops, and only the priests, body, and lantern-bearers go on to the cemetery. At the gate all stop, the priests chant for two minutes and then go away, and nobody sees the last of the coffin, which is thrust into a niche in the wall and bricked up, but the sexton and workmen. The beautiful and impressive words of our own service rose up in our mind, “ Dust to dust,” and ‘I know that my Re- deemer liveth.” All this is wanting and they are buried like dogs with no relative to see the last. Such is the impression it pro. duced upon us, but use is second nature, and so they feel it not. Meanwhile the procession goes to the church where Mass is performed, then all return to the house, where the visitors express their condolence with the afflicted ones and all is over. The cemetery is a huge walled space, and these walls are divided into thousands of niches, where they usually put the

Page 184

178 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

coffins instead of burying them as is our custom. There are three classes into which the dead are divided. First, those whose relatives have bought a niche in perpetuity, which are never disturbed ; secondly, those whose relatives have simply bought them, as it were, on lease. At the end of twenty years the niches are opened, the coffins taken out and thrust into a deep pit among all those of the third class, and loosely covered over with earth. Thus the second grade ultimately arrive at the position of the third who are simply buried in a hole in the ground. Our authority for this statement relating to grades is Mr. H. J. Rose, in his ‘“ Untrodden Spain.” Whether this custom obtains throughout Spain, or even through Andalucia, we cannot say. Our impression was, until reading his book, that as the niches became filled up the size of the cemetery was enlarged, a thing easily done, as it is always situated quite outside the town, and certainly the appearance of the cemetery at Puerto justified the supposition. These cemeteries are remarkably unsightly, and in that respect differ wonderfully from the Italian cemeteries, which, built in galleries with niches on each side, are most picturesque. Indeed one of the most lovely spots we have seen is the cemetery at Genoa. With regard to Religion, of course the main body of Spani- ards are Catholics, and the female portion of the community are entirely under the power of the Priests and Jesuits, but the men, especially the upper classes, many of whom are educated in England, care nothing for them. They call themselves Catholics but do not go to confession, and openly disavow the truth of what the priests say ; infidelity is on the increase, and we think that the reason is that those educated in England learn somewhat of Protestant doctrines, and see the great dif- ference between the two faiths, and finally embrace neither. The priests as a rule set a very bad example to their flock, and it is so notorious a fact that the majority of them lead the most profligate lives, that a prison has been built to confine those who, after repeated warnings, continue to misconduct themselves. At the time of our visit almost every town in Spain had its Evangelical school, and many also possessed a church, so that Protestantism has increased in spite of drawbacks. We use the past tense here, because, since the beginning of the present year great changes have taken place, an edict has been passed forbidding any open worship but the Roman Catholic, and some of the schools have already been closed, so that we fear black days are in store for Spain. Before the issue of this edict there was religious liberty, so called, but it consisted chiefly in our allowing it perforce to them, rather than they to us, and yet

Page 185

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 179

they expected us to respect their religion while they openly flouted and made fun of ours. The meetings indeed were not interrupted, but articles and pamphlets were always appearing, calling us some very pretty names. In April, 1875, the Bishop of Cadiz actually addressed a manifesto to the King on the subject, telling him the Protestants were the cause of all the harm in the country, the civil war included, and that until we were all driven out of the country he could hope for neither peace nor prosperity. About the same time a noted man, a Jesuit, came down from Sevilla, and denounced us in no measured terms, calling us perverters of the people, Revolu- tionists, and finally liars and beggars, hypocrites and cowards ; when, finding he had gone too far, he tried to explain that the last few names meant something quite different to what is usually understood by the terms. The only redress we had was to publish a reply in the papers, which was done, and some of the papers commented severely upon the language used, notably the Diario de Cadiz, which expressed a wish that Spain having once declared for Religious Toleration would not again relapse into the arms of Intolerance and Persecution. Latterly some of the papers have been suppressed for comment- ing too freely on the doings of the Government. We will now quote an instance or two of their toleration. One day a friend of ours, an Englishman, was standing in the door of the Casino when the Viatico (sacrament) passed, on its way to visit a sick person, and as usual he took off his hat, which was all that custom demanded. The priest, however, caught sight of him, came up, and shouted in an insolent manner, “ Kneel down ;” however our friend did not choose to understand him, and the priest knowing he could not force him passed on > looking very black. Within a day or two of this occurrence we took the Protestant clergyman (H. J. Rose) in to see this same Englishman, and when the former had departed he turned to us and said, “I say, Juanito, don’t bring the parson here again, we shall have the priests in purifying the place.” Though said in a joke it all turned out as he said. The next day in came two priests to know if it was true that the Protestant priest had been in. ‘‘ Well,” said the landlady, “‘a gentleman was in here yesterday.” ‘‘ What was he like?” ‘A very tall man,” said she. same,” they cried, “ugh! the place must be purified,” and they straightway set to and deluged the place with holy (?) water blessed by themselves forsooth. The next instance happened to our schoolmaster in Puerto. He is a Spaniard and a most rigorous Protestant, so much so that he refuses all respect to the Catholics even to taking off his hat, and when he could he went out of his way to avoid

Page 186

180 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

passing their processions. He had nearly reached home one day, when, being very short-sighted, he came suddenly upon the Viatico, with no chance of avoiding it. The priest heading it instantly shouted, “ Take off your hat,” and then, “ Guards, take off his hat.” He clapped his hands on his head and tried to pass on. ‘Guards, seize the man and take him to prison,” cried the priest ; whereupon he was seized and conducted to the courthouse, where a charge was laid by the priest. The day of the trial came on, and it was proved (?) that he had obstructed the way of the priests, abused and assaulted them, and done no end of other things of a like character. So they fined him 50 pesetas (£2) and six days’ imprisonment. The fine was paid at once, and he has since suffered the imprison- ment. That is an emblem as well of Spanish Justice (save the mark !) as of Religious Toleration. Now there is an article in the Spanish penal code which enacts that any one, be he priest or otherwise, who shall meddle with, stop, or molest another man because he is of a different religion shall be mulcted to the tune of from 250 to 2500 pesetas (£10 to £100) according to the gravity of the offence. Why was not this adhered to in the present case? For one of two reasons. Either the Catho- lics are the exception, which always proves the rule, or else it is because they choose to ignore it altogether, just as in England many acts are made mere dead letters, and are openly infringed by the very men who made them. Only that part of the code is adhered to which suits their own ends; they don’t believe that what is sauce for the goose is likewise sauce for the gander. Like a big bully, the Catholic religion says, “I’m the biggest, so all you young ones must knock under or it will he worse for you.” Thus it will be seen that Religious Toleration in Spain like Justice is very one sided at the best of times, and of course inclines to the powerful side. But let it not be thought that there ever was anything approaching to Religious Equality, and indeed that can never be so long as the State governs and controls a Church, thus by its countenance giving it a supert- .erity over all others. J. E. EpMinson. (To be continued. )

Page 187

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 181

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE PROBLEM TOURNEY.

AWARD.

First Prize... wes see wee we ... £2 108. Mr. J. H. Finlinson. Second Prize ... wee wee we wee . £1 58, Mr. G. J. Slater. . Third Prize ... Pierces’ English Chess Problema, given by John Rhodes, Esq,, Mr. W. Coates. Prizes for best four-move problems ... Pierces’ English Chess Problems, given by the Chess Editor, Mr. G. J. Slater and Mr. F. W. Martindale. Prize for best three-move vee ... 10s. 6d. given by E. Viles, Esq., Mr. J. H. Finlinson. Prize for best two-move problem ... wee ... 5s, Od. given by E. Viles, Esq. Mr. W. A. Shinkman.

HoNOURABLE MENTION.

Sets.—Serg.-Major McArthur, Mr. W. T. Pierce, and Mr: W. A. Shinkman. Four-move problems.—Mr. W. T. Pierce, Mr. W. A. Shink- man, and Mr. J. H. Finlinson. Three-move problems.—Serg.-Major McArthur, Mr. W. Coates, and Mr. W. S. Pavitt. Two-move problems.—Mr. G. J. Slater, Mr. W. Coates, and Mr. F. W. Martindale.

* This problem has obtained universal approbation. One of the best judges in England characterises it as ‘‘ polished as steel and hard as adamant ;” a Canadian reader says ‘“‘the three-mover in Set XV. is, I think, the finest problem in the whole collection and will bear comparison with any composition of the period ;”’ while an enthusiastic Chess-player, with a rare combination of liberality and the desire to remain anonymous, sends us the following under date of March 23rd. ‘* Dear Sir, I shall take it as a favour if you will kindly forward to the composer of that splendid stratagem No. 132, Set XV., in your valuable Magazine, the enclosed P.0.0. for two guineas, opinion it combines beauty, elegance, and difficulty in a greater degree than any other I have seen.—I am, Dear Sir, Yours truly, An old Solver.” We have had great pleasure in complying with the wish of our

Page 188

182 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

+P)

NAMES OF THE COMPETITORS.

I.—Mr. W. Greenwood, Keighley. I].—Mr. G. J. Slater, IiI.—* C. W., of Sunbury.” IV.—Serg.-Major McArthur, Chichester.

V.—Mr. VI.—Mr.

Bolton.

W. T. Pierce, Brighton. G. F. Onions, Bradford.

VII.—Mr. W. Coates, Cheltenham.

VIII.—Mr. X.—Mr. XI.—Mr. XIT.—Mr.

J. Pierce, M.A., Bedford. F. W. Martindale, New York. J. P. Taylor, London. A. Townsend, Newport. W. A. Shinkman, Michigan.

» XIIL—Mr. W. S. Pavitt, Chelmsford. », X.1V.—Mr. W. Atkinson, Montreal. » XV.—Mr. J. H. Finlinson, Huddersfield.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

Waits (Mr. THOROLD.)

1.

$9 DONS Sup bo

10.

12. 13. 14, 15. 16. 17. 18.

Game VII.

Puayep April 20th, 1861, between the Editor and Mr. Thorold. (Being the seventh in the Match.)

Buack (Mr. WarKINs0oN.)

P to K 4 Kt to K B 3 Kt takes P (a) Kt to K B 3 B to Q B4 (0) Q to K 2 B to Q Kt 3 Castles P to Q 3 (c) B takes Kt PtoK R3 Q to Q sq Kt to Q B 3 (e) P to K Kt 4 Kt takes B PtoK B4 Q to K B3 (/f) PtoK B5

10.

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

{9 DONS OUP oo bo

PtoK 4 Kt to K B 3 PtoQ 3 Kt takes P P to Q4 Bto K 2 Castles Bto K Kt 5 Kt to K Kt 4 B takes B R to K sq (a) BtoK R4 PtoQB3 Bto K Kt 3 Q takes Kt QtoK R5 PtoK R 3 B to R 2

Page 189

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 183

19. Kt to K 2 (g) 19. Kt to Q 2 20. PtoQ4 20. RtoK 2 21. Qto K Kt 3 21. QtoK B3 22. QRto K sq 22. QRto K sq 23. Qto K R2 . 23. Rto K 6 24. Pto K R 4 (A) 24. QtoK 2 25. Rto K B2 25. KttoK B3 26. RtoK Kt 2 26. RtoK BG 27. Qto K 5 (2) 27. Q to Qsq 28. QtoKR2 28. QRto K 6 29. Pto K Kt 5 29. Ktto K R 4 (J) 30. Rto B 2 (k) 30. K RtoK R6 31. Qto Kt 2 31. K Rto Kt 6 32. Kt takes R 32. R takes Kt and wins.

NOTES BY THE REV. W. WAYTE, Professor of Greek, University College, London.

(a) This was, until lately, thought to yield the first player a slight advantage. At the present time, when the Four Knight’s Game is in at least equal favour with the Ruy Lopez, I think 3. Kt to Q B 3 quite as od, and leading to a more interesting opening. If Black reply 3. Kt to 3, we have the Four Knight’s Game, of which the best continuation is 4. Bto Kt 5, 4. B to B 4, 5. Castles, 5, Castles. He may also play 8. P to Q 3, whereupon 4. P to Q 4, 4. P takes P, 5. Kt takes P, leads to a variation of the Philidor defence, analysed by Jaenisch. (b) Greatly inferior to the usual move of P to Q 4, followed by B to Q 3. The Bishop is much less effective at Q Kt 3 than he would be at Q 3, and besides, a move is lost. I (c) through not having advanced this Pawn earlier that White now finds himself unpleasantly ‘‘ pinned.” (d) Necessary, before withdrawing Bto K R 4. Had the latter move been played at once, White, by advancing the Pawns as in the text, would have won the Bishop without giving Black the chance of drawing by per- petual check. But Iam not sure that B to K R 4 could be played at all without danger : see the next note. . (ce) The obvious move, bringing out another piece and compelling Black to support the Q P. But suppose at once—

13. PtoK Kt 4 13. Bto Kt3 14. Kt takes B 14. Q takes Kt 15. PtoK B4 15. QtoK RB 5 (the only move to save the piece)

16. 3B takes Q P, and has gained a clear Pawn, as P to K B5 is threatened, and also B takes Q Kt P. (f) 1f17. Pto B5, the following moves would probably have occurred : 17.

P to B5 17. Q to Kt 6 (ch) 18. KtoRsq 18. Q takes R P (ch) 19. K to Kt sq 19. RtoK 6 20. P takes B (best) 20. Q to Kt 6 (ch) 21. KtoR sq 21. Q to R 5 (ch) 22. K moves 22. R to Kt 6 (ch)

23. KtoB2 23. Rtakes Q P (disch) and wins.

Page 190

184 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

(g) White’s difficulty is with the open K’s file, which the enemy threatens to command entirely. I believe that the Kt should have been kept where he is, guarding the K 2 from the possible advance of a doubled Rook : and that White should now have played 19. P to Q 4, following it with 20. Q R to Q sq, and 21. R to Q 3, protecting both the Pawns and the K 3. He might then have challenged an exchange of Queens at K B2. But Mr. Thorold was doubtless thinking of attack rather than defence, both now and for some time to come. (h) In order to shut out the Q from K R 5. (t) Unavailing : Black will not be tempted to relax his now forcible hold for the sake of a paltry Pawn. But it was necessary in any case to prevent the fatal check with the Queen: for suppose 27. P to K Kt 5, 27. Q to K 6 (ch); now if K move the Q is lost, and if 28. R to B 2, 28. Kt to Kt 5 equally wins. (j) These complicated manceuvres tax the nerve as well as the accuracy of both players to the utmost. In making this move Black had doubtless weighed the consequences of an alternative reply for White. The position of the forces at this stage is shown on the accompanying diagram. Buack (Mr. WATKINSON.)

I @

Vi, 0A

sy , By & VT 7/7 g Y, YY,

Wn x

WY) Y Yy Wy YY YW) et

YW Y

YY) Vv YY Uy 7 2 Y

Wy, Vi MY

VM

YH

Wa Vda ag

a

YY, Ss

waa

th» YS Ba. Vda Mi, lew, Udy SRA AD Ee of fof aaa aaa Y Wi, iY 7), 8 & YMA YY. RY, UES;

WHITE (Mr. THOROLD.) Position after Black’s 29th move.

(k) 30. P takes P leads to some interesting variations, but with no better result, ¢.g., 30. P takes P 30. RtoR6 31. RK takes P (ch) 31. KtoRsq (Black could also win, though less expeditiously, by 31. Kt takes R, 32. Q to Kt 2, 32.'Q to B 3, &.) 32. Qto Kt 2 32. Q takes P And wherever the Q R is played away, 33. R takes Kt wins.

Page 191

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 185

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE TOURNEY. No. IL.

CONDITIONS.

1. The competition to be open to all the world. 2. Each competitor to contribute three original problems in from two to four moves. 3. <A copy of the problems, on diagrams, with accompanying solutions, also name and address of competitor, to be sent to John Watkinson, Fairfield, Huddersfield, on or before September lst, 1878, from composers resident in the United Kingdom, and on or before December Ist, 1878, from composers resident abroad. 4, One set of problems to be published anonymously every month in the H. C. M. until the completion of the series, beginning with the number for October, 1878 ; the award to be given on the expiration of two months after the publication of the last set.

PRIZES,

First Prize for the best set of problems, given by G. W. Medley, Esq., Trustee of the Lowenthal Fund,

SILVER CUP, VALUE £9. Second Prize ... £3 3s. Third Prize, given by “Thomas Avery, Esq. “Set of Staunton Chessmen in ornamental Cartonpierre Casket, with leather board, value vee £2 2s. Special Prize for the best four-move problem in all the sets, given by the Chess Editor, Pierces’

English Chess Problems, value.. vee .. 128. 6d. Special Prize for the best three-move problem, given by J. A. Miles, Esq., Chess Gems, value.. .. 128. 6d.

Special Prize for the best two-move problem, given by J. H. Finlinson, Esq., Gossip’s Chess-player's Manual, value... 10s. 6d. Special Prize for the best set which does not entitle its composer to any of the other prizes, given by W. W. Morgan, Esq., The Chess Playen s Chronicle for one year, value vee . 6s. Od.

N.B. No competitor to take more ‘than t two prizes.

Mr. Andrews, who has again very kindly consented to adjudicate the prizes, has drawn up the following code for the guidance of competitors.

Page 192

186 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Proposep PRoBLEM CopE FoR C. M. Sseconp Tourney.

Competing Problems will be judged by the following scale :

Maximum. Beauty of Idea and Meritorious Arrangement 15 points. Difficulty 15 ,, Novelty of Idea or Arrangement 10 4, Accuracy of Construction ... 10 4, Variety fe tenes 5 45 Economy of Force 5 ,, Total 60 ,,

A few remarks on the above scale are appended, together with some rules upon doubtful or disputed questions. ‘* BEAUTY OF IDEA AND MERITORIOUS ARRANGEMENT. ”—The maximum cannot be attained except these qualities are combined, for, a beautiful idea unless skilfully expressed loses much of its value. On the other hand meritorious arrangement unaccompanied by beauty of idea can justly earn but a limited measure of approval. ‘¢ DIFFICULTY.”’—See the last paragraph under the heading ‘‘Economy of : ‘* NOVELTY OF IDEA OR ARRANGEMENT.”—Besides ranging from comparative novelty up to absolute originality, this clause covers also new combinations of two or more ideas that may have previously been used apart. Comparatively stale or conventional problems will pay a penalty under this heading. ‘© AccuRACY.’—Second Solutions, Total and Partial. A choice of play on White’s first move will equally disqualify a problem and the set containing it. Companion positions in the same set will not, however, be therefore debarred from competing for single problem prizes. Impossibility of solution in any part of a problem will incur similar penalties. Duals in general must be considered more or less blemishes and are proportion- ately worse as they approach the root of the main idea. In two-movers they are especially blamable, particularly in variations admitting of mate by two or more pieces. In all cases, however, these double coups will be considered from the following standpoints. 1st. Their nature and extent. 2nd. The possibility of removing them without injury to the solution. ‘‘ should spring spontaneously from the main theme, or be introduced to render a problem either accurate or possible of solution throughout. ‘‘ EconoMy oF principle applies not only to the num- ber of White and Black pieces employed, but also to the mating power brought finally into action and to the purity of the mates themselves, It is generally undesirable to use powerful pieces for petty purposes, A composer’s aim should rather be to attain the maximum of efficiency with the minimum of force. Occasions will nevertheless arise when an author's design can be more fully developed or accurately finished by the sub- stitution—especially on the defensive side—of a superior piece for one of inferior calibre. The introduction of extra force on White’s side to cure serious duals is also allowable should such defects appear irremedi- able by other means. Superior but otherwise inactive White pieces should not be set to do the work of an equal number of Pawns. Difficulty thus attained or enhanced is illegitimate and lowers the value of a problem.

Page 193

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 187

¢

RULES TO BE OBSERVED BY COMPETITORS.

1.—The primary position in a problem must be such as would be possible in actual play. It must contain no more pieces and Pawns than are to be found on the board at the commencement of a regular game. 2.—A Pawn on arriving at the eighth square must be promoted as in play, the use of dummy Pawns being entirely prohibited. 3.—Castling is considered an objectionable device. 4.—A competing problem must be the work of one composer. Joint compositions are therefore inadmissible. 5.—All problems sent in to this tourney must have been either specially composed or reserved for it. Positions that have previously appeared in print, whether in similar form or with a move added to or subtracted from the original version, will be disqualified and the set containing such a problem cancelled. 6.—A like penalty attaches to the publication of a problem, with the name of the composer appended, in any Chess periodical prior to the promulgation of the judge’s award.

THE EVANS GAMBIT.

(A NEW VaRIATION.) In the second volume (1870-1) of the Chess Player’s Quarterly Chronicle (pp. 114-119), Mr. Lowenthal endeavoured to prove that the second player in the above opening, after 1. P to K 4, P to K 4, 2. Kt to K B 3, Kt to Q B 3, 3. Bto B 4, B to B 4, 4,P to Q Kt 4, B takes Kt P, 5. P to B 3, Bto R-4, 6. Castles, cannot safely play Kt to B 3. He mainly rested his contention on the following attack ;—7. P to Q 4, Castles (best), 8. P takes P, K Kt takes P (best), 9. Q to Q 5, Kt takes Q B P (best), 10. Q to Q 3, Kt takes Kt (%), &c.; but Mr. W. Bolt on page 280 of the same volume showed that Black could effectually resist the attack by playing 10. P toQ 4. This is the position at White’s 9th move :—

BLACK nes Uy 4 Yi Ups + Uy Z

Yy Y Yy YY A A Uy YY ‘Le giait pr aL Yj 4 Uf: Gf

YA 77

Wj

4,

Page 194

188 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

It is curious that although the several Handbooks on the Openings discuss seven modes of play for White at this point, namely, Q to Q 5, Q toQ B 2, Q to Q 3, Q to K 2, B to Q 5, B to Q BR 3, and R to K sq, to all of which Black has good defences, none of them have noticed the line of play arising from 9. B to Q 3, nor has this move, as far as I know, ever been played before. The following analysis will, however, I believe, show, not only that this is White’s strongest move, but also tend to confirm the opinion expressed by Mr. Lowenthal that Black cannot safely play out his King’s Knight on his 6th move, even when his King’s Bishop is withdrawn to R 4 instead of B 4 at move 5. 9 BtoQs To this move Black has five replies, Kt takes Q B P, B takes Q BP, Kt toQB4,PtoK B4, and P toQ4. The best is certainly the last (P to Q 4) which I will reserve for discussion until the others have been disposed of.

Firstly, 9, Kt takes Q BP 10. B takes P (ch) 10. K takes B, or (a) 11. Kt takes Kt ll. B takes Kt 12. Kt to Kt 5 (ch) 12. K to Kt sq 13. QtoR5d 13. Rto K sq 14. Mates in 5 moves. (a) 10. K to Rsq 11. Kt takes Kt 11. B takes Kt 12. Kt 5 12. Pto K Kt3 13. Q to Kt 4 with a winning position. Secondly 9. B takes P 10. B takes Kt 10. B takes R 11. B takes P (ch) ll. K takes Bor K to Raq 12. Kt to Kt as before. Thirdly, 9 KttoB4 10. B takes P (ch) with the same advantage. Fourthly, 9 PtoB4 10. B takes Kt 10. P takes B 11. Q to Q 5 (ch) 1]. K to Rsq 12. Ktto Kt 5 12. Qto K sq 13. Q takes K P or B to R 3 with a splendid game. Lastly, 9. P to Q 4 (best) 10. QtoB2 10. BtoB4 (10. P to B 4 is not good, for then might follow 11. P takes P

en pass., Kt takes K B P on K B 8, 12. B to R 8, Kt to K 2 (best), 13. B to K sq, K to K sq, 14. Kt to Kt 5, P to K R 3, 15. B to R7 (ch), K to B sq, 16. R to K 6, P takes Kt, (if,) 17. R takes Kt (ch), P takes R, 18. Q to Kt 6, B to K 8, 19. Q takes P (ch), B to B 2, 20. Q to R 6 (mate). In this variation if Black play 14. P to K Kt 3, White can obtain a fine attack by 15. Q to R 4, followed by 16. Q to K R 4.)

Page 195

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 189

ll. KttoQ 4 ll. BtoK Kt3 (11. Kt takes Kt would have served to strengthen game. ) 12. PtoK B4 (12. Kt takes Kt looks inviting, but would not turn out so well, for instance, 12. Kt takes Kt, P takes Kt, 13. P to Q B 4 (2), Kt to B 4, 14. B takes B, R P takes B, 15. B to R 3, B to Kt 3, 16. R toQ sq, P to Q 5 (best), 17. B takes Kt, B takes B, 18. Q to K 4, Q to K sq, and Black has the better game. ) 12. QtoQ2

(Black may also play 12. B to Kt 3, followed by 13. B to K 3, Kt to B 4, and now White’s best move seems to be 14. B to B 5; the position is peculiar and requires study.)

13. BtoK 3 13. PtoQR3 (The object of this move is to give the K B an escape, after moving to Kt 3; if 13. Kt to K 2, White would still push on the Q B P with effect. ) 14. Kt takes Kt 14. P takes Kt 15. PtoB4 15. Bto Kt 3

(15. P to Q 5 also looks a good move ; White’s best reply is, I think, 16. B to B sq.)

16. PtoBd I 16. BtoR2 (16. P to Q 5 is bad, because, then, 17. B takes Kt, P takes B, 18. K to Q sq, B takes B, 19. Kt to R 3, &c.)

17. BtoQ4

And Black has a very constrained uphill game, although he has kept the gambit Pawn. The foregoing moves are very likely not the best for either side, but at all events I hope I have sufficiently shown that the attack resulting from the altogether ignored 9th move of White, B to Q 3, leads to as many chances in favour of the attack, if not more than those that have been already noticed. It will still, I believe, be a moot question whether Black can safely in this variation play out his K Kt. W. TimMBRELL PIERCE.

SOLUTION OF TOWNSEND’S CHALLENGE.

WHITE. BLACK. WHITE. BLACK. 1. BtoB2(disch) 1. K to Kt 7 10.QtoQRsq 10. PtoKt3 2. BtoK7(disch) 2. K to B6 11. B to Kt sq 11. P takes R 3. Q to B 2 (ch) 3. KtoK5 I 12. KtakesRP 12. PtoB5 4.QtakesP(ch) 4. K toQ6 13. K to Kt 4 13. P to B6 (dis 5. Q to K 3 (ch) 5. K takes P ch) 6. Kt to Rk 3(ch) 6. R takes Kt 14. KtakesRP 14 PtoB7 7. Q to Q 4 (ch) 7. K to Kt 6 15. Q to Kt 2 (ch) 15. K takes Q 8. Ptakes Kt(B)(ch) 8. Rk to B 5 (mate) 9. PtoKt8(R)(ch) 9. Bto Kt 2

(No correct solution of this has reached the author. )

Page 196

190 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

CHALLENGE TO OUR SOLVERS. No. IV.

Chateaux en Espagne.

to the bess By Mr. J. I A. MILEs.

BLACK.

aa

4 Sa 7. a. 2: x

WHITE.

White to play and compel Black to mate him in sixteen moves.

Mr. Miles will give a copy of his new work, Chess Gems, to the first correct solver of the above and of No. XXXV. in “ English Problem Masters ;” also a copy of Long’s Positions in the Chess Openings to the second solver. Mr. Miles wishes to include “Ghuznee” in his forthcoming book, and as the problem, although published many years ago, appears never to have been correctly solved, he adopts this plan to test its accuracy. Solutions to be sent to Mr. Miles, Prospect House, Fakenham, Norfolk, before April 15th.

Page 197

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 191

Chess Pottings.

BritisH ProsieM Association.—In addition to the particu- lars previously given in our columns of the first Tourney of this Association, the entries to which close April 30th, we have to announce that the prize for the best set of problems will be £9 ; second set, £2; third set, Miles’s Chess Gems, for best two, three, and four-movers £2 each. No competitor will receive more than one prize. A problem code has been issued by the Association but it is so similar to our own that it is needless for us to print it. All the problems will be published in the Westminster Papers. Cuess Matcnes.— A match between the Leeds and Bradford Chess Clubs, ten players representing each Club, was contested on Saturday, March 9th, at Leuchter’s Restaurant, Bradford. At the conclusion victory rested with the visitors, who scored eleven games to Bradford seven, one game terminating in a draw. On the 16th of March eight Chess-playing members of the Dewsbury Working Men’s Club and Institute met a like number of the members of the Cleckheaton Liberal Club, at the rooms of the former, for a tussle at their favourite game. Dewsbury proved the stronger, winning eighteen games to three, three being drawn. A return match between these Clubs came off at Cleckheaton, March 23rd, the total score being Dewsbury, eight ; Cleckheaton, fourteen; Drawn game, one. A match between Manchester and Liverpool was played on Saturday, March 16th, the final result giving Liverpool eight games to Manchester six. West YORKSHIRE CuEss AssociaTion.—The annual meeting will be held at the Queen’s Hotel, Leeds, April 27th. OF Mr. sketch of this distinguished Chess-player has been contributed to the Hartford Times by Mr. J. O. Howard Taylor. By the kind permission of the author, we hope to lay this before our readers in an early number.

ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS. No. 2. THE Rev. H. Botton. Parr I.

Tue Rev. Horatio Bolton was born at Hollesley, in the County of Suffolk, on the 2nd June, 1793, his father being then rector of that parish. About 1803 the family went to reside in Nor- folk, but the subject of this memoir was chiefly educated at Dedham School, near Colchester. At the age of 21 Mr. Bolton entered Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge, taking there his B.A. and M.A. degrees. In 1829 he was presented by Bishop Bathurst to the consolidated living of Ashby with Oby

Page 198

192 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

and Thirne in Norfolk, and continued to reside there—leading a very quiet and retired life—until 1865, when he removed to Thorpe Hamlet, near Norwich. Mr. Bolton departed this life on the 15th of August, 1873, in the 81st year of his age, much beloved and regretted by all who knew him.* In Horatio Bolton we hail the father of native problem art and—for many years—the Grand Master of the British School of strategy. Although clinging in no slight degree to the antique style and models of composition, Bolton’s original and inventive genius enabled him to soar far above the convention- alities of his time. Thus we often find his best problems commencing with checks readily suggested by the positions themselves ; we make, perhaps, rapid progress for several moves and are then suddenly arrested in mid career by some quiet and subtle stroke equally unexpected and perplexing ! Bolton’s elaborate Pawn mates and other conditional pro- blems were, it is true, a homage to the fashion of his period, but they shew him to be a leader of that fashion. He was indeed capable of adorning any style of composition he chose to take up. A large majority of his works, however, consist of regular mates in 5 or more moves. Most of these display a marked individuality of style, many—apart from the beauty and ingenuity of their themes—are notable for a natural and game-like arrangement of position, the resulting solutions being almost as interesting to the practical player as to the problem- atist. Despite this feature, however, Bolton but sparingly employed a device common enough among his contemporaries, viz., the free use of merely ornamental pieces. The forces that may appear superfluous in his problems often prove necessary, upon careful examination, to prevent some fatal error by no means on the surface. In neat and compact little stratagems confined to a limited area our author seldom indulged. A great commander does not willingly expend his strength in trifling skirmishes. Consequently Bolton’s campaigns were often planned upon so wide a scale as to tax the full capacity of the chequered field of action. Such an extensive range being necessarily difficult to organise and control, it followed as a matter of course that the resulting problems were not perfected without repeated and long continued labour. In numerous instances they were never perfected at all. Indeed the propor- tion of published positions needing further rectification is

* For the above biographical details we are indebted to the kindness of the Rev. C. Gape.

Page 199

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 193

probably larger in Bolton’s case than in that of any other composer of first-rate merit. We have not, therefore, been surprised to find scarcely any available novelties in MS. Whatever appears new is generally either inaccurate or unworthy its author’s fame. Still we are not without hopes of being enabled to present to our readers some features of interest that have hitherto escaped notice. This remark applies more particularly to the positions published in Lewis’s Treatise of 1844, All the problems in that volume were printed without solutions, and the attempts to fill up this hiatus by Alexandre and in Le Palaméde have been singularly unfortunate in several important instances. Our illustrations in the present number include four such problems, the real solutions of which have been more or less missed or maltreated. No. XXXIJIL is given by Alexandre (Beautiesof Chess, No. 197, page 156) with a stupid solution wherein Black can easily upset the proposed mate by simply checking with Queen at move 4. In Lewis’s version of No. XXXIV. there is a P at K Kt 3 in lieu of K R 2. This renders the foreign solution accurate, so by a singular fatuity, Alexandre (Beauties of Chess, No. 198, page 156) dispenses with that Pawn altogether, rendering any solution either in 5 or 6 entirely impracticable! We have before us a letter from Mr. Bolton to Lewis in which it is owned that after 1. B to Q Kt 2, mate cannot be given in less than 6. As the P at Kt 3 would lead to Alexandre’s “cook” we have removed it to R 2 as the simplest mode of carrying out Bolton’s intention. No. XXXV. if correct,* is in our opinion one of this master’s finest compositions. Here again Alexandre (Beauties of Chess, No. 76, page 319) seems completely at fault, Black having an easy loophole of escape on his final move according to the solu- tion given in the Beauties of Chess. We have in our possession a third attempt to solve ‘“ Ghuzmee,” this time in 10 moves, but Mr. Bone, who is the author, has failed to provide Black with the true defence at a critical point, and “Ghuznee” sur- vives this attack also, but very narrowly, as there is a mate in 12 by Mr. Bone’s plan. Such close “shaves” always add greatly to the interest and value of any problem. In Le Palaméde (1844) No. XXXVI. is similarly treated, there being no mate as proposed, if Black play correctly on the last move. The French magazine has also attempted to solve all the problems in Lewis (1844), and it is just possible that Alexandre having copied such solutions is only a blunderer at second hand after all !

— OO

* See page 190.

Page 200

194

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

PrRoBLEM No. XXXIII. By Bouton.

ProsBLeM No. XXXIV. By Botton.

The Hero. Wellington. — BLACK. BLACK. sr wal ‘yy Vd

N

Ss

NN YS

SN

\ Aes SS SS

y i ¢ Ze

iy, ts

we “4 Z VLD YL! CEU: “0 WUttd (a, , ty YY ty, LE yy Mp Lp YH

“ywuny ld Y

UWiY Yy YU a

Ue. Y; Vi Uy 90 4 “Uy Uy % 4 oY we Fy

UW Wiz =)

Hy % ty Yi Z YY UE

UM! WY

Uy pe Wy YU:

aan

White to play and mate in five moves.

PRoBLEM No. XXXV. By Bouton.

a I

White to play and mate in six moves.

PROBLEM No. XXXVI. By Botton.

Ghuznee. The New Projectile. BLACK. BLACK. YY CG WM, Via YL a. wl] 2.

ey “or

a 4

His

“YG af

ae la a

“6:8 Oo FE

=

She a,

oe

a

Y/ UY Y Yi |e ak om “es Yi Y Y) no woes 7

a

White to play and mate in eleven moves.

WHITE. White to play and mate in fifteen moves.

H. J. C. ANDREWS.

(To be continued.)

Page 201

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 195

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 138. I 2. Q takes Kt(ch) 2. K to B 4 1.PtoQ5 1. K takes P or I 3. Kt mates

a Bik3s 2 tow SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 1339. 3. Q mates 1. B to Kt 2 1. Btakes B (a) 1.KtoB4(b) I % PtQé4 2. Pees P (dis c 2. ey fo Ke 6 (ch) 2. K takes Q 3. R to K 5 (dou (b) 1. P takes B or ch 3. K takes R Kt (c) 4. Q to B 5 (mate) 2. Q to Q 3 (ch) 2. K moves (Theabove is the author’s solution 3. Kt mates but 1. Q to B 7 (ch) &c. also solves (c) 1. Kt toB5 it.)

CoMPETITION.—Problem 137, by F. W. Martindale.—The author’s solution is 1. R to K Kt sq, &c., but this is stopped by 1. B to Q 5, 2. Q to Q 3, 2. B takes R and there is no mate. Cancelled in the compe- tition. Problem 138, by H. Blanchard.—Solved by V. H., Birkenhead. (c) omitted.) ‘‘ Ingenious and new: the sacrifice of the Queen kept me at bay for some time.”—W.H.S. M., Dublin. ‘‘ This strikes me as a good problem.”—R. A., London.—W. F., Bridge of Allan. ‘‘ Not difficult, but the construction is perfect and the mates are beautifully pure.”— EK. H., Huddersfield.—Romping Girl.—A. W., London. (a) and (ec) omitted.) ‘‘Good and G., Guernsey. ‘‘ A Chess poem!” —J. R. W., Dumfriesshire.—J. R., Cleckheaton. (c) omitted.)—G. F. O., Bradford.—S. H. T., London. ‘‘A very pretty and correct little problem. Easy it certainly is—but cannot we afford to lose difficulty sometimes for the sake of brilliancy ?”—J. K., Norwich. ‘‘A very good problem.” Problem 139, by C. M. Baxter.—Solved by Komping Girl. (Both solutions.)—W. F., W. H. S. M., E. H., H.G.,G. F.0.,8. H T., J. K. (Author’s solution.)—V. H., R. A., A. W., J. R. W. (Second solution.) We were unfortunate in our problems last month and are sorry for the trouble No. 137 must have caused our solvers. Receiving, as we do, including exchanges, about a couple of hundred communications monthly, it is quite impossible for us to find time to examine all the problems our- selves. We take all the pains we possibly can to ensure accuracy ; Nos. 137 and 139 had both been passed as correct by one of the best examiners in England, No. 137, furthermore, having had altogether three journeys across the Atlantic, as it had already been returned to the author for alteration before its publication in our columns. When all has been said, however, the composers themselves must be held chiefly responsible in these cases. It appears we have more than one poet on our staff of solvers, and, anent No. 137, H. G. sends us the following :— Bone has left some twenty-four-ers Which may justly be called floorers, But when it comes to a Yankee three And that a puzzler—fiddle-de-dee ! Not solve it, man, why here look—try— Oh, hang it all ; well, really, I, For one, don’t think it can be done. White’s moves I’ve canvassed one by one, The wildest sorties—Rook takes Knight, And Q to R 2— bothered quite ; Confound the thing, I’m in a huff, I never thought me such a muff ! If no mistake nor trick be played This is the finest problem made !

Page 202

196 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

THE PROBLEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE

ADedicated to Ry. ¥. ET. HAindrebys,

The Judge in the H. C. M. Problem Tourney, by the respective winners of the prizes for the best sets.

PROBLEM 140.—By Mr. J. H. BLACK.

on i Ay, ‘a me om yy yy

a

VES ]

WHITE.

White to play and mate in three moves.

PROBLEM 141.—By Mr. G. J. SLATER. BLACK.

PROBLEM 142.—By Mr. W. Coates. BLACK.

ee we es le a. one ee aie 00 ae “2. a

SS we

es

oO 8

SUB) a

eae 2

Ud. vente, W rio wes Z FG

YG Ys

ae

ie ae Zi Yj YYy Y =. a

White to play and mate in four moves.

‘2

White to play and mate in four moves

Page 203

Puddersheld College Magazine.

COLLEGE RECOLLECTIONS. (Continued from page 172.)

into Mr. Tomlinson’s drawing class (and how genuine was our unbounded admiration for his and his pupils’ productions!) I never entered, nor had I ever anything to do with Mr. Marriott’s class of chemistry, taught by him in the Hall to boys, who, with trays before them on trestles, made villainous smells and messes. But returning to the singing class, I may recall the fact that at one time, what with that class and Sergeant Harry’s drill below, there were no regular lessons on Saturdays, and one’s absence from any particular class was unnoticed. Well might a writer in the Magazine for December, 1874, allude to the truant-playing on those mornings! Away went a pack of us every Saturday morning over gate and wall in spite of Wilson, into the fields behind Highfield Chapel, where a covered haystack afforded secret shelter and comfort. Of course we were back again before 12 o’clock, and often have I made my way into the “Council Room” as the class was breaking up, and persuaded good unconscious Mr. Bell to put my name down for a library book, which was carried home as a proof of general efficiency. How many old associations must crowd into the mind of “ old boys” who revisit the College and take up their position behind the clock at the annual distribution of prizes! One sees again in imagination Mr. Wright entering—clad in hooded gown and College cap—at the head of the masters; Mr. Milne reads a chapter from the Bible as few but he could read,* and as the sound of the Principal’s chair is heard when Mr. Wright rises for prayer, the whole school rises-also and turns its back upon

«An “old boy” in the Magazine asks whether Dr. Milne did not shine as a reader and speaker. I have heard him speak at a meeting in the Philosophical Hall, and once to my knowledge he preached at Ramsden Street Chapel. I used to think him a splendid speaker. I heard Mr. Morgan preach one afternoon at Highfield Chapel. My astonishment was greater than my reverence.

May, 1878.] I

Page 204

198 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

the masters. Mr. Wright is gone, and his place is now occupied by Mr. Milne, whilst the reading part devolves on Mr. Faulls, who performs the duty in an earnest but nervous manner, the fingers of his left hand pressed upon the table before him. Who can forget the last occasion of Mr. Wright’s appearance in the Hall—the presentation from the boys to him and to Mr. Milne, and the subsequent leave taking in No.6% Then the “prize days ”—-when the members of the Council sat with the masters, and relatives and friends thronged the galleries. How long is it ago since Mr. Sutcliffe occupied the chair on such an occasion ? And I must not omit to recall Lord Morpeth’s visit, when a banquet was given in the Hall, mementos of which remained for a long time afterwards in the shape of a canopy over the Masters’ seats, adorned with His Lordship’s arms (the motto of which might have been appropriated by many a Col- lege boy: “Volo non valeo”), a banner with the Royal arms on the wall above, and a Union Jack dependent from a pole on each side of the gallery. The gas was brought into the Hall for the first time on this occasion, causing much confusion by forgetting itself so far as to go out without leave during the repast, and a desperate rush was made in all directions for candles. Is the muster in the Hall forgotten that afternoon when the news of Roy’s sudden death reached the College? Well do I remember the perfect stillness of the boys, disturbed now and then for a moment as some late comer, hurrying in, stared with bewilderment until the whispered, “Roy is dead,” sent him speechless to his seat. Roy had been suffering for some time from fever, and persuaded himself that Lafargue had taken away his pupils. This idea affected his mind to so great a degree that he took his own life. I have spoken of him already, and will only note here the first appearance in the Hall of his nephew, Clavequin, as a pupil* at the College, clad, to our great wonder, in military uniform. I have good reason to remember one morning when Mr. Milne entered the Hall, and before commencing prayers de- manded who miscreant” was that on the previous evening had grossly insulted the Roman Catholic Priest. The said mis- creant had been pursued by His Reverence, in full canonicals, as far as the road leading to Bath Buildings, down which road he had incautiously rushed, forgetting that Mr. Milne himself resided there, and the priest, inferring that the culprit was one of the Principal’s boarders, hurried back to his chapel, changed his dress, and went off in hot haste to Mr. Milne’s house.

* Subsequently appointed French master, in 1853.

Page 205

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 199

“But Linden saw another sight,” or rather the Hall did, when once we were startled from our propriety at the commence- ment of prayers by the unexpected entrance at the masters’ door of no less a person than John (we always called him Jere) Marshall, carrying some harness in his hand, and with him a boy carrying a dead rabbit. A greater incursion than usual had been made that morning on Marshall’s wheat-fields ; he had got scent of the delinquents, and now demanded their instant punishment, using some very strong language and indulging in ominous threats of “tahser” before the hardly-to-be-prevented- laughing Principal and Masters. Wilson was summoned, and before long a heap of wheat lay upon the magisterial table, the sight of which was alone sufficient to incite some of us to further deeds of wrong towards the much suffering Marshall. Perhaps some of the most exciting occasions in the Hall were the Wednesday afternoons when, if the Principal did not appear as usual at the stroke of two, conjecture was rife as to whether we were to have a “half holiday.” Every minute of delay brightened the prospect, and when at length a sheet of paper was seen in Mr. Milne’s hand as he entered, expectation gave way to certainty, and the feet of the boys could with diffi- culty be restrained from expressing the universal pleasure. No! not universal, for on that sheet were written the names of those who had found their way into the “Black Book” during the preceding week, and away they went in sad procession to spend the afternoon in No. 1, their ears lacerated by the joyous departure of their more fortunate comrades. An “old boy” enquires in the Magazine for the autobiography of Wilson, who many, many years ago laid down the life which we had made a burden to him. The reference to is incomplete without his other soubriquets of ‘Red Whisker-seed” and “ Foresters’ Arms,” the latter title being the sign of a hostelry in the Halifax Road, with which dispen- sary of beer we had seen fit to connect our “porter.” It used to be said of him that on the first day at College he had done his work so heartily as to crack the College bell. I never heard that any permanent ill feeling subsisted between him and the boys. He took measures of his own when worried too much, and having once saluted him by the last mentioned title as he was standing at his kitchen door when I passed, I received— just when about to enter the class-room—an application of his boot so forcibly administered as to render my seat a most uncomfortable one. He was succeeded by a young man, whose name I forget, but who used to spend much time in No. 5 after school hours in the laudable endeavour to teach himself. Another heavily tried mortal was Richard Netherwood, the 13

Page 206

200 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

chapel keeper at Highfield. His good wife, Mary, sold sweet- meats for our delectation, but he was ever on the watch, especially during the building of the new Chapel, to keep off intruders.* It is but a few years since, that, revisiting the place, I found him, apparently but little changed, standing on the Chapel steps, looking at the boys in the College yard, and he complained bitterly to me of their misconduct, though I fear that the expression of my sympathy was anything but sincere. He was Chapel keeper from 1827 to 1871, and for full thirty years of that period the sworn foe of every mischievous College boy. There was another rival with Mrs. Wilson and Mary Nether- wood in the sale of sweets. I refer to the old man who, decked in a long white apron, used to take up his position without the College railings, resting his basket against them, and dispensing “rock,” etc., during play time to those who could afford such luxuries. He grew bolder in time, and stationed himself within the cloisters, but it being discovered that some of our number had forgotten themselves so far as to give him purloined College stationery in exchange for his wares, he was forbidden to come any more. What his real name was I never knew, but I should suppose his nickname (derived from the humble confection which formed the staple of his trade) will be remembered by all the “boys” of his day. I have said, and mean to say, but little of boys” by name, but as I look at the list given in the Magazine of Decem- ber, 1874, I recall the faces of most of them as if but recently seen. With Henry de Paiva I boarded for half-a-year at Mr. Moody’s house in Spring Street, occupying the same bedroom with him, George Anderton, and two Burnleys, of Gomersal. We used to play him many tricks, but he seldom resented them. He was the only College monitor who, as “dux,” I remember wearing the gold thread in his cap. It was in No. 5 that Mr. Morgan—although I was as usual at the bottom of the class— condescended to show me a letter just received, containing the account of Henry’s sad death from over study at the University, and I suppose the sudden push and frown with which I was sent back to my seat were intended to mark the immeasurable dis- tance between de Paiva and myself. I am tempted to talk about Jonathan Bates, his brother Ebenezer, and countless others who have, as it were, come back to me whilst gossiping about

* It is very likely that you, Mr. Editor, and myself are the only two who remember the May morning of 1843, when with many others we swarmed along the College railings opposite to the Chapel, listening to the

sound which told us that the work of destruction in the old building had commenced.

Page 207

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 201

the dear old College. Thirty-one years ago I took leave of the place after a somewhat unusual fashion. Entering the school just before nine o’clock one morning, I went into the Council Room to say good-bye to the Masters. One of their number, whose name shall not be mentioned here, but whose cork leg _ and his “don’t be ridiculous or I'll give you a licking,” as well as his apparent ability to see out of the back of his head, can scarcely be forgotten—was already, as was his wont, seated in the Hall. To him I also went, attracting, of course, the atten- tion of the boys, and passing the entrance to the Hall on my way out along the passage, one or two boys slipped out to say farewell ; their example, although Mr. Milne and the Masters had already entered, was followed by what seemed to me to be the entire school. Such a handshaking as [ underwent will never, unless elected President of the United States, occur to me again. It was soon over, and I was alone in the corridor. I made my way into the cloisters, meeting on the stairs Mr. Meaby, then Master of the Lower School. After another glance at the place that had known me for seven years, I disappeared, to become what I have a melancholy pleasure in remembering myself to be—an ‘““Oup Boy.” P.S.—Has any “old boy” in his possession a copy of “‘Winks’s Elocution”? The writer would be glad to see the book once more for the sake of ‘auld Jang syne.” *

FOOTBALL.

Ripon GRAMMAR SCHOOL v. HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE.

Ten of the Ripon Grammar School Football Team paid a visit to Huddersfield, on Wednesday, March 27th, to play an equal number of the College. To the chief pleasure which the visitors derived from the pleasant game on the College field, must be added many other minor enjoyments inseparable from a boys’ excursion favoured by excellent weather, over 100 miles of “fresh fields and pastures new.” The game began by the College kicking off at 2-30. It was agreed between the captains that the game should only last one hour, owing to the customary number of players being reduced to 10. The first half of the game the visitors were completely

* We have ourselves been enabled to hunt up a somewhat mutilated copy of ‘‘ Winks” from our ‘‘curiosity shop,” and have forwarded the same to our correspondent. EpIiTor.

Page 208

202 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

penned in their own territory, the College scoring 1 goal (kicked by Walker) 2 tries, and 8 touches-down ; the tries were obtained by Brooke and Woodhead. At the commencement of the second half of the game the visitors rallied and aided by Butler and Collinson, carried the game near to the College goal line, but they were gradually forced back into their 25, where F. A. Brooke, W. Halstead and T. Leach, each obtained a try in quick succession but no goals resulted from them. The score stood at the finish : 1 goal, 5 tries, 10 touches-down, and 1 touch in goal to nil. It was a very pleasant game, no hitch occurring, all playing earnestly but good humouredly. College team: H. M. Woodhead, G. Wilks, H. C. Walker, W. Halstead, A. L. Woodhead, F. A. Brooke, H. Hirst, T. Leach, J. Armitage, and A. Watkinson. Grammar School team: F. N. Butler, J. E. Collinson, J. Wiggins, W. Paley, W. M. Mitchell, F. King, A. Smith, E. J. Horsman, E. D. Smith, and J. Clay. The game was somewhat one-sided. The College played much better together than did the visitors. This is in great measure due to the want of practice in the Ripon team. Our school under its present management is comparatively new, and was considerably of-side before our present Head Master was appointed, but Rome was not built in a day, and we hope to do better in time. Our warm thanks are due to the College for the courteous manner in which we were treated, but especially to Mrs. Wood- head and Mrs. Fairweather, who kindly graced with their presence a bountiful tea prepared for us in the Highfield School, where an attractive bazaar was held, but through whose variegated alleys we were only able to go once, on account of being pressed for time. The College might have given us a chance by playing the return match. They are not to be blamed for this, as they stipulated from the beginning that they might not be able to do so. As it is, they are doubly victorious. We might not have been able to pay them off on our ground, but we should have liked to be quits as regards hospitality. We were sorry we could not remain longer to enjoy the good things that had been provided for us, but it is a “far cry” from Ripon to Huddersfield and back, for an afternoon’s football match. Had we only consulted our own inclination—all of us—we should certainly have remained much longer and tarried in the neat and interesting streets of Huddersfield till the last train had just gone! Ripon. G. E. Barsisr.

Page 209

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 203

THE ENTERTAINMENT.

On Friday, the 5th of April, the Boys gave their Annual Entertainment in the College Hall. A platform had been raised beneath the clock, and the body of the Hall and the galleries were well filled by an attentive audience. The com- pany on these occasions does not equal in piquancy of costume the brilliant assembly we are accustomed to see on Distribution days, and as the decorations of the room are not so elaborate the old Hall may be said to depart less from its ordinary workaday air. Although the part played by the lads at the June meeting is probably regarded by their friends no less than by themselves as essential to the success of the day, still on the evening of which we write the fellows had an even more important réle to play, for with the exception of the help rendered by two masters and by a friend of one of the lads, the whole entertainment was due from first to last to the efforts of the boys themselves. To begin at the beginning, or, as I was going to say, with the rise of the curtain, Mr. Stubbs came forward looking as full of fun as usual and explained that the part of the curtain was going to be left out. He mentioned also what I have already said about the share of the boys in the whole proceedings, requesting the good will and indulgence of the audience, and introduced Master Whincup, from Leeds, who gave with great success a solo of the reverie style of thing upon the pianoforte. Whincup was warmly applauded as he thoroughly deserved, and presently we found ourselves admitted to an apartment in Jubilee House Academy, where we had the pleasure of seeing that redoubtable pedagogue Dr. Swish (query, any connection of Switch ?) seated at the table searching for a lying advertise- ment of his establishment in the columns of the and addressed like the title of the play “To Parents and Guardians.” The advertisement, when found, set forth with true scholastic inaccuracy all the advantages which ought but were not to be found by the sons of confiding parents at Jubilee House Estab- lishment, Clapham. Swish (H. M. Woodhead), with that habit of thinking aloud so uncommon in real life but so conveniently common in plays, lets us into a thing or two about the school. Enter Mary (Brighouse), who “bothers” Cuvier and declares that Nettles (A. L. Woodhead) is a duck. Exit the two Swishes and enter the aforesaid duck, dressed up, in spite of Cuvier, as a boy. He discovers that women don’t understand lark except Mary, and that as he couldn’t eat more than one helping of pudding yesterday he must be in love with Mary. Miss Swish 17

Page 210

204 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

lets him see the Times before her father gets it, and there he has seen an advertisement which might mean that Old Tour- billon (W. L. Heaton), the French usher, is the heir to a French peerage. With a few other confidences about a letter to Uncle George about Tourbillon, squibs, and eating fat, Nettles discovers Swish laying the blame of a fight between himself and Skutler (E. G. Coward), upon the French usher, and after an episode between Mary Swish and Nettles, Dr. Swish and his usher enter quarrelling. The Frenchman is browbeaten, bullied and dis- charged, leaves the room, and a letter brought by his servant to Swish from his London agent informs him of the change in Tourbillon’s position. Re-enter Tourbillon, an elderly young gentleman with a bald-headed wig (from under the corner of which a stray lock of dark hair peeped cautiously forth) ; said Tourbillon has a small bundle tied up in a pocket handkerchief and an old umbrella under his arm. Swish, having digested the contents of the agent’s letter, resolves to conceal them from the interested party and make up his quarrel with his quondam usher, and in a8 many sentences apologises for his sudden pas- sion, offers his hand for forgiveness, removes the bundle and umbrella, promises the surprised tutor a separate bedroom, freedom from surveillance of the boys out of school hours, a partnership, and Mary for a wife. Astonishment seizes upon the wondering usher who remarks aside at each successive revelation of his Principal’s changed mind, that the latter is of excellent heart, generous, noble, and, as matters proceed rapidly, he adds “drunk,” and then “mad.” Swish is obliged to leave suddenly, asks Tourbillon to take entire control of the establish- ment during his temporary absence, and departs. Very amusing are the attempts of the Frenchman to control a lot of high spirited English boys, and good was the acting of Heaton, especially in the French dictation lesson. The get up and acting of Halstead, too, who played the part of Waddilove, Nettles’s fag, deserved high praise. The scene especially where Waddilove drew from the capacious pockets of his white loose breeches the various articles acquired in a predatory excursion to the farm of Nubbles (J. Haigh) was very good, and the indignation of the honest farmer was very well done. Nettles, learning of Swish’s prospects and proposals for Mary, and believing Tourbillon to be a married man, resolves to palm off upon him for his indignant wife a French girl, who, tambourine in hand, begs from the boys. The acting of Wilkinson as Virginie deserves warm praise. It is difficult for our clumsy sex to imitate the air and grace of any, let alone a French woman ; Wilkinson’s attempt was fairly successful. Virginie turns out to be the lost daughter of old Tourbillon, who is dis-

Page 211

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 205

covered to be a fugitive French noble. Nettles, Waddilove, and Mary, all in disgrace, only escape by the intercession of Tour- billon with Swish, from whose decree, however, Nettles appeals to that of the audience. Had the boys spoken a little louder, and had some of the actors thrown a little more life into their parts, the play would have left little to be desired. We noticed several of the younger “old boys” present amongst the audience, and were sorry that some of them had'not been included in the cast. We think if one or two of those who have helped before in these Entertainments had been mixed with the present boys in the rehearsals, they might have put more go into what was, however, on the whole, a very enjoyable comedy. An entirely novel feature of the Entertainment was the introduction of Glee-singing by the boys. A College Musical Society, long a desideratum, has been recently established. Great praise is due to Mr. Binner, whose instructions have resulted in so successful a little concert as the second part of the entertainment proved. A pianoforte solo by F. Fitch (a pupil of Mr. Dean) introduced this part of the programme. The selection “Tema,” was from Mozart. Then the fellows filed in to sing the “‘ Men of Harlech,” in which, in spite of a little natural nervousness at first, they acquitted themselves with A duet “Oft in the stilly night,” by H. Dyson and J. F. Marshall, gave great satisfaction, and the confidence and composure of the juvenile performers were noteworthy. The duet, which was encored, was followed by a glee, “ Pretty little Maiden,” (is it not from Faust?) which went off very well indeed. Mr. Stubbs then gave a reading from Charles O’Malley, in which the advent of a wild young fellow dressed up as an ancient female at a Dublin ball is wittily described. Another glee by Macfarren, ‘The Cuckoo sings in the Poplar Tree,” was well received, ‘in spite of Cuvier,” was encored and followed by Mickey Free’s letter, another reading by Mr. Stubbs from the same author. The programme was concluded by a March “ Let the Hills resound,” by Brinley Richards, followed, as a matter of course, by the National Anthem. Very great credit is due not only to the boys but to Messrs. Binner and Stubbs for the success of the evening, which passed quickly and pleasantly away. ‘‘ And when they next do sing a glee, May you and I be there to see.” Z. Y. X. & W. V.

SESOS

Page 212

206 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

OUR CONTEMPORARIES.

EIGHTEEN months have all but gone thcir round since we last wrote under the above heading. Our conscience has accused us now and again for the seeming neglect of our School contem- poraries, with which we have every wish to be on kindly terms. We, however, invariably all the Magazines that come under our notice, try to “learn” somewhat from them, and “inwardly digest” their contents to the best of our editorial stomach. The Milton Mount Magazine will appear for the future only three times a year—in February, June, and November. The February number is a very pleasing one and contains several papers of merit. We quote from the “editorial” the following observations, which find an echo in our own breast.—“ We can scarcely believe that three years have elapsed since we started, with some anxiety, the Milton Mount Magazine....... And after considering all things—the unsatisfactory results which have often followed our best endeavours, the trouble which is occasionally experienced in stirring up the contributors (other editors can probably sympathise !), as well as the time which must be devoted to correspondence, d&c.—we feel that we should be sorry if we were obliged to give up the Magazine altogether.” The principal article in the number is one on the “ Litera- ture of the Stuart period,” in which the writer ably passes under review the giants of that time which was so rich in great poets and prose writers. A graphic account of how Christmas was spent in a Lutheran home in North Germany is succeeded by a summary of “ Missionary News” in connection with the school, and then comes a clever historical paper on “Cleopatra's Needle.” An original setting to music of “Merry, merry Christmas” from Weeks’s Christmas Carols, leads on to ‘ School News,” which affords evidence that sensible recreation is not overlooked at Miltou Mount. Lectures by such men as “ Rob Roy ” McGregor and Professor Morley, charades and readings, are not in vogue, we are sorry to say, at every school, while “by way of removing possible temptation to study during the winter evenings we have been supplied with chess, draughts, fishponds, and other entertaining games.” ‘The Children’s Corner” is sure to be popular among those for whom it is principally intended as well as those of “larger growth.” A ‘quotation acrostic” winds up the number, which on the whole affords proof of considerable literary ability among the young ladies of Milton Mount College.

Page 213

to ~I

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

The Mill Hill Magazine for March and April is quite up to the high standard usually reached by this leading school periodical. Most of the articles are ably written and show both careful reading and originality in treatment. The papers entitled ‘Obscure Corners in English History,” ‘““A remarkable escape,” ‘ Proverbs,” and “A talk about Mill Hill fifty years ago,” are all good in different ways, the last being a very valuable sketch by a very “ old boy.” A course of lectures is a very admirable feature at Mill Hill, and is one that might be followed with advantage nearer home. The following are recorded in the March and April numbers. Dec. 14th, 1877, Rev. R. Harley, F. R.S., on “The Moon.” Jan. 29th, 1878, Dr. Weymouth on “Slavery in Ancient Rome.” Feb. 12th, Prebendary Scrivener, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., &c., on Manuscripts of the New Testament.” Feb. 24th, Rev. H. Geary, M.A., on “Recent Explorations in Palestine.” The information under the headings of “The Library,” “ Debating Society,” “Natural History Society,” ‘Phonetic Society,” “ Football,” “ Bicycle Club,” “ Meteorology,” &c., show that the pupils have plenty of irons in the fire for both blood and brain. The lstonian (Bedford County School), and the Ton- bridgian, are neither of them “ got up” so well as the magazines already reviewed, as they are both published without covers, the former, too, being minus a table of contents. The Tonbridge School possesses a “Scientific Society,” a “Museum,” and a “Debating Society,” while the Magazine boasts of a “ Cambridge Correspondent,” and several poetical contributors. The papers on a tour in Cornwall are cleverly written. A series of essays on “The Prime Ministers of Eng- land” is now running through the Elstonian, No. V. on Bute and Grenville brings us down to 1770. A paper on the National Debt” in the March number is not inopportunely followed in April by one on “Our Ironclads.” Football takes up twelve columns in the two numbers, and we are pleased to see a Chess department, which promises to be a success. A Chess club has been formed among the boys and two tournaments are in progress. The Scientific club holds its meetings weekly, and the papers read are of a very practical and entertaining nature. Among the recent subjects are “Fertilisation of Plants,” ‘Collecting Butterflies,” ‘ The Manufacture of Iron,” “The Manufacture of Glass,” and “Coal,” with diagrams. J. W.

Page 214

208 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

REMINISCENCES OF CAPE TOWN.

(Continued from page 150.)

As to snakes, I have killed dozens at a time, on every tree the Boem slang (tree serpent) twists itself to catch the birds, who are wary enough to attach their nests on very slight boughs by long strips of dried grass, the entrance being below—there, a snake dare not enter ; I only saw twice a Cobra Capella, once when some blacks were lifting, with a crow bar, a large flat stone for building purposes: out the snake came furious, there was such arush. We were bolder, having taken Major Smith to show him du Toits Kloof, leading our horses along a very steep slope, a Cobra faced us, determined to dispute the way— Smith said let me kill him (so I held the two horses and watched the battle) ; carefully on his guard and ready to strike, the yellow snake rose as if to spring, then fell to recover his strength, up and down he went, his head flattened in the descent. Smith then suddenly caught him, as he was lowering himself, with his whip, soon killed and tied him to his saddle. All snakes are much more dangerous to man in the colder months, being too torpid to get out of the way, so when trod on or aroused, bite. At that day no Dutchman would cross the Kloof for fear of Banditti. I got friendly with them (and they asked me to come any time and shoot) from their finding me and a companion, at break of day, walking innocently through a most dangerous morass, full of deadly snakes, and when warned by some men, not hurrying, but walking coolly out—l supposed they admired our courage. I applied to the Govern- ment of the day for a grant of the Kloof, and was informed my request would be granted if I would take charge of a location of Hottentots. It is amusing to see two Hottentots approaching one another, their hats are taken off as they bow, then a move forward and another salute, when close together a pinch of snuff is offered and taken—then they are friends ; their marriage ceremonies are very curious, and being very fond of oxen, they are buried under the Cattle Kraals. The original little bushmen are scarce; as to their bows and arrows, a school-boy would be ashamed of, such weapons, never- theless, they easily kill lions, their poisoned arrow touches him so lightly that he hardly notices it, but in a short time the deadly poison kills—being made from a mixture of the snake poison and the euphorbia bulb—the bushman's approach is unseen excepting on horseback, as they often carry a shrub in front of them. Despising covering, at nights they sleep between four rough walls, or bush Kraals, without any roof. Meat not keeping, having stolen an ox they kill it, and gorge until they

Page 215

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 209

can eat no more, like the vultures sleeping it off in a couple of days ; the scent of these birds is very extraordinary ; for days and weeks not a bird is to be seen; a sheep dies, or is killed by a sheep sticker, and within an hour or two, from the most distant point of sight, a vulture may be seen soaring on until at last he settles on the sheep, others follow, the carcass soon disappears, then comes the difficulty of rising from the ground ; to see such a bird after the graceful Secretary bird is loathsome. Whilst on a shooting excursion, bad weather set in. I returned alone—coming to a swollen river, just as I was on the point of leaping my horse in from the bank, a black man whom I had not seen called out. Going towards him I found there were several men and women who pointed out the danger of crossing on account of quicksands ; he volunteered to assist me, and kindly entered the river with a long pole in his hand as far as was safe—I got over wet and cold. Riding on and on, not a house was to be seen, part of the waste being swampy. At last to my delight I observed one at a distance, on I rode and arrived at it just after dusk and—it was only a heap of rocks. J was in despair, 1 had no dogs, the shrubs were all wet, all kinds of wild beasts must be at hand, my horse was tired, no track was to be seen—so at last I threw the reins on his mane and he crawled on; time passed heavily—but two hours wretchedly passed brought a light suddenly in view not half a mile off. On reaching the house I found a saddle-horse and a Boer going to mount, after a word or two he asked me in, ordered a fire to be lit, (it was midnight), and mounting his horse he rode off to meet his wife who was coming from Cape Town by forced marches. The place was called Klip Fontein, the owner Piet Watnee. I commenced undressing, but slave girls kept coming in and out, sadly disturbing me. In an hour Watnee returned without his wife. After a good supper we went to bed. W. S. CoKE. (To be continued. )

EDITORIAL.

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to JOHN WaAtTKINSON, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual subscription, 3/6, post free. We send out a Specimen Copy of the Magazine this month to most of our subscribers, and shall esteem it a favour if they will introduce the same to their friends with a view of obtaining _ additions to our subscription list.

Page 216

210 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

————

HOPE. (From Schiller. )

We speak and we dream with a longing soul Of a better, more perfect morning ; And towards a happier, golden goal We press, every obstacle scorning. The world grows old, and again becomes young, But “ Verbesserung ” still is the strain that is sung.

Hope waits at life’s portals to lead us along, Hope plays round the frolicsome boy, The youth is allured by its witching song, Nor can age all its charms destroy. And when with life’s trials no longer we cope, But sink in the grave, there we plant the flower—Hope-

It is not a flattering fancy light Begot by a dreamer and sigher, Ah no! In the heart ’tis proclaimed with might : We are born for a something higher. I And the hoping soul in the smallest part Will ne’er be deceived by the voice of the heart.

Bridge of Allan. W. F.

“OLD BOYS” SCHOLARSHIP.

Tux subscribers to the “Old Boys” Scholarship Fund will be glad to hear that A. R. Wright, the winner of the Scholarsbip, is pursuing his studies at Owens College, Manchester, to the satisfaction of the authorities. Professor Greenwood, the cipal, writes April 4th, as follows :—“I hereby certify that Mr. A. R. Wright has pursued his studies in this College sine? October last with regularity and diligence; and that his chal- acter, so far as my means of observation extend, has been unexceptionable.” He further adds that “at the Christma Examinations he acquitted himself very well. If I mistake not he gained a first class in three of his subjects.” Under the conditions of the Scholarship the first half-yearly instalment of £20, was duly paid to Mr. Wright on the 10th of pril.

Page 217

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 211

JOHN COCHRANE.

Died March 2nd, 1878.

Tuat silver, sparkling link ’twixt past and present is snapt! The midshipman of sixty years ago has “ gone aloft,” and, we trust, “looking upward.” Chess has lost the impersonation of chivalry. Full of years—honoured, beloved—the brilliant Cochrane has passed into the silent land. Labuntur anni ; nec Pietas moram Rugis, et instanti Senectze Afferet, indomitzeque Morti. Well may the Roman poet exclaim ‘“ Eheu fugaces!” We stand before the tomb of him whom George Walker proclaimed ‘the most brilliant player he ever had the honour to look over or confront”; and whom Staunton, rival as he was, eulogised as ‘the celebrated master, at once the most original and brilliant player of the day,” repeating that ‘no collection of games would be complete without examples of his bold and subtle genius.” We stand before the tomb of him, who, fifty-seven years ago, encountered Deschapelles and La Bourdonnais—who had reached middle age ere Morphy or Kolisch or Steinitz was born —whose work preceded the Handbook by a quarter of a cen- tury—whose fame was European thirty years before Anderssen’s was established—who vanquished the Brahmins upon their own ground—who, after a protracted residence under a burning sun in an unhealthy clime with a laborious profession, returned home in green old age unconscious of decays. Enthusiastic still for Chess, the once youthful pride of the London Chess club— two generations past—became the patriarch of the St. George’s. In his time had been fought the memorable battles between La Bourdonnais and MacDonnell, Staunton and St. Amant, Harrwitz and Horwitz, Der Lasa and Hanstein. He had taken part in the historic correspondence match between Edinburgh and London, in 1824, and could appreciate the strategy between London and Vienna, in 1875. Of all his worthy foemen of old, who, save George Walker—survives? He witnessed alike the rising and setting of reputations and the entry into the arena of dozens of players who retired beaten or wearied. Deschapelles and La Bourdonnais, Mouret, Lewis and Mac- Donnell, Popert and Perigal, Staunton and St. Amant, all de- parted ; and Lowenthal (his probable biographer) preceded his subject! What must he have thought of Bledow and Szen, Kieseritzki and Buckle, and the many great names inscribed

Page 218

212 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

upon the death-roll of his time, of the calamity of Neumann and Morphy ; and how smiled at the retreat of veterans (boys to him) Der Lasa, Dubois, Max Lange, Boden, and so forth. Born just as Philidor died, how astonishing to him the blind- fold achievements of Paulsen, Blackburne and Zukertort. How immense the development of problem composition since 1800. He had outlived the supremacy of successive Chess styles, and seen the steady Pawn-play of Philidor exchanged for the élan of La Bourdonnais, to yield in turn to the cautious, yet determined advance of Staunton; then the sudden advent of Morphy sweeping away obstacles with the irresistible energy of a flowing tide ; and last, the profound thoroughness and judg- ment of Steinitz winning a laborious way to the Chess throne, and remodelling the principles of strategy. Dull men condemn the style of Cochrane, while incapable of appreciating his brilliant coups. A civilisation that tends towards uniform respectable mediocrity should be thankful for marked individuality. Cochrane’s style was Cochrane himself. Bestow on Byron the calmness of Wordsworth and the piety of Herbert, erase failings, supplement with virtues—he were no longer Byron; we should lose a giant poet to gain an average parson. And so with Cochrane—a tame, caged Cochrane were no Cochrane! True, he had neither the learning of Lowenthal, nor the subtlety of Harrwitz, nor the solidity of Staunton—neither the accuracy of Paulsen, nor the sagacity of Steinitz ; we find in his games no conceptions approaching the superb combinations of Anderssen, far less the perfect insight of Morphy ; what we do find is a fire, a resource, a dash, an invention quite his own. He has stamped on his games the evidence of their father- hood—parties bright with the flash of combat and the freshness of the sea; instinct with the defiant fearlessness of a forlorn hope and the passionate impetuosity of a Hotspur. His Chess bespeaks the traditions of his race and the cours- ing blood of Scandinavian adventurers—worthy scion of those Cochranes whom a Scottish writer described as “long noted for an original and dashing turn of mind which was sometimes called genius, sometimes eccentricity ”—of a family whose very success through want of attempered wisdom was ever clouded by attendant failure, who earned an earldom and pauperised their peerage. The father of the great admiral, the Earl of Dundonald, impoverished himself through inventions by which others profited ; and in the gallant seaman’s own life—in his achieve- ments as in his discomfitures—one can trace precisely the qualities and precisely the defects of our Cochrane’s play—the

Page 219

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 213

same absence of cool judgment—the same unbounded courage —the same splendid, aspiring, yet wayward genius. Posterity will confirm the eloquent criticism of Walker, and Cochrane’s games will remain to be admired instead of imitated, classed with defeats more glorious than victories, like the mag- nificent madness of the Balaclava charge. The art of war as of Chess has changed. Providence prefers the big battalions. Undaunted coups de main assaults by a handful on a host—find little place among breech-loaders and entrenchments. Courage must yield to science and to material force and skill. Fiery Cochrane-like onslaughts would make no more im- pression on the serried ranks of Steinitz than Russian and Roumanian valour on the works of Plevna. The extent to which Mr. Cochrane, shut out from European practice, retained his Chess powers is indeed remarkable. Before me is a letter addressed to myself in December, 1869, soon after his return. In it he refers to two first-rates, remarking of one that he ‘‘thinks he is about the same force,” and of the other that although he had little doubt a man so much younger would win of him they had played seven games of which he (Mr. Cochrane) had won four, lost two and one was drawn. To the last the rapidity of his play was astonishing—his coup d’ wil almost unparalleled. Every adept knows what he suggested in the openings and his liberality at the Tournament of 1851. The parties of Cochrane form no scanty record, but his finest efforts against Staunton are not extant. The exaggerated amour propre of Staunton precluded their publication, and the apparent reduction of Cochrane to a Pawn and move player in the Chess Companion was an injustice which Cochrane felt, if he did not publicly resent, especially as (for I heard it from his lips) he won the majority of the last even games they played. England has room for Nelson and Dundonald, Chess for Staunton and Cochrane; let us spare odious comparisons and the mathematical balance of brilliant talent against practical success. Not tall but strongly built, with powerful forehead, amiable mouth, dressed as an admiral rather than a counsel, in manners dignified yet courteous and humorous, free from all self-asser- tion, always ready for a sprightly joust, loving the game itself instead of looking solely to the score, and never turning recrea- tion into business, the grand old gentleman—who would have worn well the family earldom—was the beau ideal of the Chess amateur.

Page 220

214 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

None but himself can be his parallel. Alas! the raven croaks—“ nevermore.” What then? Shall we mourn him who has come to his grave in full age, “like as a shock of corn cometh in in his season ?” No. He has “crossed the river to rest under the shade of the trees.” No. The name of Cochrane is not fated to die; it soars phoenix-like from his ashes. In Europe his birthplace, in India his dwelling-place, in the far western Continent that boasts the Queen,* the Muse,} and the abdicated Emperor ¢ of Chess ; where cold consolidates the sea, where the breath of the simoom sweeps to the sky the scorched sand, and where the tropic volcano heaves the trembling earth in waves—wherever Chess is now, and shall be hereafter, methinks I read, in golden letters that cannot be effaced,

JOHN COCHRANE

clarum et venerabile nomen.

I. O. Howarp TayLor.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

Game VIII.

PiayEeD March 16th, 1861, between the Editor and Mr. Thorold. (Being the fourth in the Match.)

(Mr. WarKINsoN.) Buack (Mr. 1 PtoK4 l. PtoK 4 2, KttoK B3 2. KttoQB3 3. BtoQ Kt d 3% PtcoQR3 4, BtooQR4 4. KttoK B3 5. Castles 5. Bto K 2 6. Rto K sq 6. PtoQ Kt4 7 BtoQ Kt 3 7 PtoQ3 8 PtoK R3 8 4 (a) 9, PtoQB3 9. Kt takes B 10. Q takes Kt 10. Bto K 3 (8) ll. QtoQB2 ll. PtoQ B 4 (c) 12. P to Q 4 (d) 12. QB P takes P

* Mrs. Gilbert. + Phania. $ Morphy.

Page 221

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE

MAGAZINE. 215

13.

14. KttoQB3 14. 15. K Kt takes P 15. 16. Kt takes B 16. 17. QtoQ Kt 3 17. 18. P takes P 18. 19. R takes P (f/f) 19. 20. PtoQ6 (g) 20. 21. KttoK 4 21. 22. RK takes Kt 22. 23. BtoK 3 23. 24. Rtakes P 24. 25. Rto Q Kt sq 25. 26. R takes R 26. 27. QtoQ Kt 6 (k) 27. 28. RtoQ sq 28. 29. K to B sq 29. 30. K to K 2 30. 31. RtoQ8 31. 32. K to K sq 32, 33. BtoQB5d

P takes P

13.

R to Q Bsq P takes P Castles P takes Kt P to Q 4 (e) P toQ Kt 5 K to R sq B takes P Kt takes Kt Q to K B 3 (h) B to K 4 (2) R to Q Kt sq BtoQ 3 B takes R (/) Q to K 4 Q to R 7 (ch) Q to R 8 (ch) Q takes Kt P Q to K B 6 (ch) B to K 4

BiackK (Mr. THOROLD.)

a te ae,

a

Y/ Uh, oy ay Y

Y

Y

2

a

7 gy

Ao

a 2

WHITE ——= Position after White’s 33rd move.

Page 222

216 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

33. Q to K 5 (ch) 34. K to Q 2 34. Q to K B 5 (ch) 35. K to Q 3 35. Q to K B 4 (ch) 36. KtoQB4 36. Q to Q B7 (ch) 37. KtoQ5 37. Q to Q 6 (ch) 38. BtoQ4 38. Q to Q Kt 4 (ch) (!) 39. KtoK 4 39. Q to K 7 (ch) 40. BtoK 3 40. Q to K B 6 (ch) 41. K takes B 41. Qto K B 3 (ch) 42. Q takes Q 42. P takes Q (ch) 43. K to K 6 43. R takes R 44. K takes P (m) 44. PtoQ R 4 (n)

NOTES BY MR. W. NORWOOD POTTER, Author of the Article on Cuess in the Encyclopedia Britannica.

(a) Ishould prefer 8. B to Kt 2. (6) Iam still in favour of B to Kt 2. (c) This advance is altogether premature. Black should undoubtedly

tle. (d) Skilfully played. Black’s centre game will now be badly broken up. (ce) A Pawn is lost by this advance, but the alternative of Q to Q 2 does not induce hopefulness, seeing that P to Q R 4 would be a particularly strong reply to that move. A line of play which I fancy Mr. Thorold did not foresee when he pushed on the Q P. If now 19. P takes Kt, White’s response will of course be not R takes B but 20. P to Q 6. (g) I favour Kt to K 4 at once. (A) It is very difficult to find Black’s best resource at this point. The move made strikes me as objectionable on account of the imminent action of the Rook at K 6. 22. Q to B 2 is the most promising candidate for selection, I think. (t) Giving up a Pawn but, as will be seen, not without some compen- sation in position, (j) Mr. Thorold’s two last moves are quite in his happy style. With two Pawns behind he ought of course to lose, but may now expect some lay. P YM) Q to Kt 4 is preferable for many reasons. If then B to Q 3 the reply isQ to K 4. In default of Q to Kt 4 I should favour Q to Kt 7. (4) Correctly played. Q takes B (ch) would be bad as involving the disappearance of all the pieces on both sides, whereupon the White King could soon help himself to a Queen or two. (m) We have now come to the end of one of the most remarkable positions I have ever seen. A divinity hedged in the King keeping him from evil wherever he cared to roam. Of course I cannot altogether approve of the good prose of a perfectly sound position being converted into the unprofitable poetry of a dashing King’s Tour. However his Majesty’s brilliant escapade must be condoned for the pleasure it affords. (n) The game, after proceeding for 19 more moves, ended in favour of Black. Taking the position as it stands I should say White ought not to expect to win, though it should be easy for him to draw. He has an uncom- fortable game such as any one might lose if playing to win.

Cas

Page 223

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 217

SOLUTION OF MILES’S CHALLENGE.

WHITE. BLACK. WHITE. BLACK. 1. Rto Bd 1PtoB4 9. R takes P 9.K to B38 2. P to Kt3 2.PtoBSd 10.PtoKt8(Bp) 10.K toB4 3.Q to Kt 5(ch) 3. K to K sq 11. K toQ 5 11. PtoQ 3 4,.RtoB8s(ch) 4 KtoB2 12. Q to R 7 (ch) 12. K to B 3 5. Q to Kt 8 (ch) 5. KtoB3 13. K to K 4 13. K to K 3 6. P takes 6. K to B 4 14. Bat Kt8toR7 14. K toB 3 7. BtoK 3 7. K toB3 15. Bat R7 checks 15. K toK 3 8 RtoR 8 8. K to B 4 16. Rto R 8 16. P mates

To the Editor of the Huddersfield College Magazine.

Dear Sir,—I am sorry to find that I gave you an imperfect description of my Challenge Problem in your April number. It should have been stated thus :—“ White to play and compel Black to mate him with his Queen’s Pawn in sixteen moves, without Queening any Pawn.” I received a solution of this, and also one of Mr. Bolton’s ‘‘Ghuznee” in 10 moves, from Mr. W. Finlayson, Bridge of Allan, on the 3rd of April; and on the same day I received solutions of both problems from Herr Meyer, of Sydenham, whose solution of ‘ Ghuznee” is in 11 moves. Both these appear to be correct but neither of them is that intended by the author, which still remains a mystery. The first prize therefore falls to Mr. Finlayson, and the second to Herr Meyer. I have received solutions of “‘Ghuznee” on the 8th and 12th inst. respectively, from Mr. John Reid, of Wanlockhead, and from Mr. W. H. 8S. Monck, of Dublin, neither of which appears to be correct. I hope shortly to be able to send you a slight correction of this position which will make the author’s beautiful solution the only one. I am, Dear Sir, Yours very truly, : J. A. Fakenham, 17th April, 1878.

THE INTER-UNIVERSITY CHESS MATCH. (From our own Correspondent. )

THe sixth annual match between the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge came off on Thursday, April 11, at the rooms of the St. George’s Chess Club in King Street, St. James’s. Excellent arrangements had been made by Mr. Minchin, the indefatigable honorary secretary of the Club, both for the match

Page 224

218 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

itself and for the banquet which followed. The hours of play were from 2 to 6-30 p.m. Two games as a maximum were to be played by each pair of combatants, not three, as on previous occasions. The hour-glasses also were now, for the first time, not called into requisition ; and we are glad to observe that this modification was amply justified by the improved pace which the University teams have now developed, through increased familiarity with the game. Nervousness, the result of inex- perience, is, we are convinced, in many instances the chief cause of excessively slow play. The result of the previous matches had left Oxford with a score of three to two: and it was generally expected that Cambridge would this year redress the balance. University Chess appears to be liable to more violent fluctuations than University boating or cricket. The reason doubtless is that, the area of choice being so much smaller, the loss of one or two good men, out of a team of seven, more decisively affects the general result. The victory of Cambridge was even more complete than had been anticipated, and the balance of matches now stands even. The full score was as follows:

OXFORD. CAMBRIDGE. 1, F. M. Wright, Queen’s .. ... I N. Keynes, Pembroke ...1 1 2. Kk. A. Germaine, B. N. C., 2. W. H. Gunston, St. 1 President 3. H. Lee, Worcester ........... 1 I 3.J.T. C. Chatto, Trinity ...1 4, KE. H. Kinder, B. N. C....... 1 I 4. W. H. Blythe, Jesus. ...... 01 5. C. Taylor, Ch. Ch............. I 5. C. Chapman, St. John’s, President 1 6. A. S. Perceval, Exeter.......0 I 6. F. T. Sugden, Trinity Hall 1 1 7. C. H. Malden, Trinity....... I 7. W. Jennings, Corpus....... . 1 2 10

The combatants being paired according to their strength, it will be seen that the advantage of Cambridge lay chiefly at the extremities of the scale. Their two best men were stronger than any whom Oxford could bring into the field, and their “tail” was less weak. At boards 3, 4, and 5 the players were more evenly matched, and some very interesting games were the result. At No. 5, the Oxford player, having a Pawn superi- ority in the end game, with a Bishop against a Knight, lost his Bishop by a divergent check : and, so far as we are aware, this was the only glaring oversight committed during the match. The general style of play was careful without being too laboured: and while the knowledge of the openings evinced continues to improve this was more especially observable in the three first

players on the Cambridge side, the only ones who played last year.

Page 225

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 219

At eight o’clock the two teams were entertained at dinner by the St. George’s Club, the Rev. Professor Wayte in the chair. Among the invited guests were Mr. Steinitz, Dr. Zukertort, and Mr. Gumpel, the inventor of the new (and by far the best) Chess automaton, “Mephisto.” The matériel was such as to satisfy the most fastidious critics, and reflects the highest credit on the St. James’s management. In giving the first toast, the Queen and the Royal Family, the Chairman observed that Prince Leopold had not only been an efficient member of the Oxford Club, but continued to be a liberal patron of the game. Chess, though a royal, was not a courtly game. In the only published game of Prince Leopold’s he had seen—a consultation game in which H.R.H. had a very good partner—Royalty was beaten. (Laughter.) Professor Wayte next proposed the health of the University teams, and remarked on the distinctions gained by University Chess-players in other fields, both intellectual and athletic. Mr. Chapman, responding for the winners, proposed the toast of their entertainers, the St. George’s Chess Club, to which the Chairman briefly replied. Mr. Germaine followed, returning thanks for Oxford, and gave the health of the honorary sec- retary, to whose exertions they were so much indebted. Mr. Minchin, after acknowledging this compliment, proposed the Umpire. Mr. Steinitz having responded, the toast of the Visitors was given by Mr. Francis, and acknowledged by Dr. Zukertort. The Chairman next proposed the toast of the Chess Press, and in so doing enlarged on the high qualifications of the Rev. C. E. Ranken as a Chess Editor—his varied knowledge of the modern languages in which Chess was written—his untiring zeal and industry—and the impartiality of his comments. ‘‘ And now,” he continued, “he would ask them—and especially his younger friends—to look at this question from another point of view. Germany possessed a Chess periodical now in its 33rd year of continuous existence. During the same period it was a fact, he must say little to the credit of English players, that the life of every English Chess Magazine had always been more or less intermittent. And why was this? Thirty years ago, when the Chess Chronicle was edited by Mr. Staunton, players living far away from Clubs were content to give their 1s. or even 1s. 6d. monthly (for the price was afterwards raised) to get a sight of good games and problems. The multiplication of Clubs had, on the contrary, only served to increase the difficulties under which Chess periodicals were conducted. People did not care to take in a magazine, if they could see it at their Club. Now he need not say, that neither the Editor nor those who co-operated with him received anything for their

Page 226

220 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

services. But publishers were men of business, and if periodi- cals did not pay their way they could not be carried on. It was the case with all those magazines which appealed, not to the general public, but to a limited class, that those who were interested in the objects of these magazines did not think merely of themselves : they subscribed to the magazine, as a necessary condition of its existence. The members of the various learned societies kept afloat the transactions of those societies. The devotees of botany or astronomy were not satisfied if they could see the Botanical or Astronomical Magazine at their Club; they supported it with their subscriptions. And if they wished, as he (the Chairman) believed they did, that Chess should have its organ, he appealed to them to support it by the very mod- erate expenditure required.” Mr. Ranken returned thanks, and other toasts followed.

SOLUTIONS OF PROBLEMS IN “ ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS.”

Or im 69 bOD

No. XXXIUII. WHITE. BLACK. The solution in Alexandre is 1. RtoK R4(ch) 1. K takes Kt stopped by Black playing 4. Q to 2. PtoK B 4(ch) 2. K takes R Q B 6 (ch). Le Palaméde gives 3. Qto K B6(ch) 3. RtakesQ (best) I this as the real key, and appends 4,.K toB3 4, Any move the actual solution as a ‘‘ varia- 5. R mates tion” !! No. XXXIV. 1.Q to K 6 1. Bto Q Kt2 (a) I (8) 1, BtoK R38 &c. (if) 2. B takes B 2. Q takes Q(best) I 2. R to R 8 and Black can then 3. Kt checks 3. K to Q 2 check twice with the R and once 4, B checks 4. K takes B with Q, but is mated on move 6. 5. R to R 8 (ch) 5. K toQ 2 This variation renders the P at KR 6. R mates 2 necessary, as otherwise the Black (a) 1. Q takes Q (5) R could check more than twice. . Kt checks 2. K moves N.B. Alexandre’s ‘‘cook”’ requires . B takes B (ch) 3. K takes B the P to be at K Kt 3, else Black . Rto R 8 (ch) 4. K moves will escape by 4. R checks. . R mates No. XXXVI. 1. R takes Kt P (ch) 12. Q to Kt 7 (ch) 12. B inter- 2. R takes Kt (dis ch) ses 3. R checks 13. Q takes B(ch) 13. inter- 4, R takes P (dis ch) poses 5. R checks 14. Q takes R(ch) 14. QtakesQ 6. Rtakes Kt (dis ch) 15. Kt mates 7. R checks Le Palaméde gives about two- 8. R to Q B7 (dis ch) thirds of this solution and then 9. Q takes R 9. QtoQsq I diverges. The mate it proposes is 10. R to K Kt 7 (ch) defeated by Black playing 14. B 11. R to Kt 4 (dis ch) tukes B!

Page 227

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

221

THE PROBLEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE

Dedicated to KR. Ff. . Esq,

The Judge in the H. C. M. Problem Tourney, by the respective winners of the prizes for the best sets.

PROBLEM 140.—By Mr. J. H. FIN.uINson. BLACK.

Yi) wy ty Y Ey A a oe

White to play and mate in three moves.

PROBLEM 141.—By Mr. G. J. SLATER. BLACK. .

PROBLEM 142.—By Mr. W. Coarss. BLACK.

WY Ws 7)

Vs Ue Wii

ie

sae Y,

WY) S014 11: Up i,

RIB oe So

7 a, 7

Z CG Vdd YA y

yp? Wp ee 1/2. 9B //

S

Wy YY

WY Ly Wy “yyy My Y li i

WHITE. White to play and mate in four moves.

WHITE. White to play and mate in four moves.

Page 228

222 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

PROBLEM 143.—By Mr. J. Montreal. BLACK.

ev

en

pe

WN

BE

\ EEE

a

ae

age ae. ae ae ai Jf

la

es

a ane

WHITE. White to playZand matezin three moves.

PROBLEM 144.

PROBLEM 145.

By Mr. J. A. Mites, Fakenham. By Mr. W. WEATHERSTONE, Blaydon-on-Tyne.

BLACK.

BLACK.

oe ol Ee i, q Ree ie mi fk a “Dal = a a a. fe a S Ball a

es LE ver

a

fe)

a @

ee

jy 7U 7 oo a

U/; YY Wa, a. Ys me) & 4 Yj ee

oe oe)

WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves.

WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves.

Page 229

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 223

Chess Pottings.

MatcH at CHESS BETWEEN HUDDERSFIELD AND DEwsBURY.— On Saturday April 6th, six members of the Huddersfield Chess Club visited Dewsbury in order to play a match with a similar number of the Dewsbury Working Men’s Club. Play began about twenty minutes to four, and it was arranged that if at half-past eight a game was still proceeding it should be counted a draw. The games between Mr. Finlinson and Mr. Woodhead were long struggles, and at half-past eight the second game had not been concluded. The first game was won by Mr. Finlinson. The third game between Mr. Rhodes and Mr. Yates was also drawn, because it was not completed by half-past eight. Mr. Holliday was placed as the antagonist to Master Jackson, a young player of very great promise, and lost the first game, having Castled on the Queen’s side at an inopportune time. The following is the result of the match :—

HUDDERSFIELD. DEWSBURY. Won. Won. Drawn. T. Holliday 2 Master Jackson ... 1 A. Finlinson 1 J. Woodhead 1 T. S. Yates .. 2 G. Rhodes ... 1 J. P. Roberton .. O G. H. Gledhill T. Broadbent ... ... 1 L. Howgate... 2 O W. H. Wolstenholme 3 W. White Total ... ... 12 3 2

Mr. Ward, the strongest player in the Dewsbury Club, was unable to take part in the contest ; two Huddersfield players, Mr. Watkinson and Mr. J. H. Finlinson, were barred by the Dewsbury men. The Huddersfield players were hospitably entertained by their opponents, and the general arrangements for the match were of a satisfactory character. Cuess Grms.—We have been favoured with a sight of several proof-sheets of this work, which is now in the press, and can recommend it with every confidence to the notice of every lover of the problem branch of the game. We advise all intending subscribers to send in their names without delay to Mr. Miles. The subscription is 12/6 per copy, but after publi- cation the price will be raised to 18/-. Cuess IN AvstTRaLia.—Our Australian exchanges for Feb- ruary are very interesting and bear evidence that Chess is in a flourishing condition in our colonies. The Adelaide Observer is as good as ever, its selections of problems from all quarters being on the largest scale, while the original positions are of a high standard. The game department is equally well managed, the notes being able and elaborate. Its summary of European

Page 230

224 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Chess is more complete than anything of the kind we see at home, and contains a digest of the contents of all the English columns. The Adelaide Chronicle and Mail has also a fine Chess department. Shinkman’s prize two-mover in the H. C. M. Tourney was published therein recently, and as we gave in our last number the opinions of several critics on Mr. Finlinson’s prize three-mover, we will now reproduce what the Australian solvers have to say respecting the two-mover. The numbers refer to the points awarded—10 being the maximum.—Caissa, Adelaide. ‘“‘ Very neat and elegant, and key move well concealed. Vari- ations necessarily limited; 9."—M. T., Adelaide. “A fine problem, and about as difficult as a two-mover could be ; 9.”— A. U. B., Norwood. ‘ This problem is the most interesting and delightful anyone could desire to study, and is vastly superior to the general run of two-movers ; 10.”—St. Austell, Moonta Mines. “ This little problem is in my eyes simply grand ; 8.”— Aldebaran, Moonta Mines. ‘A gem without blemish, unless the absence of the author’s name may be considered as such. This omission is the only defect ; 10."—J. W., Adelaide. “I had some difficulty with this, and I think it a very skilful pro- duction.”—Williams, Adelaide. ‘‘ Very good indeed ; several variations ; pieces ingeniously placed : Black K takes Kt, then B to original position, mating, demonstrates no small ability on the part of the composer. The first impression is that the Black K must not be allowed to escape.”—-Uny, Adelaide. “Very ingenious and deceptive. Key move well concealed. The problem does its author infinite credit ; 10.”—Dick, Outalpa. ‘A beautiful problem, worthy of the notice of all colonial problemists.” The Town and Country Journal, Sydney, gives its readers two large diagrams weekly, a thing not at- tempted by any other Australian column. Its issue of Feb. 23rd, contains four columns of first-rate Chess matter. The Williamstown Chronicle announces the result of the handicap tournament. Mr. E. L. Bailey, the scratch man, defeated all his antagonists, and is, consequently, the holder of the trophy, value ten guineas. The Hamilton Spectator is very irregular in its appearance. Only one or two copies have reached us for some months. HUDDERSFIELD CuHeEss CiusB.—The handicap tournament, which has been in progress during the winter, terminated 4 short time ago. The winner of the first prize is Mr. Thos. Holliday, Mr. T. 8S. Yates carrying off second honours. To our SoLvers.—We reprint the problems on p. 196 of our April number, as No. 141 turned out faulty, and in 142, the Pawn at f 3 was, by no fault of the author, printed Black instead of White. We hope all three will now stand fire.

Page 231

PGuddersteld College Magazine.

NOTICE OF A DECEASED CONTRIBUTOR, THE REV. JAMES BOOTH, LL.D., F.RS., F.R.AS., d&e.

Youne as this Magazine is, its pages have already had to announce the death of more than one of those who have taken an interest in its welfare. The number of the Magazine for March, 1875 (Vol iii. pp. 106—110), recorded a sketch of the life and labours of one of its distinguished supporters ; and it is but fitting that this month’s number should contain a like record in regard to a still more eminent contributor who has just passed away, the Rev. James Booth, LL.D., F.R.S. Dr. Booth was born on the 25th of August, 1806, at Lava, in the county of Leitrim, and educated at Trinity College, Dublin, where he graduated with distinguished honours. It is somewhat remarkable that, although his chief claims to distinc- tion in after life were for his discoveries in Mathematics, yet his University honours were all in Classics. In 1834 he obtained Bishop Berkeley’s gold medal for proficiency in Greek ; in 1836 another gold medal was awarded to him in classical honours ; and, not to mention other University distinctions, in 1837 he gained Madden’s Prize, as being the Candidate for a Fellowship whom the Examiners declared to have best deserved to succeed if another Fellowship had been vacant. Having thus just missed the quiet dignity and emoluments of a Fellowship, Dr. Booth, soon afterwards, accepted in 1841 the post of Principal of Bristol College, where he had Francis W. Newman as Professor of Classics,—an association of two afterwards famous men, whose equals few such schools can boast of. It was pleasant in after life to hear Dr. Booth speak of his illustrious colleague, whom he used to describe as the most remarkable and universal genius he had ever known, at one time writing a profound memoir on the Integral Calculus, at another translating Horace into eccentric metres, or making wild raids into the perilous regions of oriental literature. A year and a half of such school-keeping seems, however, to have been quite enough for both of these geniuses. In 1842, Dr. Booth was ordained by that warlike Prelate,—who used to realize my boyish ideal of a fighting bishop of the middle ages, —

June, 1878. I K

Page 232

226 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

the late Bishop of Exeter (Dr. Philpotts), and, having been, later in the same year, inducted to full orders by the Primate (Dr. Sumner), he spent the next 17 years chiefly in London, leading an exceedingly useful life, and taking an active part in the very forefront among those who were then striving to carry on the cause of education and progress. By pamphlets, by lectures widely delivered and still more widely circulated when published, some by the Society of Arts,—under such titles as “The self-improvement of the Working Classes,” ‘The influence of Examination as an instrument of Education,” ‘“‘ How to learn,” to learn,” ‘Systematic Instruction and Periodical Ex- amination,” &c.,—and in other ways, Dr. Booth was incessantly labouring in the cause that he had so much at heart. As a preacher he ranked among the best of the day. For five years he drew from far and near to the Pansh Church of Wandsworth an intellectual congregation who could appreciate and delight in such discourses as he was well fitted to deliver,— an audience, as he used to say, that it was a delight to preach to. In letters that lie before me as I write, Lord Brougham states that Dr. Booth’s “ merits are great as a preacher and as a learned divine,” adding that ‘ no one can doubt this who reads the admirable discourses lately delivered on the ‘Bible and its Interpreters’” ; and Sir Benjamin Brodie, then President of the Royal Society, writes that he has read with very great interest the three sermons delivered in the Parish Church of Wandsworth, and concludes his letter to Dr. Booth by saying “you have treated the questions which you have undertaken to discuss in a truly philosophical spirit, and have rendered a good service both to religion and science.” While holding the offices of Chairman and Treasurer of the Society of Arts, Dr. Booth was induced, by special request, to prepare an annotated edition of the Prince Consort’s speeches and addresses. This volume had been called forth by a formal Minute of the Society’s meeting of July 23rd, 1856, when it was resolved that a library edition, and a cheap edition for wider distribution, should be published by subscription, “as being the best means of showing the public sense of the efforts made by His Royal Highness to promote social progress and the encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce, the char- tered objects of the Society.” Dr. Booth entered zealously into this work,—as he did into all that he undertook,—and the result was that the library edition appeared in 1857, in a hand- some quarto of 214 pages, beautifully printed at the Chiswick press, and enhanced in value by elaborate introductions and notes, which form an admirable setting to the Prince’s speeches, and contain a full account of each of the subjects whereof the

Page 233

bo to ~I

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

speeches treat. Thus we find a history of such widely diverse subjects as Agricultural Societies; Foreign Missions; the Ex- hibition of 1851 and its results ; Cattle Markets ; City Guilds and Companies, on the subject of the Merchant Tailors’ Dinner on June llth, 1849; Grimsby and its associations, from the days of Hengist and Horsa down to the time when the Prince opened its new docks ; Royal Academies, apropos of the annual dinner on May 3rd, 1851; and the glorious exploits of the Royal Welsh Fusiliers,* the presentation to the Regiment of a new stand of colours giving occasion to both the Prince’s Speech and the Doctor’s Introductory Essay. One of the Introductions gives, in eight pages, an excellent account of Mechanics’ Institutes,—with which the Editor had had much to do,—wherein it is stated that “in June of this year (1857) the Council of the Society of Arts propose to hold their annual Examinations for the Mechanics’ Institutions of the North of England at Huddersfield.” These editorial disquisitions take up more than half the volume, and form a portion nowise in- ferior in merit or interest to the admirable discourses which they so well serve to embellish. As aspecimen of Dr. Booth’s style in these Essays, I give here an extract from the Introduction to the Prince’s Speech on the opening of the Art Treasures Exhibition of Manchester, on May 5th, 1857. ‘‘A short time ago an Exhibition of the Art Treasures of the United Kingdom at Manchester would have appeared not merely anomalous but impossible. An exhibition of industrial products, of manufacturing pro- cesses from the earliest known period of their use, of the wonders of mechanical science, and of those subtle processes by which, in this age of iron, gold is extracted from the most unexpected sources,—these would have been considered appropriate, and likely to receive the favour of the genius of the place. But what had Manchester to do with Art Treasures? For years her cottons had terrified the civilized, or delighted the barbarian youth, with images of many-coloured horrors ; and when those venerated parrots, that appeared in galvanic contortions on their uncouth perches of trees and flowers, were swept away by the innovations of design, it was with some difficulty that the efforts of better taste, and livelier and larger fancy, were received into her factories, or in the markets where she had so long reigned supreme. But within a few years Manchester has undergone a great change. With wealth has sprung up a love and knowledge of art, and the taste and refinement that follow in its train. She had founded a political school whose teachings and practice seemed to have placed her in direct antagonism to the aristocracy of England. She had assumed with so much vigour her own place in the councils of the empire, that her elders received with jealousy the pretensions of the neophyte. But antagonism and

* The history of the regimental goat is even woven into the story, including the animal’s performances on a certain St. David’s Eve, when, amidst festive exhilaration, while ridden by a drummer boy, its horns gilded and crowned with flowers, it leaped upon the table, threw its rider, and bounding over the heads of the guests, escaped, caparisoned as it was, to its quarters in the barracks. K 3

Page 234

228 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

jealousy vanished ; when Manchester, having by the voice of a few of her citizens erected a fitting Temple for their reception, invited the aristocracy, who treasured in their ancestral halls the priceless heirlooms of their houses, and the ancient cities and corporations, who preserved with religious care, in their chartered palaces, the evidences of kingly favour or of princely patronage, to place their Art Treasures in her custody, that she might invite the world to visit them, and view with admiration such evidences of our greatness, of our former excellence and our present power, as might cheer the sons of toil by the contemplation of all that art has con- ceived and perfected by the hands of humble and trusting and persevering

n. In 1856, Dr. Booth, supported by the influence of the Society of Arts, the Chairman of whose Council he then was, set energet- ically to work to carry into effect a system which, in theory, he had developed nine years before,—in a pamphlet, under the form of a letter to Lord Lansdowne, entitled ‘‘ Examination the Province of the State,”—and which afterwards grew into the competitive examinations that now form one of the recoynized institutions of the country. Experimental examinations were accordingly held next year in London, where 80 candidates presented themselves, and in Huddersfield, where there were 140 candidates, and where, too, Earl Granville distributed the prizes to the successful competitors. The remaining history of the movement shall be told in Dr. Booth’s own words, in an extract from a long letter to the Standard, dated December 6th, 1870. ‘‘The examinations of the Society of Arts having now obtained considerable notoriety, it occurred to Dr. Temple, who, as an examiner employed by the Society of Arts, had become familiar with the whole system of their organization in all its details, that it would be a judicious move if the University of Oxford would appropriate the system that had thus been elaborated and perfected, and apply it to the examination of school-boys of middle class schools. Accordingly, on the 17th of April, 1867, Dr. Temple submitted an outline of the plan to Dr. Jeune, then master of Pembroke College, for his approval and support. The original plan of the Society of Arts and that adopted by the University of Oxford, were identically the same ; but while the Society of Arts widely departed in subsequent years from its original scheme, Oxford adhered to it in all

its integrity, with one single exception—the suppression of the viva voce examinations.”

In 1859, Dr. Booth was presented by its patrons, the Royal Astronomical Society, to the Vicarage of Stone in Bucks,—one of the quietest of all quiet parishes,—where, in rural seclusion and dignity, he spent the rest of his life. There it was that I got to know him intimately: there, in frequent visits, always looked forward to with eagerness, and afterwards dwelt upon in pleasant remembrance, I spent many a delightful day in his society, sometimes hearing him, like a veteran fighting his battles over again, tell the story of his former busy life; and there, too, I was under promise to spend with him the Easter that he never lived to see.

Page 235

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 229

Stone Vicarage stands on rising ground overlooking the rich vale of Aylesbury, with the Chiltern Hills, beautiful in all their varying aspects, bounding the view on the one side, the river Thame skirting the parish on the other, and many a spot charming for sylvan beauty or for historic associations,—all within the compass of a good walk,—lying around in the plains, or on the slopes or crests of the hills that form the famous Stewardship of the Chiltern Hundreds. On entering upon this quiet retreat, Dr. Booth turned his remarkable powers to the entirely new pursuits of the cultivation of plants, shrubs, and trees, and soon transformed his lawn and grounds into one of the most beautiful spot that Bucks or any other county can show. Important events were commemorated by the appropriate planting of a tree. One such historic tree, planted in 1861, asa bantling from the gigantic Californian pine (Sequoia gigantea ) and now grown to a magnificent symmetry, was always pointed to by its planter with greater pride than to any of his scientific works. Possessing, with -many such pleasant tastes, a love of birds, Dr. Booth carefully preserved them from spoliation or destruction ; and, as a consequence, all birds there felt quite at home. While lying in bed, you had nightingales singing close to your windows ; and as you lay reading on the lawn, a black- bird would be sitting on its eggs in one bush, and a thrush feeding its young close by in another. For dogs, too, no less than for birds, the place was quite a paradise. Five or six of these,—including a handsome retriever, a nondescript animal yclept “ Boz,” the most human-like dog I ever knew, and a pug or two,—used to enjoy a ramble with me over the whole district, now and then starting a rabbit or a hare, which seemed to like the run as much as the dogs did, feeling sure, I suppose, that it would never be caught. Of course, Dr. Booth was called on to fill such rural dignities as Justice of the Peace, visitor of the County Asylum, and the like. Of his magisterial functions, the most interesting to me were his mode of keeping his parishioners from going to law by settling for them sundry of their disputes in his library or on the lawn. Did A come for a summons against B for cutting down her rose-tree ; or B for a counter-ssummons against A for using her tongue in too eloquent vituperation ;—in such like cases, the Doctor’s wise counsel, usually successful, was that they must make it up. More tedious to me,—and I should think to himself too,—were the visits that I paid with him to the County Sessions at Aylesbury, where, sitting near him, “like patience on a monument,” would often be his brother Magistrate, the Premier. On two occasions, the tedium of the proceedings was a little relieved ; once, when an artist in housebreaking, from London,

Page 236

230 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

paid the Archdeacon’s house at Aylesbury the distinguished honour of a professional visit: and another time when a full Bench divided on some trivial parish questions, and although the Premier and his party (with whom was Dr. Booth) seemed to me incontestably in the right, yet Lord Beaconsfield was defeated twice in succession ! In such a parish as Stone, it is not to be supposed that Dr. Booth’s powers as a preacher could find much scope. Now and then, when called on to preach an assize sermon, or a funeral sermon for one of his old friends,—such, for example, as the late Admiral Smyth, who was for some time a neighbour of his, and who died in his parish,—or on suchlike occasions, the old powers would re-appear in all their vigour; but there was nothing to call them forth in a congregation of a score of rustics.* As a reader of the scriptures, I never knew but one to surpass him, and that was the late Sheridan Knowles, when he had abandoned the stage for the pulpit. I seem still to hear the rich, deep tones of Dr. Booth’s voice as he read some passage from the Bible, or as, in tremulous earnestness, he offered up the petition for Divine assistance ‘‘among all the changes and chances of this mortal life,” from the noble prayer with which he almost always prefaced his sermons. Mathematics being ‘“‘caviare to the general,” it is enough here to say that in this science Dr. Booth stood in the very first rank ;t that he invented a new method of research ina system of co-ordinates that appropriately bears his name ; that, after wholly laying aside for several years his mathematical pursuits, he was induced by me to resume them as a contributor to the Hduca- tional Times, under my Editorship ; and that his last labour, undertaken at my suggestion, was to collect his various mathe- matical investigations, which he finished and published in two handsome volumes { only a short time before his death.

* It was my delight, when visiting him, to get Dr. Booth to preach some of the best of his old sermons, Truly admirable discourses the were : compact in thought, cogent in reasoning,—which required, and we repaid, the closest attention throughout,—and expressed, like all his writings, in the purest and choicest English. But one day, when talking to a Stoneite in the fields, he reminded me that the aforesaid sermons were long, saying pathetically, ‘‘The old Doctor, he do give us such long sermons when you come down here!” + It may amuse and amaze those who are ignorant of the delights of mathematics to read what, in a letter now before me, Sir John Herschell writes of one of Dr. Booth’s investigations. ‘‘The Trigonometry of the parabola,” writes Sir John, ‘‘is one pearl-string of elegancies, and is quite charming !” tIn the Introduction to one of these volumes he afterwards incor- porated the substance of an article which he wrote for this Magazine, and which appeared in the number for March 1876, (Vol. IV, pp. 116—118.)

Page 237

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 231

-+—-

After 19 years spent in such wise, Dr. Booth’s life passed quietly to its close on April 15th, 1878, in the 72nd year of his age. In accordance with his frequently expressed wish, his funeral was simple and unostentatious, entirely free from that pomp and pageantry of woe which I have heard him so often, so justly, and so vigorously denounce. In closing this sketch, I would remark that though Dr. Booth had been highly esteemed for his public labours,—how highly I never knew till I saw it recorded in numerous letters and papers left by him,*—yet no one could fully appreciate his powers of mind, and his qualities of heart, who did not know him as the genial companion, the wise counsellor, the zealous friend, in that little world where he was seen at his best, and where, I take it, most of us would love to be best known, best appreciated, and longest remembered at home. W. J. C. MILuer.

HONOURS GAINED BY AN “OLD BOY.”

Mr. Ernest Woodhead, an old pupil of Huddersfield College and one of the founders of the College Magazine, has recently finished his University career at Edinburgh. The session was brought to a close on Tuesday, April 23rd, and Mr. Woodhead was one of those presented by Professor Fraser for the degree of M.A. During his University course he has carried off in prizes the following :—Greek History, in Professor Blackie’s Junior Greek Class ; and afterwards Greek History in his Senior Greek Class ; English Essays, in Professor Masson’s Rhetoric and English Literature Class; Natural Philosophy, in Professor Tait’s Class ; Political Economy, in Professor Hodgson’s Class. In addition to these prizes, Mr. Woodhead obtained first-class honours in Moral Philosophy (Professor Calderwood) ; in class examinations in Rhetoric and English Literature ; and second- class honours in Professor Sellar’s Junior Humanity (Latin) Class ; and in Professor Campbell Fraser’s Logic and Meta- physics Class. Mr. Woodhead has been a pretty frequent contributor to the pages of this Magazine since its commencement, and we have pleasure in stating that for the future he will take a share in the editorial duties connected therewith.

* To quote here one such testimony, I find that Lord Brougham speaks of Dr. Booth as ‘‘a man who has done more good than many men put together.” K 7

Page 238

232 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

CRICKET.

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE v. WELLHOUSE.

Tu1s match was played on Wednesday, May 15th, on the ground of the latter. The Wellhouse captain won the toss and he decided to put the College in first. The bowling of Wellhouse was good and the College team was soon disposed off. Wellhouse next went in, and Mr. Hassé, one of the masters, rubbed the score off himself. After a very pleasant but ynequal game the result was as follows.

HuDDERSFIELD COLLEGE.

T. Leach, run ccc 3 F, A. Brooke, b F. 2 A. Crowther, run OUt cece eee 1 A. L. Woodhead, b 16 G. Walker, b Hassé 4 H. C. Walker, rum out 3 H. M. Woodhead, b Weiss 3 H. Hirst, lbw, b Hassé 5 A. Lister, b Moore cee 1 A. Watkinson, not Out J. Richardson, run out EXtras vec ccc 4 42 WELLHOUSE. J. Weiss, c Crowther, b Walker 8 J. Hirst, b H. C. Walker cee eee Mr. Hassé, not out 61 F. Moore, b H. C. Walker cee 10 J. Rotherang, c Watkinson, b Lister ............... 9 G. Rhodes, b Lister C. Sutcliffe, not out ces lee O EXtras 10 101

CoLLEcE v. Brunswick (2nd Eleven.) This match was played on the College ground on Saturday, May 18th, and resulted in a win for the College, who scored 31 against the visitors 25. The visitors won the toss and sent the home team to the wickets. Leach and Wilkinson were the first representatives ; the former played a very good innings of 15, going in first and keeping in until the last man: no one else obtained any score worthy of notice.

Page 239

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 233

The visitors, after a few minutes’ interval, appeared at the wickets, but none were able to make any stand except Eastwood, who played very carefully for his 5. The following is the score :

COLLEGE. T. Leach, b McMullen 15 A. Wilkinson, TUD OUb ene H. C. Walker, b McMullen W. D. Halstead, b McMullen 3 A. L. Woodhead, b Woodcock 2 H. M. Woodhead, b 3 A. Crowther, b McMullen 2 H. Hirst, b McMullen A. Lister, b Woodcock ......... 1 A. Watkinson, b Woodcock F. J. Richardson, NOt OUt...... EXtras 5 Total 31 BRUNSWICK STREET. Leach, b Bottomley, b Halstead 2 Woodcock, b H. Woodhead 3 R. McMullen, c Wilkinson, b Halstead ............ 1 Eastwood, c Walker, b Woodhead 5 Heaton, run Out Spivey, b Woodhead 1 Liversedge, run OUt Sill, b Halstead 1 Goodyear, not eee eee 3 Towlson, run Out 3 I >: 8: <r 6 Total 25 EDITORIAL.

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to JoHN Watkinson, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual subscription, 3/6, post free. Our July and August numbers will be sent out together, as usual, in the first week of July.

Page 240

234 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

EASTER MONDAY AT HARROGATE. I

THERE were ten of us—four of the sex called gentle, and six of that called stern. But Nature does not hold herself responsible for the way we use our adjectives—and four women are a match for six men all the world over ; so that we were equally balanced. The central figures of the party were two young ladies—they were its raison d’ étre—and five more of us went mainly because the others did. It was my special duty to look after cloaks and umbrellas, to order dinner, and to take care we did not miss our trains. On our way to the station we fell in with an acquaintance bearing across his shoulders a magnificent japanned can, something after the style of a railway foot-warmer—not a common, everyday, foot-warmer, but one that you might imagine in Her Majesty’s Saloon, or a “presenta- tion foot-warmer” that shareholders might give to an invalid director. The apparition was striking: and the “can” was quite a challenge to our intelligence and inventiveness. It was almost a provocation! One of the girls said it contained hot water ; another, more original, suggested sandwiches or buns, and we thought perhaps our friend was ‘going to preside at a Sunday School treat. But we were all wrong. It turned out that there was a Congress of Naturalists and other philosophers to be held that day at Pontefract ; and our friend was, in fact, a scientific man, bent on a scientific expedition, and the “ can” was a scientific can, being intended for the bringing home of the day’s spoils—“ specimens” of moths, fossils, or Pomfret. cakes, as the case might be. A very little persuasion led our friend to see that nature might be better studied at Harrogate than at Pontefract; and on his agreeing to join us, we “ordered him up for instant baptism,” and christened him, for that day, THE With him were two others, who, having no outward sign of that pursuit of science which we must suppose was engrossing their minds, were still easier to enlist ; and nine of us entered the Huddersfield station together. I observed that the physiologist quietly carried off his apparatus to the left luggage office—and wisely, too; for it would have been the object of endless chaffing and joking ; and, indeed, when our tenth man, who was on the platform, saw us approach, and beheld the physiologist and the can enter the field of vision, there was a merry twinkle in his eye, and a gentle, reassured smile rippled over his face, as he saw the day’s fun provided for all at a blow: “ The Lord hath delivered him into our hands,” he seemed to say. Of this tenth man I ought just to remark that he seems always to be accompanied by a mackintosh. Some

Page 241

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 235

four years ago he and his mackintosh were joint heroes of a walk over Rumbald’s Moor, duly chronicled at the time in the pages of this Magazine ; and he was similarly protected to-day. By way of closing the description of our party, I may add that out of ten individuals four were Scotch, which did not promise well for our fun and joviality if the national characteristic which Sidney Smith ascribed to them was to be maintained. By this time the clock points to 9-49 ; and the porters call out “ Express for Dewsbury and Leeds.” We have taken ten third class returns for Harrogate—and as there are great crowds going by the same train to the Wetherby Races, we find considerable Squeezing and elbowing is necessary before we can get comfort- ably seated. At last we are fairly en route. And now our troubles began. It was the old story—in fact the “old, old story that was told again at five o'clock in the morning,” as the song says. We had scarcely started before there were symptoms of flirtation (very mild at first) on the part of @ young fellow whom we will call Cupmp Junior, aided and abetted by one of the girls. These two were not sat together: I fancy the man between them only wished they were. He did not wish to be in the way: but if he leaned forward he could never get back to his natural position without running the risk of trapping a pair of hands behind his back, or perhaps even a pair of heads ; and if he sat erect he felt persuaded in his own mind that both his neighbours were wishing him at Jericho. It was as good as the ‘“‘Midsummer Night’s Dream,” for we had our Pyramus and Thisbe, and a man to represent Wall. There was no telling how the epidemic might spread ; so we held swift council, and determined to appoint a chaperon to take charge of this couple and any others in whom the disease might be developed. It is a good device to make a church- warden of a persistent absentee from church, and the plan has been tried of securing the good behaviour of evildoers by swearing them in as special constables; so we thought we might reduce the danger of flirtation if we could make one of the ladies the chaperon, but they one and all declined it resolutely—and the post was assigned to the only man amongst us who had the distinction of owning a wife and family, and the supreme recommendation of wearing spectacles and being to all appear- ance of a sedate and sober demeanour. He played the part to perfection. He made a great show of zeal in starting with any couple that shewed a tendency to isolation, but he always contrived to lose them and returned alone. He stedfastly shut his eyes to all he ought not to see—and accepted a bribe of toffee from the chief delinquents at the close of the day.

Page 242

236 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

We are now due at Harrogate—and find a fine, though cool and clouded day ; hundreds of people at the station, but not a soul anywhere else—everybody gone, or going, to Wetherby Races. We march in skirmishing order to the Royal Hotel to ensure a good dinner at the close of the day, and present solace in the shape of bread and cheese, and cigars. Pendente lite— while we were lighting up—we asked for a wagonette. ‘‘ Not @ carriage or a wagonette in all Harrogate, sir; I could have let a dozen as far back as last Thursday!” By this time we are beginning to feel that Wetherby Races are a nuisance. So we sulkily saunter down to the Old Sulphur Well to go through the form of drinking the waters. One of our party here opened his mouth for the first time, and said he had seen, as he walked down, the following inscription on an old stone pillar :— ‘¢As Pluto was flying o’er Harrogate wells, His senses were charmed by the delicate smells. ‘I know not,’ said he, ‘o’er what region I roam, But I guess by the scent, that I’m not far from home.’” We did not believe that our friend had seen anything of the kind, but as he was evidently in a modest mood, we did not press him to avow the authorship. The peculiar features and beauties of the Stray at Harrogate will be found fully described in any of the “Guides to Harrogate,” and I therefore refer inquisitive readers to them. I don’t profess, in this paper, to give what is called “ useful information ;” but the chief feature of the Stray on Easter Monday was certainly its “deserted village” look. I suppose if we had been there at eight in the morning we should have found a band playing, nigger minstrels asking marvellous riddles (“I say, Sambo, can you told me,” &c., &c.) and hundreds of plain and handsome men and women walking about after their morning draughts. We had intended driving round by way of Plimpton and Ribston (the original orchards of the pippins) but failing the carriage, we set off to walk to Knaresbro’, and it was unani- mously admitted at the close of the day, that walking was better than riding. Not being caged up in a wagonette, we were able to loiter, to rest, to stand for a view or to pull a wild flower, as we individually felt disposed. There is a lovely view from the bridge before you go up the hill into Knaresbro’. It is even made more striking and picturesque by the railway arch which crosses the river at a higher level. Leaving that, we turned into a little gate at our right—a shilling passed the whole party—along a pleasant shaded path by the river side<as far as the famous Dropping Well and Mother Shipton’s Cave (for description and particulars of both these curious sights see the “Guide Books ” already referred to.) The charges for admission

Page 243

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE, 237

here are very amusing, being based on the sound commercial maxim, “a reduction on taking a quantity.” Our party of ten was admitted on payment of 2/11, I think, or something still more fractional. Whilst watching the everlasting trickle of this fringe of water, and gazing at the various objects hung up for petrifaction, our reflective friend came out with another “ old inscription,” which he tried to palm off as genuine :— ‘*T’m afraid, by the public, it’s not generally known, That whatever I drop on, I turn it to stone ; A bootjack, a rabbit, a glove, or a sigh, By continual dropping, I can petrify.” In a distant corner I overheard the physiologist improvising for the benefit of one of the ladies, a very pretty fable which sounded like a crib from “ Pygmalion and Galatea.” Continuing our walk we passed through the back of the town of Knaresbro’, in which the names of the inhabitants and of the streets struck us as quaint and peculiar. We were soon on the Castle grounds, . where the drilling of a squad of the “ defenders of our country ” competed for our attention with a view from the cliff of very great richness and magnificence. The members of our party betrayed a shocking ignorance of the history of the Castle—one of the girls telling me a long story in which Oliver Cromwell, the children in the tower, and the babes in the wood, were all mixed up with the Wars of the Roses and the signing of Magna Charta. I said that, so far as I knew, I had no intellectual bigotry, and I was quite open to have my notions of history corrected by fresh facts, but I saw difficulties in accepting her version ;: and [ think the reader will find it safer to consult the ‘Guide Books ” aforesaid, which, I have observed, are generally well padded with long extracts from Hume and Macaulay. A short run by the railway (parliamentary fare 34d. each) brought us back to Harrogate, and the dinner being ready, we sat down and plied our knives and forks in silence, broken now and then by a parrot that said, “ you’re kicking up a jolly row,” and a few other things not so amusing. By-and-by our tongues got loose, and the man with a talent for ‘old inscriptions” told us that the hotel we were in was the scene of Punch’s sketch, where a lady and gentleman—strangers to each other—stand up to a quadrille one evening during the season, and the gen- tleman is electrified by the lady saying as they take their places : ‘* Now I’ve been to Fountains Abbey, and to Bolton; and I’ve seen’ Brimham Rocks and the Dropping Well, and the view from the Observatory : and we had a morning at York Minster, and we have been here a fortnight, and are going to stay another ; and papa takes the Chalybeate waters ; and I am very

Page 244

238 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

glad the cavalry are coming: and now you may begin con- versation.” But under this “ vivifying treatment” the youth collapsed, as well he might. We were very merry on the return journey. Cupid Junior was alive to his opportunities, and the chaperon had to be constantly on the watch—lest he should see. We laid in wait for the ticket collectors, or for unwelcome passengers who opened the door of our compartment, and received them with a sneeze like the crack of doom. We took the words Hish, Hash, Hosh, man by man round the carriage, and as soon as the door opened our leader gave the signal, and we all crashed our words out together and as loudly as possible. Then we sang glees and catches—some of them pitched in surprising keys; and, after encountering at Leeds the return tide of Wetherby Racers, we arrived safely at home, well satisfied with the holiday we had had. Joyous Pippin.

TO SPRING.

Come, lily-bosom’d Spring, All bathed in teeming showers ; Thy buds and blossoms bring, And days with added hours : While roving bees Seek lilac trees, And load the clust’ring flowers.

Oh ! dearer to my soul art thou, Than Summer with her sunny brow, Or Autumn’s harvest sky : For Summer suns bid thee away, ~. And Autumn’s fast declining day Proclaims fell Winter nigh. S. B.

Page 245

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 239

DECORATIONS OF THE HALL AT THE ANNUAL PRIZE DISTRIBUTION.

London, May 17th, 1878. To the Editor of the Huddersfield College Magazine.

Dear Sir,—l make no apology for troubling you with these observations. I need only say that it was my lot to be present at the last Distribution of Prizes at the College, and therein is the origin and justification of this letter. Asan “old boy” I have always been glad to be present at these annual Distribu- tions, and I believe that “old boys” have always been made welcome by those who have succeeded them. The reference to the “faces behind the clock” is probably now quite as regular on these occasions as is the chairman’s address itself. I am speaking of a time within the memory of man when I say that the College boys used to have a reputation for the excellence and good taste displayed in the decorations of the Hall on these occasions. I am not expressing my own opinion merely when I say that that reputation was not maintained last year. It was enough to make one ashamed of one’s old school to look on its walls and see the highly classical style of decoration adopted—the arms of Russia, Turkey, etc.—better fitted for a boy’s crest-book than for the purpose for which they were then used ; and to hear that the festoons, which used to be the work of hours and that the hardest work of the half-year, had been borrowed from over the way, and had already on the previous day done duty in a neighbouring building. It may be that there is some wisdom in thus depending upon the labours of others, but the artistic effect of dying foliage can hardly be considered striking, and “old boys” at least have a right to protest against such a degeneration as that indicated by the results of the decorative efforts of the College boys displayed at the last Distribution. I remain, Yours truly, M. I. N.

[ We trust that this letter will have the effect intended, viz., to induce the boys to rely on their own efforts for the decoration of their own Hall.—Epiror. I

Page 246

240 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

The Problems on this page comprise a set contributed to the Lowentaat PROBLEM TourNEY under the motto

Apec male notus eques, And are published here by favour of the Editor of the Westminster Papers.

PROBLEM 146. BLACK.

PROBLEM 147.

at ln a A

om "(i Ba

nk

YY yj “oe _

44

Yj,

a

BLACK. og

= a. a oa aoa la

Vy iy “4 Vo) ,

a

White to play and mate in two moves.

WHITE.

White to play and mate in three moves.

PROBLEM 148.

BLACK.

Ue

G 5 om Y 2

T

WHITE.

White to play and mate in three moves.

Page 247

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 241

CHESS IN CANADA.

A Canapian Chess Correspondence Tourney, organised by and under the direction of our old friend, Mr. J. W. Shaw, of Mon- treal, is now in active operation. The following are the names of the fifteen players :— Professor Hicks, John Henderson, A. Saunders, J. W. Shaw, Montreal, Q.; M. J. Murphy, Quebec, Q.; C. A. Boivin, St. Hyacinthe, Q.; W. Braithwaite, Unionville, Ont.; Dr. J. Ryall, H. N. Kittson, Hamilton, Ont. ; Goodwin Gibson, Toronto, Ont. ; J. E. Narraway, Joshua Clawson, St. John’s, N.B.; J. T. Wylde, Jas. G. Foster, Geo. P. Black, Halifax, N.S. The Prizes range from a Silver Cup, value $35., down to $5., the amount of entrance fee. We are informed that a special prize of a $20. Set of Chess- men and Board is the gift of Thomas Workman, Esq., M.P., of Montreal, one of the leading patrons of the game in Canada. We congratulate Mr. Shaw on his enterprise, which we trust may prove of benefit to the “cause” in Canada, besides affording a pleasant means of entertainment to the players themselves. In a letter which appeared in the Canadian Illustrated News some months ago, suggesting this same Tourney, Mr. Shaw alluded to the “seeming indifference” with which Canadian Chess was regarded by the English Journals. We trust this Magazine was exempted from such an accusation. We have on various occasions given items of news from the Colony, we beg pardon, the “ Dominion” of Canada, and shall be pleased to publish some of the games when finished, that are now in progress in our good friend’s Tourney.

ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS. No. 2. Tue Rev. H. Botton. Parr II. (Continued from page 194.)

CoMPARATIVELY few three and four-movers are to be found among Bolton’s compositions. Perhaps the best of his shorter problems are “The Intrusion” four-mover—too recently re- printed in Pierces’ English Chess Problems to need quotation here—and ‘The Novice,” also in four moves, which forms the first of our illustrations in the present number.

Page 248

242 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

It was Bolton’s habit to bestow names, more or less appro- priate or fanciful, upon many of his stratagems. Some of these titles are characteristically happy, but whatever may be thought of their applicability it must be admitted that the practice itself is very convenient, and might even be adopted to some extent with advantage by problem masters of the present day. It is so much easier to refer to problems by name than bya number or page in some book (not always accessible, perhaps, for immediate use.) Mnemonically, too, the former system is preferable, and the lovers of Bolton’s stratagems readily dis- tinguish by name alone, “The Fortress” from “The Invincible,” or “ Wellington” from ‘ Ghuznee,” &c. Problem No. XXXVIII. is probably less known than many others of Bolton’s works, for it is not to be found in Alexandre’s collection. In the solution a fine but quiet move makes its appearance in medias res and sparkles like—a diamond emerging from a bundle of checks / In “The Triumph,” No. XXXIX., a very slight correction has been found necessary to prevent a second solution. As previously published a Black Pawn stood at Q B 3 in lieu of the White Pawn at Q Kt 5, and the White King had in conse- quence power enough to render the problem unsound. In the amended version the Black Queen is no longer so completely shut out from actively joining in the defence, but this can scarcely be deemed detrimental nor does it at all interfere with the intended solution. No. XL. is not difficult, but we quote it as a pleasing example of the brilliant way in which Bolton handled and manouvred cavalry. Another noteworthy example of this quality is here presented in the appropriately named “Trooper,” No. XLII. We commend this problem to the special attention of the able solvers who have exhibited so much ingenuity in testing ‘“Ghuznee,” premising that the “Trooper” has resisted all our efforts to unhorse him ! ‘“‘Les Amateurs” was originally composed for and first pub- lished in Lewis’s Treatise of 1844. There, however, the Black Q P stands at Q 5 (instead of Q 4 as in No. XLI.) This makes all the difference to the solution. On the former square mate is possible, as shewn in Alexandre ( Beauties of Chess, page 156), in five moves. The superiority of the eight-move version is obvious, and we therefore reproduce the position in this form. Both editions were the subject of correspondence between the composer and Lewis for some time, but ultimately the more elaborate version was preferred. The blunder in the Pawn position was very probably, therefore, merely a clerical error.

Page 249

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 2435

Prostem No. XXXVII. By Botton. Prospuem No. XXXVIII. sy Bouton.

The Novice.

BLACK.

BLACK.

oe mn oo os a “3

oN

wie I 4. VE eS "ee woe eC

WS

Tre a GY

yy

YY Wy 5’ we

3 = 7/ Fe fe oe at 2. a8 a 7 “EB i 27 A

su \N

NG

WHITE.

White to play and mate in four moves.

No. sy Bouton.

WHITE.

White to play and mate in six moves.

PrRoBLEM No. XL. By Bouton.

The Triumph. ae Bon Lee Fal a

ik

4 ex ne 2

Ti Ui &

Ui

Ay, j 2.

“a : ‘om

\

im EY

"48 ee

i “a a I // “os

“5

NS WH

_

ee

WHITE.

White to play and mate in six moves.

WHITE.

White to play and mate in seven moves.

Page 250

244

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

No. XLI. sy Bouton.

Les Amateurs. BLACK.

PrRosLEM No. XLII. sy Bouton.

The Trooper.

BLACK.

‘pos WS

Vase

Ce iD On

x 4 3

ma gir

=

a —

1m 2am

Yj iy Uj BA Wille Ly Z yi,

se a a a a Lk ~ ye vel|o oA Be

White to play and mate in eight moves.

White to play and mate in ten moves.

NOTE ON “ GHUZNEE.”

While fully recognising the ingenuity of the solvers who have tested this problem, we feel bound in justice to the com- poser to quote a sentence from one of his letters to Mr. Lewis. After some preliminary remarks on certain strong points in the attack and defence Bolton significantly observes, “ and, if necessary, Black can afterwards Castle.” The exercise of this privilege will, we find, effectually defeat some of the most fatal methods of attack indicated by correspondents ; while one or two “cooks” that remain intact can, to all appearance, be readily stopped by the simple addition of Pawn. We propose, therefore, to reprint ‘‘Ghuznee” in our next article in a rectified form, reserving the author’s solution for the present. The letter above referred to is dated 9th September, 1843, at which period Bolton was admittedly facile princeps among native composers, and the opinion thus recorded by our Grand Master in favour of permitting Castling in problems will no doubt be generally interesting. ‘Ghuznee,” at all events, proves that such a power may be used defensively with great and salutary effect, however tricky it may appear as a method of attack. H. J. C. ANDREWS. (To be continued. )

Page 251

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 245

WEST YORKSHIRE CHESS ASSOCIATION.

THE twenty-third annual meeting of this Association was held at the Queen’s Hotel, Leeds, on Saturday, April 27th. The proceedings were opened by the Mayor (E. H. Carbutt, Esq.), who welcomed the strangers to Leeds, and hoped there would be a successful meeting. He was sorry to say he did not know much about Chess, though he was intimately connected with the game, seeing that he had for his wife the daughter of one of the finest Chess-players Yorkshire had produced (J. Rhodes, Esq., J.P.)—The following is a list of the gentlemen present :— Leeps : Messrs. J. Rhodes, President of the Association for the year ; D. Parry, Vice-president ; W. Trickett, hon. secretary ; T. Y. Stokoe, M. Wright, J. W. Stringer, E. Hagen-Torn, W. Smith, R. Taylor, R. A. Wright, T. G. Dobson, H. Millard, R. Gregson, E. B. Hussey, E. Gaunt, J. Craven, J. White, C. J. Bennett, A. Bilborough, J. L. Bisby, G. Stephenson, T. Taylor, W. Carter, W. C. Myers, T. A. P. Royle, J. Cunningham. Braprorp: F. Landophe, G. F. Onions, C. D. Knapton, T. Hudson, R. Macmaster, J. H. Tetley, J. Petty. J. C. Wainhouse, T. H. Bracken, P. Whitley, W. E. Sadd, T. W. Field. HvppERSFIELD: J. Watkinson, President of the Hud- dersfield Chess Club; T. Holliday, E. Dyson, A. Finlinson. WakeEFIELD: J. A. Fawcett, J. C. Marks, W. W. Hunter, O. Ellis, W. Ash. SHEFFIELD: W. Shaw, G. B. Cocking, T. Brown, H. A. Rossell, P. Huckvale. : M. Rhodes, J. Jackson, J. Woodhead, H. Jackson, S. Ward. Lonpon: T. H. Clarke. Rivon : G. E. Barbier. Hon. and Rev. P. Y. Savile. Play commenced about two o’clock in the Afternoon, and the following tournaments were arranged :—

No. 1 (For the Prize.).

First Round : Mr. Gregson beat Mr. Barbier. Mr. Holliday beat Mr. Bilborough. Second Round: Mr. Gregson (£1 15s. Od.) beat Mr. Hol- liday (17s. 6d.) No. 2 TOURNAMENT.

(For the Prize.)

First Round: Mr. Bennett beat Mr. Rossell. Mr. Dyson beat Mr. Millard. Mr. Stokoe beat Mr. Shaw. Mr. A. Finlinson beat Mr. Bracken. Second Round: Mr. Stokoe beat Mr. Bennett. Mr. Stokoe received £2 2s., and Messrs. Finlinson and Dyson divided £2 2s.

Page 252

246 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

No. 3 TouRNAMENT. (For J. Barran, Esq., M.P.’s Prize.)

First Round: Mr. Macmaster beat Mr. Wainhouse. Mr. Brown beat Mr. Onions. Mr. Hussey beat Mr. Knapton. Mr. R. Taylor beat Mr. Whitley. , Second Round: Mr. Macmaster beat Mr. R. Taylor. Mr. Brown beat Mr. Hussey. Third Round: Mr. Brown (£2 15s.) beat Mr. Macmaster (£1 8s.) No. 4 ToURNAMENT.

(For Sir Andrew Fairbairn’s Prize.)

First Round: Mr. R. A. Wright beat Mr. Craven. Master Jackson beat Mr. Hagen-Torn. Mr. Cocking beat Mr. Wright. Mr. Woodhead beat Mr. Hudson. Second Round: Mr. Cocking beat Mr. R. A. Wright, and there not being time to conclude this tourney, Mr. Cocking, having won two games, received £2 2s., and Mr. Woodhead and Master Jackson £1 1s. each.

No. 5 TouRNAMENT.

First Round: Mr. Bisby beat Mr. Dobson. Mr. Sadd beat Mr. Smith.

Second Round : Mr. Bisby (£1 1s.) beat Mr. Sadd (10s.) No. 6 TouRNAMENT.

First Round: Mr. Craven beat Mr. Hagen-Torn. Mr. Gaunt beat Mr. Tetley. Mr. Hunter beat Mr. Bracken. Mr. Wright beat Mr. Parry. Second Round: Mr, Craven beat Mr. Wright. Mr. Gaunt against Mr. Hunter (retired.) Mr. Gaunt and Mr. Craven divided £4 3s. In the first round of the first-class tourney, Mr. Barbier had at one time a winning position in his game with Mr. Gregson, but did not make the best use of his opportunity. At a later stage of the game he threw away a piece by a hastily-played move, and immediately resigned. In the second round Mr. Hol- liday, who had beaten Mr. Bilborough in first-rate style in the previous game, sacrificed a piece for an attack which proved unsound, and Mr. Gregson, playing well and coolly, had not much difficulty in turning the tables on his opponent. ‘The game which attracted most attention in the second tourney was that between Mr. Millard, of Leeds, and Mr. E. Dyson, of Huddersfield. The former gentleman was, some twenty years ago, one of the leading players in the county, but has since then unfortunately lost his eyesight. Notwithstanding this sad deprivation, which would. place ninety-nine players out of a

Page 253

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 247

hundred hors de combat, Mr. Millard still takes a deep interest in his favourite pastime, and has acquired the power of playing the game blindfold, so to speak. Seated with his back to the wall, and leaning forward on his stick, he conducted the game with apparent ease, announcing his moves to his adversary, and receiving back the replies in a similar manner. At one period of the game he fairly electrified the onlookers by a masterly coup which won a piece or the exchange. Further on his insight seemed to fail him, as he left a Rook en prise of a Bishop, and gave up the fight. It is but fair, however, to state that at this point Mr. Dyson had a winning position.* In several of the tourneys the competitors were not very evenly sorted ; Mr. Stokoe, for instance, who was one of the representatives of Yorkshire in the great county match won against Lancashire in 1871, should certainly not have allowed himself to be placed in the second-class tournament. We think in future it would be better if the entrances were arranged by a committee selected from the various clubs in the association, as the local secretaries can scarcely be expected to have a competent knowledge of the strength of all the amateurs in the county. At six o’clock the company adjourned to the tea table, where ample justice was done to the various dishes which had been bountifully provided by the landlord of the Queen’s. Afterwards the business meeting was held, Mr. Parry in the chair.—On the motion of Mr. Marks, the next gathering of the association was appointed to be held at Wakefield, in April, 1879.—Some con- versation arose on the wish of the Dewsbury players to be admitted into the circle of the clubs, but as no separate organ- isation yet exists in that town, it was thought advisable to postpone the matter for the present.—Mr. Watkinson then proposed that the best thanks of the meeting be given to the Leeds Club for the very handsome manner in which they had entertained the visitors on that occasion. He would couple with the resolution the names of Mr. Rhodes, Mr. Millard, Mr. Parry, and Mr. Trickett. He was sure they were all glad to have seen amongst them once more the face of Mr. Rhodes. (Cheers.) He regretted very much that the state of that gentle- man’s health had not permitted him to remain longer with them. Mr. Rhodes was about leaving the stage when he (the speaker) was coming on to it, but from his own experience of Mr. Rhodes’s play, and what he had gathered from others, he had no hesitation in saying that he was one of the strongest players that had ever appeared in the provinces. His combinations were both sound and brilliant and it was a great loss to the Chess world that so

* We shall give the game in our July number.

Page 254

248 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

few of his games had been preserved. Mr. Millard, too, was one of the “old guard,” and his name would always be remem- bered with honour among Yorkshire Chess-players. (Cheers.) Their thanks were specially due to Mr. Trickett, the secretary, who had had the principal share in the day’s arrangements, which had been of such a satisfactory nature, and without taking up any more of their time, for they would naturally be anxious to finish their games, he recommended the vote for their approval.—The resolution was seconded by Mr. Barbier, and carried unanimously.—Mr. Parry, Mr. Millard, and Mr. Trickett briefly replied, and then play was recommenced with renewed vigour, and continued until the visitors had to depart by train to their several homes. The meeting was certainly one of the most enjoyable of the many happy réunions in the past history of the association, and the Leeds club are to be con- gratulated on the success which their efforts so well deserved.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

GaME IX,

PLayeD June 8th, 1861, between the Editor and Mr. Thorold. (Being the tenth in the Match.)

Waits (Mr. Watkinson. ) Buack (Mr. THorox.)

l PtoK 4 l PtoK3 2, PtoQ4 2, PtoQ4 3. P takes P 3. P takes P , 4. KttoK B3 4. BtoQ3 5. KttoQB3/(a) 5. Bto K 6. BtoQ3 6. KttoK B3 7 BtoK Kt 5 (c) 7 = PtcoQB3 8. Ktto K 5 (d) 8 PtoK R3 (e) 9 BtoK R4 9. QtoQ Kt 3 10. QtoQ2 10. Q takes Q P (f) 1l. Ktto K Kt6 11. K Rto Kt sq 12. KttoQ Kt 5 12. Q takes Q Kt P (9) 13. Kt takes B (ch) 13. K toQ2 14. Castles 14. P takes Kt 15. QRto Kt sq 15. QtoQR6 16. R takes P (ch) 16. K to Q sq 17. QtoK B4 17. Q 2 18. Rto K sq (h) 18. Pto K Kt 4 (i) 19. K B 7 (ch) 19. KtoK 2 20. Qto K 3 20. K Rto K sq

Page 255

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 249

Biack (Mr. THOROLD.)

ok

L MU:

WS

Ny ZONA Yyy Y

YU; yl

LG y a Uy

W

% Le Yip Uy Uy

—/, —— — YY, UY Gy & 8) 88k 2 €

WHITE (Mr. WATKINSON.) Position after Black’s 20th move.

21. KttoQ6() 21. K to Bsq 22. Kt takes R 22. KR takes Kt 23. Bto K Kt 3 23. PtoQR4(U) 24. Bto K Kt 6 24. Q takes Q 25. R takes Q 25. PtoQ5 26. Rto K sq 26. K to K 2(m) 27. Btakes R 27. Kt takes B 28. RtoQR7 28. PtoK R4 29. R takes Q RP 29. PtoK R5 30. PtoK B4(n) 30. P takes B 31. PtoK BS 31. P takes P (ch) 32. K takes P 32. KttoQB2 33. P takes B 33. Kt takes P

34. QR takes K Kt P andina few moves Black resigned.

NOTES BY HERR STEINITZ.

(2) White has been drawn into a dull argumentation by the opening move. There is hardly any chance of introducin vivacity into the early part of this tedious début, but consistent with the slow development imposed on the first player I prefer bringing out the pieces on the K’s side first, and B to Q 3 is now more advisable, for in some cases when Black loses time in the opening, P to Q B 4 may be opportune, and it can do no harm to reserve the threat of that attack.

Page 256

ts wt

50 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

(b) The second player is evidently even more in need of clearing the K's side for Castling early, and Kt to K B 8 is therefore more prudent. Or else he might neutralise at once the adverse Q Kt by P to Q B 3 and then attempt a variety by Kt to K 2. Slight ground is often lost in the opening by defending Pawns with pieces which may afterwards be wanted for attacking or exchanging purposes. The B is, besides, useless at K 3 and blocks the only open file that either side possesses. (c) The B has been mathematically demonstrated to be of slightly superior value to the Kt (The relative value of the pieces in Chess, by H. M. Taylor, Fellow and Tutor of Trinity College, Cambridge, ) and it is therefore generally useless to pin a Kt with the B unless some concomitant advantage is in view, for the B is merely liable to be driven back with loss of time. (d) Premature. Castling, or Kt to K 2 with the object of fortifying the Q’s side by P to Q B 3 was the correct play. (e) move though it would only appear an indifferent one at first sight. The move of the R P on either wing is mostly useless and often compromising when made spontaneously, but when a piece is thereby attacked it is quite worth while to open an additional square for the King after Castling and thus to liberate the Rooks for the middle and end game. Here it serves also another purpose, as shown by Black’s next move, namely, to induce the adverse B to retreat to the K’s side and thus to abandon the other wing, which is the more vulnerable of White’s game. (f) Black could have much more safely taken the other P, 10. Q takes Q Kt P 11. RtoQ Kt sq ll. QtoR6 12. Rto Kt3 12. Qto R 4 followed by Q to B 2, for White has no time to capture the Kt P on account of the impending B to Q Kt 5. By the move in the text he leaves room for the adversary to develop some ingenious resources which make his game unnecessarily difficult. (g) White has made the best of a perilous case and has now succeeded in confusing the opponent who ought to have simply retreated the Q to B 4 which would have reduced Black’s game to simplicity with a clear P ahead, for 13. P to Q Kt 4, followed by Kt to B 7 (ch) need not have been feared, though it looks formidable at the first glance. (hk) White pursues his attack with remarkable vigour, without shirking in the least the most puzzling complications, from which he disentangles himself with exceptional ingenuity, always retaining his advantage. (¢) The opponent has an excellent reply to this but Black has only the choice of evils. He would not have fared any better by moving the K at once to K 2, ¢.9.,

18. KtoK 2 19. R takes B (ch) 19. K takes R 20. Qto K . 20. KttoK 5 (Best, for K takes

Kt subjects him to the fatal check of the B at Kt 3.) 21. Kttakes Kt and wins, for the Kt cannot be retaken on account of the reply B to Q B 4 (ch) winning the Q. (j) Very pretty indeed. This fine mancuvre alone would raise this game much above the level of games played during the period when the present encounter occurred. (k) Best. If he took the Kt with the Q the answer was B to K Kt 3 winning, for the Q could not return to R 6 on account of the rejoinder Q takes B (ch) followed by BtoQ6(ch). In the same way the Q was lost if the K took the Kt. _ () Black has defended his game extremely well after he had allowed his opponent to get him into trouble in the opening. He has cleverly

Page 257

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 251

evaded the most ingenious pitfalls, but now his tenacity breaks down His game was still capable of great defensive resources if he had now retreated the B to B 2, followed by exchanging Rooks and afterwards P to K Kt 3 providing a safe refuge for the K. ith a P ahead for the ex- change, and owing to the weakness of the Pawns on White’s Q’s side, the latter’s victory could have been made extremely difficult. (m) Curiously enough the R cannot escape. Had he played B to B 2 White would have first checked with the B at Q 6, followed by R takes R and then after exchanging Bishops he must have won a piece. (n) A fine finishing stroke which leaves no further hope.

Chess

Cuess Matcu.—On Saturday, May 18th, the return match between the Manchester Athenzeum and Bradford Chess Clubs was contested at the rooms of the former Club. The result was even more decisively in favour of the Manchester players than in the first encounter, the total score giving 12 games to Man- chester and 3 to Bradford, 4 games being drawn. West GERMAN CHEss Union.—The 12th Chess Congress will take place in Frankfort, from the 27th to the 30th of July. The usual tournaments will be engaged in, varied by dinners and mountain excursions. The first prize in the first-class tourney is 400 Marks. Numerous other prizes of smaller value will be given. All communications to be addressed to Mr. Emil Rosenthal, Frankfort.

CoMPETITION.—Problem 140, by J. H. Finlinson.—Solved by W. H. S. M., Dublin. (Wrong in main variation.)—A. W., London. (c) omitted.) ‘‘ Very clever indeed.”—R. A., London.—V. H., Birken- head. beautiful problem in the author’s best style, though the first move is perhaps too apparent.”—H. R. D. Warrington. most brilliant three-mover I have ever seen. The main variations are splendid.” —E. H., Huddersfield.—W. F., Bridge of Allan.—H. G., Guernsey.— G. F. O., Bradford. ‘‘ A very nice problem with an easy first move.”— S. H. T., London.—A. W., London. Problem 141, by G. J. Slater.—Solved by E. H.—W. F. (c) omitted.) —G. F. 0. ‘A very fine problem. The third move in the main play caused me a lot of trouble.”—V. H.—S. H. T. Problem 142, by W. Coates.—Solved by E. H.—G. F. O. exquisite composition, containing some capital Knight play.”—S. H. T. (c) omitted.)—R. A. first-rate problem and extremely difficult.” Problem 143, by J. Henderson.—Solved by R. A.—H. R. D. ‘I found this difficult."—-E. H.—W. F.—H. G. ‘‘Good and pretty.”— V. H. ‘‘An admirable and difficult problem ; the best by far in the num- ber.” —G. F. O. ‘‘ Not quite free from duals.”—S. H. T.—A. W. Problem 144, by J. A. Miles.—Solved by R. A. (Wrong in (d.)— H. R. D. (5) and (d) omitted.) ‘‘ Very good, and rather difficult,”— E. H.—W. F.—H.G. ‘‘Good; as 1. Kt to Q 4, and 1. Q takes P nearly succeed. White’s first move seems to upset his position entirely.”—V. H. ‘*A fine position—the variations are most interesting and clever.”— G. F. O. ‘‘ Neat but very easy.”—S. H. T.

Page 258

252

Problem 145, by W. Weatherstone.—Solved by H. R. D.

but neat.” —E. H.— . F.—H. G.

R. A.—G, F. O.

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 140.

WHITE. BLACK. 1BtoQR4 = 1. Kt takes R (a) 2. Kt to K 5 2, Any move 3. Kt, B, or Q mates accordingly 1. B takes R (6) . Kt to Kt 3(ch) 2. K to K 5 3. Q to K R sq (mate) (bd) 1. Kt takes Kt (c) 2. Q takes Kt (ch) 2. K takes P 3. Q to Q B 3 (mate) 1. Kt takes P, &c. 2, Kt to Kt3 (ch) 2. K to B 5 3. Q to Q B 3 (mate)

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 141.

1. B to Kt sq 1. K takes P (a) 2.Q 2. Kto K 4

3. R to K 2 3. Any move 4. Q or R mates accordingly (a) 1. Kto K 4 (0) 2. Q takes P (ch) 2. K to B5 3. P to Kt 3 (ch) 3. K to B 6 4, Kt to Kt 5 (mate) (b) 1. K to Q 6 (c) 2. R to Q sq (ch) 2. Kt takes R 3. Q takes P (ch) 3 RtoQB5 4, Q takes R (mate) (c) 1. RtoKt5orR5 2. R to Q sq (ch) 2. K moves 3. Q takes E (ch) 3. K to B 5 4, R to Q 4 (mate)

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 142.

1QtoKR8 _ 1. PtoQ8(Kt) (c) 2QtoKR2 2 PtoQ Kt7 (a) 3. KttoK 3. Any move 4. Mates accordingly (a) 2. Kt to K B 7 (6) 3. Q takes Kt (ch) 3. K takes Kt 4, Q takes P (mate) (0) 2. Kt toQ B6, &c. . Bto K 3 (ch) 3. K takes B 4. Q to Q 2 (mate) (c) 1. P to Q 8 (Q) 2. KttoQ3(disch)2. K takes B 3. Q to Q B8(ch)3. K to Q 4 4. Kt to K B 4 (mate)

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

6c Easy,

‘* Pretty—first move not too obvious, and second move not a ‘check. "_V. H.

‘‘Neat, new, and not easy.”— A. W.

little H. T.—A

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 148.

WHITE. BLACK. 1.KttoK7 1. Q takes Kt (a) 2.PtoB4(ch) 2. Any move 3. Q mates accordingly

(a) 1. B takes Q (0) 2. Kt takes Kt

(dou ch) 2. K to K 5 3. Kt to Q 2 (mate) b 1. R takes Q B (c) 2. Kttakes Kt(ch)2. K to B 5 3. Q to K B 3 (mate) (c) 1. Kt takes Kt (d) 2.RtoR5(ch) 2. KtoB5d 3. Q to K B 3 (mate) (a) 1. Q takes P, &c. 2. Kt to K 8 (ch) 2. Kt interposes 3. B takes Kt (mate)

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 144.

1. KttoK Kt5 1. Rto K B3 (a) 2. Q toQ B5 (ch) 2. K takes Q or R 3. Kt mates accordingly (2) 1, R to K Bagq (3) 2. Q takes R (ch) 2. K takes R 3. Kt to Q 3 (mate) (bd) 1. K takes R (c) 2. Kt to Q 3 (ch) 2. K to Q3 Q to Q B 5 (mate) 1. B takes R (d) Kt to B 7 (ch) 2. K to K 3 Qt o K BB (mate) (ad) 1. P to Q 5 (e) Kt to K 4 (ch) 2. K takes R QtoK B5 (mate) Kt toQ 5 Kt to B7 (ch) 2 K toQB4 3. Q takes Kt (mate)

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 145.

°. 2. 3. 2. °. 2.

1RtoQR7 _ 1. K takes Kt (a) 2. KttoQKt5 2. K takes P 3. R mates

(a) 1. K to Q B 4 (4) 2. KttoQ Kt 5 2. K moves 3. B mates accordingly (0) 1. K to K 6 2.RtoQ7 2.K toQ7 3. Kt to Q B 4 (mate)

Page 259

Hudderstield College Magusine.

JiuDDERSFIELD

ESTABLISHED 1838, AFFILIATED TO THE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON, 1844.

PATRONS:

THE Ricut Hon. THE MARQUIS OF RIPON. Tue Ricnt Hon. THE EARL GREY. THE Ricat Hon. THE EARL OF HALIFAX. Sir JOHN WILLIAM RAMSDEN, Bart.

DIRECTORS: WRIGHT MELLOR, Esq., J.P............... CHAIRMAN. WILLIAM MALLINSON, Esa... ..... ..... VicrE-CHAIRMAN. J. E. WILLANS, Esgq...... ......... TREASURER. Rev. ROBERT BRUCE, M.A............ 0... Hon. SECRETARY. THOMAS DENHAM, ESQ. I DAVID SYKES, ESQ., J.P. JOSEPH T. HALE, ESQ. W. 8. SYKES, ESQ. CHARLES HIRST, ESQ., J.P. I G. THOMSON, ESQ. C. H. JONES, ESQ., J.P. EDWARDS WATKINSON, ESQ.

PRINCIPAL: HENRY JEFFERSON, Esq., M.A., (London. )

THE PRINCIPAL. H. STUBBS, M.A,, (Cambridge. )

English Literature and History.....Mr. J. FRENCH. Writing and Commercial Subjects...Mr. W. BINNER. Mr. W. T. ALEXANDER, Isr B.A., ( London. )

Latin and English cece. Me. W. FAIRWEATHER. Mr. W. CLEGG. oo. 0.5 ccc cece cae Mr. C. FEUGLY. GETMON. «oe scence eee Dr. STAEHLI. Drawing Mr. W. H. STOPFORD, Head Master of the Halifax School of Art. CROMASETY ces Mr. W. BINNER. Natural Mr. J. FRENCH. ce ones Mr. PURVIS.

Secretary: Mr. J. BATE, Carr House, Huddersfield. July, 1878.]

Page 260

254 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

PisTRIBUTION OF PRIZES

AT THE HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE.

On Thursday, June 20th, the Annual Distribution of Prizes took place in the College Hall. Work ceased on Tuesday morning, and the boys employed the time which intervened between the rising of classes and the distribution in decorating the hall where the ceremony was to take place. The result of their labours, though satisfactory, was not deserving of unquali- fied praise. A letter which appeared in this Magazine evidently incited the lads to spare no effort, but circumstances were too powerful, the season too backward. Flowers were as difficult of attainment as water in the great Sahara. The deficiency in this respect was unfortunately only too noticeable. The festoons of evergreens were neither so plentiful, so full and bushy, nor so fresh as they might with advantage have been. Some of them appeared as though they had done duty over the way on the day previous. Another feature was the absence of the crown of glory which in other years has hung over the head of the Chairman. Its place was occupied on the day in ques- tion by a structure, called by courtesy a “canopy,” which was singularly clumsy and inelegant. In spite, however, of the scarcity of materials the lads succeeded in making the fine hall very gay. The brighter colouring was supplied by a profusion of gaily flaunting bannerets, pennons, and other flags, whilst scrolls and mottoes were disposed in various parts of the hall. About eleven the Chairman for the occasion, W. Willis, Esq., LL.D., Q.C., of London, made his appearance, accompanied by Mr. Jefferson, Mr. Alderman Wright Mellor, and others ; the applause was tremendous. The attendance of “parents and friends” was not nearly so large as has been the case on former occasions, though the space “ behind the clock” was fully occupied, not, however, entirely by old boys. There were also with the chairman Mr. Alderman Denham, Mr. Alder- man Sykes, Messrs. Edwards Watkinson, John Watkinson, G. Thomson, W. S. Sykes, and J. T. Hale, Revs. R. Bruce and K. T. Scammell, and of the masters, Messrs. Stubbs, French, Binner, Alexander, Fairweather, Clegg, Feugly, Staehli, and

Page 261

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 255

Stopford, with Mr. Bate, Secretary to the Institution. The medals and prizes were less numerous than is usually the case. The cheers. at the conclusion of the proceedings were failures ; whether it is that the lungs of the present generation of College boys are weaker than those of former boys, or that their temperaments are more phlegmatic or their manners more genteel, this is certain, neither the masters, chairman, nor any of the others who were cheered, except, perhaps, the “old boys,” had justice done to them. Even “the ladies” were neglected by youths so gallant that.they refrained from thrash- ing the girls out and out at the Cambridge Locals, simply out of chivalrous regard for the feelings of the said young misses. For the following report of the proceedings we are indebted chiefly to the ‘‘ Huddersfield Examiner ” of Saturday, June 22nd. The proceedings were opened by the Principal reading the 12th Chapter of Romans, and offering prayer.

The Principal was then called upon to read the report, but, before doing so, he said he should like to express the great gratification which he felt at seeing the chairman present with them that day. (Applause.) He believed he only expressed the feelings of all who were connected with the College—boys and masters included—in saying that they rejoiced to see so distinguished an old boy with them. He felt extremely grateful to him for his presence, and for the good feeling which he showed towards the College in coming so great a distance to assist them on that occasion, and especially did he feel grateful to him for the interest he had always shown in the past, especially by the institution of prizes in English literature, of which mention would be made by-and-by.

The report is as follows :—

It is my duty this morning to give a brief report of the work of the College during the past year, to state the successes and honours gained by our students at University and other examinations during the same period, and to present the list of successful competitors for the various medals and prizes which we award at the close of every scholastic year. During the last twelve months we have fortunately had no change in our staff of masters, and though between midsummer and Christmas last we suffered a diminution in the number of boys, there has been a recovery since Christmas, and we now stand nearly at the same point asa yearago. The work of the College has gone on in the main vigorously, and I think I can perceive a general improvement in the interest taken by the boys in their studies. I certainly have in many individual instances seen with great pleasure a decided growth in earnestness and steady application. Still I must repeat what I said last year, that there is much to be desired in point of accuracy, and the written examinations we have just been holding through the whole College show that we have not yet reached a satisfactory standard of neatness and precision in producing our knowledge upon L 2

Page 262

LS an

6 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

paper. Our great object here is not to load the mind with knowledge, ut to train it to a vigorous use of its faculties, to accustom our boys to work for themselves and to enable them to carry on that great education of self which is only beginning when they leave school. I hail therefore with great pleasure the signs which I have observed of progress in this direction. It is only by strenuously insisting upon this that we can secure success in those competitive examinations which are held, and justly held, to be tests of the efficiency of schools. During the year I have made some changes in our curriculum of studies in hope of securing greater efficiency, and I have others in view, which my experience of the past year leads me to think will be still further improvements. Among other things, I may mention that in order to promote the physical training of the boys we have made arrangements for systematic gymnastic exercises, instead of the old, and I fear not very effective, drilling. In reviewing the past year I cannot omit to say how much I owe to the cordial co-operation of my colleagues. Here also I would take the opportunity of representing to the parents of our pupils how much they can help us forward by making it plain to their children that they consider everything subordinate to their education, by enforcing careful preparation of home lessons, and never allowing absence from school except in case of sickness or absolute necessity. I would also urge that, as the course of studies in the College is framed with a view to provide for each boy that general intellectual training which will best fit him for playing his part well in future life as a citizen of this free country, they would allow their sons to follow that course in all respects without interference. It is only fair that the school- master should have the same trust reposed in him in carrying out his work, that is reposed in the lawyer and the physician. I have found by long experience that those boys succeed better who follow the regular school course than those who think to secure greater proficiency in some one branch by neglecting others. At the Cambridge Local Examination held last December, the following boys from the College passed as junior candidates—viz., in honours, in Class I., H. E. Whitehead, (distinguished in Latin). In Class III., W. D. Halstead, H. Hirst, J. E. Longbottom. Passed, A. Ramsden, F. J. Richardson, and F. Wilkinson. Several boys also went into the South Kensington Examinations in Science and Art held in May last. The only result of this as yet published is in the mathematical section. The following College boys appear in it :— T. Leach, J. E. Longbottom, and T. E. Taylor, Ist stage, Ist class ; EK, Armitage, G. H. Sykes, C. Thorp, G. E. Harling, J. B. Crosland, and B. E. Lockwood, Ist staye, 2nd class. I now pass to the list of those who have obtained the medals and prizes which are to be distributed to-day. The awarding of the Carlisle Gold Medal, for an English essay on ‘‘ The Freedom of the Press,” was entrusted to the Rev. Dr. Fraser, of Bradford, who, in the letter which I proceed to read, has assigned the first place

to H. E. Whitehead, and the second to F. Wilkinson. Dr. Fraser says :—

‘‘Ten essays on ‘The Freedom of the Press’ have been submitted to me for examination. As might be expected, they are marked by considerable diversity in the mode in which the subject is treated, as well as by the different degrees of argumentative and literary ability which they exhibit. For exhaustive treatment of the subject and general excellence of style, the essay bearing the Greek motto comes first in order of merit and wins for its author the Gold Medal. I have had some difficulty in deciding which of the remaining essays is entitled to the second position ; several essays being almost equally deserving of the prize. After a careful reconsidera-

Page 263

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 257

tion of them all, the essay bearing the motto, ‘ Quod potui perfeci,’ appears to me to manifest the largest combination of excellencies, and to it, therefore, I award the prize. It is but an act of justice to the competitors to state that all the essays are worthy of commendation. As the result of the examination, I would congratulate the Principal and Council of the College on the fact, made evident by the various essays, that the students of the College have been taught the cultivation of the power of thought, and the correct expression of their thoughts in words.

DANIEL Fraser, M.A., LL.D., Examiner. Bradford, June 15th, 1878.”

The Carlisle Gold Medal, therefore, is to be given to H. E. Whitehead, and the College Magazine Prize to F. Wilkinson. The Leatham Gold Medal has been awarded by the Rev. Bryan Dale, M.A., of Halifax, who undertook the same duty last year, to H. W. Brighouse. Mr. Dale’s letter is as follows :—

have examined the papers, thirty-six in number, of twelve com- petitors for the Leatham History Medal. They consist of answers to three series of questions on the history of Greece, Rome, and England ; and all of them afford evidence of the great attention which is devoted to the subject in the College. The first place in the order of merit belongs to H. W. Brighouse. In some respects he is equalled, if not surpassed, by one or two others ; but for the superior fulness, accuracy of detail, and general correctness of his answers, he appears to be entitled to the medal ; and he will, I hope, be encouraged by this mark of distinction to pursue his future studies with renewed diligence. Bryan DALE, M.A. Halifax, 13th June, 1878.”

The following prizes are awarded according to the results of the Cam- bridge Examination :—The Ripon Junior Classical Medal to H. E. White- head, who took honours in Latin at the junior examination. The Willis prizes for English literature to H. W. Brighouse, Heaton, H. Hirst, J. E. Longbottom, A. Ramsden, and F. J. Richardson, the six candidates who satisfied the examiners in the English section of the Cambridge Exami- nation. This arrangement is adopted for this year only. In future two prizes will be given after a special examination in the history of a certain period of English literature, and in portions of the works of certain fixed authors. The following have been awarded by special examination :—The Mellor Commercial Medal, gained by proficiency in arithmetic, commercial geography and writing, to Thomas Leach, and the Willans Gold Pen also to 'T. Leach.

The Chairman then, assisted by the Principal, distributed the prizes to the successful students. The names of the prize- men are given in small capitals. The other names are those that deserve honourable mention, in order of merit. The Beaumont Prize is given to the boy who stands first in the aggregate of marks. If he is first in any subject, the prize is included in the Beaumont Prize.

Page 264

258 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

PRIZE pist.

*The ‘“‘CARLISLE” GOLD MEDAL for English Essay—H. W HITEHEAD.

*PrIZE for second best English Essay (given by the College Magazine) —F. WILKINSON. The LEATHAM GOLD MEDAL for History—H. W. BriaHouss. Marquis of Ripon’s 2nd CLASSICAL SILVER MEDAL—H. E. WHITEHEAD. Wright Mellor, Esq.’3, COMMERCIAL SILVER MEDAL— T. Leacu. J. E. Willans, Esq.’s, GOLD PEN—T. Leacu. Dr. Willis’s Prizes for ENGLISH LITERATURE—Brighouse, Heaton, H. Hirst, Longbottom, A. Ramsden, Richardson. CERTIFICATES OF MERIT, (to boys leaving the College).—J. Armitage, F, A. Brook, J. W. Burnley, G. Burrows, E. C. Coward, R. C. Field, B. S. Lockwood, S. Mallalieu, J. C. Moody, T. H. Stork, C. H. Sykes, T. E. Taylor, E. Woodcock.

CL pper Sixth orm.

Scripture—T. E. Taytor, Whitehead. Latin—WHITEHEAD (medal), W. D. Halstead, T. E. Taylor. Greek—WBHITEHEAD, Taylor. French—WHITEHEAD, Halstead, T. E. Taylor, Hirst. German—H. Hirst, F. Dyson, W. D. Halstead. English—H. Hirst, Whitehead, Brighouse, Wilkinson.

History and Geography—BricHovsgE, (medal), Hirst, Wilkinson, Richardson. :

Mathematics— WHITEHEAD, Longbottom, J. Armitage. Science— WHITEHEAD, H. Hirst, W. D. Halstead. Sykes Prize—W. D. HatsTEap.

*We had intended giving extracts from the Prize Essays in the present number, but if we had done so we should have been compelled to abbreviate the account of the proccedings at the Distribution. This we did not feel at liberty to do, and we have therefore reported the admirable speech of Dr. Willis in full, and shall return to the Essays in September.— EDITOR.

Page 265

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 259

Teofoer Sixth Horm, Scripture—TuHorp, Leach, G. H. Sykes, H. Fitton. Latin—Leracu, T. E. Watkinson, E. Armitage, H. Fitton, Thorp. French—G. H. Syxes, J. Haigh, Thorp, Leach, Armitage. German—G. H. Syxzs, Armitage, Iredale. English—E. ARMITAGE, G. H. Sykes, Leach. History and Geography—H. Firron, Leach, Thorp. Mathematics— Lracu (medal), E. Armitage, G. H. Sykes. Science—E. ARMITAGE, A. Haigh, J. Haigh. Sykes Prize—Bare.

CL pger Fifth JF om. Beaumont Prize—G. G. Berry. G. Berry, Crowther, E. Wilkinson. Latin—G. G. Berry, C. W. Johnston, A. Mallalieu, Platts. Greek—G. G. Berry. French—C. W. Jounston, G. G. Berry, Platts, 8. Mallalieu. German—C. W. JoHnston, Platts, Stork. English—Puatts, C. W. Johnston, G. G. Berry, C. Haigh. History and Geography—P C. Haigh, Brinton. Mathematics—S. MALLALIEv, G. Berry. Science—G. G. Berry, Platts, C. Haigh, R. Fitton.

Teofoer Wifth Worm. Beaumont Prize—F. Suaw. Scripture—J. KersHaw, T. Hirst, E. Wilkinson, Farrer. Latin—Farrer, F. Shaw, Maitland, A. S. Zossenheim. French—A. 8. ZOSSENHEIM, F. Shaw, Farrer. English—MAlITLanD, Farrer, F. Shaw, Allen. History and Geography— H. C. Wa ker, F. Shaw, Allen. Mathematics—F. SHaw, Allen, Marsden. Science—ALLEN, Maitland, Farrer. Writing—MarspeEn, Allen, Mallinson.

ek pper Wourth Form. Beaumont Prize—HERBERT WESTERBY. Scripture—CaMPBELL, Jagger. Latin—B. H. SHaw, W. A. Walker, Hardy, Westerby. French—MELLoR, Gall, Hardy. Walker, Mellor, Jagger. History and Geography—Stewakt, Campbell, W. A. Walker.

Page 266

260 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Mathematics—CampBELL, Buckley, W. A. Walker. Science—CAMPBELL, H. Westerby, W. A. Walker, B. H. Shaw. J. Beaumont, B. H. Shaw, Jagger. Sykes Prize—W. A. WALKER.

Jom. Beaumont Prize—A. BErry. Scripture—A. Berry, F. Watkinson, Ramsden. Latin—GartTon, A. Berry, F. Watkinson. French—A. Berry, F. Watkinson, E. H. Shaw. English—A. Berry, F. Watkinson, H. Dyson. History and Geography—F. Watkinson, E. H. Shaw, T. Hirst. Arithmetic—H. Dyson, Graham, Ramsden. Science—A. Berry, Ramsden, Garton. Writing—H. Dyson, Hanson.

orn. Beaumont Prize—J. H. HALSTEAD. Scripture—Harpine, J. H. Halstead. Latin—Woop, J. H. Halstead, Harding. French—J. H. Halstead, Harding. English—Harpina, Halstead, Wood, Lord. History and Geography—Lorp, J. H. Halstead, Harding. Arithmetic—MALLALIEU, Wood, Siswick, Williams. Science—F. W. Taytor, H. Mallalien, Halstead, Harding. Writing—Siswicx, H. Mallalieu.

Seconds KF orm,

1, A. L. LirrtEwoop ; 2, J. H. Toorre; 3, Hancuett; 4, E. C. Syxes ; 5, G. W. ; 6, MATTHEWMAN ; A. Hirst, Marsh, T. H. Marsh, Westerby, Forsyth, H. Marshall.

“Kirst FF orm.

1, P. Sykes ; 2, C. Tinker ; H. Rittener.

Wrabing. Painting—H. C. J. E. Moody, E. Wilkinson, J. Haigh, Brinton, H. A. Moody. Drawing and Shading—Srorx, Mellor, W. D. Halstead, Field, A. L. Littlewood, H. Fitton. Meechanical— Astin, Hellewell, Marsden, Barrowclough.

Page 267

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 261

THE CHAIRMAN, on rising, addressed the boys as “ fellow- students,” a impeachment” which was “confessed” by tremendous cheering. He said he had from the day of his departure from that institution, now many years since, ever regarded himself as a student within its walls, passing out into the affairs of life, which he might perhaps call the higher form, to put to the proof in the actual affairs of life, the quality and efficacy of that institution and its teaching ; and if that day he had returned securing any portion of the respect of those who had known him, he felt that he had owed it to that real, searching, and instructive teaching which he received within its walls. (Applause.) Although they might suppose the dis- tribution of prizes was over, he did not think it was quite concluded, because, without over-valuing himself, he thought that in their applause and in the reception they had accorded him he had received his prize—(laughter and cheers)—not less real nor less precious than those which he had presented. And if he had secured it he had done so without intending to do so; which observation would enable him to pass, perhaps, by an easy transition, to one or two words of advice which he should like to offer to those whom he saw before him. He had ever considered that it was a mistake to have regard to what persons might think or what estimate they might form of him, and that real reputation was secured by a conscientious and faithful discharge of present duty, and if fame, or repu- tation, or success might follow, let it come simply as an incident of faithful and honest discharge of that duty. In that spirit he was educated there, and he hoped he had carried it with him through the varied positions of life which he had held. Before offering a few observations he was obliged to acknowledge the care of that Providence which had permitted him, after an absence of twenty-eight years, to find himself once again within those walls, particularly when he remembered that some of his College companions were now no more, and that there were some of whom it must be said, that the promise of their youth had passed away like the morning cloud and the early dew. He did feel grateful to that Power which, spite of many misgivings and many failings, had enabled him to return once again to receive the meed of their praise and approbation. (Cheers.) When he entered that College that day it was with an increased respect and reverence for those who were the tutors and the teachers. They were ever faithful and kind, and necessarily they kept in strict discipline all those beneath their care ; and, although, perhaps he could not see the wisdom of all their arrangements, he acknowledged that their directions were good, and in a spirit of submission he received them.

Page 268

to bo

6 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

He would say to them, let none be elated by their success. Undoubtedly he thought in the education of youth the prin- ciples of esteem and disgrace should operate, and that in many cases they were far more powerful than any element of fear that could be introduced, but it would be a misfortune to those who had succeeded that morning if for a moment they should pride themselves upon the success which they had obtained, or look with the slightest tincture of superiority in respect of those who had failed. He would say to those who had been disappointed, never forget that, although examinations afforded the best means at their command for the purpose of testing the qualifications and intellectual power of the students, it frequently happened that the misunderstanding of a question, or the neglect of some small portion of the subject: to which the examiner might have turned his attention, had had more to do with the distribution and the award of prizes, than perhaps even the respective qualities and powers of the candi- dates. (Applause.) Therefore let none be disappointed ; let none who had succeeded be proud of their attainment, and let them not forget that that was not the whole of their career, but a very small part of it. There would yet come the trials and the strifes of life to make those separations which should become perhaps more marked than those which followed as the results of those examinations. He could recall men who had received the first honours at school who, perhaps through an early exhaustion of their powers, or by the notion that they possessed something of what was called genius, had lacked that application and that industry which enabled boys of apparently . inferior powers to take stations which they looked in vain to secure. Therefore let them cleanse their minds of the notion of superiority ; let humility be the basis of their character ; let industry propel them forward to every object they had in view ; and he desired that any words of his that day might have this effect upon them, not to make them ambitious, or to look out for some heights to which men advanced or to which they might advance, but to find their duty in the present hour, and discharge it, knowing that the successful performance of present duty was the real and the only way to high position, and to command at last positions of honour. (Applause.) He had sometimes climbed a mountain, and he had seen persons looking to a great height, sometimes discouraged as if the way were too long and the height could not be reached. For himself, he had never looked up but to the step before him, and he had found that the present step had been made easy and pleasant, unconnected with the notion of difficulty, or whether he was successfully pursuing his way. Step by step he had ascended,

Page 269

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 263

and in that way men worked themselves to positions of trust, confidence, and honour. He was glad to find that the boys there possessed what marked his school companions—namely, a generous love of their fellows. (Applause.) Nothing was to him more pleasing than to notice the approbation which followed the announcement of several names. He trusted they would always deserve it, and he had no doubt there were some who passed quietly to the table who would in time secure their affection and favour. He referred to it to notice that according to their appreciation so they were generous and affectionate. He had no doubt the cheers they heard that morning came from those who would like to have obtained prizes, and yet had &® generous appreciation of a successful rival. (Applause.) Above all, let there be no meanness. He was not a Yorkshire- man, but he was thankful for his Yorkshire education for this, that he had been accustomed from that time till now to call things by their right names, to have the courage of his opinions, and to try to avoid anything like meanness, trickery, or duplicity in life. (Applause.) He had never cared much for polished insolence—a thorough refinement that could be insult- ing and sometimes delighted to put people to a disadvantage. He had desired to see—and he trusted that the pupils would endeavour to attain it—a sincerity, if he might so speak, to the very last fibre of their being ; a truthfulness that nothing could impair or impeach; and that they might exhibit, in whatever stations they might be, whether high or low, a conscientious regard for truth and a sincerity which might always invite and secure the confidence of their companions. As Locke had well said, adherence to truth under all circumstances is the ripe fruit of morality and the seed-plot of every virtue.” Therefore he trusted they would pursue those manly studies— those simple endeavours after a knowledge which had given them their distinctions and their happiness. He wished to say that he regretted the absence of a dear boy whose ill health. prevented him, perhaps, from attaining higher honours, and it enabled him to present in fact what to his mind he was doing in thought, presenting prizes not merely to the students but to those parents who had loved, trained, and watched over them, and, perhaps, to whose virtues, parental control, and high example, were due the successes to which they had attained. Therefore he hoped they would continue in confident submission to their parents and teachers until they could see, as in after- life they could all see, the wisdom and propriety of such arrangement. Of the senior students who were there that day, he would ask them to make in life a love of truth—truth in fact, truth in every domain—their great object, bearing in mind a L 3

Page 270

264 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

statement from the writer he had already quoted, which he would place in almost every institution, and stamp upon every heart, “Truth, whether in season or out of season, is the sole measure of knowledge and the business of the understand- ing, and whatsoever is besides that, however recommended by variety or authorised by custom, is nothing but ignorance, or something worse.” Therefore he was delighted to be there and to see the intelligence which the students presented, and to know from the reports which had come from the excellent examiners, what great attainments they had made in knowledge and what industry they had exhibited. There were many parents there, and perhaps there might be some who were not there but whom his words might reach, and he desired to impress upon them the necessity of giving to their children the best education that it was naturally possible either for the parents to afford, or for the boys to receive, and even at the expense, it might be, of some personal luxury of their own, or a diminution of that sum which was to be given after death, very often to the loss, misery, and sorrow of the survivors, that they would struggle to give their boys a longer education at school. But that

There is a Divinity which shapes our ends, Rough-hew them as we may,

he could express his regret at leaving Huddersfield College at the early age of 15, and receiving no other training. It was true he passed into business occupations, never supposing that the profession of the law would ever fall to his lot. Accident, so-called, had determined it otherwise, and, as they all knew, he had to a certain extent obtained success in the profession to which he had devoted himself: but his case must not be taken as an example, nor must it be supposed that it was other than a great loss, for in some respects it was a great loss to him to have been taken from his studies just at that period when boys who had, as it were, perhaps crowded their memories with facts which seemed to have no connection, rather burdening the memory than making study pleasant, at once began to see the reasons for things, the general principles that underlay them, and that confused muss began to take shape and order in their minds, and there grew up, as it were, an intellectual property and power within, which made their subsequent strides so rapid and so pleasant. He would desire that parents would allow their boys to continue to a later period, that they might have the advantage of those two or three years which would make their previous years of study so much more useful, and fit them for the various callings to which they might be ap- pointed. Don’t let it be said that boys who were going to pass into trade ought not to receive such an education. The

Page 271

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 265

education of a man should not be squared to his particular calling, whatever his position might be—whether he was the son of a carpenter or the son of a duke—his education should be in regard to what a man was by the general law of his being —a man possessed, wherever they found him, of an intellectual, spiritual, and moral nature, and he would have them developed, and cultivated, and extended to the full, spite of all the consequences, social or otherwise. He was not afraid of ex- tended education, and his earnest prayer would be that of Moses when, looking to heaven, he wished that all the Lord’s people were prophets, and that endowments were not confined to one or two. He could wish that every man in this, his native land, had received as much education and knowledge as it was his fortune to receive and perhaps to acquire. Thank good- ness the aristocratic notion of education—but don’t think he meant by that that the notion was held by them alone, for to a large extent it was held by the middle classes as well—was breaking up, and theelements which had been imposed, toa certain extent, upon the inferior classes were by degrees giving way. He protested against the niggardly notion that they were to receive the least accommodation, or the least instruction. Don’t let them apologise for those who were in the habit of saying “these institutions are only for reading, writing, and arith- metic ;” he only hoped they would include everything that a great. community could boast, and the conditions of the people would enable them to receive. Parents could no longer get a position for their children by a notion of wealth and station, but by an increase of study, learning, and improvement in the general dis- cipline of their children. (Applause.) They must never forget that from those he was addressing were to come the men who were to hold responsible stations and positions in life ; and who were more honoured than our merchants, our manufacturers, our bankers, and men of general trust? Without them where would be the learned professions? If there were not a more directly fruitful labour than that of the lawyer or the artist, men would starve and die. Lawyers and artists were permitted to exist because of the toil and industry of others, and he wanted to see in those positions to which they were called, men of learning and intelligence equal to those who were found sometimes in the learned and other professions to which he had referred. They wanted men who were able to speak and defend public institutions, and take their part in the ordinary business affairs in the town or neighbourhood in which they lived. Moreover, it sometimes happened that only a few out of a class might become distinguished and able to take commanding positions. Who knew them? Who could point

Page 272

266 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

out to him any boy who would go forth and fulfil some high office and bring increasing lustre on that institution? They could not tell. It was very much like the morning cloud hanging over a field in a large district—they could scarcely tell which spot would be fertilised. ‘In the morning sow thy seed and in the evening withhold not thine hand ; for thou knowest not whether shall prosper, either this or that, or whether they both shall be alike good.” Therefore, he would advise the parents to give them the best and noblest instruc- tion they could, for if only one immortal nature received a perfect development of his nature, there was more than ample compensation for the toil of tutors, parents, or the patrons of that institution. They would pardon his having made these observations. He wanted to see an effective system of education, and that institution deserved the confidence of all who desired an ample and full education for their children. He returned his thanks for what the pious founders of that institution had done, for to them he was indebted for nearly all he possessed and all he enjoyed. It was his good fortune to find there a happy home, kind and instructive tutors, and he trusted a discipline and an instruction which had enabled him not only to employ his understanding with some success in the department of life to which he had been called, but also to keep in subjection those appetites and passions which unfortunately did not answer so readily to the understanding as they should. And now he wished to congratulate the Principal and the teachers upon the condition of that College, and the success of the students. No doubt some little difficulty arose by reason of the long illness of his respected friend—Principal Sharpe— for he knew him, and desired to speak of him as such, but he was glad to know that under the care and guidance of Mr. Jefferson, together with those tutors who assisted him, the numbers were increasing, the teaching was becoming more efficient and thorough, and he was pleased to find that Mr. Jefferson intended to secure that there should be what he found on the first day he entered there, and which was con- tinued to the last, nothing but the reception of clear ideas upon the subjects presented, and rather that the work should be accurately done than that there should be a show of immense study which when they came to touch it had scarcely substance enough for them to appreciate or determine its value. He thanked them for their patient hearing, He came there under a sense of imperious necessity. He felt it a high honour to be invited to take part in the proceedings of that day, and when he was invited by Mr. Alderman Sykes, he, to use the language of the apostle, “conferred not with flesh and blood” as to

Page 273

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 267

whether he should come. (Laughter.) He put aside every engagement in order to come, and he had received the greatest delight and pleasure from being in their midst ; and if he could in any way serve that institution or the town of Huddersfield, to which he practically belonged by a recollection of his early struggles and happy home, he was at their service. (Loud applause.) In concluding he desired to make this remark, that he had given a prize to which reference had been made, not for the purpose of diminishing in any way attention to classical study and learning, for that study and that learning had given them capacities for feeling and thought which otherwise they would never have obtained—but it was for the purpose of making the rising generation know something of their English forefathers, their nobility, their unostentatious simplicity, their triumphs, and the cost at which they attained those institutions, some of which some of the students had written to defend. He was desirous of seeing a more stalwart generation. Un- fortunately this generation had been reared upon the down or lap of luxury till it had almost lost its strength and energy, and men were afraid to express their opinions almost with respect to their nature. There was an abundance of philoso- phers in the land who were degrading us by trying to establish the material character of our nature, depriving life of its dignity and death of its hope. (Applause.) He wanted the students before him to grow up having the faith of their forefathers, who trusted in God, and wrought great deeds in their generation ; and if an additional verse might be added to the 11th chapter of Hebrews, which contained a history of those who wrought righteousness, there was no country that could sooner provide a successive line of such heroes than the land that had given the people the benefit of such institutions as that in which they were assembled. He thanked them once more for the kindness they had shown him. He wished them all prosperity, and that they might be a blessing and a comfort to their parents ; and he hoped that those who had not received any prizes would find in the conscientious discharge of duty that satisfaction which the possession of any prize or any worldly honour could never supply the place of, and in the possession of which there was a spring of everlasting attainment and blessedness. (Loud applause.) The Rev. E. Whitehead (Dalton), in moving a resolution of thanks to the Principal and the tutors, said he had great pleasure in publicly expressing his great obligation to the founders of that College for providing Huddersfield with such an institution, and to the Principal and his assistants who had worked so well in their various spheres. Having spent twenty

Page 274

268 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

years of his life in teaching he claimed to know something about it, and as he had a son at that institution during the last five years he claimed to know something of what was being done there. He was not one of those who thought he had discharged his duty to his son when he paid his College fee, for he had watched him from day to day and encouraged him in showing a respectful obedience to his teachers. He knew of nothing more helpful to the masters than that they should have such obedience from the boys. He felt after five years’ experience of the College that money could not possibly discharge the obligation. He intended his son to remain there for seven years, and after that to matriculate at the London University, taking the Cambridge local examinations on the way. Five years of his study had been accomplished, and he would have to remain at the College two years more, after which he would be removed. He strongly impressed upon parents the necessity, if they could afford it, of keeping their children at school as long as possible. He remembered that Mr. Jefferson last year said he should like to see a matricu- lation class at the College, and that he aimed at producing a good education that would fit boys for entrance at London University. He (Mr. Whitehead) thought it a most desir- able thing to have a class of that kind, and if he could be of any service he should be glad to render it in supporting Mr. Jefferson in carrying out his ideas. (Applause.) Mr. Edwards in seconding the resolution, said the chairman had spoken of the feeling of reverence he enter- tained for the teaching staff of that College, and he had no doubt that the pupils who were now present would, thirty years hence, if they lived till then, entertain a similar feeling of reverence for the Principal and tutors there. If there was one class of gentlemen who more than another deserved their thanks, it was that class who had in their hands the training of the rising generation, for vast and tremendous issues depended upon the training which the pupils received. The resolution was passed. The Principal, in replying, said he regarded this vote of thanks as his prize, and he was sure his colleagues shared this feeling with him. After all, the great duties that they in the scholastic profession had to perform were to make the boys fit for the battles of after life. Though there had been difficulties and trials to be borne during the past year, still, upon the whole, he could look back upon the work with great satisfaction. He trusted that his heart was in the work of teaching, and he hoped it always would continue so, for he knew of nothing more agreeable and nothing that made life happier than the

Page 275

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 269

work ofa teacher. He wished to mention the success gained by a former pupil at the College, Mr. Ernest Woodhead— (applause)—son of the Mayor of Huddersfield, who had lately obtained his degree of M.A., at the University of Edinburgh. He had not only obtained his degree, but during the last year of his University course he had taken first class hon- ours in all his classes, with prizes in two. It might be that there had been gained during the year distinctions by former pupils, which had not come under his notice, and he should be glad if anyone present could furnish him with the information, and he would be happy to make it known.* (Applause.) Mr. Stubbs, Vice-principal, also replied, and referred to two or three things which he thought desirable. With reference to cricket, he suggested that the elder boys should take more interest in the younger portion, and, with reference to the students, he said the Principal and tutors needed more co- operation from the parents. The boys went home with a certain amount of work to prepare, and it could not be expected that they would pass the examinations unless the work was better prepared than it was in many cases. Some parents gave their children a half-holiday occasionally, but he thought it would be much better if a general half-holiday could be given occasionally, so as not to break into the work of the school which the other practice entailed. (Applause.) The Rev. R. Bruce, M.A., moved a vote of thanks to the examiners—Dr. Fraser and the Rev. Bryan Dale—for their kindness in examining the essays and papers. They were indebted to those gentlemen because they had rendered similar service on former occasions, and he had great pleasure in moving the resolution. The Rev. E. T. Scammell seconded the resolution, and said that one of the reasons why he had pleasure in being there was because in the chairman he recognised not merely an old boy, but a Baptist old boy. The resolution was passed. Mr. Alderman Wright Mellor, J.P., moved a vote of thanks to the chairman for presiding and ‘distributing the prizes. He said it was one of the most encouraging things in connection with a College like that that old boys came in this manner to render service to an institution in which they had received their education. They had had a number of old boys in that position, and he hoped that the succession might be without end. He

* Apropos of Old Boys’ successes, we may state that Mr. Arthur Harry Haigh has carried off the English Essay Prize, value £5, at Owens College, Manchester, and that he has also gained an honours Certificate in Engineering. —Ep1rTor.

Page 276

270 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

was very gratified personally with the heartiness and promptitude with which Dr. Willis had responded to the invitation to take the chair on that occasion. Mr. Alderman D. Sykes seconded the resolution, which was passed. The Chairman, in replying, said it had afforded him the greatest pleasure to be with them, and he hoped it was only the first of the instalments with which he hoped to repay— though he never would be able, he was afraid—the debt of gratitude which he owed to the founders and managers of that institution. Reference having been made to the fact that he was a Baptist, it enabled him to say that he delighted in that institution because of the catholic spirit in which it was founded and conducted, and to show that such was the spirit in which it was maintained, Dr. Vaughan, a noble, right-minded, and successful minister of the Church of England, had been invited (as had been mentioned by Mr. Alderman Sykes) to be present on an occasion similar to that. He trusted the institution would ever remain as it was now, and in his time—no denominational teaching being allowed. His position that day might satisfy them that such teaching and management were not inconsistent with the development and maintenance of a Christian character. Among the pleasures of his life was this, that the Bible and Christian teaching had never been connected with the scoldings, complaints, and sometimes the troubles that arose when there was class preparation and class instruction ; and he trusted that those who heard him that day would never make the Bible merely a class book for toil and study, but preserve for it what he hoped he still entertained, this notion, that it was the receptacle of saving truth, and to be consulted as an oracle whose fiats were to be observed. His impression was that the Bible was far too common ; it had become too much an ornament, for illustration or gilt bindings, and its teachings were very often neglected. He was not sure that greater religious life and energy would not be induced in the nation if it were almost as difficult to procure its teachings and its precepts as it was when the Bible was kept chained in the cathedrals, and when people went with a spirit of reverence to consult its teachings. However that might be, or whether they agreed with his opinion or not, he was delighted to find that this was really an undenominational institution, where the children of all classes of believers, and parents entertaining different opinions, might find an efficient and instructive education. (Applause.) After the usual cheers had been given for the Queen, the Principal and tutors, the examiners, the chairman, the ladies, and so on, the proceedings concluded.

Page 277

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 271

CRICKET.

CoLLEGE v. TRINITY VICTORIA.

THis match was played on the College ground on Saturday, May 25th, and after a keenly contested game ended in a win for the College by two runs, The home team won the toss and sent their opponents to the wickets, but none of them were able to make any stand with the exception of T. Hirst, who scored 15. The College, after a few minutes’ interval, then went to the wickets and were disposed of for 28; A. Watkinson and Walker each contributing eight runs in good style. The fol- lowing is the score :—

TRINITY VICTORIA.

J. Wilkinson, c Leach, b Halstead ............ J. Wood, b Woodhead A. Leach, b Halstead eee T. Sill, b cc eee J. Redshaw, c and b Halstead .................. 2 L. Hardy, b Halstead eee F. Milnes, b Halstead 3 KE. Conacher, b Halstead L. Thompson, b T. Hirst, b Halstead ............... 15 G. Yates, not OUt 5 1 26 CoLLeGE. T. Leach, c T. Hirst, b Milnes.................. A. Watkinson, b Milnes 8 H. C. Walker, b Hirst 8 W. D. Halstead, c J. Wood, b Milnes ......... 1 A. L. Woodhead, b Milnes 6 H. M. Woodhead, b Milnes H. Hirst, st Leach, b Hirst ..................00. 4 H. Isherwood, b Milnes eee A. Lister, b Milnes ccc cee W. A. Crowther, b F. J. Richardson, not 1

wee 28

Page 278

272 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

HaLiFAxX ORPHANAGE v. COLLEGE. Played on Wednesday, June 5th, on the College ground, and after a very tight game resulted in a win for the Orphanage by five runs. For the Orphanage, the bowling of Dodds and the batting of Renworthy and Stansfield deserve high praise. A. Woodhead and Wilkinson batted well for the College. Score :—

ORPHANAGE, Cockroft, run Out Mason, c Walker, b Wrightson, b Woodhead 1 Renworthy, c Wilkinson, b Halstead ......... 14 Stansfield, b Halstead oe 11 Rycroft, c Halstead, b Woodhead ............ 2 Dodd, c Halstead, b Woodhead ............... 6 Palmer, c Walker, b Wilkinson ............... 1 Hallitt, c Walker, b Woodhead ............... Bumby, run Out Smethurst, not out 7 42 COLLEGE. Leach, run Out 4 Watkinson, b Dodd Brooke, b Walker, b 3 Halstead, b Dodd. H. Woodhead, b Dodd A. Woodhead, b Dodd 9 Wilkinson, b Dodd 8 Hirst, run OUt Lister, b Stansfield 2 Crowther, not Out 3 8 37

Cottrce v. UNITED Press. This match was played on Saturday, June 8th, on the ground of the former. The College captain won the toss and sent the Press to the wickets, but they did not remain there long, the whole of them being put out for 32, to which Banks, by some very good play, contributed 10 not out. The College then went in, but were even worse than their opponents ; owing to the good bowling of Moulden, the whole were disposed of for 15 runs. Score :—

Page 279

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 273

PRESS. O. Howard, c and b Halstead 7 J. T. Settle, b Halstead 2.2.0... l J. Blankon, b Woodhead S. H. Storry, c Walker, b Woodhead ......... T. Moulden, b Halstead cee eee 1 W. Moulden, b Halstead 1 A. Marshall, b Halstead cece eee Hurst, c and b Woodhead Banks, mot 10 J. T. Sykes, thrown out 1 Livesey, b Halstead 1] Total......... 32 CoLLEGE. A. Watkinson, b 4 Brooke, b Moulden A. L. Woodhead, b Moulden .................. 1 H. C. Walker, b 5 T. Watkinson, c Settle, b Storry ............... 1 H. M. Woodhead, b Moulden ............ ..... W. D. Halstead, b Moulden......... H. Hirst, b 1 Campbell, b 1 Crowther, not Out Mallinson, b Settle 2 Total... 15

CotLeceE ELEVEN v. Played on Wednesday, June 12th. The Twenty-two captain won the toss and sent the Eleven to the wickets, who stayed there all the afternoon, the last wicket falling just when time

was called. ScoRE OF THE ELEVEN. Leach, b 5 Richardson, b 2 Crowther, b Dyson 4 Lister, b 2 F. A. Brooke, c J. H. Thorpe, b Mallinson ... 36 A. L. Woodhead, b Dyson ......... W. D. Halstead, b 8 H. M. Woodhead, b Kershaw .................. 5 A. Watkinson, run Out......... ccc 1 H. Hirst, not out 14 Lockwood, b Dyson 3 8

Total......... 88

Page 280

274 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

REMINISCENCES OF CAPE TOWN.

(Concluded from page 209. )

In the morning my host asked me to stay as my horse had refused his food—however, after a mouthful of grass I mounted and started, a nibble here and there when a blade of grass appeared, revived him. On reaching the river Zonder- rend it was much swollen. A Dutchman living near begged of me not to attempt to cross. Finding me determined, he got me safely over the sands until the horse could swim, calling out and directing me which way to hold his head. My danger he said would be on the opposite side: luckily the ground was sound. Soon the sun became burning hot and the horse was tired. An immense flat plain was in front, on which the French savant de la Condamine measured a degree of longitude—thousands of flowering heaths and bulbs with the masses of African mari- gold lost their charms, what cared I about them, for miles upon miles not a soul had been seen. At last wearied with hunting for some path I fell in with a Hottentot. His answer to my question how far off is Pompoon Kraal? was by looking up, half shutting his eyes, and lifting his right arm very slowly in unison with his drawled out words Da-a-a-r-re, until the last letter might be fifty miles off and scarcely audible. I asked no more questions wondering whether I should ever get over the endless Flats there, but I did before dark, passing Pompoon Kraal I arrived safely at Elijes Kraal. The owner of a neigh- bouring property told me to drink wine, smoke tobacco and have a Dutch wife, then I should get stout. Staying for a month with Leisching at his wine and corn farm in this neighbourhood, his dogs were great allies of mine: during the heat of the day they lay in the stables, chiefly the mangers, but the moment the sun was setting, some dozen of them would come and absolutely pull me out to hunt—passing an adjoining farm (Willer) they would stop, give a most dismal howl, then a host of dogs would rush out and a fight ensued—no doubt fear made them do so, it was not a challenge, yet 1 could never get them to pass quietly unnoticed. : An English friend staying at Oberhalsted’s farm for some months, chatting one-day in the orchard with the daughter, a fine handsome girl, began to take liberties, kissing her. Although a powerful man she threw him down, holding him there and shouting for help ; her three brothers rushed out followed by

Page 281

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 279

the father—and how they did laugh at the English Captain being overpowered by a girl. For many days at meal times my friend felt very sheepish, and it was long ere he could get over the shame of his defeat. Having ridden out to see Colonel Squires of the 13th Light Infantry, then on leave from India, at Marjuis Kurl, where he resided with Richardson, his son-in-law, and wife, I stayed the night and was put in a front room, they sleeping far at the back. On going to bed I was told not to mind if I heard a noise like the dropping of water. Just falling asleep, thinking what nonsense, pat went a drop of water, followed in a couple of minutes by another close to my bed, then all quiet. I felt on the floor but it was quite dry. The dropping continued, there being always a very long pause after the twelfth. At first I rather felt an uncomfortable sensation, but the idea of any ghosts in a hot burning climate was ridiculous—so I dared it whatever it might be to come out—nothing appeared, only the monotonous drop was very annoying. I could not sleep, and became savage. No use, pat, pat, the drop of water fell on the floor. At daylight still the floor was dry. At breakfast I was told a family had been murdered in the two front rooms ; no black servant would sleep in the house, Richardson said. Knock on the wall, the knock was answered but could never be got to exceed twelve. Every part of the room it was the same ; even with the door half open the knocks on the panel were answered. At night there were sounds of horses galloping. Fancying a trick we tried every way to find it out—Richardson on the top with a dagger, I below—useless. The galloping of horses I felt convinced was merely the sound of wild beasts on the plain below, the round hill rising on all sides excepting one, from the level land below—the sound ascending, possibly the strata pointing upwards. The knocking we could never account for— the drop of water might have been the tap of a beetle, but why at regular intervals of twelve passed our comprehension. And now, for the present at any rate, I close these “remi- niscences,” copied out from my diary without any attempt at literary style or finish. If my young friends have had as much pleasure in reading as I have had in reviving these old asso- ciations, I am amply repaid for my trouble. W. S. Coxe.

GHEE

Page 282

276 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

COLLEGE RECOLLECTIONS.

Tue articles we have recently published under this heading have—if we may judge from the various communications which have reached us—excited the liveliest interest in the minds of the ‘“‘old boys” who have had the privilege of reading them. In proof of this we give a few extracts from one of these letters dated April 22nd, the writer of which hails from New York :—“I cannot tell you the pleasure the ‘College Recollections’ have given me, commencing in the March and continuing in the April number, both of which reached me last Saturday ; on Sunday I put them in my pocket, and in a retired seat under a tree in Central Park I read them. I suppose to you, living on the spot, never having left it, it will be a surprise when [ tell you that my eyes so filled with tears that I could hardly read, and do you know I felt very like crying at the part— “Where the lane turns to the College, and on the site of the present Girls’ College, stood the house of the minister of High- field Chapel, the garden of the house extending to the corner of the road leading to—well, in those days it seemed to lead to every place that was beautiful—past fields where now the Cemetery stands, and away into pleasant lanes and field-paths round Birkby, and thence to Fixby with its park and woods. How often, after long absences and many wanderings, have I revisited those dear old haunts of mine and many other “ old boys’ ” school days !’ I closed the book here for about half an hour and wondered whether I should ever visit those ‘dear old haunts’ again, so very dear to me then. Later things I have forgotten all about, but it seems only the other day when I turned the corner of Mr. Glendenning’s garden wall on my way to Birkby, away down Highfields with the deep mowing grass on the left hand, and, if you remember, about twenty yards from the footpath there was a well of very clear water—this was before the wall was built on the left—and then away to Birkby and past there to Fixby, as I recollect them then, prior, I mean, to 1848, at home a boy, and before death had been busy. Oh, how beautiful all was then, alas! never, never to return again. Men love to think of their boyhood for the reason, I believe, because it was a time when trouble was unknown. I had, as you know, very buoyant spirits, and, if you remember, I was often reproved for my ‘horse laugh.’ I cannot bring to mind whether Mr. Glendenning’s house was pulled down or not to make room for the new Sunday School, but in my mind’s eye I distinctly see it now ; and Mr. Glendenning I used to think

Page 283

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 277

was probably the most religious man that ever lived. I remem- ber on one occasion when the new Chapel was half built, I was in the grave yard looking at Joe Houldsworth’s partner (1 forget his name unless it was Chadwick) who was down in a hole trying to raise a large flag which had been the foundation of the old school, when Mr. Glendenning came along, and after kindly shaking hands with me, tried to catch the man’s eye in order to say a word or two. At last when he looked up, Mr. Glendenning with a view of pleasing him, waved his hand towards the new Chapel and swelling out his chest said, ‘ What a grand, what a noble art is yours!’ The man cut him short here by saying, ‘ Aye, it’s well enough for yo looking on, but if yo'd your thumbs e this muck yo’d think very different.’ Mr. Glendenning, though shocked, I remember, smiled faintly and tried no more rhetoric on that man. Many Americans have laughed heartily when I have told them this as a sample of Yorkshire humour. Of course, I often vary it, and add a little. But to return to ‘College Recollections ;’ they have given me more pleasure than anything I ever read. I should very much like to know the writer’s name—tell it me in your next if you know it, and I shall, though probably unknown to him, think of him as some dear friend who has put into writing all that was dear in my heart, and written it just as I should like to have done, only he had the brains to do it and I had not. What a memory he has, and how well he tells it ; not a thing has escaped his attention, even to Dr. Milne’s Scotch kicks, of which I got my share, and nasty things they were, too, com- pletely taking one’s breath as your stomach came against the desk.”

EDITORIAL.

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to

JOHN WatTKINSON, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual Subscription, 3/6, post free.

We should take it as a great favour if those of our sub- scribers who received an intimation, along with the June number, that their subscriptions were due, would kindly remit the same. A little more consideration on this head would relieve us from no small amount of unnecessary trouble. We have to pay our printers whether the money comes in or not.

Page 284

278 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

British Elhess Wroblem Acourney. Morro—Utrum horum mavis accipe.

PROBLEM 149. BLACK.

gem ame

i "| 2 we

WHITE. White to play and mate in two moves.

Motro—Qui se ressemble s’assemble. PROBLEM 150. PROBLEM 151. BLACK. BLACK.

o “28 a mn a Hage A no Bait zz . a. “Wai io oa a ie 7 lf a ay a I a A

WHITE. WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves. White to play and mate in four moves.

oe a

a

ae We Ww

one

Page 285

nh i)

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

SONNET. ( Acrostical. )

To amd bania; om the day of their Silber, “LAF ebdding. *

eee

MIRON AND Puanla, on your bridal day, In joyful strains Caissa’s votaries sing. Round your dear heads may Love a halo fling Of silver light ; in emblematic ray, Now lustres five have gently passed away. AND may succeeding years fresh pleasures bring ; Nor in your bosoms leave a single sting, Down Life’s bright path while onward still you stray. PHania, sweet muse of Chess, be ever thine Happy to dwell in the far Western land : And with your Miron hand and heart t’entwine, Never to part, till you shall, one day, stand In grim Death’s presence ; (be his advent late !) And He, relentless, gives the Final Mate.

Fakenham, J. A. MILEs.

July, 1878. eo iw

* On the 25th of July, at New York, will be celebrated a double silver wedding at ‘‘ The Larches,” the home of ‘‘ Miron,” (J. Hazeltine, Esq., author of Brevity and Brilliancy in Chess, &c.) and his accomplished wife ‘‘Phania.” As the Hartford Times remarks, “the celebration is designed to honour the twenty-fifth anniversary of Miron’s union with the gifted Phania, and also his wedding with the charming Caissa, the goddess of Chess. Recognitions of various sorts are promised from England, France, Germany, and far-off Australia.” As we were wishful that the Huddersfield College Magazine should join in the tributes offered on the happy occasion, we invited the co-operation of the versatile author of Chess Gems, who has favoured us with the above sonnet.—EDITOR.

Page 286

230 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

A CHESS STORY.

Most stories of celebrated men are exaggerated, and often owe their origin to the most trifling incident, which the inventive humour of story-tellers subsequently surrounds with circum- stances altogether original and gratuitous. If de Riviére chances to read the following, which we have heard in some London Chess-Room, he may become acquainted with it for the first time. There had been a Chess tourney in a French provincial town and de Riviere with a friend had attended the meeting. It was held at the chief inn, the master of which was a fervent worshipper at Caissa’s shrine. Pleasant and obliging was our inn-keeper, and not without a touch of humour, but dreadfully loquacious and ever ready—with the most transparent innocence and good intention+-to introduce himself to any Chess notability and ask interminable questions about the respective merits of great players, their mode of living, their nationality, their religion—if any—but chiefly about problems and composers. Our host had himself composed one problem which he had set up hundreds of times for the admiration ‘of the gallery, and which had been praised by experts after they had quickened their perception by liberally partaking of his generous wines. The meeting being over, de Riviére and his friend prepared to return to the Capital, but they learnt that the inn-keeper, having some business in Paris, had invited himself to travel in their company. Good manners prevailed over vexation, and they accepted the inevitable, thinking that, after all, they might be amused by his talkativeness. As the three were passing through the Court Yard, M. L’aubergiste, pointing to a big turkey that was gravely and suspiciously eyeing the two strangers, said he would tell them some curious and strange things concerning this huge specimen of the feathered tribe. When the three were comfortably seated in the same com- partment, the story told was that the turkey in question was the terror of the little town. At the appearance of urchins it would utter discordant, unearthly sounds which had the power of putting to flight whole troops of them. Many a school-boy, on learning intent, had been opposed on his way to school by that formidable animal, and been compelled, in order to avoid shame or punishment at home, to play the truant. There had been many fights, but the pugnacious bird had scored the greater number of victories. Oft had the battle-field been strewn with spoils: broken slates, abandoned caps, scared spelling-books ! No one would ever know the mysterious in-

Page 287

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 281

fluence it had on the working of the new Educational Act. The puzzled School-Board of the place had had a select Committee sitting for months, in order to inquire into the cause of so many abstentions, but all to no purpose: the enigma remained un- solved to that day. That biped was the scourge of the town. “Well, gentlemen,” continued the inn-keeper, ‘‘I have actually tamed it; by perseverance, I have made it amenable to quieter ways, and whenever I think mischief might take place, I call to it, and it will come to me as obediently as a dog would. It has taken me a deal of patience and trouble to bring it even to do this, but that’s nothing, gentlemen, to what I have trained it to. I will put a small pebble on its nose, and so soon as it is accurately poised, the turkey will forthwith exercise all its attention and faculties to keep it up, and thus, it becomes altogether harmless and silent, although no one be near, until I come to relieve it both of the pebble and its good behaviour.” The three laughed heartily at the conclusion of the story. De Riviere and his friend began to read the papers, but the inn-keeper gave them no rest, no respite: he asked a question of the one about the doubtful utility of the Ruy Lopez attack ; then, a question of the other about who was really the finest Chess-player that ever lived, and he kept it up so unremittingly, that the two unfortunate victims began to look at each other behind their papers, in a very melancholy way. A bright idea struck de Riviére, who knew the man’s foible. “By the way, M. L’aubergiste,” said he, “ have you seen the last three-mover by Hochmeister?” ‘No, indeed,” said the latter ; “ I :should like very much to see it ; you know, M. de Riviére, that I am no fool at problems. I will take two to one that I solve it in half an hour, however difficult it may be.” “I will give you an hour,” was the reply ; “ the bet shall be a glass of wine to be drunk on alighting at the Rue St. Lazare ; it will just take us an hour before we are there.” The problem was set up on a portable board and the solver began to utilise his time at once. De Riviére exchanged a know- ing look with his friend. A quarter of an hour passed and nothing had been heard from the man opposite, except now and then a heavy sigh denoting abtruse mental occupation. Half an hour passed and the two friends had been allowed, so far, to read their papers in peace. At last, however, the solver was heard to mutter: “3 moves! 3 moves! it’s strange; I never was beaten by a three-mover yet and I don’t mean to ‘be beaten by this one ; it must be a fine stratagem, though.” The train was only five minutes from the station and the problem was not solved ; the inn-keeper, at bay, was intensely absorbed in the position, making supreme efforts in order to win his bet.

Page 288

282 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

The train stopped and he acknowledged himself beaten. ‘ Now,” said he to de Riviére, “ pray show me the solution ; it must be wonderfully ingenious; I mean to put this problem in my Cahier d’ Honneur which contains all the finest problems here- tofore published.” De Riviére looked at the position, and shouted in the most lamentable and regretful manner possible : “Dear me! but surely that’s not the position I set up.” “I am sure it is,” replied the other. “J am so very sorry, M. L’aubergiste, but I just left out a little Pawn at Queen’s 4. I do hope you will pardon my carelessness.” ‘Oh, certainly,” replied our good-tempered solver ; “‘ I knew it couldn’t be done ; I never was stumped in my life.” The French champion paid his bet at the buffet, and after the man of problems had taken leave, our wag got hold of his friend’s arm, and as they turned on to the boulevard, chuckled out to him : “ Didn't I put a pebble on his nose !” G. E.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

GaME X.,

Puayep April 22nd, 1865, in a Match between the Bradford and Huddersfield Chess Clubs.

Waite (Mr. WarKINson.) Buack (Mr. TEGELER.) l PtoK 4 l PtoK 4 2. Bto QB 4 (a) 2. Ktto K B3 (0) 3. KttoK B3 3. Kt takes K P 4. KttoQ B83 (c) 4. P to Q 4 (a) 5. B takes P 5. KttoK B3 6. Btakes K BP (ch) (e) 6. K takes B 7. Kt takes K P (ch) 7. K to K sq (/) 8. Castles 8. Q Kt to Q 2 9 PtoQ4 9. Bto K 2 (g) 10. Rto K sq 10. Rto K Bsaq ll. BtoK B4 ll. Q Kt to Q Kt3 12. Q K 4 12. QKttoQ4 13. BtoK Kt3 13. BtoK B4 14. QKttoQB 5 14. Q to QB gq (h) 15. PtoQB4 15. Q Kt to Q Kt 3 16. QtoK 2 16. K Kt to Kt sq 17. Qto K R 5 (ch) 17. PtoKt3 18. Q takes K R P 18. Ktto K B 3 (2)

And Mr. Watkinson announced mate in three moves.

Page 289

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 283

BLACK Za TEGELER. —

xe

i ai ae iat

<\

aa “ai nas =

WML! Mt; Ay TE Gr Uf LY YY Uf “ee

UjEY, Yyy YY ne Yai Y, 7 Y, Z y ee) Ud S WHITE (Mr. WATKINSON.) Position after Black’s 18th move.

White to play and mate in three moves.

NOTES BY MR. EDMUND THOROLD.

(a2) A favourite opening with Mr. Boden. (ob) Mr. Staunton, I believe, stood nearly alone among the “ authori- ties” in preferring 2. B to B 4 as Black’s best reply. (c) The merit of this conception, which gives a good attack as com- pensation for a lost Pawn, is due to Mr. Boden. (d) 4. Kt takes Kt is, probably, Black’s best play, followed by 5. PtoKB3. This defence, confessedly difficult, may have been rejected on that account, though Black unfortunately soon gets involved in a much more cramped and constrained position. (ec) 6. B to Kt 3 is more correctly sound, but White probably knew how far the sacrifice, in the present case, was fairly justifiable. (f) Better, I think, than 7. K to Kt sq, which is often played in similar positions. (g) 9. Kt takes Kt would seem a more promising means of utilising the extra piece. If White reply 10. P takes Kt, Black can exchange Queens to advantage. If, instead, White play 10. R to K sq, he can answer with 10. K to B 2, and on White’s capturing Kt with Rook, he will play 11. B to Q 3, liberating his K R, and threatening possibly. 12. B takes R P (ch). The move in the text looks as it Black had forgotten for the moment his inability to Castle. (hk) Black’s present position is very uncomfortable. (t) White now ends matters in very neat style. The finish is the bright spot in this game. In other respects it serves chiefly as an illustra- tion of the advantages of freedom of development, even when purchased by a substantial sacrifice.

eS

Page 290

284 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

THE ART OF PROBLEM COMPOSITION.

Many persons have asked us, “‘ How do you compose problems ?” and we have invariably answered them in a vague, indefinite sort of way, saying that we compose a problem just as we compose an essay, but, at the same time, fully realising the difficulty of answering their question. It will be our endeavour, in the following article, to throw out a few suggestions that will enable the reader to intelligently understand and induce him to study the beautiful art. As a general remark we would say that unless one possesses genius, he will fail in the attempt at problem composition, just as one would not succeed in writing poetry unless he could create fancies, for it has been truly said that problems are the poetry of Chess; but every one may learn how problems are constructed without having the gift to compose. A man may know how a poet writes poetry without being a poet himself. What will be touched upon in the follow- ing essay, we have never seen anywhere in print, and are, therefore, our own pilot exploring an unknown sea, and begging the indulgence of the critical mariners around us. In the art of problem composition there are two methods, which we will call the inductive and the deductive. By the first, the men are so arranged on the board as to effect a mate, after which they are removed to different squares, and a mate in two, three, four or more moves, produced at the pleasure of the composer. By the second an idea is conceived and built upon as a basis, and the men so placed as to accomplish mate in the required number of moves. According to the former, the men are disposed on the board in a mating combination, and the idea or principle inferred ; according to the latter, the idea or principle is assumed, and the men arranged and made to conform to it. To enable the reader to fully comprehend the two methods, we will compose two three-move problems, one according to each, and explain the processes, step by step.

THe InpvuctiveE METHOop. The men are so placed on the board (vide diagram) as to effect mate. It is evident from the position that the R must have been at K R 4 previous to mating ; hence we will place it on that square. It is further evident that if the R was at R 4, by removing the Black K to K B 6, and the Q to Q B 4, and checking at K 2 with Q, mate is accomplished in two moves with acheck, however, on each move. It is still further observed that by placing a Black P at Q 5, the Black K at K 9, and the Q at QR 4, the mate is accomplished in three moves. Now the White K, apparently being of no use, is placed at Q B 6 to prevent second solutions by 1. Q to Q B 6 ch, and 1. Q to K 8 ch. We have now constructed the problem with the following solution.

Page 291

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. —

bo

S

Or

THe Matine Position. THE PROBLEM COMPOSED. BLACK. BLACK.

oa oie me on se 5 Y yy Pa Y JOE 2 oo 3 a a y Y, Wy, Mh fe fa cn a as

J WHITE. WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves.

1. KtoB 4 2. Q to K 6 (ch) 2. K to Kt 4 3. R to Kt 4 mates

B4 1. KtoBé6 2. K to Kt 6 t 4 mates

THe DeptcctivE METHOD.

By this method the composer starts with an idea or con- ception, and builds upon it. Let us say that we will mate with a P moving two squares. This is our theme, and we will construct a problem embodying it. The White P is located say at Q 2, in order that it may move to Q 4 on the mating move. It must be protected, and we will protect it by placing a R at Q 7, the R at the same time guarding the rank and file on which it is situated. As the Black K is to be mated by the P, place him in the centre of the board at K 4 near White’s Q 4. It is now observed that the Black K has five avenues of escape ; therefore, place the White K at K Kt 4, so that when he moves to Kt 5 on initial move, escape at B 3, 4 and 5 is pre- vented. A B, which is placed at Q Kt sq, is also needed to shut off escape at K 5 as well as to force the Black K back to K 4 on White’s second move. Let us see now whether we can mate. 1. K to Kt 5, K toK 3; 2. (ch), KtoK 4; 3. P to Q 4 mates. These are the two methods that composers adopt in problem composition. In explaining them, we have not composed the highest order of problems, but given simple ones, in order that the reader may more easily comprehend the two methods. Our preference is for the deductive, and we would recommend it.

Page 292

286 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Sometimes both are made use of by the composer in one and the same problem, for it frequently happens that one method fails, and in resorting to the other it fails also, and the pro- blemist is compelled to combine the two to accomplish his purpose.—St. Louis Globe-Democrat, June 2nd, 1878.

Chess Pottings.

CaNaDIAN CHEss AssociaTion.—The seventh annual meet- ing of this Association will be held in Montreal on the 20th of August and following days, under the presidency of Dr. Howe. Game and Problem Tourneys—open to all residents of the Dominion—are announced, with prizes ranging from $10 to $40. Tae Lowentuat St. Cup.—The Rev. Professor Wayte is the holder of this valuable trophy for the first year. Out of fourteen games played, Professor Wayte won twelve and drew two. The following members of the London St. George’s Chess Club took part in the contest :— W. F. Ball, W. A. Lindsay, Major Martin, J. I. Minchin, Col. Minchin, H. ©. Plunkett, D. M. Salter, and W. Wayte. THE cause of Chess in Nottingham and the neighbouring counties has received a severe blow through the untimely decease of one of its greatest ornaments. On the evening of Thursday last, Mr. Alderman Ward, J.P., Mayor of Nottingham, met with an accident which ended fatally on the following day. Riding past the Castle—the scene of his past generous labours —to the town, Mr. Ward was thrown from his horse, and never afterwards regained consciousness. Alderman Ward was per- sonally known to not a few of the Derbyshire Chess fraternity as a brilliant Chess-player. To the late Mayor and his friend, Mr. Hamel, is chiefly due the interest evinced for this prince of games in the town of Nottingham. The sympathy expressed for the widow and family is wide-spread and deep. Mr. Ward was in his 53rd year.— Derbyshire Advertiser, June 20th, 1878. University CuHess Cius, Epinpureu.—A Chess Club in connection with Edinburgh University has recently been organised. At present there are forty-three members, including three professors, and several medical men. The club meets every Saturday evening at seven o'clock, for play, and we are informed there is generally a very good attendance. The officers are :—President, W. H. Shirreff; Vice-President, N. Duncan ; Secretary, G. A. Bellinghall ; Committee, E. O. Price, A. Ross, and G. H. Taylor. We trust the club has a successful future before it.

Page 293

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 287

WEST YORKSHIRE CHESS ASSOCIATION.

Tue following game was played in the first round of the second class tourney at the Leeds meeting, between Mr. E. Dyson, of

Huddersfield, and Mr. Millard, of Leeds.

Waite (Mr. Dyson.)

P to K 4 Kt to K B 3 B to Q B 4 (a)

Kt takes K P (6)

B to Q Kt 3 PtoQ4 BtoK B4 Q Kt to Q 2 P to K Kt 3 Q to K 2 B takes Kt PtoK B4 K to B 2 Kt to Q 3 K takes Q B to K 3

BtoK B4 P to Q B 4 (h) B takes P

B takes R and Black resigns, :

Buack (Mr.

BN Pt tee ee et et et et et SOND Oe oo bo

bob DY bd bY DD COND Sie oo dS

bo ©

34

_— OP Wd

go G9 09 wNro;

P to K 4 Kt to K B3 Kt takes K P . PtoQ4 PtoQB3 B to Q 3 Castles Q toK R5 Q to K 2 Kt takes Kt B to K B 4 (c) Kt to Q R 3 (d) PtoK B3 Q takes Q (ch) Q R to K sq (ch) R to K 2 K R to K sq B takes Kt Kt to Kt 5 (ch) PtoQR4 Kt to R 3 P toQ Kt 4 PtoQR 5 PtoQR6 P to K Kt 4 B takes R P P takes P B to Q B 8 (ch) (/) R takes R R takes R K to Kt 2 P to Q Kt 5 (g) P takes P P to K R 4 (2)

Page 294

288 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

NOTES.

(a) Kt takes P is the accepted move here. (b) A very third-rate move. Kt to Q B 3 leads to a very strong attack full of complications, for one phase of which see Mr. W. T. Pierce’s papers in the present volume of H. C. M., pp. 18, 47, and 76. (c) R to K sq would at least have won a Pawn, as White is obliged to defend with B to K 3, when Black takes Kt with B, &c. (d) Again, R to K sq would have compelled White to reply with P to K Kt 4, and Black would have had by far the best of it. (ec) P to Q Kt 4 is such an obviously better move that we fear some error must have crept into the transcription of the moves. (7) A splendid move, considering that Mr. Millard has to rely on’ his memory alone to picture the position of the forces on his brain. (g) Black should have taken measures for bringing his Kt into play by R to K aq, &c. The move made is ruinous. (hk) Correctly played. (t) The Kt he could not save, but he is evidently oblivious for the moment that the R is en prise as well.

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 146. WHITE. BLACK.

WHITE. BLACK. (0) 1. B to B 2 (c) 1.RtoQKt7 1. Any move 2. R takes B (ch) 2. K to Kt sq 2. Mates accordingly 7 Q to Q 8 (mate) 2. R

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 147. to Kt 6 (ch) 2. K to B sq

1.KttoK5 I 3 @ to @ 8 (mate)

2. Q to Kt 4 2. Any move 3. Q or Kt mates accordingly SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 148.

(a) 1. P takes R (3) 1RtQ5 1. Bto B 8 2. Q toQ7 (ch) 2. Any move 2,.QtoR7 2. Any move 3. Q or Kt mates accordingly 3. Q, R, Kt, or B mates accordingly

CoMPETITION.—Problem 146.—Solved by R.A., London.—J. A. M, Fakenham. ‘‘ A very neat problem. 1. K to Q 5 will win against every defence but one.”—V.H., Birkenhead. ‘It is clear the Rook must be agged.”—H. G., Guernsey. ‘‘ Very simple—when done.”—W. fF.,, Bridge of Allan.—H. R. D., Warrington. H., Huddersfield. —G. F. 0., Bradford. ‘‘ Easy and commonplace.”—A. W., London.—S. H. T., London. Problem 147.—Solved by R. A.—J. A. M. ‘‘A good problem, but very easy—solved in less than half the time of 146.”—V. H. ‘‘ Very easy, but pretty in main G. (a) omitted.) ‘A little sparkler."—-W. F.—H. R. D. (a) omitted.)—E. H.—G. F. O. (a) omitted.) in construction and free from duals, but too easy.” —S. H. T.—A. W. ‘‘A most interesting and puzzling problem.” Problem 148.—Solved by RK. A.—J. A. M.—‘‘Inferior to the others in the set. Very easy, and the first move having but one defence might have been omitted without injuring the problem.”—V. H. “ Unsatisfac- . tory—more of a two-move than three-move problem.”—H. G.—W. F.— H.R. D. ‘‘ This seems very pretty.",—E. H. ‘‘A very fine problem indeed.”—G. F. O. ‘‘ This would have been a magnificent two-mover but the first move, as it stands, rather lets it down.”—S. H. T

Page 295

PHurderstield College Magazine.

“THE CHICKEN ;” OR, “THE LOSER MUST PAY THE PIPER.”

By CaRMONTELLE.

Characters. M. D’ORVILLE. La Bris

M. Physician Courois ue D'Orville’s Servants.

Scene I. M. D Orville, Comtois, and La Brie.

M. D’Orvitte—Oh! I am dying of hunger. Is my chicken ready, La Brie? La Briz—Sir, you shall have it immediately. M. D’OrviLLE—Why has not Comtois gone for it ? ComTois—Sir, I had to remain with you in order to assist you to dress. We are just laying the cloth. M. D’OrvittE—They will never have it ready! Can he not do that alone? Come! do be quick. Comtois—I am going, Sir. Iam going. (wit. ) M. D’OrvitLeE—I am fainting. Give me an arm-chair. (He seats himself in it.) Now then, do make haste. La Brize—I am just going to set the table before you. (He draws it near him.; I must now fetch some bread. M. D’Orvittze—I think they intend to make me die of im- patience. La Briz—Unfold your napkin, Sir, in order to lose no time.

Scenze IL M. DOrville—/ alone. ) M. can bear it no longer. I am quite drowsy with fatigue and weakness. (He falls asleep and snores. ) SCENE III. M. D’Orville, La Brie, Comtois (carrying the Chicken. ) La Bris (to Comtois }—Bring some bread.

Comtois—There is some there. I am bringing the chicken. What ! asleep already ?

August, 1878. I M

Page 296

290 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

La Brre—Why I I have only just left him. Comto1s—But his chicken is going cold. Awake him. La Brre—I! I shall certainly not. He would scream like a child who has lost his rattle. Comto1is—Then what shall we do? La Briz—lI really don’t know. This will delay our dinner to I know not what hour, and 7 am dying of hunger. Comtois—And so am I. Upon my word I'll awake him. La Brre—You will never succeed. Comtois—/ shouting ) Sir ! La Brize—Yes, yes, see how he bestirs himself. He snores all the more for it. Comtois—What a man he is! Carve the chicken, La Brie, in case he awakes, it will be so much done. I La Briz—Yes; and it will be all the colder. I shall do nothing of the kind. Comtois—Oh! very well! then I will carve it myself. (He cuts off a leg.) There now, doesn’t that smell good. La Brre—I don’t want to smell it as it would make me feel only the more hungry. Comtois—Upon my word, I should like to eat M. Fremont, the physician, has ordered him to eat only a wing : perhaps he will never notice it. (He eats the leg. ) Oh isn’ét it good. JTll have a drink. Give me a glass. (He fills the glass and drinks. ) La Briz—But if he awakes ? Comtois—Oh well: he will discharge me and I shall have to go. La Briz—Oh ! that’s the way you take it, is it? Well, I'll do as much as you. Come ! give me the other leg. ComtTois—With pleasure. We shall be two against him and he won't know which of us to discharge. There! (He gives him the other leg. ) La Brize—Give me some bread. Comto1s—There is some. La Briz—You are right, this chicken is excellent. I should like to have a drink myself. Comtois—Very well, drink. A thought strikes me; as he may only eat one wing, it will make no difference to him if I take the other. I will put one on his plate. (He goes on eating. ) La Brie—tThat is the very thing. Give me the body. Comrois—The body! that is too much. I will give you the back. (They both eat.) La Brre—This is not as good as the wing. Comtois—Oh, get on with your eating. La Briz—Let us drink also.

Page 297

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 291

Comto1s—Here, to your health. La Brre—Same to you. (They drink to each other. ) Comtois—That wine is very good. Hallo! you are eating all the body ! La Briz—Yes—of course. Comtois—Oh ! then I shall eat his wing. La Brize—Don’t be in such a hurry. ComrTois—Can’t wait. I will have my own share. La Briz—You are a perfect glutton. Comtois—Oh ! then I suppose you are not. Get along with you ! let us drink, let us drink. La Brirz—Take your glass. (They drink.) Comtois—Now then—what shall we do when he awakes ? La Brm—I can’t say. Let us drink to get an idea. Comto1s—There is nothing more in the bottle. La Briz—No? and what will Mrs. Jane say when she sees the bottle is empty ? ComtTois—And the remains of the chicken ? La Briz—Oh, she may say what she pleases, Keep still, see he is moving ! Comtois— What shall we do? what shall we say ? La Briz—Look here, put all the bones on his plate and say what I say. Comrois—All right—don't be afraid. La Brize—Hush ! M. D’OrvitLte—(rubbing his eyes.) Come now, what are you doing there, you two? La Briz—Sir, we are attending on you. (To Comtois) Rinse his glass and put some water in it. M. D’Orvitte—Oh dear me! these rascals do not intend to let me have my chicken. La Brare—Your chicken, Sir ? M. D’Orvitte—Yes, of course. I have been waiting for it two hours. La Brre—You have been waiting, Sir? You are joking, Sir. M. Joking? What do you say ? La Briz—Why Sir, look before you. M. D’Orvitte— What ! La Brre—Don’'t you remember that you have eaten it ? M. D’Orvitte—I ? Comtois—You have slept since, Sir. M. am amazed! J have eaten it? La Sir, and you have left nothing. See! M. D’OrvitLE—I have eaten it! It is incomprehensible! Why, I am starving.

M3

Page 298

292 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Comtois—That is not astonishing, Sir. You were so very hungry. You have digested it during your sleep. M. D’Orvitte—But I should like to drink something at least. La Brig—Sir, you have drunk it all. We have never seen you with such an appetite or such a thirst before. M. D’Orvitte—I can quite believe it : because I feel them still. Comtois—It must be the effect of the medicine. Will you drink your glass of water ? M. D’OrvILLE—A glass of water ? Comrois—Yes Sir, in order to rinse your mouth, because it is our dinner time. M. really cannot understand this. (He rinses his mouth. ) La Brig (whispering to Comtois)—You see, Jane will have nothing to say about it.

Scene IV. M. D’Orville, M. Fremont, La Brie, and Comtois.

La Brig (announcing )—M. Fremont. M. Fremont—Well Sir, the medicine? how has it acted ? M. D’OrvitLE—Oh, Sir, it has given me a devouring appetite. M. Fremont—So much the better; that proves that it has had a good effect. Comtois—That is just what we have told Master. M. D’OrvitLE— But Sir, I am dying of hunger. M. Fremont—Why ! have you not had your wing as I ordered ou } La Briz—Master has done better Sir, he has eaten the whole chicken. M. Fremont (angrily }—The whole chicken! ! Comtois—And drunk his bottle of wine. M. Fremont—A bottle of wine and a chicken ? M. D’OrviLLe—Oh Sir, I was dying of hunger. M. Fremont (angrily were dying of hunger! Are you not more reasonable than that ? M. D’OrvitteE—Oh Sir, I feel just as though I had eaten nothing, I still feel the same hunger. M. Fremont (angrily The same hunger? Why Sir, are you not ashamed ? M. D’OrvitLE—But Sir, consider

M. Fremont (angrily }—I order you the wing of a chicken and...... Come, come, Sir, with such intemperance as this you do not deserve that anyone should attend to you and try to take care of your health. M. D’OrvittE—But, I pray you——

Page 299

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 293

. Fremont—No Sir. You must be put on diet for a week. . D’ORvILLE—Oh ! M. Fremont ! . Fremont—On chicken broth. . D’ORvitLtE—On chicken broth ? . Fremont—Yes Sir, unless you do not wish to escape a dread- ful illness, an inflammation......... or perhaps it will be best for me to see you no more. Yes! it will be the best. M. D’OrvittE—What! M. Fremont! you will not forsake me ? M. Fremont—Yes Sir, I shall forsake you unless you do all that I tell you. M. D’OrvittE—But Sir, nothing but chicken broth ? M. Fremont—Ah ! you won't! Good day, Sir. M. D’OrvitLE—No, no, stop Sir. I will take it. (To his servants) Go both of you and have some made at once. La Brize—Yes Sir. M. Fremont—Not for to-day: herb tea only for to-day. M. D’OrviLLE—Only herb tea ! M. Fremont—Yes Sir, only herb tea. M. D’Orvitte— And you will come again? M. Fremont—Only on that condition. M. D’OrvitLE—If you promise me that, I will do all you wish. I will follow your instructions to the letter if you will give me your promise. M. Fremont—Well, we shall see how you conduct yourself. ( Exeunt. ) I

SONNET UPON THE SONNET.

To write a sonnet, lo! the Bard inclines ; And thus begins. He chooses from a throng Of shining visions, one, may fit the song Of poet limited to fourteen lines. Ten syllables he to the verse assigns In chaste iambick ; musical, yet strong : And now he bids two quatrains march along, Two triplets now, of varied force, combines ; Here, soaring higher, solemn thought bestows To swell the climax ; till his laboured theme, Replete with more than mortal beauty, glows And burns and lives. So, for the diadem Ordain’d to grace some haughty monarch’s brows, Cellini toil’d to animate a gem. S.

Page 300

294 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

A TOUR IN NORTH YORKSHIRE.

DovustLess some who read this sketch may be acquainted with the places mentioned therein, but for the benefit of those who have never had the good fortune to visit this district I pen these lines. The best way to reach them, undoubtedly, is to foot it. The ground may be driven over, but as the roads are generally in a most dilapidated condition, and the hills extremely steep, this is a matter of difficulty and is not unattended with danger. Easingwold, a little market town three miles from the railway, is a convenient place to start from, and taking the road through the top part of the town we come to the road leading to the village of Craike, where on the top of a hill commanding a most extensive view of the surrounding country stands a tower, called by courtesy the Castle. Formerly there did indeed stand a castle on this spot erected by Hugh Pudsey, the sixth of the Norman Bishops and nephew of King Stephen, but almost all traces of this are effaced, the present building being erected by Neville, Bishop of Durdolme (Durham), in the fifteenth century. From the top a fine view is obtained of the vale of York, the Minster standing out wonderfully clear against the sky. After having feasted on the scenery around we take the road for Yearsley, leaving Brandsby hall, the seat of the Cholmeleys, on our right, and entering the woods which are dense and well stocked with game of all kinds. Keeping the footpath we come out at the far end of the village, our road lying straight before us. Before leaving Yearsley it may interest some to know that about twenty years since, a large piece of tesselated pavement was discovered and presented by the owner (Sir J. O. Wombwell, Bt.) to the York Museum, where it now lies. Following the road, which most of the way is lined on either side by woods, we come to Gilling, where stands a castle erected during the reign of the second Edward, when the numerous wars made it necessary for many fortified places to be kept up. The present owner is Mrs. Barnes, who is sister to the late Mr. Fairfax, a descendant of the Fairfaxes of the Great Civil War; and it is a rather curious fact that the heir to the estate belongs to the Cholmeley family, who were supporters of King Charles in his struggle with the Parliament. The walls of the castle are in some places as much as from 8 to 15 feet in thickness. The Great Dining Room in its present state is one of the very finest specimens of the age which remains to-day. Leaving this room, which is magnificently decorated, we cross a very handsome entrance hall which leads through an ante-room to the gallery, a splendid apartment about 90 feet in length, ornamented with

Page 301

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 299

arches and pillars, the panels of which are beautifully painted in Arabesque, and are the work of Crace, date 1846. The approach to the castle traverses a road thickly wooded, but which opens out and discloses views of a landscape which tradition has very appropriately named “ The Wilderness.” Let us now press on to Helmsley after having satisfied our curiosity, or we shall find ourselves benighted in this bleak and strange part. The first village we come to is Oswaldkirk. The estate of Oswaldkirk belonged until a comparatively recent date to Richard B. Oakley, of Co-operative Bank renown. Not far out of our way stands Ampleforth on our left. Here there is a Romanist College dedicated to St. Laurence. Now we are nearing Helmsley, where we will rest for the night, so as to see Duncombe Hall, Rievaux and Byland Abbeys, by broad day- light. There is not much here to interest us. ‘True there is the Castle but there is nothing within the walls worth a visit. ““ Holiday parties now congregate in peaceful mirth and gaiety” where once cannon-balls flew thick and fast ; for the place stood a siege during the Civil War under the command of Colonel Crosland, who held it for the King against the forces of Cromwell. After numerous unsuccessful sallies and a great waste of ammu- nition, the garrison surrendered on very favourable terms to Sir Thomas Fairfax. Just out of Helmsley lies Duncombe Hall, the seat of Lord Feversham. It is situated upon an eminence in the valley of the Rye amid scenery which will bear comparison with almost any in England. This building, the date of the erection of which is 1718, has recently been enlarged, two wings and a conservatory having been added. These additions were raised under the personal superintendence of Sir Chas. Barry, the architect of the present houses of Parliament. The interior of the Chief Hall is surrounded by 14 Corinthian pillars, and is ornamented by statues, among which is the Dog of Alcibiades, said to be the work of the Greek sculptor Myron, who flourished about 440. B.C. According to Dallaway it was discovered at Monte Cagnuolo, and purchased by an ancestor of the present owner for no less a sum than one thousand guineas; also the figure of the Discobolus, or Quoit Thrower, which is pronounced by those well qualified to give an opinion to be the finest statue in England. I Communicating with the saloon to the south is a splendid suite of apartments appropriately furnished, the most interest- ing ornaments of which are the paintings, many by masters, and among which are the following : “The Scourging of Christ,” by Old Palma, painted in competition with Titian and crowned. ‘A Landscape,” by M7

Page 302

296 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Pietro de Corbona, ‘ Venus and Adonis,” by Titian. “An old woman with a lighted candle,” by Titian, a capital picture, and many others of a most interesting character. The principal entrance to the Park is through a triumphal arch erected to Lord Nelson, and on which are inscribed the following lines :— To the memory of Lord Viscount Nelson, and the unparalleled gallant achievements of the British Navy. Lamented Hero! O, Price his conquering country grieved to pay, O, dear bought glories of Trafalgar’s day. 1806.

Leaving behind us the spot which is indeed a princely man- sion, we strike through the park, which is thickly wooded and well stocked with deer, and take the footpath to Rievaux which is our next place. The way to this secluded spot is through some most picturesque and romantic country, over hill and . dale, now on the top of a hill from where we obtain a view of the surrounding country, and now in a deep dale where we cannot see anything but the two hills betwixt which we are placed. The Rye runs just outside the village of Rievaux and might have formed the subject of Tennyson’s poem, “ The Brook,” for it I “__Sparkles out amid the fern, To bicker down the valley.” The stream is well stocked with fish, principally trout, and the angler may obtain excellent sport if he feels inclined to spend a few hours in fishing. We have frequently along our road caught glimpses of the abbey which lies sheltered in the valley surrounded on all sides by trees. Byron has played off a joke on the motives of the Monks for choosing such a spot. ‘‘ Because the Monks preferred a hill behind, To shelter their devotions from the wind.” Besides being sheltered from the storms which in winter burst over these hills, the site is well chosen, for the woods abound in game, and the river, which runs almost at its door, with fish. The Monks had a happy knack of choosing spots where they could feast on the fat of the land. The Abbey was founded by Sir Walter Espec, a Norman baron, in 1131. His only son and heir having been killed by a fall from his horse, the afflicted father resolved to “‘ make Christ heir of part of his lands,” and in carrying out this resolve he founded three monasteries, one at Rievaux, one at Kirkham, and another at Warden in Bedford, all of which are in ruins. The breath of heaven has blown away What toiling earth had piled.”

Page 303

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 297

Rievaux was the first abbey of the Cistercian order which was founded in Yorkshire, and was, like all the others founded by this order, dedicated to the Virgin Mary. It is perhaps the largest, if not the finest, of the magnificent relics of the “ Good Old Times” which seem to abound in Yorkshire. Instead of being built from east to west, as was usual, the abbey stands almost direct north and south. In the choir is a large flat stone, which was an altar or monument. This parties used as a table off which to dine until lately, when railings having been placed round the abbey, they are no longer allowed to do so. Having looked over and admired this ruin we set out to find our way up to the Terrace, which commands some beautiful scenery. To reach this we have to go through the wood, and we can either take the trodden path or make a track ourselves. The latter is preferable as we can find numerous ferns and flowers in the depth of the wood which do not grow near the pathway. The Terrace is a beautiful level track of ground about half a mile long and on the top of a hill. At either end stands a temple and when passing along from one to the other we obtain some excellent views of the abbey. By far the best views of it are obtained from here. The ceiling of the principal temple is covered with paintings executed by Burnici, who came from Italy for this express purpose. Of course the man who shows the room expects a gratuity for his trouble in describing the pictures. This he does in a way which is rather amusing to those who are easily tickled. In the other temple is some tes- selated pavement found in clearing away some rubbish from the choir of the abbey. The scene from the Terrace is an excellent one for the pencil of the artist. Taking the road to Scawton and across the moors which are generally exceedingly wild and bleak, but which now are ex- tremely beautiful as the heather is in full bloom, we reach Hambleton, about which place there are some very strange legends. ‘These are worthy of a special notice so we will pass them for the present, and press on to Byland which lies in the valley. The road is exceedingly difficult and steep and after rains the rock is frequently laid bare making traffic an impos- sibility except to pedestrians. Byland Abbey is a grand old ruin but there is nothing about it worthy of special notice except the remains of an immense circular window, which was greater in diameter than that in the south transept of York Minster. The Abbey was built a.v. 1177. We are now within two hours’ walk of home which we reached after spending two pleasant but hard days amongst some of the ruins of Yorkshire. F. E. R.

Page 304

298 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

A SUMMER IN ANDALUCIA.

(Continued from page 180.)

ONE evening we were speaking with some young Spaniards on the question of Religious Equality, and we asked, ‘“ Supposing we in England were to get up manifestos, and ultimately try to turn all Catholics and other sects out as you propose to do the Protestants, what would you say to that here in Spain?” ‘Oh! you could not do it,” they replied, “‘it would be very wrong to try.” “ Why so?” we enquired. “Oh! because you have no religion at all in England.” “ Can’t see that,” we replied, “let’s hear your argument.” ‘ Why,” said they, “you were once all Catholics, and a country that has once changed its religion has no religion at all.” We then referred them to the time, when, not long back, Catholics could hold no Municipal office, were debarred the Bar, the Universities, Parliament, and many other positions which, as Englishmen, they have a right to, no matter what religious opinions they may hold. They could see that plain enough, and quite agreed with us as to the rights of Catholics in England, but the rights of Protestantism in Spain, that is a totally different matter. But the time must come, and will come, when the true Protestant religion whose future looks so dark, and whose horizon is at present so overcast that even the silver lining is but dimly seen even in our happy and favoured Island, shall triumph over the whole world, and then, if there be a dominant religion, it shall be ours, upheld not by the power and countenance of any State, not by the rich endow- ments of any pious ancestors, but by its own intrinsic merits.

Part IX. THe SpanisH BULL-FIGHT.

The far-famed Spanish Bull-fights are without doubt very horrifying spectacles, and yet, at the same time, there is some- thing so fascinating in the sport, the variety of the men’s dresses, their deftness in avoiding the bull, that one almost loses sight of the brutality and barbarity of the spectacle. It is without doubt allied to the old Roman Games, when all the beauty of Ancient Rome turned out to see fellow-men, men, too, who were no enemies to each other, but were paid to do it, or perhaps ‘were captives taken in war, fighting with each other, and when the death only of one of the combatants gave victory to the other. We are still more reminded of them when we remember that if a man was very skilful and very valiant, and yet got wounded and the worst of the conflict, how the Roman people held his life or death in their hands, and signified by raising

Page 305

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 299 .

or lowering their thumbs whether he had so far called forth their admiration by his skill and valour as to be worthy, though vanquished, to live, or whether he must expect death ; so in the bull-fight, putting the bull in the place of the man, if the bull be so valiant and so magnificent, and show such good sport as to call forth all their sympathies, then it not unfre- quently happens that they signify in a similar manner their wish that he may live and not die. We in England are accustomed to look upon bull-fighting as a sport essentially Spanish, and thoroughly repugnant to all English tastes ; but is this or cock-fighting the more cruel, the more debasing? Unquestionably the latter. Where is the sport in setting two cocks armed with spurs to tear each life out? We lately saw an article purporting to come from Admiral Rous, in which he upholds cock-fighting as a most noble sport, and states that the pluck for which the British Navy was formerly so famous was gained from this degrading sport, and that since its abolition by Act of Parliament the tone of the men is going lower every day. If British pluck comes from such indulgences we are far better without it. There is no bravery displayed by any one connected with it. But the bull-fight is different every way. There man’s skill is pitted against an animal’s brute force. Undoubtedly it is a cruel sport, and we would not uphold it for a moment. Far from it ! The sooner it is put a stop to the better, but the cruelty consists in the way the horses are treated, the bull not being hurt beyond the pricks the picas and banderillas give, till he is killed. In fact the sport is an illustration of one of their favourite proverbs, a proverb which is used perhaps oftener than any other, and which is likewise the title of one of their original zarzuelas (comic operas), viz: ‘“ mas vale majia que fuerza,” which being interpreted, is “skill is of more value than force.” The English residents in Spain are accustomed to visit the bull-fights quite as much as the Spaniards, and after the first conflict, all idea of cruelty is obliterated in the excitement of the struggle. We will now endeavour to describe the sport. There are always two bands of bull-fighters engaged in turn, the only men who are “common to both sides” being the men of the Capas or Cloaks, and thus a species of rivalry is set on foot, which probably produces better sport, each “gefe” or head of the squad striving to engage the best men. The number of bulls killed is usually six. Properly speaking the bull-fight divides itself into three acts. First, the men on horseback with long spears, next the Banderilleros, and lastly the Matador encounter the bull. The following is a list of the men employed, and their respective duties. The men of the Capas

Page 306

\

300 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

or Cloaks, whose duty it is to divert the bull’s attention as soon as he has upset a picador, or in any case of emergency. The Picadores, or men on horseback, who usually number two; they are armed with a long spear of wood, with a sharp spike at the end. Their object is to attract the bull to make a charge at them, they being forbidden by the rules to charge him, and then try to turn him by fixing the spear in the animal’s right shoulder. Next on the list are the Banderilleros, or the men whose duty it is to fix the banderillas in the bull’s shoulder. These banderillas are slender pieces of wood from 2 to 24 feet long, ornamented with coloured papers. If a bull is stupid and won't fight, instead of the ordinary banderillas they use a Kind they call “ Banderillas de Fuego,” which are filled with explosives, igniting the moment they touch his shoulder. Lastly comes the Matador with his bright scarlet cloak and long sharp sword, and his duty is to kill the bull, standing in front of him and thrusting the sword into the right shoulder. One we have forgotten, the Puntillero, or dagger-man, who with a sharp dagger sticks the bull in the brain if the Matador has not succeeded in despatching him. This is a dangerous part ; and only lately in Madrid the Puntillero made his stroke but badly, touched a certain nerve, the bull raised himself, caught the man, with a last effort, in the abdomen, and then fell back dead. The Plaza de Toros is a large circular building, usually of wood, with no pretensions to beauty, divided into various parts according to the prices, the cheapest being the “Sol,” which, as the name implies, is always in the sun, all bull-fights taking place late in the afternoon. And now the trumpets behind the President’s Box sound out their discordant clamour, we are on tip-toe of expectation, not knowing what we are about to witness. A door opens immediately below the Box, the man hastens to hide himself behind it, for out comes the bull, turns sharp round, and makes a charge at the door. Finding that has no effect, he looks round for some- thing on which to whet his terrible horns. And while he is making up his mind, let us hastily examine him. Truly he is a noble specimen of a bull, very high, with strength depicted in each member of the body, and with evidently plenty of activity as he rushes about, now here, now there. Deep-chested he is, and we pity him as we think that ere half an hour has passed that bounding pulse will be stopped, over that square bold forehead and those fiery wild-looking eyes the dews of death will have come, that skin so glossy and so beautiful will be blood-stained and dull, and those magnificent limbs will have lost all power of motion. But we are aroused from our sad mental picture as we sec a Picador slowly advancing on his

Page 307

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 301

miserable spavined steed, a very ghost of a horse; his lance is poised, and keeping his horse’s unbandaged eye carefully away from the bull, he waits his fate. The bull glances furtively at him, paws the ground, and charge he goes—will he upset the rider or no? It is a moment of intense excitement, but the charge is too strong, the bull gets under the horse and upsets him, the man happily falling away from the bull. Several of the assistants rush up, raise the man, and the horse, which has an ugly wound in its side, while the Capa men attract the bull away. Up comes the other Picador, once more the bull charges, down go horse and man, and with a second thrust of his venge- ful horn he gives the quietus to that horse. Meanwhile the first comes up again and shares the same fate, the man falling off, and the horse, ripped quite up, falls dead directly. Itisa horrifying sight. Fresh horses are brought and the same fate awaits them. But now again that awful trumpet sounds forth, and the Picadores retire to give place to the Banderilleros. Taking a banderilla in each hand, the first walks round the ring, till he gets face to face with the bull. Then watching his opportunity, not when the bull is looking another way, oh no, but catching the bull’s eye, he runs rapidly towards him but in a circular manner in order to catch his shoulder, and now with a sudden rush he plants the two banderillas fairly in the brute’s shoulder, and then rushes off as the bull turns upon him, and a round of applause greets a very cleverly performed feat. Now the second comes to the fore, he has caught the eye of the bull, and makes his rush, but not this time can he manage it, the bull follows him round, turning as he turns, and he has to wait a fresh chance. Once more he rushes, this time straight at the bull, and placing himself right between the horns plants his banderillas, one of which, however, falls out, and with a clever backward leap turns to run, but too late, the bull is upon him and down he goes, luckily only caught in the back by the animal’s forehead ; and before the bull can charge upon him he is diverted by the red Capa of one of the others. Two more pairs of banderillas are placed by the same men and then that horrible clang commences once more. Now out steps the Matador with his bright keen sword and staring red Capa; a fine specimen of a Spaniard, tall, well-built ; and now commences some fine sport. The Matador is perfectly cool, and wrapping the Capa round the sword, he holds it out in his right hand to- wards the bull, who charges, when he gently lifts it over his head, and facing round, holds it out again. This lasts some little time, when suddenly he takes the Capa in his left hand, the sword in his right, and holding out the Capa, awaits the charge. Now it comes; he poises his sword on a level with his

Page 308

302 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

eye, and as the bull rushes at him he plunges it into the shoulder up to the hilt. The bull wavers, staggers as if drunk, falls, and in a few seconds, need for the tender offices of the Puntillero ;—dead at the first stroke. Rounds upon rounds of bravos greet the performer, and we congratulate ourselves on having seen the first Matador “par excellence” in all Spain, the favourite pupil of old Sanchez, the father of Spanish bull- fighters of the present century. It is not often that such a feat is performed, especially when the bull is a bad one and won't fight, as the Matador may not make his stroke except the bull is looking at him. And now music commences, a door opposite the Box opens, out come some gaily-caparisoned mules, ropes are tied to the dead bull and horses, and they are dragged from the arena for the next act, and for the next few days beef (?) will be remarkably cheap and plentiful. And so on for six bulls. We will do the fair sex of Andalucia the justice to say that they do not attend these sports except in a few individual instances. The dresses of the men are magni- ficent, the style being the antique or majo fashion, knee breeches, silk stockings, a short jacket embroidered, a faja or sash, and @ pigtail after the old sailor fashion. The Matadores all have nicknames, which are usually taken from some particular feature or characteristic of their prowess—such names are, Boca negra, black-mouth ; Cara ancha, broad-face ; Gordito, fat- man; Lagartijo, lizard; and many others might be enumerated. They are decidedly more poetical than the names which usually obtain among our heroes of the prize-ring.

Part X. Criostna REMARKS.

Should any of our readers go to Andalucia at some future date, the first night they will probably be awakened by hearing a dismal and, as a rule, most melancholy though occasionally not unmusical, howl at intervals, gradually approaching nearer and nearer, or perhaps hear two or three in various tones and tunes, but all equally melancholy. Eventually one of these sounds will pass right under the window of their bedroom, and the vague uncertain sounds will resolve themselves into equally uncertain words, as far as they. are concerned, unless they be pretty fair masters of the language. The authors of these mutterings are the Serenos, or night watchmen, so called from their peculiar call. As our old watchmen in some provin- cial town may yet be heard proclaiming, usually, “Half-past two, a cloudy morning,” so their Spanish brothers may be heard chanting monotonously, “ Ave Maria Purissima, las dos y media, y Sereno,” “Hail purest Mary, half-past two, and a fine night,”

Page 309

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 303

the main difference being that in our favoured England the watchman usually informs us it is cloudy, whilst in Spain it is so invariably fine that the watchmen have got the name of Serenos. Only once did we hear them call “a cloudy night.” These watchmen are very particular, and very jealous of what goes on in their districts. We were told that once in the Mining Districts the English Clergyman’s house was attempted with a view to robbing it. He took his gun and fired out of the window, and the next morning the Sereno on that beat came to know how he dared fire a gun on his beat. The principal road traffic in Andalucia is performed by oxen in clumsy ill-shapen carts, the oxen being yoked together as they were 2,000 years ago, and the driver going before them with a long stick tipped with iron, which he lays from time to time on one side or other of the yoke according as he wishes them to turn. Wine brought from Xerez and other places in- land to be shipped from Puerto, always comes in these carts, which will carry about four bottles, the pace of the oxen being about a mile an hour, The lighter work is done by donkeys and mules, which are perpetually braying, and make far more noise than our well-bred English asses. The horses lead the life of gentlemen. They are used only for riding and driving, and usually end their days in the bull-ring. Mules are much cheaper, and though very ungainly looking animals as a rule, are quite as tall and strong. _ Certainly Spain is a beautiful country, but Andalucia though the sunniest is not the most beautiful nor the most pro- ductive. The climate is delightful, and the sky! Who can paint its depth of blue? The beautiful tints on the clouds at sunrise and sunset, which we see here, when it does not rain, are of course rarely seen there, but the fine clear atmosphere quite compensates, and what the eye hath not seen the heart doth not grieve for. Naturally Spain is capable of great things ; she has a magnificent seaboard, good bays, well sheltered harbours, But the people lack energy. Almost all the mines are engineered by Englishmen ; railways are made by English workmen; an English Company owns the Cadiz Waterworks—and pays no divi- dend ; another Company is making a harbour for Puerto Ita Maria ; Englishmen own mills, coal mines, stone works, and other branches of industry in all parts of Spain. In fact, we believe the English keep her head above water, and, as we read in a Spanish Comic Almanac, “In the year 1436 the English in- vaded Europe ; since then no one is free from them; and I” the author goes on to say more in the streets of Madrid, than Queen Victoria in those of London,” but to understand the double meaning it must be known that “Englishman” is

Page 310

304 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

the technical name for a creditor, not of course meaning that the English are all creditors, but alluding to their numbers. There are large coal-fields in Spain, and yet few are worked, because the people want enterprise to form Companies, and they prefer the easier method of burning carbon, or burnt wood, to make which they cut down trees, make a hole in the ground, burn them, and the remains form a sort of coal of which they use large quantities. There are no work-houses in Spain and no rate to aid the poor, in fact to keep all the poor by means of a rate would be impossible. Instead, they beg from door to door, and get broken victuals from the hotels. The number who daily visited our hotel was something extraordinary. A large majority of the beggars are women, not unfrequently with babies; their husbands usually work in the vineyards while they beg. We well remember one young woman with her baby. She was probably considerably under thirty, a fine strapping lass, and one who might have earned her living easily had she chosen, and whose husband we were told was in regular work ; but she was a regular customer at the hotel, and so importunate did she become, that if we saw her standing at one door, we always entered at another. She regularly saluted us with the phrase “Una limosnita, por Dios; ay, Don Juan, qué corazon mas duro tiene Vd!” “An alms, for God’s sake; oh, Mr. John, what a hard heart you have!” Knowing what we did of her, we gave her nothing, and soon became indifferent to her sayings. If Spain could belong to the English for 50 years, aye, for 20 years even, we dare to say none of the Spaniards would ever recognise it again. Railways would intersect the country in all directions, fresh ports would be opened, fresh industries be _ commenced ; Manchesters and Liverpools would spring up; instead of five hours being needed to reach Sevilla from Cadiz, it would be within one and a half hours’ distance ; instead of two trains a day there would be two dozen ; instead of two days to reach Madrid, the journey would be compassed in eight or ten hours at the outside. But we understand the people are terribly fettered by taxes. A bottle of good sherry costs as much in the hotel at Puerto as the same does in England, and why? Because of the enormous tax upon it. The tax on im- ported goods is, we believe, 60°/,, so that though the necessaries of life are cheap, and labour is cheap, yet all necessaries in the way of imported goods are very dear. The railway charge is about the same as in England before the late reduction; and that reminds us that we omitted to inform our fair readers what railway travelling in Andalucia is like. We have heard many complaints from ladies in England about the dust, but it is

Page 311

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 305

nothing to the journey from Cadiz to Sevilla. The road is chiefly composed of fine sand, so one can imagine the cloud that would be raised by a passing train, taking into account the fact that rain only falls about once in six months. The cloud raised when we experienced it was so thick that it absolutely obscured one’s view, entirely blotting out the country as if that were enveloped in impenetrable Scotch mist, and ere you reach your journey’s end your black coat will be a light brown and your face, between perspiration and dust, decidedly streaky. Since the defeat of the Invincible Armada, Spain has never stood so high in position. It was then in the zenith of its power, and from that time it has declined, till, from being the first power in Europe, it has sunk so low as to be no longer considered one of the great powers. Like that of the Italians the temper of the people is quick and hasty, quick to form friendships, quick to take offence, quick to avenge a fancied or real insult, quick to repent, but how often too late! If you offend any one, especially among the lower class, the chances are that one of their long ‘“navajas” will find a resting place in a part not very pleasant to yourself. In the mining districts it is hardly safe to go out at night without a revolver. Only a few weeks before we left, the barber of one of the mining villages, the best liked man in the place, was killed by seven stabs, and this was the reason. A man came to his “tienda” a trifle screwed. They had an argument, and at last the barber said ‘‘oh, come, you'd better go home now.” The man went out and waited behind the corner till the barber came out, when he suddenly fell upon him and killed him ere he had time to draw his own knife. Polite as the Spaniards are in deeds, they are still more so in words. When you are intro- duced to a family, the head always says some such phrase as this, “‘ Esta es su casa de V,” or, ‘‘ Mi casa esta 4 la disposicion de Vv.” “This is your house,” or, “ My house is at your service,” but it is only a Spanish compliment and means nothing, unless indeed they are very pressing. Again, if the family are dining when you call, they will assuredly ask you to join, but unless they press it one should always refuse. Indeed the compliments are carried to such an excess, that English people in giving an invitation frequently add ‘This is not a Spanish compliment.” Another thing that will strike a traveller on walking the streets of an evening is the number of young men he will meet, always alone, standing at the windows of many of the houses, and apparently doing nothing but trying to look inside. We enquired the meaning of this, and found they were “pretenders to the hands” of a corresponding number of young ladies, who ona closer examination might have been seen inside the win-

Page 312

306 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

dows. We thought it a very uncomfortable way of “ working the oracle,” and asked why they did not take seats or camp- stools with them, as we were told many of them remained for hours each evening, and we learned that such a proceeding would be an insult to the “fair ladye.” Whilst they are merely ‘“‘ pretendientes” they may not enter the house, but, if they are in earnest, each evening they will be found standing at the ‘“‘reja” which guards the window, thus preventing them from getting more than their noses inside, and talking in a whisper for hours together. No formal engagement takes place till a few days before the marriage, when to break off becomes punishable. Before that they are merely “ pretendientes ” and have what are called “relaciones.” These “relaciones” can however cease at any time, and as the Spanish youths are pro- verbially fickle, a young lady often has “relaciones” with a score before she finally manages to hook and land her fish. Certainly this custom has its advantages in Spain, so far as the men are concerned, in the fact that, being fickle, and variety being charming, they get plenty of change with no fear of being dragged up for half a dozen “breaches of promise.” And now we must draw these somewhat voluminous papers to a conclusion, hoping that they may not have been devoid of interest and instruction to our readers. We have endeavoured to give a true account of our impressions of the country and people, and in conclusion we can only say that we thoroughly enjoyed our stay there. Owing to the impulsiveness and bon- homie of the people we formed many friendships, and in six months there, we knew far more people, and were known by far more, than during the ten years we have resided in Stockport. Farewell then Andalucia! Thy little town of Puerto Ita Maria with its people will always have a warm nook in our memory ; we trust that we may not have seen it for the last time; that we may once again walk its streets and roam the banks of its river. But should we not be fated to see its white houses and petrified streets once more, we shall always look back with intense pleasure to the summer of 1875, and as we recall memories of the past, the faces of friends we made in Puerto, some of whom have already gone to their long home, will rise up before us ; in imagination we shall go over the various scenes we witnessed, the concerts and sports we took part in; one of our greatest desires has been accomplished ; the object for which we visited thee has been in a large measure gained, and we now say adios, adios to our foreign friends, adios to the many happy evenings we passed with them in the Paseos, one last, long adios to sunny Andalucia. J. E. EpMInson.

Page 313

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 307

CHESS.

PROBLEM 152.—By Mr. J. P. Taytor, Lonnon. BLACK.

ia aa a ce a =

WHITE. White to play and mate in two moves.

PROBLEM 153. PROBLEM 154. By Mr. Gro. SHIEL, SUNDERLAND. By Mr. Jas. Prerce, M.A., BEDForD. BLACK. BLACK.

I

mate A I “a 1 win ii a age ae a V, Yj Bow (el I me sone 2

ee a ele

a a

Pn

wa 5 RON

2s

WHITE. WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves. White to play and mate in four moves,

Page 314

308 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

GAME XI.

PiayED May 21st, 1870, at the Halifax Meeting of the West Yorkshire Chess Association, between the Editor and the Rev. A. B. Skipworth, being the deciding game in the last round of the first class Tournament.

Waits (Rev. A. B. Skipworta.) Brack (Mr. WarkKINsoN.) . PtoK4 1 PtoK 4

] 2 BtoQB4 2. Ktto K B3 (a) 3. QtoK 2 3. BtoQB4 4. KttoK B3 4, PtoQ3 5. PtoQ Kt 4 5. B takes Kt P 6. Btakes K B P (ch) 6. K takes B 7. Q to QB 4 (ch) 7. K to K 2 (8) 8. Q takes B 8. KttoQB3 9 QtoQB4 9 BtoK 3 10. Q to K 2 (c) 10. BtoK Kt 5 ll. PtoQB 3 (e) ll. Rto K Bsq 12, PtoQ3 12. PtoKR3 13. Q Kt to Q 2 13. KttoK R4

14. PtoK Kt3

Buack (Mr. WATKINSON.)

ee a an ‘a as “Oh SS aE a Me vs ye

“ey i

White (Rev. A. B. SKIPWORTH.) Position after White’s 14th move.

_

WY po

Page 315

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

14. R takes Kt (/) 15. Kt takes R 15. Qto K Bsgq 16. Ktto K R 4 (g) 16. B takes Q 17. K Kt 6 (ch) 17. KtoB 2 18. Kt takes Q 18. BtoK B 6 (h) 19. Rto K Kt sq 19. R takes Kt 20. Pto K Kt 4 (7) 20. KttoK B5d 21. B takes Kt 21. P takes B 22. QRtoQ Kt sq 22. PtoQ Kt3 23. K to Q 2 (J) 23. Ktto K 4 24. PtoKR3 24. PtoQ4 25. K Rto K sq 25. P takes P 26. P takes P 26. R to Q sq (ch) 27. KtoQB2 27. Kt to Q 6 28. K R to Q sq 28. B takes K P

309

and Mr. Skipworth resigned.

NOTES BY MR. WILLIAM MITCHESON, Chess Editor of the Newcastle Weekly Courant.

(a) ‘*Most of the principal authorities, with the exception of Staunton, the author of the English Handbook, agree in considering this to be Black’s best reply.” So writes Wormald. Referring, however, to Staunton’s Companion, I find that Staunton, playing against Cochrane, (Games LIII. to LVI.) adopts the K Kt’s defence to the Bishop’s opening, and remarks in a note to Game LIV. upon the move of K Kt, ‘‘ Both Jaenisch and the chief authors of Germany of the present day consider this superior to the old move of 2. K B to Q B 4.” (6) Better than K to B sq or home. (c) It cannot be said that White has opened his game judiciously. As the attacking player he surely should have brought more than two pieces into the field in the course of ten moves. The feeble sally of the Queen has enabled Black to develop his forces rapidly. It is true his King cannot now Castle, mais n’ importe, he is meanwhile in comfortable quarters, and White has left a Rook’s Pawn in an uncomfortably hazardous state of isolation. (z) Black does wisely to pin the Kt. Not that he intends to take it off, for as Herr Steinitz in his notes on Mr. Watkinson’s game with Mr. Thorold states, it is not advantageous to exchange B for Kt except for some special purpose, inasmuch as mathematically considered the itinerant and far visiting Bishop is of more value than the Knight errant. (ce) This move seems almost a pis aller. The Black Kt posted on Q 5 would be followed speedily by serious consequences to the adverse battle. B to Kt 2 would not have been good, because he will shortly be wanted to act on the diagonal ranging from his own square to K R 6— Black Kt to K R 4 being only a question of time. (f) This move is well considered, and gives Black not only two minor pieces for the Rook but an excellent position. The issue{is a mere question of time ; for White’s game is so cribbed that he can do nothing but await the final onslaught. (g) At the first blush this move looks like an ingenious counter- stroke ; but in point of fact itis the only resource at his command to save the Kt. Kt (2) All this must have been carefully calculated when (14.) R captured

Page 316

310 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

(t) The object of this move baffles me. The Black Kt where it stands is simply innocuous and might be disregarded. In a skittling game between tyros, one might have supposed that White entertained some hope of winning B on B 6 by R to Kt 3, if Black played Kt to K B 3. Hecould not have done so, however. (j) This move appeared plausible at 21, but made at that point Black could have pushed P to Q 4. The closing moves are as effectively played as they are sudden and unexpected. For a “deciding” game I cannot think White has played up to his usual mark. He opened badly, and was never suffered to recover the effects of the weakness which his play discovered.

A CHESS SKETCH. By an AMATEUR.

Ir I were to ask any of my readers (supposing I have any) “have you ever been to London,” the reply would universally be “of course we have,” but if I were to ask, “have you ever been to Simpson’s,” they would probably regard the enquiry as impertinent, and resent it in an angry mood. I beg to assure my readers that Simpson’s is not a milk adulteration institution but a very pleasant and agreeable place of resort, much quented by Chess-players of the highest distinction, as well as others. The first of English poets asks ‘ what’s in a name,” and then by way of reply says “a rose by any other name would smell as sweet,” and so I think in regard to Simpson’s, but I suppose the name will stick to it just as certain names stick to inns and hotels and establishments, the original founders of which have long since gone to their rest. Recently it became my duty in the way of business to visit London, and of course in the evening I had at least four or five hours to beguile away. Hotel life—or at least such hotel life as I met with—was dull in the extreme ; therefore it became necessary that I should seek the means of enjoyment and relaxation outside, after the work of the day. You must know that though I am only a young amateur I take a great interest in “ye royal game of Chesse ;” therefore it will not be surprising to you to hear that dearly as I like to see a good sterling drama or comedy, or hear good opera music, well played or rendered, I would infinitely prefer or engaging in a contest over the ‘‘ chequered board.” It is often said—indeed I heard it in a play— Our Boys,” by the way—“ that life is too short for Chess,” and many who are ignorant of its charms regard it as a most laborious and tiresome game ; there are in this country thousands, however, who take an intense interest in the game, and none more so than those who frequent Simpson’s divan, in the Strand, London, where I now purpose taking you.

Page 317

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 311

Simpson’s is a well known and well frequented place—in fact it is an institution, and anyone interested in Chess will always find there on any evening in the week with the exception of Sundays, on which days the establishment is, of course, closed, a comparatively large number of players of different, and I was going to say indifferent merit, but I am scarcely justified in making the latter assertion except by way of fun, having had so small an amount of experience of the players and their play. There is an orthodox and an unorthodox mode of visiting Simpson’s. The orthodox plan is to call in at the cigar shop on the right of the main entrance and obtain a check to admit you to the premises, and for this you pay six- pence or one shilling ; in the latter case you can have a cup of really good coffee, properly made, or a cigar, the quality of which I cannot enlighten you upon as I am not a smoker. Having obtained your check you proceed upstairs to the first landing, and then passing across the landing you go up a narrow winding stair and immediately in front you see folding doors, the upper spaces filled in with figured glass with the words Department” thereon ; then passing into the room you hand your check to the attendant, a very pleasant and ap- parently a favourite attendant, by name called Alfred, and are ushered into the presence of the greater and the lesser Chess Savants. The unorthodox mode of which I spoke is to affect an entire disregard of the payment of sixpence or one shilling, or the check, or the cigar shop, and walk straight up the main staircase, up the narrow winding stair, and so into the room, there to be confronted by the redoubtable but kindly disposed attendant. 1 would advise those of my readers who may go to Simpson’s to avoid the unorthodox mode of procedure as it may save them much trouble and annoyance, the attendant not being allowed to receive money for entrance but only for articles sold to the frequenters whether in the shape of cigars, or coffee, or stimulants. Of course you can become a subscriber on payment of fifteen shillings a quarter, or two guineas a year; which ren- ders the periodical payment of sixpence or one shilling on each visit unnecessary. Having said so much let us examine, as well as we may, the people in the room, and the room itself. First the room. It is a tolerably long room fronting the main thoroughfare, and is lighted by a number of large windows which let in the light by day, and by numerous gas-lights at night ; it is fairly ventilated and always warm, so that you do not feel cold by long sitting. Down one side there are numerous narrow tables running endways from the wall. The tables will accommodate two sets of players but as a rule only one set is to be found at them ; then there is a long table running down the

Page 318

2s

1

lo

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

centre of the room, and on this there are boards and men enough to satisfy the most hungry of players. In the right hand corner of the room furthest from the door is a single table at which are invariably to be found players pursuing the “even” or the uneven “tenour of their way” as the case may be. Then on the right hand side of the room there is a sort of alcove in which no Chess-playing goes on ; but here instead the quiet reading of foreign and English journals and magazines is enjoyed by the subscribers. I had been told that I should meet here such players as Herr Zukertort, Herr Steinitz, Mr. Blackburne, and a host of other well known star Chess-players, but I was not fortunate enough to see either Mr. Blackburne or Herr Steinitz, as on each of my visits they were engaged else- where. But I met with other players and was delighted with the exhibitions of careful play on the one side, and dashing bold play on the other. It was on the first night of my visit that I saw—I believe it was—Herr Zukertort play, literally play, with an adversary as a cat does with a mouse, until he finally van- quished him and put on the mate stroke. I believe the adversary was no less than the Rev. G. A. McDonnell, a player of no mean repute ; and the game was a fine one throughout. At one por- tion of the game Herr Zukertort got his pieces into such a position that he could more than once have captured his oppo- nent’s Queen but he said “TI will not take your Queen, I will capture that Rook (pointing to a particular one), and then take your Queen.” Be it remembered that all the while he himself was in imminent danger of being mated; but by a series of well planned moves, he executed his design, first capturing the Rook he had promised to do, then the Queen, and in a few moves more mating Mr. McDonnell. Need I say that as a young player I was more than pleased, I was delighted with the game, and it gave me an incentive to increased diligence in my play. With the end of this game ended the bloodless battle of the combatants, and here a thought suggests itself. In case of disputes between nations, there has recently arisen a strong feeling in favour of settling them by means of arbitration and not by the cruel arbitrament of the sword, cannon, torpedoes, and other dangerous weapons. In the course of the late war, I read in one of the newspapers that the Czarewitch beguiled the evenings by playing at Chess. Why not settle national disputes by means of this harmless and inexpensive method ? The suggestion I feel is worthy of consideration. However, asking pardon for this digression, I return to Simpson’s. On each of my visits I saw the play of Mr. Janssens and I must say I was greatly pleased with the careful mode in which he handled the pieces. With mouth firmly closed, rarely

Page 319

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 313

making an observation, his whole attention fixed on the game, he plays with a steadiness I have rarely seen ; but it is more of a defensive than attacking character—yet perhaps I ought to say it is a combination of both, for oftentimes his moves intended for defence developed into an attack, sometimes disastrously. In one game I saw him play his Queen and Kts in such a way as to gain first a piece, then a couple of Pawns, until his opponent, with yet a Queen and two Rooks on the board, cried metaphorically “ hold, enough,” and resigned. Herr Zukertort, or the gentleman I was bore that name, is a very rapid player, and at the same time he is a very sure one and almost invariably the victor. One great and dis- tinctive feature of his play is the readiness with which he takes in the intentions of his opponent ; the speedy replies he makes to counteract the movements and combinations of the pieces arrayed against him are also especially enjoyable—to the on- looker. Herr Zukertort is also a quiet player very seldom making a remark, but you often see him look up rapidly after making a move, and glance at his opponent as if he were asking “‘ what serviceable reply will you make to that move?” Others of the players have their distinctive features, which in some instances, as in the case of Mr. McDonnell, assume a humorous aspect even in defeat as well as in victory. On the last occasion of my visit I saw this player engaged with an opponent to whom he gave the enormous odds of a Rook and Kt. I am egotist enough to say—especially as I am unknown to my readers and can therefore take advantage of the fact—that I wished I had been in the happy position of having a Rook and Kt at his hands. I don’t mean to say that I should have won, but I think I could have shown a good front and satisfactorily have accounted for my presence in his lines by metaphorically spiking some of his guns. The play I witnessed between Mr. McDonnell and his partner was very amusing and there was always a band of onlookers who took an intelligent interest in the game. Sometimes his opponent would make a move, and then Mr. Mc- Donnell, with a merry twinkle in his eye and a humorous smile on his lip would say ‘ You make that move?” OPPONENT: “ Yes.” Mr. ‘‘ And you stick to it?” OPPONENT: “‘ Mr. “ You do?”— OPPONENT: ‘ Mr. “I thought he would ; now I have him. I knew he’d do it (a statement received with much laughter.) I thought I should catch him. Here goes—check,’—and then his opponent finds much to his chagrin, for he has a superior

Page 320

314 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

force on the board but unfortunately is in a bad position, that he must first lose a Rook, then his Queen and in a few moves more be mated in a masterly manner. Once or twice, however, by good luck more than by real design Mr. McDonnell’s oppo- nent was the victor. On one of the evenings on which I went to this Chess Institution I had been playing with one of the medium strength players at the end of the long table before spoken of and fortunately won the second game. Whether it was that I was too much elated with my success and the encourage- ment I received at the hands of an old frequenter (apparently) of the institution who had witnessed the game and who remarked when resignation was announced, “ very good, sir, very good,” I cannot tell, but I know that I lost two games running inglo- riously though in both I had a strong position. In a well- known book there are some admirable rules and recommenda- tions for a learner one of which is as follows :— ‘*Learn to play slowly— Other graces Will follow in their proper places,” a rule I am afraid few of us invariably adopt, and I am afraid it was this inattention to good wholesome advice which led to my defeat. However I paid the penalty for my lessons and felt, somewhat satisfied that I had not lost all the games. On a subsequent occasion my honourable opponent entered into a most friendly conversation with me on my play, gave me some kindly advice which I shall always feel grateful for, and told me what he thought my relative strength was as compared with his. He said, as well as his knowledge of English would allow him, and with a strong foreign accent, “I think I could give you odds; but I do not know what odds. Perhaps a Pawn and move ; a Pawn and two moves; ora half a Kt.” But feeling conscious in my own mind that he could give me a Rook I said, holding up the piece, “ But could you not give me a Rook?” “Oh! no; no;”—and then with a grim sense of humour which tickled me immensely, he said with the same fascinating French accent, “I could give you the Queen—and lose every game!” I heard, and received considerable enjoyment from the humor- ous and jocose observations of Mr. Mc Donnell and others— particularly one, a dark-eyed, black-haired son of ‘Caledonia stern and wild,” who was constantly ejaculating in strong Scotch accents, “I’m in trouble—I’m in trouble ;” TI cannot see my way out of this;” “It’s an awful predicament,” and the like, followed up by the inevitable “I resign.” And now I will close by thanking my readers for the patience with which they have received a few impressions of my visit to Simpson’s, of the players who are to be seen there, and of the styles of play of some of them.

Page 321

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

315

THE EVANS GAMBIT.

BLACK.

Le FY

iw ty Use;

‘te

state, Yyy J Yy $ % MSD) UP? Viel

CATAL Ge.

N

CZ

ty

"Pf,

Y ype

ELD Y Be” G3 eZ, di

YU; 4 ld

Y Uy

‘A WWLY

UY, Oh, YU

Zt. My 4y Wy, “af 7 Uy YL Wy ZY y Z| WL WE WE Wd, Ye Vids, * » Ml I Y/ yy , YY LITLE lp GR Uy YH AG GEG Yi Yj SOY ZZ Wt UME: Va WHITE.

THE main play of the defence 9. P to Q 4 in the new variation in the Evans Gambit given in the April number of this Magazine, was the same as in the game played by correspondence between Mr. J. Parker (Black) and Mr. W. T. Pierce (White) in Mr. Nash’s tourney : the position above is that at the 17th move, Black to play : the game in question continued as follows :—

BLACK. PtoK R3 K R to Kt sq R to Kt 4 B P‘takes B Kt takes P B3

17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31.

ssog BO DIN ro

et ° n

oo ere

HOO

VIVO S Ons tt? oo He

et et et © et Or

(A blunder, 32. P takes P is

WHITE. 18. RtoB3 19. PtoQR3 20. B takes R 21. Q to B sq 22. B takes Kt 23. RtoQ B3 24. B takes B 25. B to K 3 26. Kt to Q 2 27. Kt to B sq 28. Q to K sq 29. R takes Q 30. K to B2 31. B to Bsq 32. Kt to K 3 much better.) 33. R takes R 34. Kt to B 4 35. Kt to Kt 2 36. K to K 3

32. R takes B 33. P to Kt 6 34. B toQ 6 35. P to Bd 36. PtoBé6

WHITE. BLACK. 37. Kt takes B37. P to Kt 7 38. Rtakes P 38. P Queens 39. RtakesP 39. QtoK Kt8(ch) 40. K to B 3 40. QtoQ5 41. R to B 8 (ch) 41. K toR 2 42. KttoKt4 42.Qto Kt7 43. KttoQ5 43. QtakesRP(ch) 44.RtoB3 44.QtoR7 45. KttoK3 45. PtoQR4 46. Pto R 4 46. PtoK R4 47. P to Kt 3 47. PtoR 5 48. KttoB4 48. QtoR8 49. RtoQ 3 49. QtoQ B 8 50. Kt to R 3 50. K to Kt 3 51. K to K 4 51. Q to K 8 (ch) 52. K to Q 4 52. K to B 4 53. RtoQB3 53. K to Kt 5 54.QtoK 7 55. KttoR3 55. Pto Kt3 56. KttoB4 56. QtoK 8 57. RtoR 3 57. Q to Kt 5

And the game was abandoned as a draw by mutual consent.

Page 322

316 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

TO COMPOSERS AND SOLVERS.

We beg to remind our home friends that September Ist is the last day on which sets of problems for our second Tourney can be received. Solutions of problems in our July and August numbers received up to August 10th will be acknowledged in September, when we shall publish the conditions and prizes in the Tourney solving competition commencing in October.

SOLUTIONS OF PROBLEMS IN “ ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS.”

No. XXXVII. WHITE. BLACK.

. Kt to Kt 5(ch) 1. K toQ 3 3. Q to Q Kt 6 (ch) 3. B interposes Kt7 2. QtoK Kt 3 4. Q to Q Kt 8 (mate)

No. XXXVIII.

WHITE. BLACK.

tS —

.1.QtoQR4(ch)1. K to Q 4 4, Q to Kt 6 (ch) 4. K to Q 2 2. Q to K 4(ch) 2. KtoK 3 5. Q takes Q (ch) 5. K to B sq 3 PtoQB4 3. Q takes R (ch) I 6. Q takes Q Kt P (mate) No. XXXIX. 1. KttoK B4 1. Kt takes Kt 6. Q mates (best) (a) 3. Kt to K 2, &c. 2. P Queens (ch) 2. K to K 3 4, Kt takesP (ch) 4. K to Q 2 3. KttoK B5 3. KttoK B3(a) I 5. Q to K 8 (ch) and mates next 4, Kt takes P(ch) 4. K to Q 2 move 5. QtoK B7(ch) 5. K moves No. XL. 1. Q Kt to B8 (ch) 5. K Kt to Kt 6 (ch) 2. Q Kt to Kt 6 (ch) 6. R to R 8 (ch) 6. Kt takes R 3. K Kt to B 8 (ch) 7. Kt mates 4. Q Kt to Q 7 (ch) No. XLI. 1. Q to K 6 (ch) 1. K to Kt 4 5. Btakes Kt 5. Q takes Kt (ch) 2.QtoB5(ch) 2. KtoR 5 6. Q to B 4 (ch) 6. Q takes Q (ch) 3. B to Q sq 3. Kt to K 4 7. P takes Q 7. Any move 4, K takes B 4. Kt to B 6 (ch) 8. P mates No. XLII. I 1. Kt to Kt 2 (ch) 7. Kt to K 3 (ch) 7. KtoK 2. Kt to K 3 (ch) 8. Kt at K 5toQ 3. Kt takes R (ch) B 4 (ch) 4. Kt to K 8 (ch) 9. Kt to K Kt 4(ch) 5. Kt to Kt 2 (ch) 10. Kt mates 6. Kt to K 5 (ch)

Page 323

Huddersfield College Magazine.

THE MICROPHONE.

No sooner could we fully realise and note the importance of Bell’s Telephone than we were confronted with another ingenious invention of equal value and simplicity. One great invention immediately directs the labours of many investigators by pointing out the existence of a new field for enquiry ; improvements are made on the original design, and fresh combinations suggest themselves. So, but for Bell’s Telephone we should not now have had the Microphone. As its name implies, this instrument is to the ear what the microscope is to the eye. One form of this contrivance may be thus described. To a resonance board is affixed a rod of some conducting material (such as carbon, gold, or platinum), whose end abuts, under constant pressure, against that of another rod of the same material ; the two rods form a portion of the circuit of the connecting wire between the source of sound and any distant station. Somewhere in the circuit is a galvanic battery, and at the distant station is one of Bell’s Telephones for the recep- tion of the communicated sound. When the apparatus is ready for action, there being a battery with a complete circuit, a constant current of electricity flows. But when the sounding board of the Microphone is caused to vibrate in unison with some sound, (as when a fly creeps over the board), the attached rod moves backwards and forwards through very small distances, thus continually varying the pressure between the two pieces of carbon without actually separating them. The electrical resistance of the circuit is thus being continually altered ; and, in consequence, a current which varies in amount and intensity replaces the originally constant one. The variations in the current have the same rhythm as the sound waves, and are communicated to the Telephone at the distant station, there to be converted into vibrations of the iron plate and so produce impressions on an ear ready to receive them,

September, 1878. ] N

Page 324

318 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

The invention of the Microphone, called also the Megaphone, is due to Professor Hughes. His invention in conjunction with Bell’s thus forms an improved Telephone, a Microphone, and a Megaphone. We have advanced to the corresponding point in acoustics with that which was reached in optics when the telescope was first put together in its complete form. With the telescope the eye observes the magnified image of a distant object ; with Hughes and Bell’s apparatus the ear receives the intensified vibrations from a distant source of sound. With such an apparatus at hand the investigation of many physical phenomena must be greatly facilitated, and a path opened to the observation of innumerable facts which, without it, would have remained far beyond the scope of our senses. Physiologically its use promises to be of great advantage ; the motion of a muscle of the body can be heard by its means. And as a Megaphone it may prove invaluable to the deaf in place of the comparatively ineffective ear-trumpet. Every step in the advance of science adds to the facilities for further progress. One stone upon another is laid as a step to reach still higher vantage ground to lay the next. With time, science will ever advance, but never to exhaust the resources of nature. Then let us not suppose that great inventions will be no more. The Telephone, Microphone, and Megaphone, are advances in but one branch of physics. There are many other spheres where wonders will yet be achieved ; and in each sphere, treasures inexhaustible. July, 1878. A. H. H.

[The Microphone is indeed a very ingenious invention and adds greatly to the powers of the Telephone. One can scarcely yet foresee all the uses to which it may be turned, but a good deal of exaggeration has it seems to us crept into the popular accounts of this instrument’s performances. We have heard of a fly’s footfall sounding like the tramp of an elephant. What we believe really happens is that the motion of the fly by shaking the carbons breaks the continuity of the circuit. Each time the circuit is thus broken an electric spark may be seen and a crack is heard in the Telephone, but the sound heard is not the noise of the fly’s foot at all, but is the vibration of the iron plate caused by the sudden stoppage and recommencement of the galvanic current in the wire round the magnet of the Tele- phone. Any vibration of the Microphone will produce an effect in the Telephone ; but every vibration is not a sound. If you take the Microphone into your hand the shaking of your hand will produce a succession of cracks, but these are not the sounds of the movement of the muscles of your hand.—EbITor. I

Page 325

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 319

CANNES.

BoRDERING the circling shore of a deep bay of that blue Medi- terranean sea with its calms, its hot sun, and cloudless skies, nestles Cannes, amongst its palms, its orange groves, olives, and flowers, white and handsome villas, (surrounded with lovely grounds), creeping up the amphitheatre of hills leading to the Alps, which shelter it from the North. All appearance of winter is avoided ; deciduous trees, excepting the fig, being rarely planted. Why should a wintry appearance be found amongst the abundance of flowers, the rose, the Eucalyptus Globulus scenting the air with its white blossoms, the Chinese Loquat, the Mimosa with its mass of yellow flowers, the Arillier with bunches of dove-coloured blossoms, and the graceful pepper tree with its delicate pink berries 1 The bay is sheltered on the east by the Isle of San Marguerite (the prison of the Man in the Iron Mask, whose name was never known, latterly Bazaine, a Field-Marshal of France, was confined and escaped from thence ;) on the west, by the Estrelles Mountains, with their soft dreamy, hazy tint of — silvery grey and pink, which as yet no painter has been able effectually to portray. Can ever human genius place the balmy air and composing feeling on canvas ! Cannes is divided into two parts by a steep upright hill, on the top of which was formerly a fort, now an old tower, an ob- servatory, and a church. On the east side of this hill is the town hall, the new theatre now building, the Alleys (where the markets are held), the shore, on which are long lines of pleasure boats painted white, and beyond, a sea wall extending two miles (partially shut off from the road by shrubs, palms, Ceylon oleanders, and roses), reaching to a promontory, called the Croissettes, with its sea views, French fleet at anchor, and now and then the report of guns, as pigeon matches are held. Many fine mansions skirt along the road, bathing establishments, the club, the very fine villa Henry IV, belonging to Prince Castro, with its tasteful, handsome portico entrance for carriages, then the admired gardens of the Hesperides, where oranges hang by the thousand on the trees, and large citrons. On this shore are also many fine hotels, and mansions, amongst the former from its great size, its cheerful appearance, its southern aspect, overlooking beautiful grounds and the sea, its avenues of date palms (laden with dates), oranges, and rare shrubs, is the Grey and Albion, which boasts of the Prince of Wales, and more lately Prince Alfred, as having stayed for some time there. On the west side of the dividing hill, walking round its southern

Page 326

320 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

end by a well-built pier (where are lying four large English yachts, two with the white, and two with the blue ensigns of old England; a pleasing sight to countrymen passing the winter at Cannes), you come upon a long sea promenade ; across the adjoining road are innumerable beautiful detached villas, with their pleasure grounds and gardens, that of the Duke of Vallenbrosa’s carries the palm of victory ; his extensive gardens can be seen twice a week ; the house is large, of Gothic architecture, whose towers strike the railway passengers en route to Nice and Italy. This is the Quartier Anglais, here Lord Brougham lived and died, having raised Cannes from a mere fishing village to its present state. Here are also some very fine hotels, two splendidly placed, Beau Site and |’Esterel. The road leading from the town passes the Scotch Church, and runs for one and a half miles between the ornamental and thickly wooded grounds of the different villas, roses with quantities of flowering shrubs hanging prettily over the walls. Cannes itself is of some size, the Rue d’Antibes being of considerable length and full of good shops. More inland are many well filled hotels of large size, standing back in fine situa- tions—yearly more are added to the list—this winter, 1878, a large one is being built in a very retired situation for the lovers of quiet. No piano will be allowed. Amongst 336 villas it is difficult to choose, the lately built one of Mr. Goldsmith is of pure taste and very extensive, at the back of the hotel. Fleuri is a fine house of mixed architecture, and with its beautiful grounds must be a charming residence. It has a handsome lodge entrance with borders of flowers, on the side of a well kept carriage drive. Further back is the handsome, but too much decorated villa of the late Sir — Glass, with about twenty acres of very ornamentally planted grounds, gently sloping to the south ; it lets for £1,000 for the winter months. There are endless pleasant shady walks and drives (for the sun is very powerful, and white sun-shades are much used even in January), such as to Grasse, the great manufacturing place for scents and preserves. The field crops are scented roses, violets, jasmine and other plants. Valuries, where very ornamental vases, &c., are made, of which the English purchase largely, (the broken ones en route to England being replaced without any charge). Then there is Antibes with its fortifications, its large garrison, and its nursery garden of great extent and full of rare shrubs. Frejus with its Roman remains, its amphitheatre, where many a dark deed was done, is worth a visit. Walking up to the old Catholic cemetery through narrow steep streets, I was surprised on entering to see what was evidently the rich

Page 327

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 321

man’s resting place in such a state of confusion. Everywhere vaults had been broken open and the bodies removed, the blue gum trees being the only redeeming feature. Amongst the re- maining monuments I found the following :—

Ci git Marguerite Caroline King, née & Woodstock en Angleterre, décédée & Cannes, le 8 Janvier, 1859, agée de 62 ans, Mariée 4 Jules d’Andries.

Un rare assemblage d’aimables qualités fit d’elle une des femmes les plus accomplies. Elle n’ était pas au commencement dans l’église Romaine—mais une grande partie de sa vie, et ses derniers soupirs Ont été d’une sincére et fervente Catholique. Tout passe ici bas, les nous suivent apres la mort les tiennes, ma chére épouse, te donnérent le ciel. TRANSLATION. Here lies Margaret Caroline King, born at Woodstock, in England, died at Cannes, the 8th January, 1859, aged 62, Married to Jules d’Andries.

A rare assemblage of amiable qualities made her one of the most accomplished women. She was not at the beginning a Roman Catholic—but a great part of her life and her last breath were that of a sincere and fervent Catholic. Every thing passes here below, our works follow us after death. Thine, my dear wife, will give thee heaven.

CHARLES JOHN GIBB, Colonel H.B.M. Royal Engineers, entered into his rest Dec. 1, 1865, aged 43. Waiting for the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ.

(On the tomb of Baptiste Gerard.) IsaBELLE PILATE * Notre fille bien aimée décédée le 9 Juillet 1865 4 lage de 7 aus.

© Why the name of Pilate ? 5 N

Page 328

3: HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

to lo

Walking with Colonel Coke to the Protestant cemetery, situated about a mile from Cannes, in a charming situation, overlooking hill, dale, and wooded ravines, we found it in beau- tiful order, the very picture of neatness and good taste. The tombs and gravestones are chiefly of white marble, many of which point out a tale of sorrow, how the young and beautiful were cut off—for instance :— Augusta Matilda Baring, youngest daughter of Mr. and Lady Augusta Baring, aged 17.

Houble. Fredk. Jocelyn, aged 19.

Honble. Dudley M. C. Keith Falconer, aged 19.

Honble. John St. Vincent Saumarez, 14th Hussars, died at Amélie les Bains, 12th January, 1877, aged 31.

Honble. Jeffery Charles Amherst, Captain Rifle Brigade, 4th son of Earl and Countess Amherst, aged 33.

Anna Maria, the dearly beloved wife of Sam]. Hanbury, Bishopstowe, St. Mary’s Church, Devon.

Augustus Chetham Strode, C.B., Captain Royal Navy, aged 48.

Mary, widow of a Springrice, Aged 54. (Cut out by a sculptor who had no idea of English names.)

Major Anderson, 13th Light Dragoons, aged 52. at the battles of Alma, Inkerman, Balaclava, and Sebastopul.

Charles Watts Russell, fell asleep Oct. 28, 1873, aged 19.

In the centre of the cemetery is an immense stone cross placed on a tomb of large heavy stones, on the east side of which is this-inscription :— Henricus Natus 1778 decessit 1868

Page 329

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 323

placed by the French of Cannes. The population of Cannes gave him a public funeral ; when he died, there were three English, one Scotch, two French, and one German Protestant Churches, in lieu of a few miserable fishermen’s houses on his first coming. So there lies the famous Lord Brougham amongst the tombs, the shrubs, the flowers, and his countrymen. How well [ recollect his coming to dine with the late Lord Denman, when I was staying at his house (a cadet from Sandhurst), one was Attorney General, the other Solicitor General to the un- fortunate Queen Caroline—although looked down upon by George the IV., King William in after years stood their friend. I have found Lord Denman, when Chief Justice, pruning forest trees at Stoney Middleton, Derbyshire, and he has been found on the edge of the moors in his shirt sleeves, rabbiting with my father. He saw the value of muscular exercise, letting the head and brain rest. I now return to the cemetery—whilst we were looking over the inscriptions, a French lady went round examining all the graves, attended by the chief sexton, hat in hand; seeing a man standing on a stone covering the dead, whilst he cleaned an upright grave stone, the lady called him to account for not having slippers on. She was very energetic and spoke as if she had authority and power—nothing escaped her eye. With such a guardian the English cemetery may well be a pattern of neatness and good taste. Going into the large Catholic cemetery, whose walls adjoined it on one side—what a difference there seemed. Such a want of order and neatness—partially accounted for as the labouring class are buried there with their small, cheap iron crosses and immortelles—and earth and stones shovelled over them. As to amusements, a good band plays daily at different stations under large pavilions. There are quantities of hand- some private and hired carriages, whose occupants either remain quietly listening to the band, or drive up and down enjoying the sea air. To describe the occupants is not so easy. In the carriage passing is an elderly short gentleman, with light brown moustache, alongside him a much younger lady with yellowish hair and fair complexion. He is said to be an Austrian Count. The hero of the season is Sir Fenwick Williams of Kars, (which he gallantly defended), lately the Governor of Malta. That very tall clerical man is the Bishop of Sydney, a man of muscle. His brother, Bishop of Gibraltar, tall and thin, must have mis- taken his vocation, for who ever heard of a Bishop without good calves to his legs? Again there is a third Bishop, Lord Plunkett. After another winter in the South I may be able to finish this article. W.S. Coke.

Page 330

324 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

THE ORIGIN OF THE ROSE.

When Venus sprang from Ocean’s breast, Divinely smiling, The gods beguiling, She thus Olympian Jove addressed : ‘“‘ Father of gods and men, I crave A boon ; thy mighty sceptre wave O’er Paphian groves, Where coo my doves, And bid the teeming earth bring forth A vestal flower To grace my hower.” The Thunderer hears, and lo! from North To South the instant mandate goes. Earth obeyed the high behest, And from her breast Upsprang to life the fragrant rose ; Like a young lily, pure and white, The flow’ret burst upon the sight : But Bacchus soon the bud espied, And taking up A sparkling cup Of ruby nectar, quickly dyed Its pallid petals with the hue Of his own ruddy face : Thus ‘neath celestial influence grew This flower of matchless grace. And intertwined with myrtle green, (To Venus ever dear), ’tis seen To bloom for ever fresh and fair, Shedding its perfume on the air ; A scent so ravishingly sweet, That Jove, entranced, Said, as he glanced Around from his imperial seat, “‘Immortals, hear! On high lift up, Brimming with nectar, every cup ; And let us toast this peerless flower, The pride of Erycina’s bower ; For Earth no fairer blossom knows, Nor sweeter, than the blushing rose.”

J. A. Minzs.

Page 331

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 325

OUR CONTEMPORARIES.

We have to acknowledge the receipt of various School Magazines. The correspondence which most of them contain seems to prove that the boys take a more active interest in their monthly publications than is the case with us. In the Tonbri-igian for June one correspondent falls foul of the author of a “ mellifluous poem ” entitled a “Sketch in Cornwall,” and, taking violent objections to the said author’s geological know- ledge, marvels at the ‘‘ hidden fire which must have been raging in the abysmal depths of the writer’s personality when he evolved this stupendously original idea !” The Mill Hill Magazine for July gives an account of the proceedings on “ New Foundation Day ”—a pleasant chat about the birds which frequent the neighbourhood of the school—a poem entitled ‘“'Two Novembers,” in which the author would have been more successful had he been less ambitious—a record of the Natural History Society—Bicycle and Cricket Club, and a note in reference to a boy in the school who justified his spelling hypocrite “ hippocrite” by pointing out the appropriate derivation from ¢r7os and «xpitjs and as meaning a “judge of horses.” The Elstonian has an article on cricket which begins by show- ing from Strabo that 300 years B.C. an important part of the ““machinery” of cricket was then in use. This school appears to be great in providing means of recreation. The Athletic Sports account for 1878 has a total of £30, the Games Funda . total of £54, to which amount “Tuck shop profits” contributed £23 15s. 3d. They have boats, a theatre, a scientific club, and a band and choir, in reference to which a very lively corres- pondence is going on. The Milton Mount Magazine is very tastefully got up, and the essays in rhyme, especially “A peep at Milton Mount College in 1978,” are most amusing. Specimens are also given of the slips of new schoolfellows in recent examinations, some of which are too good to be lost. A water shed is a piece of water which runs into a shed. A valley is a piece of water between two mountains. The source of a river is its mouth. Here is a composition letter supposed to be from a captive Jewish maiden to her brother in Jerusalem. Dear Obadiah, We feel like pelicans sitting by a pool in the wilderness, The walls here are very high and thick, much bigger than those you have in We never sing before strangers, When we went back to Jerusalem, we had a great many

Page 332

326 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

servants, composed of singing men and women, horses, mules, camels and asses, and other beasts of burden. We weep into waters, these waters are Euphrates. We hang our harps on the willows, which the Bible says are sup- posed to be branching poplars. I must now finish, as the bell to begin school is just ringing. With love to papa and mamma, Yours in tears, HEPHZIBAH. An extract is given from a written examination in mathe- matics. An angel is the meeting of two straight lines. A rhomboid is a circle flattened at the ends, like the earth. And in classics— senex, quo vectus erat, Silenus asellum liquerat ad ripas lene sonantis aquae ” is thus construed : “ Forty old men, by whom the ass Silenus was carried, had melted on the banks into quietly-sounding waters.” Again, the lines— ‘‘ Ante focos olim scamnis considere longis mos erat, et mensae credere adesse deos ” were translated by ‘“‘ Formerly it was the custom for the hearths to sit down on long benches, and for the tables to believe themselves to be gods.” But we are forgetting that the Magazine from which we quote belongs to the ladies, and in our haste to apologise for a laugh at, or rather with them, will refrain ourselves even from words,” of which many might be spoken of this and other Magazines.

SUCCESSES OF “OLD BOYS.”

Mr. JosePH Makinson, barrister at law, of Manchester, has recently been appointed by the Chancellor of the Duchy (Colonel Taylor, M.P.) to the post of Stipendiary Magistrate of the borough of Salford. Upon the passing of the recent Act, Sir John Mantell, who for nine years had held the joint office of stipendiary magistrate of the borough and of the Manchester division of the county, was elected to preside over the latter court exclusively, and thus the post of Stipendiary of Salford became vacant. Mr. Makinson was educated at Huddersfield College, where he obtained senior medals for classics and mathematics. After leaving the College he attended Owens College, Manchester, for two years, and carried off the senior classical prize and was placed second in the mathematical ex-

Page 333

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 327

amination. Subsequently he proceeded to Cambridge, where he obtained honours. He won the classical scholarship of Clare College, graduated B.A., and was placed senior optimus in mathematics. Having passed the usual examinations, prepara- tory to which he was a pupil of Mr. Bayliss, Q.C., and of Mr. Bourdillon, the eminent conveyancer, he was called to the Bar at Lincoln’s Inn, in June, 1864. Since that time he has practised on the Northern Circuit, but has devoted himself more particularly to chamber practice. For several years Mr. Makinson has acted as deputy coroner for the city of Manchester. The salary attached to the post of stipendiary magistrate of Salford is £850 per annum. Mr. Makinson took his seat for the first time on the 29th of July. “Qld Boys” who were the contemporaries of Mr. Makinson will recollect him as the captain of the College cricket eleven, and by far the best all-round player the College has ever had the good fortune to possess. Lillywhite’s Guide for 1860 thus speaks of him :—“ One of the best players in England, being a first-class bat, excellent bowler, and an extraordinary quick field. He made the unprecedented score of 109 when playing against the All England Eleven last season, being opposed by the splendid bowling of Jackson and Willsher, a performance alone sufficient to stamp him as a cricketer of the highest order.” At the graduation ceremonial in medicine in connection with the University of Edinburgh, which took place on Thurs- day, August Ist, G. D. Dickinson, and G. Sims Woodhead, amongst others, were presented by Professor Simpson for the degrees of M.B. and C.M. (Bachelor of Medicine and Master of Surgery), and W. J. Dodds, M.B., C.M., D.Sc., was awarded half the Goodsir Prize, being equal first with C. S. Roy, M.D., C.M. This prize is awarded triennially for the best essay on any anatomical or physiological subject, and is open to all graduates of not more than three years’ standing. Messrs. Dodds, Dickinson, and Woodhead are all old pupils of the Huddersfield College. Mr. Dickinson, during his course at Edinburgh, took first-class honours in practical chemistry, and second-class honours in chemistry and anatomy. He then went to London, where, in November last, he took the diploma of membership of the Royal College of Surgeons. Mr. Woodhead (eldest son of the Mayor of Huddersfield) took the first medal in practical chemistry, a medal in clinical surgery in the Uni- versity, first prize in class of public health, and first prize for an essay in the same class ; prizes in practice of physic and junior surgery, and first-class honours in medical jurisprudence at the Edinburgh School of Medicine, first-class honours in

Page 334

328 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

chemistry at the University, and second-class honours for an essay (in the botanical class), in anatomy (junior and senior), practical physiology, physiology, materia medica, pathology, senior surgery, and midwifery.

CRICKET IN THE HOLIDAYS.

Durine the Midsummer holidays a few “old boys” have rubbed up their cricket a little in play with the youngsters. The fol- lowing is the score of the final game contested in the College field on Wednesday evening, July 3lst. Mr. C. Crawshaw and Mr. J. W. Denham have generally joined in the fray, but were absent on the above occasion. On breaking up both old and young hoped to renew their sport, all being well, in the summer of 1879. W. JoHNsTON’s SIDE. First Innings.

Mr. Theo. Mallinson, not out 62 W. Johnston, b A. Watkinson Mr. John Watkinson, c A. Watkinson, b T. Watkinson 13 Mr, J. P. Roberton, b A. Watkinson 4 Mr. H. Shaw, c T. Watkinson b G. Roberton............. 22 101 A. Watstnson’s SIDE. First Innings. Second Innings. A. Watkinson, st Mr. Watkinson b W. Johnston b W. Johnston ...... T. Watkinson, c and b Mr. Wat- KiMSON O not out 13

K. H. Shaw, b Mr. Watkinson ... 10 b Mr. Watkinson... 5 G. Roberton, c W. Johnston b

Mr. Watkinson b Mr. Watkinson... 2 C. Johnston, not 3 candbW. Johnston 8 13 Total.........06. 28 EDITORIAL.

All Literary articles for the Magazine, all communications for the Chess department, as well as subscriptions or orders for copies of the Magazine, should be sent to JoHN WartkKINsoN, Fairfield, Huddersfield. Annual Subscription, 3/6, post free. The extracts from the Prize Essays in competition for the “Carlisle” medal are unavoidably postponed until our next issue.

Page 335

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 329

TO OUR SOLVERS.

Next month we shall commence a solution competition in connection with the Huddersfield Colleye Magazine second Problem Tourney. As we wish the problems to be thoroughly tested, we have decided to offer the following prizes as a stimulus to solvers. First PRIZE, Three volumes of the Westminster Papers, value £1 1s. Od. SECOND PRIZE, Chess Gems, value £0 18s. Od. THIRD PRIZE, Two volumes of the Chess Chronicle, value £0 15s. Od. FourtH PRiZE, One volume of the American Chess Journal, value £0 12s. Od. Firta prizz, the Derbyshire Advertiser for twelve months, value £0 6s. 6d. SIXTH PRIZE, the Ayr Argus for six months, value £0 3s. 3d. We shall require the replies to all defences which protract the mate to the stipulated number of moves to be given in full, but variations in which mate results in a less number of moves may be omitted. Solutions must be received on or before the — twentieth of each month from subscribers in Great Britain, and before the tenth of the following month from solvers across the water. Short criticisms of the problems are invited. Solvers who discover more than one solution will be allowed extra marks accordingly. Composers will be credited with having solved their own problems. We trust that as many of our subscribers as possible will take part in this contest, as we are sure that both pleasure and profit will be the result of their so doing.

ENGLISH PROBLEM MASTERS. No. 2. THe Rev. H. Bourton. Part III. (Continued from page 244.)

It was originally our intention to have given a larger selection from Bolton’s problems in these pages, but the appearance of the new edition of Mr. Miles’s Chess Gems has rendered it almost superfluous to do so. In that splendid work, destined, we think, to be a lasting ornament to the literature of Chess, upwards of 60 stratagems by Bolton are collected, including very nearly all the master’s best works. Mr. Miles is especially

Page 336

330 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

qualified to aet as Bolton’s representative, having not only been personally acquainted with the composer, but having also cogni- zance of sundry alterations contemplated by his friend for the amendment of defective positions. We have already noticed how many of Bolton’s most esteemed compositions require recasting, or at any rate slight retouching, to make them sound. Mr. Miles has, as far as possible, simply but efficiently performed the latter office, and the two fine problems, ‘“‘Camilla” and the “Electric Battery,” which we quote in the present number, have been thus perfected by him. Some other more celebrated positions have unfortunately given way under rigid examination at our own hands, notably No. 9, in Staunton’s Handbook, admitting of two solutions, and No. 523, Pierces’ English Chess Problems, a beautiful stratagem which unhappily cannot be solved in six moves if Black play a particular defence. We regret that no ready method of rectifi- cation presents itself in these cases. Both problems have for many years passed muster as correct. No. 9 in the Handbook was twice copied into the Chess Player’s Chronicle for 1847, but no suspicion of its inaccuracy seems to have been excited at the time, and we imagine that Bolton always deemed both sound, since—most unusually—but one version of each is to be found in MS. Nos. XLITI. to XLV. we have especially selected as illustra- tions because, although very good specimens of Bolton’s style, they have not been included in Chess Gems. Of these No. XLIII. has an agreeably narrow escape from a second solution. XLY. has twice appeared in inaccurate form, the last published

version admitting of no less than three solutions. Itis but I

very slightly altered now, but we think it will be found not only right but one of the master’s very best six-movers. XLIV. we quote from the old Chess Chronicle of 1848. So far as we have been able to discover, XLVI. has not been previously printed, and it is here presented to our readers as perhaps the best of Bolton’s unpublished problems. To those who possess the first edition of Staunton’s Hand- book it may be interesting to know that the frontispiece problem by Bolton, entitled “The Sphynx,” can be rendered sound by the addition of a Black Bishop at Black’s K Kt 2. Both the author’s previous versions admitted of shorter solutions. H. J. C. ANDREWS. N.B. If a Black Pawn at Black’s K Kt 5 be added to “‘Ghuznee” (See H. C. M. p. 194) we believe the position is sound if Black be allowed the privilege of Castling. The problem, thus amended, will be found in Chess Gems, No. 721.

Page 337

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 331.

ProBuim No. XLIII. sy Bourton.

PROBLEM No. XLIV. By Botton.

BLACK.

ff Va Vd wy fe} Le j Wy Yili, I

0772 Z YW: YHyjy7f”y, WW

MY“ ip Yj i

Zz C/A sere YM DY tit WUD

Z Ce Shp,

“Y Vi ip $ WY Yip ’ i WAZ J 4, Ue; WS Va 4

1, Se yy ty ty Yd, = A %% ty Yy lle © Vdd

Yj Wis

(f4 WY Yj WY; Vii, YY

YY (GBA Yj

White to play and mate in six moves.

PrRoBLEM No. XLY. By BOoLtTon.

WHITE.

White to play and mate in six moves,

ProsLEM No. XLVI. sy Botton.

BLACK. BLACK. Yvan wh, Uy Yi 4

7 i

YU, Ge) Vis, a: A

iy W, We Li Uy _/_

ty Yy YY WHET Vdd Yy YH Yi)

tj; y 4 4 Uy VAL LL Sf Willd) YM Wille

YY U4 Uf: yyy Y WHY WU Yds: Yi

WH Ly WY ty Ys Uy he Yy Yip SSS? i WA Wf Wy YY “yy eps P77 . Us); GY; Yy ti a7, YY Yy Yyy Uy YM: YE

valle yp, V yy, OA ,

YU Mt pug, Uy

Wild aie Na WHITE. WHITE.

White to play and mate in six moves.

White to play and mate in eleven moves,

Page 338

332 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

Prosuem No. XLVII. sy Boiron.

Camilla. BLACK.

No. XLVIII. sy Bouton.

The Electric Battery. BLAOK.

a ze Ww a ae a a

ws

NX So

SS WS

oe

a. a

y

=a

aw

ae Bl a a

A An yy Ag Ba 7G Gx Y GG 7G YS, 4 y

a a

Gy ae a

WHITE. White to play and mate in ten moves.

WHITE.

White to play and mate in fourteen moves.

(To be continued.)

SELECTIONS FROM GAMES PLAYED BY THE EDITOR DURING THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS.

Game XII. PuiaYED January, 1871, between the Editor and a practised Amateur. Waite (Mr. Buack (AMATEUR. ) 1 PtoK 4 l PtoK 4 2. KttoK B3 2. KttoQB3 3. BtoQB4 3. BtoQB4 4, PtoQ Kt 4 (a) 4. Btakes Kt P 5. PtoQB3 5. BtoQB4 . 6. Castles 6. PtcoQ3 7. PtoQ4 7. P takes P 8. P takes P 8. BtoQ Kt 3 9. KttoQB3 9. KttoQ R4 (bd) 10. BtoQ3 10. KttoK 2 ll. PtoK (c) 11. Castles 12. Ktto K 2 12. PtoK B 4 13. Ktto K Kt 3 13. P takes P 14. P 14. BtoK B 4 15. QtoQ3 15. B takes B

Page 339

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 333 16. Q Kt takes B 16. KttoK B4 17. QKttoK Kt 5 17. Qto K B3 (a) 18. PtoK Kt4 18. PtoKR3 19. Ktto K 4 19. Qto Kt 3 20. BtoQ Kt 2 20. QRto K sq 21. QRto K sq 21. KtoRsq 22. KtoR2 22. Ktto K 2 23. Ktto K R 4 (e) 23. QtoK B2 24. Q Kt to Kt 3 24. QtoK B83 25. Rtakes Kt. 25. Q takes Kt 26. Rtakes R 26. R takes R 27. PtoQ5 (f) 27. Qto Kt 4 28. KttoK R5 28. Rto K 2 29. PtoK B4 29. QtoR 5 (g)

BLAckK a ATEUR. a

a ae

ms wae ae

(Mr. fi Position after Black’s 29th move. ~

30. B takes P (ch) (h) 30. R takes B 31. QtQB3 31. QtoK 2

32. RtoK sq 32. QtoK B2 33. R to K 8 (ch) 33. KtoR 2 34. Kt to B 6 (ch) 34. K to Kt 3 35. Q to Q 3 (ch) 35. K takes Kt (j)

36. Q to B 5 (mate)

Page 340

334 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

NOTES BY MR. I. 0. HOWARD TAYLOR, Author of Chess Brilliants.

(a) How much Chess-players owe to the invention of the ‘‘ Evans” can scarcely be measured by language. The opening is now out of fashion but it has been more popular than any other, fas afforded more pleasure, more variety, more instruction. (6) Although this move has been accepted as the recognised defence I venture to express the opinion that the position of the Knight at R 4, standing shorn of half his action and idle on the Queen’s wing while a powerful attack is concentrated on the King’s side by the adversary, has mainly contributed towards the loss of hundreds of games. (c) It will be remembered that when this game was played the theory of the opening had not undergone that all but exhaustive analysis to which modern criticism has subjected it. For one I must regret the accumula- tion of book-lore which has—more than anything else—helped to discourage amateurs and drive them into dull débuts. (d) The game now becomes exceedingly interesting. I imagine that this defence must have cost the second player no small mental travail— unsuccessful though it was. (e) From this point White takes the attack into his own hands and follows it up blow on blow. (7) The young player who studies attentively first-class play will always find that the best cowps of masters of the art have more than a single object and are exactly timed. This move not only opens the diago- nal otherwise blocked but shuts out of play the adverse Knight for the rest of the partie, besides giving the Queen a new line of attack. (g) Black is in a pitiable state ; the advance of the K B P has re- moved the last chance of defending the weak point at his Kt 2. Black hopes to keep out the White Rook but, as we shall see, that hope is dis- appointed. He has in effect only two pieces against four. (zk) A splendid move, leading to a delightful and absolutely forced termination. (t) Observe, student ! how the Rook consummates the attack. (j) If we refer to White’s 9th, 12th, 13th, 16th, 17th, 19th, 24th, 28th and 34th moves we are reminded that this gallant cavalier has borne the brunt of the fight and there isa romantic perfection in his death at the supreme moment. Dulce et decorum est pro patria mori.

Chess Pottings.

British AssociaTION TouRNEY.—AWARD OF THE JupaEs.—Sets: lst Prize, “Ex sudore voluptas.” 2nd Prize, “ Anything.” Single Problems :—Best two-mover, No. 1, ‘“ Home, sweet home.” Best three-mover, No. 1, ‘ Qui se ressemble,” &c. Best four-mover, No. 3, “ Es giebt,” &c. Judges’ report and names of competitors in our next. THe ALBIon Cuess is the title of a corre- sponding Chess Club open to all British amateurs for the small fee of one shilling per quarter. The rules of the club and other information may be had on application to Mr. J. W. Snelgrove, Chancel End, Heytesbury, Wilts. THe AMERICAN AssocIATION PRoBLEM ToURNEY.— The award of the judges, Messrs. Jacob Elson, B. M. Neill, and

Page 341

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 339

Geo. Reicbhelm, has recently been published. The first prize falls to Mr. S. Loyd, the second to Mr. W. A. Shinkman, the third to Dr. C. C. Moore, the fourth to Mr. W. Coates, and the fifth to Mr. X. Hawkins. Mr. Loyd also receives the prize for the best single problem of the tourney. Although these problems have been published in the American Chess Journal and in most of the American Chess columns, it has been left for a Huddersfield working-man to discover what has escaped the three eminent judges and the American solvers, viz., a second solution to one of the problems in Mr. Hawkins’s prize set. The four-mover which the author solves by 1. R to K sq can equally be solved by 1. Q Kt takes P at Black’s K B 4. Dr. Moore’s “grand” four-movtr, too, has a second solution beginning at White’s second move which is different from the author’s in every variation. This, of course, would have thrown out the Dr.’s set, had the discovery been made at the proper time. Counties CuEss AssoctaTion.—The annual meeting of this Association was held at King’s College, London, during the week which began July 29th. The players who competed for the challenge cup were Messrs. Thorold, Wayte, Ranken, Fisher, Coker, Jenkin, Minchin, Martin, J. I. Minchin, Barbier, Beard- sell, Karnshaw, and Ensor. Each player contested one game with all the others, drawn games, as in the Paris tourney, counting half to each. Mr. Thorold carried all before him and came out the winner of the first prize with a score of 114 won games. The next in merit were, Rev. C. E. Ranken, 74 games ; Mr. Jenkin and Mr. Ensor 7 games each; Mr. B. W. Fisher and Mr. J. I. Minchin, 63 each. In the second-class tournament the first prize was gained by Mr. De Soyres, 54 games; the second by Master Jackson, of Dewsbury, 5 games. WE PUBLISH our five hundredth problem this week, and carry three to the new account. What an array of talent may be found in the five hundred compositions which have graced this column! We have the legitimate productions of the fore- most composers of America, including Gilberg, Carpenter, Babson, Shinkman, Martindale, Loyd, Cook, Brown, Reichhelm, Bull, Brenzinger, Gardner, McKim, Waterbury, Muiioz, Wain- wright, Teed, Hanshew, etc. And in the line of curiosities no column in the world can match it. We are unable to recall a tenth, but we remember distinctly Babson’s “ old curiosity shop”; Gilberg’s emblematical problems—Faith, Hope, and Charity ; Waterbury’s eleven King wonder ; Cook’s Nightmare ; Reichhelm’s many movers and Hanshew’s “Nuts for the curious,” Altogether, it is a valuable collection of problems, and those who have the column from the commencement in their scrap books have a mine of the richest problems extant. When we have gathered in five hundred more we expect a thousand-move problem in celebration of the event.—Hartford Times.

Page 342

336 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

THE CHESS CONGRESS AT PARIS.

The following are the totals at the conclusion of the final round on the last day of the tournament, July 24th :—

S o — Sia|'s <q a = Ss SSIES Anderssen, against ... .|—|0 01 1/1 1/1 11 O11 11d Olo glo gl124 Bird. {1 1] —|1 01 01 01 1/0 1/1 1/1 1/0 1/0 010 O13 Blackburne Jo 00 1]/—|1 11 411 10 1/1 31 1 1/144 {0 00 10 0/—|1 011 0/1 O10 111 1/0 1/0 43/0 Oo} 8g Englisch ... 10 1/0 40 1/0 1/4 4/0 1/4 4/0 1/4 4/114 Gifford ....0 10 0/0 00 3/0 Jo 0)0 O11 4/0 Ol o|0 0} 34 Mackenzie ...0 0/1 OL 00 1/1 O11 1)—[1 41 glo aig 3/13 Mason... 10 00 41 O4 41 1)/0 0/—|1 4/1 0/0 Ojo 4} 84 Pitschel ... 0) 0/0 011 30 410 olo olo cl 23 Rosenthal... {A 1\1 O/§ O'F 4/1 1/1 4/0 1/1 [0 0/113 Winawer ... —....1 4{1 14 Aft Ol1 1/4 0/1 1/11 1/1 1] —|1 oj164 Zukertort... ...{1 411 11 O11 1/¢ gla aio alt 4 1/1 10 1!— leg

This great tournament, upon which the attention of all Chess-players has recently been riveted, commenced on the 18th of June, in Paris, and the diagram above shows at a glance the exact position of each competitor at the close of the contest on the 24th of July. The regulations of the tourney were that two games had to be fought between each player, drawn games counting half to each. It will be seen that Winawer and Zukertort tied for the first prize, and Bird and Mackenzie for the fourth and fifth. It was arranged that in playing off the ties the winner of the first two games should be declared the conqueror. To take the latter couple first Mackenzie won both his games with Bird in the short space of two hours and a half. This skittling termination of such an important struggle was universally regretted. The fight for first honours between Winawer and Zukertort was of quite another order. The first game was played July 27th, and ended in Zukertort, who was being subjected to a rather embarrassing attack, offering a piece for the sake of obtaining perpetual check. The second game, played July 28th, also ended in a draw, after a sturdy battle of close on a hundred moves—duration eight hours. The third game, played July 30th, ended in favour of Zukertort, who sacrificed a Rook on move 37 and mated his opponent very brilliantly a few moves later on. The fourth game, played July 31st, also ended in Zukertort’s favour, though at one time

Page 343

HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 337

Winawer had the best of the position. The result of these final jousts left the prize-bearers as follows :— First prize, a Sevres cup, value 4,000 francs ; a Sévres vase, value 1,800 francs ; and asum of 1,000 francs, Herr Zukertort. Second prize, a Sevres cup, value 1,900 francs, and a sum of 500 francs, Herr Winawer. Third prize, 1,500 francs, Mr. Blackburne. Fourth Prize, 1,000 francs, Mr. Mackenzie. Fifth Prize, 400 francs, Mr. Bird. Sixth Prize, 200 francs, Herr Anderssen. The accounts of the congress in the Field, week after week, by Herr Steinitz, have been most elaborate and interesting, and the Westminster Papers for August contains upwards of fifty games played in the tourney, all most ably and racily annotated by Mr. Potter, a feat of which that excellent journal may well be proud,

PROBLEM CONSTRUCTION.

To the Editor of the Huddersfield College Magazine. SiR, I know you do not allow letters containing anything like Chess personalities, and even if you did I should be sorry to follow Mr. Loyd in the tone of his remarks in the June number of the American Chess Journal. The only excuse one can make for him is his avowed state of ‘* exasperation.” My sole object in now writing to you is to express my admiration of Mr. Loyd’s prize two-mover given in the same Journal, and as it may be new to many of your readers I give it below.

woo 8 fA Wy “SW YY Wy yy, eels

1 8 Le

White to play and mate in two moves. -

Page 344

338 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

This is as fine and difficult a problem as I have had the pleasure of seeing for a long time, and I quite agree with Mr. Loyd that the difficulty depends upon the use of the White Pawn on K B 3, for without this the two threatened checks would evidently have to be stopped and therefore the first move suggested. The problem would be worth nothing without this Pawn, and hence it seems to follow that to ensure difficulty in a two- mover, a Pawn or piece may be introduced even though it may not be necessary for the solution of the problem, provided the same degree of diffi- culty cannot be attained by a more legitimate method.* I wish Mr. Loyd had contented himself with this gentlemanly method of arguing, instead of becoming abusive and calling his opponents names, which is always bad olicy and indicative of a bad case. 1am rather glad than otherwise that r. Loyd calls me a ‘‘lowest grade problemist,” because it tends to show I was in the right when I wrote to you to insist upon difficulty being an essential element in a two-mover. But are not Mr. Loyd’s remarks on his first prize two-mover a stultification of his own theory? I am truly sorry, however, that Mr. Loyd should so ‘‘ and ‘‘bemire ” himself as to descend to vituperative language. Whether a problem is by the great Loyd or anybody else if it contain faulty points anyone, however low in the scale of problemists he may be, has a perfect right to comment upon it, so long as it is done in a gentlemanly manner. Is it not possible to raise the tone of Chess criticism to a higher level? I wish, Sir, all Chess journalists would copy your method and example ; arguments would then depend upon the merits of the case, and Billingsgate would be for ever excluded. Greatness in Chess more than any other excellence seems to engender conceit. But why is itso? Loyd has risen to a height which few, ifany, can surpass; why should he sully his fair fame by such articles as that in the June number of his magazine ?

Yours very truly, W. TIMBRELL PIERCE.

* A correspondent does not see why in this problem the White King might not stand at K B sq. instead of K R sq., with a Black Pawn at Black’s K B 7 in lieu of the ‘‘dead-head” Pawn.—EDITorR.

-

CoMPETITION.—Problem 149.—Solved by J. A. M., Fakenham.— R. A., London.—W. F., Bridge of Allan.—E. H., Huddersfield.—S. H. T., London. ‘‘Neat.”—G. F. O., Bradford. ‘‘There is a little too much brute force about this; Black is very helpless.”—H. G., Guernsey.— V. H., Birkenhead. ‘‘ Much ado about nothing.” Problem 150.—Solved by R. A.—W. F.—E. H.—S. H. T. ‘The main play is interesting and good. The problem does not, however, reach proper tourney form.”—-G. F. O. ‘‘This is one of the best problems I have seen for some time, although not very difficult.”"—H. G. ‘‘ Rathera tough first move.”"—V. H. ‘‘An admirable and difficult problem. The position in the main solution where Black has choice of five moves on the eve of mate is exceedingly fine.” Problem 151.—Solved by E. H.—S. H. T. ‘‘ The solution is pleasing, but easy. Construction ‘‘The despairing energy with which I have attacked 151 is worthy of success, but the problem really seems unsolvable. A suspicion that it is unsound is beginning to damp my ardour.” The next post brought the solution with the heading on the post-card, ‘* Victory!!! Never say die.”—{This problem has beaten several of our best solvers, two or three having written enquiring if the position was sound.— EpITor. ]

Page 345

HUDDERSFIECD COLLEGE MAGAZINE. 339

Problem 152, by J. P. Taylor.—Solved by J. A. M. * Very pretty.” —W.F.-S.H.T. “A pretty problem, spoilt by dual mates.”—R. A.— EK. H.—G. F. O.—H. G.—V. H. ‘‘Clever, but the helpless Knight betrays the move.” Problem 153, by Geo. Shiel.—Solved by J. A. M. (8), (c), (d), and (e) omitted.) ‘‘ Very good, but I fear the placing of the Queen en prise of as many pieces as possible is getting somewhat hackneyed.”—W. F.— E. H. (¢) omitted.)—S. H. T. (d) and (¢) omitted.) ‘‘ A smart little problem. The sacrifice of the Q is quite é@ Ja Wormald.”"—R. A. “ ‘A good problem. The chief difficulty is to ascertain White’s first move.”— F. O. (d) and (e) omitted.)—H. G. (Wrong in (e.)—V. H. @ omitted.) ‘A finely constructed problem with an unlikely first move. Problem 154, by James Pierce.—Solved by J. A. M. ‘‘A very fine problem—the temptation to play 2. P to K 3 being very great.”—W. F.— E. H.—S. H. T. ‘* If this is what is intended, it is quite unworthy its able composer.” —R. A.—G. F. O. ‘‘ The arrangement of the pieces is very deceptive, and suggests a discovered H. ‘‘ Lacks variety.”—A. W.

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 149. I SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 152.

WHITE. BLACK. WHITE. BLACK. 1. R to K 8 1. Any move 1.Q toQ B5 1. Any move 2, Mate accordingly 2. Mate accordingly SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 150. 1. RtoQé6 1. Kt to K 2 (a) SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 153.

B6 2. Any move 3. R, Kt, or B mates 1. Kt takes R (0)

1QtoQB5 _ 1. B takes Q (a) a 2. 2. KttoQ B6(ch)2. K moves 3. 3.

to Ktsq (ch) 2. K toQ 5 t to Q Kt 5 (mate) 1. R takes Q (6) to K 6 2. Any move

3. Kt or R mates (d) 1. R to K B 2 (c) 2. Kt takes R (ch) 2. K takes Kt

1. Q5 takes R (ch) 2. R to Q 4 takes R (mate)

3. R takes P (mate)

SOLUTION OF PROBLEM 151.

1. K takesR 2. Kt R8 2KtQS (*) I soLUTION OF PROBLEM 154.

3. KttoQ B7 moves

Q B K Kt Kt or B mates 3. R mates (d) 1. P takes Kt (c) (c) 1. Kt toQ Kt3 or I 2. Q takes B 2. Any move R to Q 2 (d) I 8. Q or B mates 2. KttoQ B6(ch)2. K takes Kt (c) 1. Kt to K 6 (d) 3. R mates 2. B takes P (ch) 2. R takes B (d) 1. Kt to Q R 2 (e) 3. Q takes R (mate) 2. R takes P (ch) 2, K takes Kt . Kt t to K 6 (e) 3. R mates Bto Kts (ch) 2. Kt to B7 (e) 1. K takes Kt 3. B takes Kt (mate), 2. Rto K B 4(ch) 2. K moves P to Q ta

2 3.

4. B or Kt mates accordingly 8 1. BtoK 4 (a) 1.K to K 4 2BtooQR4 2. KttoK B4 2, RtoKB3 2 KtoQ5 (best) I 3. BtoQ7 3. Any move 3. B to K 3 (ch) 3. K moves 4. R or Kt mates 4, Kt or R mates

Page 346

340 HUDDERSFIELD COLLEGE MAGAZINE.

PROBLEM 155.—By Mr. J. W. Axssott, Lonpon. BLACK.

‘yy 4 a, xl 4, fa

WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves.

PROBLEM 156. PROBLEM 157.

_ By Mr. C. M. Baxter, DUNDEE. By Mr. W. A. SHINKMAN, AMERICA. BLACK. BLACK.

ie a a 2. |e r Cn i ae a “2 a ¢ g 1 LA iB: ag yp as) AN Udy WY; Md yyy, Wl, Yj

WHITE. WHITE. White to play and mate in three moves. White to play and mate in four moves.

END OF VOL. VI.

ee

ws RK

\S ee \

Ae

2s

WY

2


Return to the Huddersfield Exposed home page